Service Manual KM 4230-5230 SM

SERVICE
MANUAL
Published in Feb. 00
842A3110
JACKET(KM4230/5230)
1/1/32, 0:07
Service
Manual
LABEL(KM4230/5230)
1/1/32, 0:17
KM-4230/5230 (MCE) S/M
Safety precautions
This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service
personnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as well
as themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel are
advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the
warnings and precautions described here before engaging in
maintenance activities.
Safety precautions (MCE)
1/1/32, 0:18
Safety warnings and precautions

Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and
customers from physical danger and to prevent damage to their
property. These symbols are described below:
DANGER:
High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from

insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.
WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient

attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages
using this symbol.
CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result from
insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.
Symbols
The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger
and caution. The specific point of attention is shown inside
the symbol.
General warning.
Warning of risk of electric shock.
Warning of high temperature.

indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is
shown inside the symbol.
General prohibited action.
Disassembly prohibited.
1/1/32, 0:18
indicates that action is required. The specific action

required is shown inside the symbol.
General action required.
Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.
Always ground the copier.
1. Installation Precautions
WARNING
Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified.
Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electric
shock. When using an extension cable, always check that it is
adequate for the rated current. ...............................................................
Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding
the copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire
to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or
electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following:
gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water
pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................
CAUTION:
Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may
tip over, causing injury. ...........................................................................
Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire
or electric shock. .....................................................................................
Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or
near flammable material. This may cause fire. .......................................
Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to
keep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation may
cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................
1/1/32, 0:18
Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ....
Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped.
Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or
topple, leading to injury. ..........................................................................
Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner
or developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in
the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into the
eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain
medical attention. ....................................................................................
Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and
precautions in the copiers instruction handbook. ...................................
2. Precautions for Maintenance

WARNING
Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting
machine disassembly. ............................................................................
Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service
manual and other related brochures. ......................................................
Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features
including safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................
Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................

Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service
manual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a piece
of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ...........
When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a
distance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scale
and measure carefully. ...........................................................................
Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a
ground connection. .................................................................................
1/1/32, 0:18
Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the
power plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or
electric shock. .........................................................................................
Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers.
Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ..............................................
Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high
potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............
CAUTION
Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as
ties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in
rotating sections. .....................................................................................
Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away
from chains and belts. .............................................................................
Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be
extremely hot. .........................................................................................
Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean.
Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. .........................
Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for
routine replacement. ...............................................................................
Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage
components when removing them; always hold the plug itself. ..............
Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If
necessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........
Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire
to avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................
Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................

Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or
damaged. ................................................................................................
1/1/32, 0:18
After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors
and wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Special
attention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire and
missing screws. ......................................................................................
Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine
according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling.
Replace with new ones if necessary. ......................................................
Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions
below: .....................................................................................................
Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to
spill. Wipe spills off completely.
Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.
Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the
covers or turning the main switch on.
Always wash hands afterwards.
Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause
sparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. .........................
Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power
plug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................
3. Miscellaneous
WARNING
Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents
such as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxic
gas. .........................................................................................................
1/1/32, 0:18
2A3/4
CONTENTS
I
THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION

1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ................................................................................
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Drum .............................................................................................
1-2-2 Developer and toner ......................................................................
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1 Parts names and their functions ....................................................
1-3-2 Machine cross section ...................................................................
1-3-3 Drive system .................................................................................
1-3-4 Mechanical construction ................................................................
1-1-1
1-2-1
1-2-1
1-3-1
1-3-4
1-3-5
1-3-8
II ELECTRICAL SECTION
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................... 2-1-1
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ............................................................... 2-2-1
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .............................................. 2-2-2
2-2-3 Original misfeed detection ........................................................... 2-2-14
2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions ......................................... 2-2-15
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1 Power source PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-1
2-3-2 Engine PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-3
2-3-3 Main PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-4
2-3-4 Memory copy PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-6
2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-8
2-3-6 CCD PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-9
2-3-7 DF driver PCB ............................................................................. 2-3-11
2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB,operation unit right PCB,and
operation unit left PCB ................................................................ 2-3-12
2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................ 2-3-16
III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION

3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ............................................................ 3-1-1
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ........................................................... 3-1-29
3-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit
(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) .......................................... 3-1-30
3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) ................................ 3-1-33
3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) ................................... 3-1-35
3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ................................... 3-1-38
3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) ............................................... 3-1-41
3-1-8 Installing the dehumidfier heaters (service part) ......................... 3-1-44
3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitorig system device
(optional for 120 V specifications only) ....................................... 3-1-47
1-1-1
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
3-2 Maintenance Mode
3-2-1 Maintenance mode ........................................................................ 3-2-1
3-2-2 Copier management .................................................................... 3-2-99
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-1
3-3-2 Paper feed section ........................................................................ 3-3-3
3-3-3 Optical section ............................................................................. 3-3-23
3-3-4 Main charging section ................................................................. 3-3-42
3-3-5 Drum section ............................................................................... 3-3-45
3-3-6 Developing section ...................................................................... 3-3-51
3-3-7 Transfer and separation section .................................................. 3-3-56
3-3-8 Cleaning section .......................................................................... 3-3-59
3-3-9 Fixing section .............................................................................. 3-3-64
3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ...................................................... 3-3-80
3-3-11 SRDF section .............................................................................. 3-3-89
3-3-12 Large paper deck section
(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........................................ 3-3-102
3-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ............................................................... 3-4-1
3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs .................................................... 3-4-2
3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) ........................................ 3-4-3
3-5 Self-Diagnosis
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ................................................................................ 3-5-1
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems ............................................................ 3-6-1
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ........................................................................... 3-6-18
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ................................................................. 3-6-33
3-6-4 Electrical problems ...................................................................... 3-6-73
3-6-5 Mechanical problems .................................................................. 3-6-97
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 .................................................................................... 3-7-1
Timing chart No. 2 .................................................................................... 3-7-2
Timing chart No. 3 .................................................................................... 3-7-3
Timing chart No. 4 .................................................................................... 3-7-4
Timing chart No. 5 .................................................................................... 3-7-5
Timing chart No. 6 .................................................................................... 3-7-6
Timing chart No. 7 .................................................................................... 3-7-7
Timing chart No. 8 .................................................................................... 3-7-8
Timing chart No. 9 .................................................................................... 3-7-9
Timing chart No. 10 ................................................................................ 3-7-10
Timing chart No. 11 ................................................................................ 3-7-11
Timing chart No. 12 ................................................................................ 3-7-12
Power source PCB 1/2 ........................................................................... 3-7-13
Power source PCB 2/2 ........................................................................... 3-7-14
Engine PCB 1/2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-15
Engine PCB 2/2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-16
Main PCB 1/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-17
Main PCB 2/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-18
Main PCB 3/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-19
Main PCB 4/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-20
1-1-2
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
Main PCB 5/9 ..........................................................................................
Main PCB 6/9 ..........................................................................................
Main PCB 7/9 ..........................................................................................
Main PCB 8/9 ..........................................................................................
Main PCB 9/9 ..........................................................................................
Memory copy PCB 1/12 ..........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 2/12 ..........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 3/12 ..........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 4/12 ..........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 5/12 ..........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 6/12 ..........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 7/12 ..........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 8/12 ..........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 9/12 ..........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 10/12 ........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 11/12 ........................................................................
Memory copy PCB 12/12 ........................................................................
Scanner motor PCB ................................................................................
CCD PCB ................................................................................................
DF driver PCB .........................................................................................
Operation unit main PCB 1/2 ..................................................................
Operation unit main PCB 2/2 ..................................................................
Operation unit right PCB .........................................................................
Operation unit left PCB ...........................................................................
Deck main PCB ......................................................................................
Interface PCB .........................................................................................
SRDF connection diagram ......................................................................
General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) ........................................
General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) ........................................
SRDF wiring diagram ..............................................................................
Large paper deck wiring diagram ...........................................................
3-7-21
3-7-22
3-7-23
3-7-24
3-7-25
3-7-26
3-7-27
3-7-28
3-7-29
3-7-30
3-7-31
3-7-32
3-7-33
3-7-34
3-7-35
3-7-36
3-7-37
3-7-38
3-7-39
3-7-40
3-7-41
3-7-42
3-7-43
3-7-44
3-7-45
3-7-46
3-7-47
3-7-48
3-7-49
3-7-50
3-7-51
1-1-3
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 0:09
THEORY AND
CONSTRUCTION
SECTION
JACKET(KM4230/5230)
1/1/32, 0:07
I Theory and
Construction Section
2A3/4
CONTENTS
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-1-1
1-1-5
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
1-1-1 Specifications
Copier (42 ppm copier)
Type Desktop
Copying system Dry, indirect electrostatic system
Originals Sheets and books
Maximum size: A3/11" 17"
Original feed system Fixed
Copy paper Drawer and duplex unit: Plain paper (64 80 g/m2)
Bypass table: Plain paper (60 160 g/m2)
Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper, colored
paper, letterhead and envelopes (only when used as a
printer)
Note: Use the bypass table for special paper.
Copying sizes Maximum: A3/11" 17"
Minimum: A6R/51/2" 81/2"
During duplex copying
Maximum: A3/11" 17"
Minimum: A5R/51/2" 81/2"
Magnification ratios Manual mode: 25 400%, 1% increments
Auto copy mode: Fixed ratios
Metric
1:1 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.06/1:0.75/
1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25
Inch
1:1 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/
1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25
Copy speed At 100% magnification in memory copy mode:
A4/11" 81/2": 42 copies/min.
A4R/81/2" 11": 32 copies/min.
A3/11" 17": 24 copies/min.
B5 : 42 copies/min.
B5R : 36 copies/min.
B4 (257 364)/81/2" 14": 28 copies/min.
When the SRDF is used (at 100% magnification):
A4/11" 81/2": 42 copies/min.
First copy time 4.5 s or less (A4/11" 81/2", 100% magnification,
upper drawer, manual copy density control)
Warm-up time 120 s or less (room temperature 20C/68F, 65%RH)
Paper feed system Automatic feed
Capacity:
Drawers: 550 sheets
Manual feed
Capacity:
Bypass: 100 sheets
Photoconductor OPC (drum diameter 60 mm)
Charging system Single positive corona charging, 670 730 A
Exposure light source Semiconductor laser
Exposure scanning system Polygon mirror
1-1-1
1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:45
4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

KM4230/5230 (MCE) S/M
2A3/4
Developing system Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush)
Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T black
toner
Toner density control: toner sensor
Toner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge
Transfer system Single negative corona charging, 210 A
Separation system Single AC corona charging
Fixing system Heat roller
Heat source: halogen heaters (main 850 W, sub 850 W)
Control temperature: 180C/356F (at normal ambient
temperature)
Abnormally high temperature protection devices:
140C/284F thermostat
Fixing pressure: 210 N
Charge erasing system Exposure by cleaning lamp
Cleaning system Cleaning blade
Scanning system Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor
Bit map memory 12 MB (standard)
Image storage memory 32 MB (standard)
Resolution 600 600 dpi
Light source Inert gas lamp (12 W)
Dimensions 627 (W) 748 (D) 841 (H) mm
2411/16" (W) 297/16" (D) 331/8" (H)
Weight 129 kg/283.8 lbs
Floor requirements 1287 mm (W) 748 (D)mm
505/16" (W) 297/16" (D)
Functions (1) Self-diagnostics
(2) Preheat
(3) Automatic copy density control
(4) Original size detection
(5) Automatic paper selection
(6) Automatic magnification selection
(7) Enlargement/reduction copy
(8) Fixed ratio selection
(9) Size zoom mode
(10) XY zoom mode
(11) Photo mode
(12) Duplex copy
(13) Margin copy
(14) Print page numbers function
(15) Split copy
(16) Border erasing
(17) Sheet copy
(18) Transparency backing sheet function
(19) Form overlay
(20) Combine copy
(21) Booklet + cover copy
(22) Sort copy
(23) Invert copy
(24) Mirror image mode
1-1-2
1-1 (2A3/4/E)
4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

KM4230/5230 (MCE) S/M
1/1/32, 2:45
2A3/4
(25) Program copy
(26) Setting change mode
(27) Job build mode
(28) Department control
(29) Weekly timer
(30) Language selection
Power source 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10.5 A
220 240 V AC, 50 or 60 Hz, 4.9 A
Power consumption 1300 W (for 120 V specifications)
1200 W (for 220-240 V specifications)
Options Paper feed desk, large paper deck, finisher, key counter,
key card*, printer unit, memory copy board, additional
memory (16 MB/32 MB), booklet stitcher, MMD host
monitoring system device* and copy tray*.
* for 120 V specifications only
1-1-3
1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:45
4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

KM4230/5230 (MCE) S/M
2A3/4
Copier (52 ppm copier)
Type Console
Copying system Dry, indirect electrostatic system
Originals Sheets and books
Maximum size: A3/11" 17"
Original feed system Fixed
Copy paper Drawer and duplex unit: Plain paper (64 80 g/m2)
Bypass table: Plain paper (60 160 g/m2)
Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper, colored
paper, letterhead and envelopes (only when used as a
printer)
Note: Use the bypass table for special paper.
Copying sizes Maximum: A3/11" 17"
Minimum: A6R/51/2" 81/2"
During duplex copying
Maximum: A3/11" 17"
Minimum: A5R/51/2" 81/2"
Magnification ratios Manual mode: 25 400%, 1% increments
Auto copy mode: Fixed ratios
Metric
1:1 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.06/1:0.75/
1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25
Inch
1:1 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/
1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25
Copy speed At 100% magnification in memory copy mode:
A4/11" 81/2": 52 copies/min.
A4R/81/2" 11": 35 copies/min.
A3/11" 17": 26 copies/min.
B5 : 52 copies/min.
B5R : 42 copies/min.
B4 (257 364)/81/2" 14": 31 copies/min.
When the SRDF is used (at 100% magnification):
A4/11" 81/2": 42 copies/min.
First copy time 4.5 s or less (A4/11" 81/2", 100% magnification,
upper drawer, manual copy density control)
Warm-up time 180 s or less (room temperature 20C/68F, 65%RH)
Paper feed system Automatic feed
Capacity:
Drawers: 550 sheets
Manual feed
Capacity:
Bypass: 100 sheets
Photoconductor OPC (drum diameter 60 mm)
Charging system Single positive corona charging, 670 730 A
Exposure light source Semiconductor laser
Exposure scanning system Polygon mirror
Developing system Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush)
Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T black
toner
1-1-4
1-1 (2A3/4/E)
4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

KM4230/5230 (MCE) S/M
1/1/32, 2:45
2A3/4
Toner density control: toner sensor
Toner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge
Transfer system Single negative corona charging, 210 A
Separation system Single AC corona charging
Fixing system Heat roller
Heat source: halogen heaters (main 850 W, sub 850W)
Control temperature: 190C/374F (at normal ambient
temperature)
Abnormally high temperature protection devices:
140C/284F thermostat
Charge erasing system Exposure by cleaning lamp
Cleaning system Cleaning blade
Scanning system Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor
Bit map memory 12 MB (standard)
Image storage memory 32 MB (standard)
Resolution 600 600 dpi
Light source Inert gas lamp (12 W)
Dimensions 627 (W) 748 (D) 1131 (H) mm
2411/16" (W) 297/16" (D) 449/16" (H)
Weight 160 kg/352 lbs
Floor requirements 1287 mm (W) 748 (D)mm
505/16" (W) 297/16" (D)
Functions (1) Self-diagnostics
(2) Preheat
(3) Automatic copy density control
(4) Original size detection
(5) Automatic paper selection
(6) Automatic magnification selection
(7) Enlargement/reduction copy
(8) Fixed ratio selection
(9) Size zoom mode
(10) XY zoom mode
(11) Photo mode
(12) Duplex copy
(13) Margin copy
(14) Print page numbers function
(15) Split copy
(16) Border erasing
(17) Sheet copy
(18) Transparency backing sheet function
(19) Form overlay
(20) Combine copy
(21) Booklet + cover copy
(22) Sort copy
(23) Invert copy
(24) Mirror image mode
(25) Program copy
(26) Setting change mode
(27) Job build mode
1-1-5
1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:45
4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

KM4230/5230 (MCE) S/M
2A3/4
(28) Department control
(29) Weekly timer
(30) Language selection
Power source 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10.5 A
220 240 V AC, 50 or 60 Hz, 4.9 A
Power consumption 1200 W (for 120 V specifications)
1300 W (for 220-240 V specifications)
Options Finisher, key counter, key card*, printer unit, additional
memory (16 MB/32 MB) , MMD host monitoring system
device* and copy tray*
* for 120 V specifications only
SRDF
Original feed system Automatic feed
Originals Sheets
Original weights Single-sided original mode: 35 160 g/m2
Double-sided original mode: 50 120 g/m2
Original paper Plain paper, thermal paper, art paper, colored paper
Original sizes A3 A5R, folio/11" 17" 81/2" 51/2"
No. of originals Up to 50 sheets (A3, B4, folio, 11" 17", 81/2" 14")
Up to 70 sheets (up to A4/11" 81/2")
Up to 50 sheets in the auto selection mode
Art or thermal paper must be fed individually.
Power source Electrically connected to the copier
Large paper deck

Paper Plain paper (64 80 g/m2)
Paper size A4/11" 81/2", B5
Capacity 3000 sheets (1500 sheets 2)
No. of stacks 2
Power source Electrically connected to the copier
1-1-6
1-1 (2A3/4/E)
4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

KM4230/5230 (MCE) S/M
1/1/32, 2:45
2A3/4
CONTENTS
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Drum ................................................................................................... 1-2-1
1-2-2 Developer and toner ........................................................................... 1-2-1
1-1-7
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
1-2-1 Drum
Note the following when handling or storing the drum.
When removing the image formation unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct
light.
Keep the drum at an ambient temperature between 20C/4F and 40C/104F and at
a relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature and
humidity.
Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum.
Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stained
with oil, clean it.
If the machine is left open for more than 5 minutes for maintenance, remove the drum and
store it in the drum storage bag (Part No. 78369020).
1-2-2 Developer and toner

Store the developer and toner in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct light and high humidity.
1-2-1
1-2 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:43
PointSource Vi500 (MCE) S/M
2A3/4
CONTENTS
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1
1-3-2
1-3-3
1-3-4
Parts names and their functions ......................................................... 1-3-1

Machine cross section ........................................................................ 1-3-4
Drive system ....................................................................................... 1-3-5
Mechanical construction ..................................................................... 1-3-8
(1) Paper feed section ...................................................................... 1-3-8
(1-1) Paper feed from the drawers ............................................ 1-3-8
(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table .................................... 1-3-13
(2) Main charging section ................................................................ 1-3-16
(3) Optical section ............................................................................ 1-3-19
Original scanning ........................................................................ 1-3-20
Image printing ............................................................................ 1-3-22
(4) Developing section .................................................................... 1-3-25
Formation of magnetic brush ..................................................... 1-3-27
Toner density control ................................................................. 1-3-29
Correcting toner feed start level ................................................ 1-3-31
Toner level detection ................................................................. 1-3-34
Toner hopper lockup detection .................................................. 1-3-35
(5) Transfer and separation section ................................................ 1-3-36
Charger wire cleaning ............................................................... 1-3-38
(6) Cleaning section ........................................................................ 1-3-40
(7) Charge erasing section ............................................................. 1-3-41
(8) Fixing section ............................................................................ 1-3-43
Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature .................... 1-3-45
Fixing temperature control ......................................................... 1-3-46
Paper separation ....................................................................... 1-3-48
(9) Feedshift and eject section ........................................................ 1-3-49
(10) Duplex section ........................................................................... 1-3-51
Duplex copying operation timing ............................................... 1-3-54
(11) SRDF ......................................................................................... 1-3-57
(11-1) Original feed section ....................................................... 1-3-57
Original feed timing ......................................................... 1-3-59
(11-2) Original switchback section ............................................ 1-3-60
Operation of original switchback ..................................... 1-3-62
(11-3) Original conveying section .............................................. 1-3-63
Original switchback/conveying timing ............................. 1-3-65
(12) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........... 1-3-67
(12-1) Right cassette primary paper feed .................................. 1-3-69
(12-2) Left cassette primary paper feed .................................... 1-3-72
(12-3) Raising and lowering the lifts .......................................... 1-3-74
(12-4) Detecting the paper level ................................................ 1-3-76
1-1-9
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 0:09
E
2A3/4
1-3-1 Part names and their functions

42 ppm copier
^ &
* (
1
2
)
3
7
9 0
5
4 6
Figure 1-3-1-a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Contact platen
Original size indictor lines
Operation panel
Bypass table
Insert guide
Support guide
Front cover
Right cover
Duplex unit
Re-feeding section
!
@
#
$
%
^
&
*
(
)
Duplex unit cover

Upper drawer
Length guide tab
Width guide tab
Lower drawer
DF original reversing cover
Original set indicator
Original insertion guides
Original table
DF opening/closing lever
Original ejection cover

Paper ejection guide
Main switch
Left cover
Copy tray*1
Toner cartridge
Toner cartridge release lever
Image formation unit release button
Image formation unit handle
Paper transfer unit release lever
Paper feed section knob

Fixing unit
Fixing unit handle
Fixing knob
Fixing unit release lever
Handles for transport
Paper feed desk*2
Large paper deck*2
*1: Optional for 120 V specifications.
*2: Optional.
1-3-1
E
A
E
1-3-1 (2A3/4/E)
A
1
1/1/32, 21:01
2AD (MCA)
A
A
E
2A3/4
52 ppm copier
()
1
2
3
7
5
4
@
$
#
&
Figure 1-3-1-b
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
!
@
#
$
%
^
&
*
(
)
Contact platen
Original size indictor lines
Operation panel
Bypass table
Insert guide
Support guide
Front cover
Right cover
Upper drawer
Length guide tab
Width guide tab
Lower drawer
Large paper deck
Deck side cover
Drawer
Deck front cover
Lifts
Paper side guides
Original set indicator
Original insertion guides
Original table
DF opening/closing lever
Original ejection cover
Main switch
Left cover
Copy tray*
Toner cartridge
Image formation unit handle
Paper transfer unit release lever

Duplex unit
Re-feeding section
Duplex unit cover
Duplex unit handle
Fixing unit
Fixing unit handle
Fixing knob
Handles for transport
* Optional for 120 V specifications.
1-3-2
E
A
E
1-3-1 (2A3/4/E)
E
2
2AD (MCA)
A
1/1/32, 21:01
A
A
E
2A3/4
Metric
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
!
@
#
$
%
^
&
*
(
)
Inch
Punch mode key

Punch mode indicator
Staple sort mode key
Staple sort mode indicator
Sorter mode key
Sort mode indicator
Group mode indicator
Brightness adjustment control
Data indicator
Program key
Manual key
Add job key
Copier/printer switching key
Touch panel
Numeric keys
Stop/clear key
Print key
Print indicator
Reset key
Auto selection key
Auto selection indicator
Energy saver key
Energy saver indicator
Interrupt key
Interrupt indicator
Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel
1-3-3
E
A
E
1-3-1 (2A3/4/E)
A
3
1/1/32, 21:01
2AD (MCA)
A
A
E
2A3/4
1-3-2 Machine cross section

!
Large paper deck

(page 1-3-67)
8
9
6
5
Paper path
0
Figure 1-3-4 Machine cross sectionLarge paper deck
(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
Light path
Paper and original path
Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross sectioncopier and SRDF

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
!
Paper feed section (page 1-3-8)

Main charging section (page 1-3-16)
Optical section (page 1-3-19)
Developing section (page 1-3-25)
Transfer and separation section (page 1-3-36)
Cleaning section (page 1-3-40)
Charge erasing section (page 1-3-41)
Fixing section (page 1-3-43)
Feedshift and eject section (page 1-3-49)
Duplex section (page 1-3-51)
SRDF (page 1-3-57)
1-3-4
E
A
E
1-3-1 (2A3/4/E)
E
4
2AD (MCA)
A
1/1/32, 21:01
A
A
E
2A3/4
1-3-3 Drive system

7
8
6
4
7
@
0
`
1
& ^
!
#
$
As viewed from the machine front

Figure 1-3-5 Drive systemcopier
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Drive motor gear

Idle pulley 63/35
Cleaning drive belt
Idle pulley 40/38
Blade thrust gear
Cleaning spiral gear
Idle pulley 80/26
Drum drive belt
Drum drive tension pulley
Drum drive pulley
!
@
#
$
%
^
&
*
(
)
Gear 35/29
Developing drive gear
Gear 31
Gear 24
Gear 20
Registration clutch gear
Upper registration roller gear
Lower registration roller gear
Gear 39/25
Gear 30
Gear 37
Gear 20
Bypass paper feed clutch gear
Gear 18
Gear 16
Lower bypass paper feed pulley gear
Gear 16
Bypass forwarding pulley gear
paper feed motor gear
Gear 55/45
Feed clutch 5 gear
Gear 30
Feed clutch 4 gear
Gear 47
Gear 40
Gear 28
Gear 34
Lower feed roller gear
Upper feed roller gear
Gear 30
Gear 28
Feed clutch 1 gear
Idle pulley 38/23
Paper feed drive belt
Idle pulley 31/42
Feed clutch 2 gear
Upper paper feed clutch gear
Upper paper feed pulley gear
Gear 21
Forwarding pulley gear
Gear16
Lower paper feed pulley gear
Paper feed tension pulley
Idle pulley 31/42
Lower paper feed clutch gear
Upper paper feed pulley gear
Gear 21
Forwarding pulley gear
Gear 16
Lower paper feed pulley gear
Feed clutch 3 gear
Feed roller 3 pulley
Feed drive belt
Feed idle pulley
`
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tension pulley 10
Feed roller 4 pulley
Paper conveying motor gear
Idle gear 43
Duplex unit input gear
Pulley 63/32
Paper conveying drive belt
Pulley 36/32
Idle gear 36/36
Idle gear 30
Gear 26
Paper conveying roller
Paper conveying belt
Paper conveying pulley
Fixing drive gear
Idle gear 30
Idle gear 26
Idle gear 26
Gear 19
Pulley 22
Gear 19
Feedshift drive belt
Tension pulley 22
Pulley 22
Gear 20/28
Idle gear 29
Idle gear 30
One-way gear
Idle gear 20
Eject speed switching clutch gear
Gear 26
Idle gear 26
Idle gear 20
Gear 23
Pulley 28
Eject drive belt
Tension pulley 28
Eject roller pulley
Scanner motor pulley
Scanner drive belt
Scanner drive pulley
Scanner wire drum
Scanner wire
Scanner wire pulley
1-3-5
E
A
E
1-3-1 (2A3/4/E)
A
5
1/1/32, 21:02
2AD (MCA)
A
A
E
2A3/4
95
6
8
6
9
5
1
1
4
2 $
&
As viewed from machine front
Figure 1-3-6 Drive systemSRDF (inside front of machine)

1
2
3
4
5
6
Lower original conveying pulley 25/18

Gear 18/25
Eject gear 18
Middle original conveying pulley 18
Upper original conveying pulley 18
JAM release gear 24
7
8
9
0
!
Joint gear 14
JAM release gear 14
Tension pulley
Eject drive belt
Conveying drive belt 2
0
1
78
6
9
*
%
As viewed from machine rear
Figure 1-3-7 Drive systemSRDF (inside rear of machine)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Original feed motor pulley

Pulley 35/22/22
Idle gear 26
Original feed clutch gear
DF original feed pulley 28
DF forwarding pulley 20
Tension pulley
Original feed drive belt
DF forwarding belt
0
!
@
#
$
%
^
&
*
DF registration pulley 28/18

Idle gear 15
Idle gear 20
Switchback gear 18
DF registration drive belt
Gear 22/35
Original conveying motor pulley
Gear 28
Original conveying drive belt 1
^
2
!@
$
5 3
4
Figure 1-3-8 Drive systemDuplex section
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 Forwarding pulley 27
0 Gear 18
! Gear 26
@ Paper conveying pulley 40
# Paper conveying drive belt
$ Paper conveying tension pulley
% Paper conveying pulley 20
^ Paper conveying pulley 20
Duplex joint gear

Gear 28
Duplex registration gear 20/30
Gear 26
Switchback roller gear
Forwarding drive gear 18
Pulley 22
Forwarding belt
1-3-6
E
A
E
1-3-1 (2A3/4/E)
E
6
2AD (MCA)
A
1/1/32, 21:02
A
A
2A3/4
2
9
7
% 5 ( $
* %
3$ )
8
6
$ $ 5
5
%
&
$
$
#
4 #
@
#
$ (5
5
6
0
1
!
&

Figure 1-3-9 Drive systemLarge paper deck
1 Belt 180-6
2 Paper feed clutch 1
3 Paper feed clutch 2
4 Paper conveying clutch
5 Gear 20
6 Gear 26
7 Gear 50-20
8 Gear 35-1-20
9 Pulley 18
0 Gear 43-20
! Pulley S2M-18
@ Gear 16
# Roller 0.8-20
$
%
^
&
*
(
)
Pulley 20, gear 32

One-way drum
Pulley 18-OW
Pulse gear
Belt 258
Belt 234
Belt 144
Gear 1.0-24
Lift pulley
Left lift belt assembly
Right lift belt assembly
Paper deck motor gear
Pulley 16
1-3-7
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
1-3-4 Mechanical construction

(1) Paper feed section
The paper section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections.
Primary feed conveys paper from the upper drawer, lower drawer or bypass table to the
upper and lower registration rollers, at which point secondary feed takes place and the
paper travels to the transfer section in sync with the printing timing.
(1-1) Paper feed from the drawers
4
6
^
*
%
&
1 2
1 2
8
5 9
3 @
(
#
Figure 1-3-10 Drawer paper feed and secondary paper feed sections
1-3-8
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
!
@
#
$
%
^
&
*
(
)
Forwarding pulley
Upper paper feed pulley
Lower paper feed pulley
Upper feed roller
Lower feed roller
Upper feed guide plate
Middle feed guide plate
Lower feed guide plate
Feed roller 1
Feed roller 2
Feed roller 3
Feed roller 4
Feed pulley
Upper registration roller
Lower registration roller
Upper registration guide
Lower registration guide
Lower pre-transfer guide
Feed guide
Drawer lift
Lift operation plate
Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)
Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L)
Feed clutch 1 (FCL1)

Registration clutch (RCL)
Upper paper switch (PSW-U)
Lower paper switch (PSW-L)
Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U)
Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L)
Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)
Feed switch (FSW)
Registration switch (RSW)
Upper paper length switch
(PLSW-U)
Lower paper length switch
(PLSW-L)
*Upper paper width switch
(PWSW-U)
*Lower paper width switch
(PWSW-L)
* For inch specifications only.
1-3-9
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Each drawer consists of a lift driven by the lift motor and other components. Each
drawer can hold up to 550 sheets of paper.
Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the forwarding pulley and upper paper
feed pulley. The lower paper feed pulley prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one
time, via the torque limiter.
CN13-4
CN13-7 CN8-B11
CN13-10
CN13-13
RCL
CN8-B2
RSW
CN13-1
FSW
FCL5
CN12-A2
FCL4
CN8-B9
CN12-A4
FCL1
PFSW1
CN12-A8
LICSW-U
CN15-3
CN15-9
CN15-13
CN12-A10
CN15-4
CN15-10
CN15-14
EPCB
PSW-U
FCL2
PFCL PFSW2
U
LICSW-L
PSW-L
FCL3
PFCL
L PFSW3
PFSW4
Figure 1-3-11
Drawer paper feed section block diagram
1-3-10
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
10
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Image ready
Print key
FCL4
174 ms
35 ms
FSW
RSW
100 ms
FCL5
74 ms
80 ms
RCL
PFM
250 ms
DM
PFCL-U
100 ms
50 ms
FCL2
PFSW2
FCL1
58 ms
163 ms
35 ms
28 ms
PFSW1
A BC
D E
G H
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-1
Paper feed from the upper drawer
1-3-11
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
11
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, and 250 ms later
the drive motor (DM) turns on to start drive for the paper feed section.
B 100 ms after the print key is pressed, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns on,
and the upper and lower paper feed pulleys rotate to start the primary paper feed.
C 50 ms after the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns on, feed clutch 2 (FCL2) turns
on, and feed roller 2 rotates.
D 28 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) on, feed
clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on, and feed roller 1 to rotates.
E 163 ms after paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turns on, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCLU) turns off.
F 174 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) on, feed
clutch 4 (FCL4) turns on, and the lower feed roller rotates at high speed to create slack
in the paper before registration.
G 58 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turns off,
feed clutch 2 (FCL2) turns off.
H 35 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed
clutches 1 and 4 (FCL1 and FCL4) turn off.
I 74 ms after image ready signal turn on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, causing
the upper and lower registration rollers to rotate to start secondary paper feed.
Simultaneously, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at low
speed.
J 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch
5 (FCL5) turns off.
K 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the
registration clutch (RCL) turns off.
1-3-12
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
12
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table
0
!
2
9
6
5
7
43
Figure 1-3-12 Bypass paper feed section

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Bypass table
Bypass upper guide
Bypass lower guide
Bypass stopper
Bypass friction plate
Bypass forwarding pulley
Bypass upper paper feed pulley
Bypass lower paper feed pulley
9 Bypass paper feed clutch

(BYPPFCL)
0 Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL)
! Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW)
@ Bypass paper length switch
(BYPPLSW)
# Bypass paper width switch
(BYPPWSW)
$ Bypass table extended detection
switch (BYPEDSW)
The bypass table can hold up to 100 sheets of paper at one time.
When the start key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, unlocking the
bypass stopper and lowering the bypass forwarding pulley until it comes into contact
with the paper. This conveys paper placed on the bypass table to the bypass upper and
lower paper feed pulleys. The bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) then turns on,
transmitting the drive motor (DM) drive to these pulleys to start primary paper feed.
The bypass lower paper feed pulley rotates opposite to the paper feed direction so that
the torque limiter prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time.
1-3-13
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
13
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
CN14-A8
CN14-A4
BYPPSW
CN14-A7
CN8-B11
BYPSOL
BYP
PFCL
RCL
CN8-B2
RSW
CN13-1
FSW
CN12-A2
FCL5
FCL4
CN8-B9
EPCB
Figure 1-3-13
Bypass paper feed section block diagram
Image ready
Print key
FSW
RSW
115 ms
FCL5
65 ms
100 ms
74 ms
RCL
80 ms
PFM
250 ms
DM
100 ms
BYPSOL
300 ms
BYPPFCL
AB
90 ms
200 ms
DE G
F
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A5R/51/2" 81/2", magnification ratio 25%
Timing chart 1-3-2
Paper feed from the bypass table
1-3-14
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
14
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, and 250 ms later
the drive motor (DM) turn on to start drive for the paper feed section.
B 100 ms after the print key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on. The
bypass stopper is then unlocked, and the bypass forwarding pulley lowers to forward the
paper.
C 300 ms after the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch
(BYPPFCL) turns on, and the upper and lower bypass paper feed pulleys rotate to start
primary paper feed.
D 115 ms after the leading edge of the paper turn the feed switch (FSW) on, feed clutch
5 (FCL5) turns on, and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed to create slack in the
paper before registration.
E 200 ms after the feed switch (FSW) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL)
turns off.
F 90 ms after feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns off.
G 65 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed
clutch 5 (FCL 5) turns off.
H 74 ms after the image ready signal turns on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and
the upper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed.
Simultaneously, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and lower feed roller rotates at low speed.
I 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch
5 (FCL5) turns off.
J 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the
1-3-15
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
15
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(2) Main charging section
The main charging section consists of the drum and the main charger assembly.
The main charger assembly charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on the
surface, the charger grid ensuring the charge is applied uniformly.
Main charger assembly
Main charger grid

Tungsten wire
Drum
Figure 1-3-14
Main charging section
1-3-16
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
16
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
!
0
3
1
6
4
9
7
8
2
Figure 1-3-15 Main charger
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
!
Main charger front housing

Main charger rear housing
Main charger front lid
Main charger rear lid
Main charger shield
CN5-B1
CN5-B13
CN5-B11
CN5-B12
24 V DC
MC REM
MC ALM
GRID CONT
Tungsten wire
Charger spring
Charger terminal
Charger pin
Main charger grid
Grid tension plate
CN1-13
MC
CN1-1
CN1-3
TB
CN1-2
Grid
HVTPCB
Drum
EPCB
Figure 1-3-16
Main charging section block diagram
1-3-17
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
17
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Print key
CFM1
360 ms
ESW
520 ms
300 ms
MC REM
290-30000 ms
PFM
Timing chart1-3-3 Main charging

A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on.
B 520 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, main charging (MC REM) starts.
C 300 ms after cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) turns off, main charging (MC REM) is
completed.
1-3-18
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
18
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(3) Optical section
The optical section consists of the scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit for
scanning and the laser scanner unit for printing.
6
9
4
7
2
$ 5
@
!
Figure 1-3-17 Optical section

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Scanner
Mirror frame
Mirror 1
Mirror 2
Mirror 3
Exposure lamp (EL)
Reflector
8
9
0
!
@
#
$
Image scanning unit

Lens
Optical rail
Laser scanner unit (LSU)
CCD PCB (CCDPCB)
Scanner motor (SM)
Scanner home position switch
(SHPSW)
1-3-19
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
19
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Original scanning
The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCD
PCB (CCDPCB) in the image scanning unit via the three mirrors, the reflected light
being converted to an electrical signal.
The scanner and mirror frame travel to scan on the optical rails on the front and rear of
the machine to scan from side to side. The speed of the mirror frame is half the speed
of the scanner. When the SRDF is used, the scanner and mirror frame stop at the DF
original scanning position to start scanning.
Original
SHPSW
CCDPCB
CN3-1
CN1-1
CN3-6
CN1-6
CN2-4
INPCB
CN5-1
CN5-16
CN11-1
CN11-11
CN12-1
CN12-7
CN1-1
CN1-16
SMPCB
CN2-1
EL
CN2-1
CN2-6
CN4-2
SM
CN9-1
CN9-4
CN8-1
CN8-5
CN7-1
CN7-13
CN1-1
CN1-140
MPCB
LSU
CN7-1
CN7-2
CN1-1
CN1-140
Drum
EPCB
Figure 1-3-18 Optical section block diagram
1-3-20
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
20
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Print key
410 P
Fwd. rotation
SM
Rev. rotation
414 P
9921 P
110 P
SHPSW
FVSYNC signal
A
Manual copy density control, copy paper: A3/11" 17", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-4
Scanner operation
A When the print key is pressed, the scanner motor (SM) reverses for 410 pulses and
then rotates forward.
B 414 pulses after the scanner motor rotates forward, the FVSYNC signal turns on for
9921 pulses for scanning.
C The scanner motor (SM) reverses to return the scanner to the home position.
D 110 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner
motor (SM) turns off, and the scanner stops at its home position.
1-3-21
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
21
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Image printing
The image data scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) is processed on the main PCB
(MPCB) and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit (LSU). By
repeatedly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a latent image on
the drum surface.
Laser scanner unit
Collimator lenses
Laser diodes (LD)
Beam spritter
LD control PCB
Lens 1
Lens 3
Lens 2
Polygon mirror
BD sensor mirror
Polygon motor (PM)
Oject mirror
Lens 4
Motor drive PCB

BD sensor
Cylindrical correcting lens
Figure 1-3-19
Laser scanner unit (1)
1-3-22
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
22
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
3
5
4
8
9
0
Drum
Figure 1-3-20 Laser scanner unit (2)

1 Laser diodes: Generate the laser beams that form the latent image on the drum.
2 Collimator lenses: Collimate the diffused laser beams emitted from the laser diodes into
cylindrical beams.
3 Beam splitter: Refracts the laser beam emitted from one of the laser diodes so that it
becomes parallel to the other laser beam, and sends those two beams to lens 1.
4 Polygon mirror: 6-faced mirror that rotates at approximately 29527 rpm. Each face
reflects the laser beams toward the drum in the horizontal (main) scan direction. The
motion of the beams across the drum forms one scan line.
5 Lenses 1, 2, 3 and 4: Maintain scanning speed across the drum and beam diameters
constant. These lenses also correct the vertical alignment of the polygon mirror so that
the focal plane of the laser beams are always on the drum.
6 Object mirror: Reflects the laser beams onto the drum surface.
7 BD sensor mirror: Directs a laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the horizontal sync
signal.
8 Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by the
BD sensor mirror.
9 BD sensor: Detects the laser beam reflected by BD sensor mirror, and sends the
detection signal to the main PCB (MPCB). The main PCB (MPCB) uses this signal to
determine the horizontal scanning signal timing.
0 Glass dust filter: Prevents dust from entering the unit.
1-3-23
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
23
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-19.
70 m
65 m
Figure 1-3-21
Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, while scanning
in the auxiliary direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a static latent image
on the drum.
The static latent image of the letter A, for example, is formed on the drum surface as
shown in Figure 1-3-22. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surface
irradiated by the laser.
The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightly
overlap each other.
Main
scanning
direction
Auxilary
scanning
direction
: laser beam is on
Figure 1-3-22
1-3-24
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
24
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(4) Developing section
The developing section consists of the developing unit and the toner recycling
assembly.
Developing unit
Toner sub hopper
Figure 1-3-23
Developing section
The developing unit consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush is formed,
the doctor blade and the developing spirals that agitate the developer.
The toner recycling assembly consists of the toner main and sub-hoppers. In t he main
hopper new toner from the toner cartridge is mixed with residual toner recovered from
the cleaning section. The mixture is conveyed by the sub-hopper to the developing unit.
The toner level detection sensor (TLDS) checks whether or not toner remains in the
main hopper.
1-3-25
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
25
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Toner cartridge paddle
Toner cartridge spiral
Toner cartridge
Toner recycle paddle B

Toner hopper lockup sensor
Toner recycle spiral
Toner level sensor
Cleaning unit
Toner recycle paddle A

Cleaning spiral
Toner feed motor

Main hopper spiral
Developing unit
Toner sub hopper
Toner main hopper

Sub hopper spiral
Toner recycle motor
Toner flow
Figure 1-3-24
Toner recycling
1-3-26
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
26
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Formation of magnetic brush
The developing roller consists of a magnet roller with five poles and a sleeve roller.
Rotation of the sleeve roller around the magnet roller entrains developer, which in turn
forms a magnetic brush at pole N1 on the magnet roller. The height of the magnet brush
is regulated by the doctor blade; the developing result is affected by the position of the
poles on the magnet roller and the position of the doctor blade.
A developing bias voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer (HVTPCB) is
applied to the developing roller to provide image contrast.
6
7
Magnetic poles on the developing roller

S2
74.5
85.5
N3
N1
59
S1 43.5
5 1
A: Distances beteen the doctor blade and

developing roller: 0.53 0.05 mm
Figure 1-3-25
1
2
3
4
Developing unit housing

Developing roller
Toner sensor (TNS)
Doctor blade
N1:
N2:
N3:
S1:
S2:
N2
830 104 T
630 104 T
450 104 T
860 104 T
700 104 T
Forming a magnetic brush

5 Developing spiral A
6 Developing spiral B
7 Developing spiral C
1-3-27
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
27
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
CN2-A5
CN2-A6
CN2-A7
CN2-A8
TFM
TFM+
TRM
TRM+
TRM
TFM
TLDS
CN2-B3
TLS
CN2-A10
CN2-B11
CN2-B9
CN5-B10
CN5-B8
CN5-B1
EPCB
TNS
TNS SIG
TNS CONT
DB REM
DB CONT
24 V DC
CN1-4
CN1-6
CN2
DB
CN1-13
HVTPCB
Figure 1-3-26 Developing section block diagram

Toner density is detected by the toner sensor (TNS).
The sensor section of the toner sensor detects the ratio of toner to carrier in the
developer near it and converts it into a voltage. As more toner is used, the ratio of toner
to carrier decreases, increasing the toner sensor output voltage.
When the ratio drops below the specified value, the increase in toner sensor output
voltage triggers toner replenishing. When toner is added and the ratio of toner to carrier
returns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the point where toner
replenishing stops.
1-3-28
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
28
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Toner density control
Toner density control is conducted using the TARGET value as the reference which is
the toner sensor initial output value set by maintenance item U130 when developer is
loaded for the first time.
Toner being replenished message
Toner sensor
output voltage (V)
Toner request message

(Toner cartridge to be replaced.)
Aging:
1 min: during copying
Toner empty detection

level
Toner empty reset level
Toner feed start level
(TARGET by U130)
Toner feed stop level
Copying
AB
Figure 1-3-27
CD EF G
H IJ
Toner density control
A When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner feed start level, the toner feed
motor (TFM) and the toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittentlyon for 0.5 s and
off for 1.5 s, and on for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s, respectivelyto replenish toner.
B As toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed stop
level and replenishing stops.
C Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently
on for 0.5 s and off for 0.5 sto replenish toner until the toner sensor output voltage
reaches the toner empty reset level after exceeding the toner feed start level.
D The toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittentlyon
for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s, and on for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s, respectivelyto replenish
toner until the toner sensor output voltage reaches the toner empty detection level after
exceeding the toner feed reset level
E When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner empty detection level after
toner replenishing is carried out, the toner being replenished message appears. Both the
toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) then operate intermittentlyon
for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 sfor 1 min. for aging. If the voltage fails to fall to the toner empty
reset level, the toner request message appears.
1-3-29
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
29
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
F When the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner empty reset level, the toner
being replenished message disappears, and both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner
recycle motor (TRM) operates intermittentlyon for 0.5 s and off for 0.5 sto replenish
toner.
G When toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed
stop level and replenishing stops.
H After the toner cartridge is replaced, both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle
motor (TRM) operate intermittentlyon for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 sto replenish toner.
I When the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner feed stop level, the toner request
message disappears. Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM)
then operate intermittentlyon for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 sto replenish toner.
J When toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner feed stop
level and replenishing stops.
1-3-30
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
30
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Correcting toner feed start level
The toner feed start level is corrected based on the absolute humidity and the drive time
so that toner density becomes proper depending on the change of the humidity and the
drive time.
Correction based on the absolute humidity
Correction at the toner
feed start level (V)
0.74
C
B
0
A
Maintenance item U130 performed.
0.16
0
3.09
10.8
35.9
Absolute humidity
(g/m3)
Figure 1-3-28 Correction based on the absolute humidity

A When maintenance item U130 is carried out for initial developer setting, the toner sensor
control voltage (CONTROL) is set so that the toner sensor outputs 2.01 V when the
absolute humidity is 10.8 g/m3.
B When the absolute humidity is between 0 and 10.8 g/m3, the toner feed start level is
decreased with the absolute humidity so that the toner sensor output voltage drops.
C When the absolute humidity is between 10.8 and 35.9 g/m3, the toner feed start level is
increased with the absolute humidity so that the toner sensor output voltage rises.
D When the absolute humidity exceeds 35.9 g/m3, the toner feed start level is increased
by 0.74 V to regulate the toner sensor output.
1-3-31
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
31
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Computing the absolute humidity
The external humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) and external temperature thermistor
(ETTH) are located on the humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB). The external humidity
sensor (EHUMSENS) converts the relative humidity detected by the humidity sensing
element into a voltage and sends it to the engine PCB (EPCB). The main PCB
(MPCB)computes the absolute humidity based on this EHUMSENS signal and the
temperature (ETTH signal) detected by the external temperature thermistor (ETTH).
EPCB
HUMPCB
ETTH
ETTH
GND
EHUMSENS
5V
CN5-A1
CN5-A2
Humidity sensing element

CN5-A3
EHUMSENS
Figure 1-3-29
CN5-A4
Absolute humidity computation block diagram
1-3-32
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
32
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Correction based on the total drive motor time
The toner feed start level is also corrected based on the total time the drive motor (DM)
has been on from execution of maintenance item U130, so that the toner sensor output
is regulated properly.
Correction at the toner
feed start level (V)
0.76
0.46
0.36
0.24
B
0
10
30
50
150
Drive time (h)
A Maintenance item U130 performed.

Figure 1-3-30 Correction based on the total drive motor time
A When maintenance item U130 is carried out for initial developer setting, the total drive
motor time is cleared and the correction for the toner feed start level is reset to 0.
B When the total drive time reaches 10 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with
a constant value of 0.24 V.
C When the total drive time reaches 30 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with
D When the total drive time reaches 50 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with
E When the total drive time exceeds 150 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with
1-3-33
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
33
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Toner level detection
The toner level in the toner main hopper is monitored by the toner level detection sensor
(TLDS). It converts the presence or absence of toner in the toner main hopper into a
voltage and sends it to the main PCB (MPCB), which triggers a message to request the
toner cartridge to be replaced before the recycled toner ratio in the toner main hopper
reaches a significant level.
Toner request message Toner empty detection Toner empty detection
reactivated.
reactivated.
Toner cartridge to be
U 130 performed.
replaced.
Toner empty detection Toner empty
detection ignored.
ignored.
TFM: on
1 min.
5 min.
10 s
10 s
10 s
Toner feed motor (TFM)

4.5 V
sensor output voltage
0.5 V
Figure 1-3-31
A When the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output voltage drops below 0.5 V while
the toner feed motor (TFM) is on, the toner motor drive time starts to be counted.
B If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output voltage remains below 0.5 V for 10 s,
the toner request message appears.
Note: When the toner request message is displayed under these conditions, the
available copy mode and the number of copies that can be made are
restricted as set in maintenance item U258 (see page 3-2-74).
C Toner empty detection is ignored for 1 min. (the toner feed motor on time) after the toner
cartridge has been replaced. If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output remains
at 4.5 V or above for 10 s, toner empty detection is reactivated.
D Toner empty detection is ignored for 5 min. (the toner feed motor on time) after
maintenance item U130 has been performed for developer initial setting. If the toner level
detection sensor (TLDS) output remains at 4.5 V or above for 10 s, toner empty detection
is reactivated.
1-3-34
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
34
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Toner hopper lockup detection
The amount of recycled toner in the toner main hopper is monitored by the toner hopper
lockup sensor (TLS). It converts the presence or absence of toner in the toner main
hopper into a voltage and sends it to the main PCB, which prevents toner main hopper
lockup as the amount of the recycled toner in the hopper increases.
Toner feed stop level
Toner recycle motor
1 min
4.5 V
Toner hopper lockup
sensor output voltage (V)
0.5 V
A
Figure 1-3-32
Toner hopper lockup detection
A When the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage is below 0.5 V, toner is
replenished to control toner density.
B When the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage exceeds 4.5 V while toner
sensor output voltage is below the toner feed start level, toner is not replenished.
C When the toner sensor output voltage is over the toner feed start level while the toner
hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output level is over 4.5 V, the toner feed motor (TFM) does
not operate, while the toner recycle motor (TRM) operates continuously.
D When the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage is over 4.5 V, the on-time of
the toner recycle motor (TRM) is counted. When the continuous on-time exceeds 1 min.,
C740 (toner hopper problem) is displayed.
1-3-35
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
35
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(5) Transfer and separation section
Drum separation claw
Tungsten wires
Transfer charger assembly
Figure 1-3-33 Transfer and separation section

The transfer and separation section consists of the transfer charger assembly and drum
separation claws.
The transfer charger assembly consists of the transfer charger that applies a high
voltage to transfer the toner image from the drum surface onto the paper, and the
separation charger that helps the paper separate from the drum surface.
In the transfer charger, a high voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer PCB
(HVTPCB) is applied to the both ends of the tungsten wire.
The separation charger uses the AC voltage applied from the high-voltage transformer
PCB to neutralize the residual charge on the paper after the transfer process. The paper
can then separate from the drum under its own weight.
The separation claws ensure that the paper separates reliably from the drum.
1-3-36
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
36
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
CN5-B7
CN5-B6
CN5-B5
CN5-B4
CN5-B3
CN5-B1
TC REM
TC CONT
SC REM
SC CONT
ST ALM
24 V DC
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-11
CN1-13
CN8-B5
HVTPCB
Drum
CCM REV
CCM FWD
CN8-B4
EPCB
SC
TC
CCM
Figure 1-3-34 Transfer and separation section block diagram
1-3-37
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
37
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Charger wire cleaning
The charger wires are cleaned by the transfer charger cleaning pad and separation
charger cleaning pad traveling along each wire. The pads are placed on a slider which
moves back and forth along the charger cleaning spiral as the spiral is turned by the
charger cleaning motor (CCM).
The two shield cleaning sponges travel along the transfer charger shield, cleaning the
inside of the shield.
6
4
7
3
#
1
5
!
0
9
@
Figure 1-3-35
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Transfer charger front housing

Transfer charger rear housing
Transfer charger front lid
Transfer charger rear lid
Transfer charger shield
Separation guide
Tungsten wire for transfer

8 Tungsten wire for separation
9 Transfer charger cleaning pad
0 Separation charger cleaning pad
! Shield cleaning sponges
@ Charger cleaning pad slider
# Charger cleaning spiral
$ Charger cleaning motor (CCM)
1-3-38
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
38
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Image ready
Secondary paper feed start
Secondary paper feed end
Print key
CFM1
360 ms
ESW
520 ms
300 ms
MC REM
290-30000 ms
PFM
SC REM
700 ms
RSW
74 ms
RCL
80 ms
210 ms
TC REM
270 ms
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" 8 / ", magnification ratio 100%
1 2
Timing chart 1-3-5
Transfer and separation
B 700 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, separation charging (SC REM)
starts.
C 210 m after the registration clutch (RCL) turn on to start secondary paper feed,
transfer charging (TC REM) starts.
D 270 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off,
transfer charging (TC REM) ends.
E 290 to 30000 ms after the main charging (MC REM) ends, the paper feed motor
(PFM) turns off and separation charging (SC REM) ends.
1-3-39
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
39
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(6) Cleaning section
The cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade and brush that remove residual
toner from the drum surface after the transfer process, and the cleaning spiral that
carries the residual toner back to the toner recycling assembly.
4 3
5
Figure 1-3-36
1
2
3
4
5
Cleaning section
Drum
Cleaning blade
Cleaning brush
Cleaning spiral
Lower cleaning seal
1-3-40
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
40
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(7) Charge erasing section
The cleaning lamp (CL) consists of 36 LEDs which remove residual charge from the
drum surface.
Cleaning lamp
Figure 1-3-37
CN2-A2
Charge erasing section
CL REM
CL
Drum
EPCB
Figure 1-3-38
Charge erasing section block diagram
1-3-41
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
41
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Print key
50 ms
CL
600 ms
PFM
A B
Timing chart 1-3-6
Charge erasing
B 50 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, the cleaning lamp (CL) lights to
remove the residual charge from the drum surface after the residual toner is
removed by the cleaning section.
C 600 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns off, the cleaning lamp (CL) turns off.
1-3-42
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
42
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(8) Fixing section
1
!
5
@
7
0
Figure 1-3-39
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Fixing unit upper cover

Fixing unit front guide
Fixing unit upper guide
Fixing unit lower left guide
Heat roller
Press roller
Heat roller separation claws
98
6
Fixing section
8
9
0
!
@
#
Fixing heater M (H1)

Fixing heater S (H2)
Eject switch (ESW)
Fixing unit thermostat (TH)
Fixing unit thermistor (FTH)
Press roller separation claws
1-3-43
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
43
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
The fixing section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-39. When paper reaches the
fixing section after the transfer process, it passes between the press roller and heat
roller, which is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2). Pressure is applied by the
pressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted, fused and fixed onto the
paper.
When the fixing process is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by its
separation claws and is ejected from the copier to either the eject section or duplex
section.
TH
PRY
Heat roller
TB3
FTH
CN10-1
H1
H2
CN10-2
CN3-B7
FTH
CN3-B8
5 V DC
CN4-5
H2 REM
CN6-8
CN6-7
H1 REM
CN4-4
PSPCB
EPCB
Figure 1-3-40
Fixing section block diagram
1-3-44
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
44
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
1
2
Figure 1-3-41 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
1 Heat roller
2 Fixing heater M (H1)
3 Fixing heater S (H2)
4 Fixing unit thermostat (TH)

5 Fixing unit themistor (FTH)
The heat roller is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2) inside it; its surface
temperature is detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and is regulated by the fixing
heaters turning on and off.
If the fixing section becomes abnormally hot, either the fixing unit thermistor detects it or
fixing unit thermostat (TH) operates, in each case, shutting the power to the fixing
heaters off.
1-3-45
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
45
1/1/32, 2:39
Copying enabled
Primary stabilization fixing

temperature 175C/347F
Secondary stabilization fixing

temperature *1
Fixing temperature control
Aging end
2A3/4
*2
MSW
2s
*3
PRY
H1
H2
Charger wire cleaning
CCM
3s
DM
200 ms
PCM
270 ms
CL
50 ms
600 ms
DB REM
Full speed
Half speed
CFM1
Half speed
PCFM
IFFM
1s
PM
AB
CD E
*1: 42 ppm: 180C/356F

52 ppm: 190C/374F
*2: 42 ppm: 60 s
52 ppm: 120 s
Timing chart 1-3-7
G H I
*3: 42 ppm: 116 s

52 ppm: 176 s
Fixing temperature control
A 2s after the main switch (MSW) is turned on, the power relay (PRY) and fixing
heater M (H1) turn on to heat the heat roller. The charger cleaning motor (CCM)
also turns on to clean the charger wire, and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at
half speed.
B 1 s after fixing heater M (H1) turns on, the polygon motor (PM) in the laser scanner
unit turns on.
1-3-46
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
46
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
C When the fixing temperature reaches 175C/347F, the copier enters primary
stabilization. 50 ms later the cleaning lamp (CL) and developing bias (DB REM) turn
on and primary stabilization starts.
D 200 ms after the cleaning lamp (CL) turns on, the drive motor (DM) turns on.
E 270 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, the paper conveying motor (PCM),
paper conveying fan motor (PCFM) and image formation section fan motor (IFFM)
turn on and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at full speed.
F When the fixing temperature reaches 180C/356F (42 ppm) or 190C/374F (52 ppm),
the copier enters secondary stabilization. Fixing heater M (H1) is turned on and off
to keep the fixing temperature at 180C/356F (42 ppm) or 190C/374F (52 ppm)
and aging starts.
G 116 s (42 ppm) or 176 s (52 ppm) after the power relay (PRY) turns on or 60 s (42
ppm) or 120 s (52 ppm) after the copier enters secondary stabilization (whichever
event occurs first), copying is enables.
H 3 s after copying is enabled, the drive motor (DM), paper conveying motor (PCM)
and image formation section fan motor (IFFM) turn off, and aging ends. Cooling fan
motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at half speed.
I 600 ms after aging ends, the cleaning lamp (CL), developing bias (DB REM) and
paper conveying fan motor (PCFM) turn off.
Fixing control temperature correction

Depending on the ambient temperature, the fixing control temperature is corrected as
follows.
Table 1-3-1
Copy setting
Fixing control temperature
Correction for low ambient

temperature
(Ambient temperature: 17C/
62.6F or below)
Paper feed from upper

and lower drawers,
bypass table and large
paper deck
42 ppm: 190C/374F
(10C/18F higher)
52 ppm: 195C/383F
(5C/9F higher)
Correction for high ambient

temperature
(Ambient temperature: 37C/
98.6F or higher)
Continuous copying of
100 or less sheets in
duplex copy mode
42 ppm: 160C/320F
(20C/36F lower)
52 ppm: 170C/338F
(20C/36F lower)
Fixing heater M or S (H1 or H2) is turned on for 5 s from the start of the copying
operation so that the fixing control temperature becomes 190C/374F (10C/18F
higher for 42 ppm) or 195C/383F (5C/9F higher for 52 ppm).
1-3-47
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
47
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Paper separation
Paper is separated in the fixing section by the separation claws as shown in Figure 1-342.
Heat roller

Press roller
Figure 1-3-42
Paper separation
1-3-48
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
48
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(9) Feedshift and eject section
The feedshift and eject section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-43. When
fixing is complete, the conveying path is switched by the feedshift guide to eject the
paper to either the copy tray or duplex unit.
3
4
5
6
7 8
*
@
^
%
&
9
Figure 1-3-43 Feedshift and eject section

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Eject roller
Eject pulley
Upper eject guide
Feedshift guide
Upper right feedshift guide
Right feedshift roller
Left feedshift roller
Lower right feedshift guide
Lower left feedshift guide
Lower feedshift guide
!
@
#
$
%
^
&
*
(
Lower feedshift roller

Feedshift pulley
Left switchback eject guide
Right middle switchback eject guide
Right switchback feed roller
Left switchback feed roller
Lower right switchback eject guide
Feedshift switch (FSSW)
Switchback eject switch (SBESW)
1-3-49
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
49
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
CN3-A8
CN3-A9
FSSOL1
FSSOL2
FSSOL
CN3-B9
ESW
CN3-A1
SBE
SW
FSSW
CN3-A4
EPCB
Figure 1-3-44
Feedshift and eject section block diagram
1-3-50
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
50
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(10) Duplex section
In duplex copy mode, the paper copied onto the first face (rear face) is sent to the
duplex section for side registration and switchback, and refeed for copying onto the
second face (front face).
1 @
3
$
2
#
5%
&!
Figure 1-3-45 Duplex section

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Duplex forwarding pulley

Upper refeed guide
Paper tapping guide
Refeed pulley
Switchback roller
Duplex upper registration roller
Duplex lower registration roller
Duplex conveying roller
Duplex conveying pulley
0
!
@
#
$
%
Duplex eject roller

Duplex eject pulley
Side registration guides
Switchback feedshift guide
Stock switch (STKSW)
Duplex registration switch
(DUPRSW)
^ Duplex paper conveying switch
(DUPPCSW)
& Duplex eject switch (DUPESW)
1-3-51
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
51
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
When the paper is sent to the duplex section, the duplex paper tapping solenoid
(DUPPTSOL) lowers, which forwards the paper by means of the rotation of the duplex
forwarding pulley until it is caught by the switchback roller.
In duplex copy mode, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on to operate
the switchback feedshift guide. The paper is then sent to the duplex paper conveying
section by the rotation of the switchback roller.
During switchback ejection, the paper is conveyed to the feedshift and eject section and
ejected with the copied face down.
5
2
In duplex copy mode

During switchback ejection
Figure 1-3-46
1
2
3
4
5
Duplex refeed mechanism
Duplex forwarding pulley

Paper tapping guide
Refeed pulley
Switchback roller
1-3-52
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
52
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
CN9-12
CN10-1
CN10-5
CN9-11
CN9-8
CN10-8
CN10-14
CN9-7
CN9-16
SBFSSOL1
SBFSSOL2
CN10-10
CN10-12
EPCB
SBFSSOL
STKSW
DUPFWDSOL
DUPRSW
SRM
SRHPSW
DUP
PCSW
DUPESW
DUP
PTSOL
Figure 1-3-47
Duplex section block diagram
1-3-53
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
53
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Duplex copying operation timing
Image ready
1160 ms
FSSOL
SBFSSOL
FSSW
30 ms
DUPFWDSOL
80 ms
DUPPTSOL
60 ms
Fwd. rotation
SRM
Rev. rotation
SRHPSW
12 P
74 ms
RCL
ESW
STKSW
A
BC
DE F
Copy paper: A4/11" 81/2", 100% magnification
Timing chart 1-3-8 Feedshift and side registration

A 74 ms after the image ready signal turns on during copying onto the first face (back), the
registration clutch (RCL) turns on to start secondary paper feed.
B 1160 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL)
turns on, operating the feedshift guide to switch the paper path to the duplex unit.
C When the leading edge of the paper turns the eject switch (ESW) on, the switchback
feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on, operating the switchback guide to switch the
paper path to the duplex unit conveying section.
D 60 ms after copying onto the first face (back) is competed and the trailing edge of the
paper turns the feedshift switch (FSSW) off, the side registration motor (SRM) rotates
forward for 12 pulses for side registration. At the same time, the duplex paper tapping
solenoid (DUPPTSOL) turns on, and the paper tapping guide lowers to hold down the
trailing edge (leading edge during refeed) of the paper that was conveyed to the duplex
section.
E 30 ms after the duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) turns on, the duplex
forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turns on, operating the duplex forwarding pulley to
forward the paper until it is caught by the switchback roller.
F 80 ms after the stock switch (STKSW) turns off, the duplex tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL)
and duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turn off.
1-3-54
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
54
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
1160 ms
FSSOL
360 ms
SBFSSOL
Fwd. rotation
SRM
Rev. rotation
500 ms
500 ms
500 ms
5P
SRHPSW
DUPRSW
DUPPCSW
DUPESW
232 ms
FCL1
FCL4
30 ms
35 ms
FSW
RSW
FCL5
74 ms
100 ms
80 ms
RCL
ESW
ABCD
FG
IJ
KL
Copy paper: A4/11" 81/2", 100% magnification
Timing chart 1-3-9 Refeed

A 232 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the duplex eject switch (DUPESW) on,
feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on and feed roller 1 rotates.
B 30 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) on, feed clutch
4 turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at high speed to create slack in the paper
before registration.
C 35 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed
clutch 1 (FCL1) and feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turn off.
D 74 ms after feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turns off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and the
upper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed. At the same
time feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed.
E 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch
5 (FCL5) turns off.
F 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the
G 1160 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL)
turns off.
H 360 ms after copying onto the second face (front) is completed and the eject switch
(ESW) turns off, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off.
I 500 ms after the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off, the side registration
motor (SRM) reverses to move the side registration guides outwards.
1-3-55
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
55
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
J When the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns on, the side registration
motor (SRM) turns off.
K 500 ms after the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns on, the side
registration motor (SRM) rotates forward to move the side registration guides inwards.
L When the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns off, the side registration
motor (SRM) turns off.
M 500 ms after the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns off, the side
registration motor (SRM) reverses for 5 pulses, and the side registration guide stops at
its home position.
1-3-56
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
56
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(11) SRDF
(11-1) Original feed section
The original feed section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-48. An original
placed on the original table is conveyed to the original switchback section or the original
conveying section.
#
@ 3
$2 5
4 !
9
Figure 1-3-48
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Original table
DF forwarding pulleys
DF original feed pulley
DF separation pulley
DF original feed upper guide
DF original feed lower guide
Original stopper
Original feed section

8
9
0
!
@
#
$
DF registration pulley
DF registration roller
DF registration guide
Original set switch (OSSW)
Original feed switch (OFSW)
Original feed clutch (OFCL)
Original feed solenoid (OFSOL)
1-3-57
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
57
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
OFSOL
OFCL
OFSW
OSSW
CN5-B1
CN5-B6
CN6-B2
CN5-A5
CN5-B12
CN5-B13
CN6-B5
OFM
DFDPCB
Figure 1-3-49 Original feed section block diagram
1-3-58
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
58
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Original feed timing
200 ms
OFSOL A
200 ms
OFSOL R
OFCL
Fwd. rotation
OFM
Off
Rev. rotation
556 P*1 20 ms
OFSW
OSBSW
OCM
288 P*2
+ 30 ms
DFTSW
*1 Burst of OFM pulses

*2 Burst of OCM pulses
Timing chart 1-3-10
Original feed (in double-sided original mode)
A The OFSOL A signal turns on for 200 ms and then the original feed solenoid (OFSOL)
turns on, lowering the DF forwarding pulleys and releasing the original stopper to convey
the original forward. The original feed clutch (OFCL) simultaneously turns on, rotating
the DF original feed pulley to start primary original feed. The original feed motor (OFM)
rotates forward during this operation.
B 556 OFM pulses after the leading edge of the original turns the original feed switch
(OFSW) on, the original feed clutch (OFCL) and original feed motor (OFM) turn off. 20
ms later, the rotation of the motor switches to the reverse direction and secondary
original feed is performed by rotation of the DF registration roller.
C 288 OFM pulses plus 30 ms after the leading edge of the original turns the DF timing
switch (DFTSW) on, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off.
D After ejection of the original, as the original conveying motor (OCM) turns off, the OFSOL
R signal turns on for 200 ms and the original feed solenoid (OFSOL) turns off.
1-3-59
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
59
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(11-2) Original switchback section
The original switchback section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-50. The
original from the original feed section or original conveying section is reversed and
conveyed to the original conveying section.
2 7
3
5
4
6
Figure 1-3-50 Original switchback section

1
2
3
4
Switchback pulley
Switchback roller
Left switchback guide
5
6
7
8
Switchback guide
Original switchback switch (OSBSW)
Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL)
Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL)
1-3-60
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
60
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
SBPSOL
SBFSSOL
CN5-B8
CN6-A5
CN5-A2
CN5-A3
OSBSW
DFDPCB
Figure 1-3-51
Original switchback section block diagram
1-3-61
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
61
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Operation of original switchback
In the double-sided original mode, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns
on, changing the position of the switchback feedshift guide. This switches the path of
the original to the original switchback section to where the original is fed.
The switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) then turns off, allowing the switchback
feedshift guide to return to the original position by which the path of the original is
switched back to the original conveying section. The now reversed original is carried to
the original conveying section and the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns
off, releasing the switchback pulley to prevent an original jam in the original switchback
section.
Switchback
pulley
Figure 1-3-52
1-3-62
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
62
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(11-3) Original conveying section
The original conveying section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-53.
Synchronized with the copier scanning operation, the original is conveyed across the slit
glass and ejected when scanning is complete.
In the double-sided original mode, the eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) turns on,
moving the eject feedshift guide to switch the path of the original. When the scanning of
the first face (reverse face) of the original is complete, the original is conveyed to the
original switchback section again.
%
1
07
2
$
3
5
4
6 @
#
8
Figure 1-3-53
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Original conveying section
Upper original conveying pulley

Upper original conveying roller
Lower original conveying roller
Front scanning pulley
Middle original conveying roller
Middle original conveying pulley
Eject pulley
Eject roller
9
0
!
@
#
$
%
Original conveying guide

Eject feedshift guide
Upper eject guide
Lower eject guide
Slit glass (copier)
DF timing switch (DFTSW)
Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL)
1-3-63
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
63
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
OCM
EFSSOL
CN5-A7
CN6-A14
CN5-A8
CN5-A13
DFTSW
DFDPCB
Figure 1-3-54
Original conveying section block diagram
1-3-64
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
64
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Original switchback/conveying timing
Fwd. rotation
Off
OFM
Rev. rotation
Scanning speed
100 ms
556 P*1
30 ms
20 ms
OFSW
288 P*2
115 P*1
SBFSSOL
SBPSOL
OSBSW
Scanning speed
OCM
EFSSOL
DFTSW
C D
FG
Timing chart 1-3-11
Reversing the first face of the original
A During primary original feed, when the original feed switch (OFSW) turns on, the
switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) also turns on, changing the position of the
switchback feedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the original
switchback section.
B 556 OFM pulses plus 20 ms after the original feed switch (OFSW) turns on, the rotation
of the original feed motor (OFM) switches to the reverse direction and the original is
conveyed to the switchback section by the rotation of the switchback roller. The
switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) simultaneously turns on to operate the
switchback pulley.
C When the trailing edge of the original turns the original switchback switch (OSBSW) off,
the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off, the switchback feedshift guide
returns to the original position.
D 115 OFM pulses after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original feed
motor (OFM) turns off. 100 ms later, the original feed motor (OFM) rotates forward,
switching the rotational direction of the switchback roller. The original in the original
switchback section is then reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section.
E Simultaneously as the original feed motor (OFM) starts rotating forward, the original
conveying motor (OCM) turns on to convey the original onto the slit glass. The eject
feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) simultaneously turns on, changing the position of the eject
feedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the original switchback section.
F When the original is conveyed onto the slit glass, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns
on. 288 OCM pulses later, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL).
G 30 ms after the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, the original feed motor
(OFM) turns off.
1-3-65
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
65
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
Scanning request signal : On
Scanning
speed
Fwd. rotation
Off
OFM
Rev. rotation
OFSW
327 P*1
100 ms
100 ms
115 P*1
SBFSSOL
SBPSOL
OSBSW
564 P*1
30 ms
OCM
30 ms
288 P*2
2337 P*2 + 30 ms
Scanning speed
EFSSOL
DFTSW
BC D E
FG H I
*1
Burst of OFM pulses

Timing chart 1-3-12
Reversing of the second face of the original and ejection
A 564 OFM pulses after the scanning of the first face (reverse face) of the original
completes and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off, the switchback pressure
solenoid (SBPSOL) turns on, operationg the switchback pulley.
B When the trailing edge of the original turns the original switchback switch (OSBSW) off,
the eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) turns off and the eject feedshift guide returns to
the original position, switching the path of the original to the eject section. Simultaneously,
the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off and the switchback feedshift
guide returns to the original position.
C 30 ms after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original conveying
motor (OCM) turns off.
D 115 OFM pulses after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original feed
motor (OFM) turns off.
E 100 ms after the original feed motor (OFM) turns off, the motor starts rotating forward,
switching the rotational direction of the switchback roller. The original in the original
switchback section is then reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section.
F 327 OFM pulses plus 100 ms after the original feed motor (OFM) turns off, the motor
starts rotating forward again and the original conveying motor (OCM) turns on
simultaneously, conveying the original onto the slit glass.
G 288 OFM pulses after the original is conveyed onto the slit glass and the DF timing switch
(DFTSW) turns on, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off.
H 30 ms after the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, the original feed motor
(OFM) turns off.
I When the scanning request signal turns on, scanning of the second face (front face) of
the original starts.
J 2337 OCM pulses plus 30 ms after scanning of the second face (front face) of the original
completes and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off, the original conveying motor
(OCM) turns off, completing the ejection of the original.
1-3-66
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
66
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(12) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
The large paper deck consists mainly of the right and left cassettes and separation
section. The right cassette primary paper feed section sends paper from the lift to the
upper and lower deck separation rollers. When the right cassette becomes empty, the
left cassette primary paper feed section conveys paper onto the lift of the right cassette.
The upper and lower deck separation rollers in the separation section convey paper
received from the right cassette primary paper feed section into the copier, preventing
multiple sheets from being fed at one time.
6 5 43
42 6 41 9
7
8
#
!
@
$
Figure 1-3-55 Mechanical construction (1)
1 Deck paper feed roller 1

2 Deck paper conveying roller
3 Deck paper feed roller 2
4 Pickup arm
5 Paper conveying base
6 Lift
7 Paper guide U
8 Deck side cover

9 Upper deck separation roller
0 Lower deck separation roller
! Bracket
@ Paper guide D
# Guide pulley
$ Air damper
1-3-67
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
67
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
68 4 0
!3 2
57
$9
1
%
^
(
) *#
@&
Figure 1-3-56 Mechanical construction (2)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
!
@
Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1)

Paper empty sensor (PESENS)
Deck level switch 1 (DLSW1, front)
Deck level switch 2 (DLSW2, front)
Upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1, rear)
Upper limit switch 2 (UPSW2, rear)
Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1)
Paper conveying clutch (CCL)
Paper deck motor pulse sensor 1
(PDMSENS1)
# Paper deck motor pulse sensor 2
(PDMSENS2)
$ Deck open/closed safety switch

(DOSSW)
% Side cover switch (SCSW)
^ Deck paper conveying motor (CM)
& Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1)
* Paper deck motor 2 (PDM2)
( Paper level detection sensor 1
(PLDSENS1)
) Paper level detection sensor 2
(PLDSENS2)
*Dehumidifier heater 1 (DH1)
*Dehumidifier heater 2 (DH2)
* Service part.
1-3-68
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
68
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(12-1) Right cassette primary paper feed
As paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turns on, the drive is transmitted to deck paper feed
roller 1 and the upper and lower deck separation rollers, starting primary paper feed
from the right cassette. The upper and lower deck separation rollers ensure that the
paper is fed one sheet at a time and that it is fed into the copier correctly.
To prevent multiple sheets from being fed, there is a torque limiter on the lower deck
separation roller.
Paper feed signal from the copier 100 ms

64 P (70 ms)
PFSW4 (copier)
PPSENS1
PPSENS2
PPSENS3
FCL3 (copier)
PFCL1
BC
Timing chart 1-3-13 Right cassette primary paper feed

A The paper feed signal from the copier turns paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) on, starting
primary paper feed.
B 64 pulses after paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) on the copier has been turned on by the
leading edge of the paper, paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turns off.
C 70 ms after paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) on the copier has turned on, copier feed clutch
3 (FCL3) turns on to feed the paper to complete primary paper feed.
1-3-69
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
69
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
FCL3
Feed pulley
Paper path
Feed roller 4
Upper deck separation roller
Copier
PFCL1
Deck paper feed roller 1
PFSW4
Lift
Lower deck separation roller
Figure 1-3-57 Right cassette paper feed section
1-3-70
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
70
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
When the right cassette is empty, its lift serves as a guide for the paper being
conveyed from the left cassette lift.
PFSW4 (copier)
PFCL1
PFCL1
CN5-6
CN1-4
PFCL1
CN4-4
CN9-5
PFSW4 (copier)
I/FPCB
PDMPCB
Figure 1-3-58 Right cassette primary paper feed section block diagram
1-3-71
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
71
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(12-2) Left cassette primary paper feed
As the last sheet in the right cassette is fed, paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) and the paper
conveying clutch (CCL) turn on for primary feed from the left cassette. Deck paper feed
roller 2 and the deck paper conveying roller start to rotate to convey paper from the left
cassette onto the right cassette lift.
PFSW4 (copier)
PPSENS1
PPSENS2
PPSENS3
43 P
CCL
PFCL2
BC
Timing chart 1-3-14 Left cassette primary paper feed

A When copier paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) is turned on by the last paper from the right
cassette, paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turns on to start primary paper feed.
B The paper conveying clutch (CCL) turns on as soon as the leading edge of the paper from
the left cassette turns paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) on.
C Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turns off as soon as the leading edge of the paper from the
left cassette turns paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) on, completing primary paper feed.
D 43 pluses after the leading edge of the paper from the left cassette turns paper path
sensor 1 (PPSENS1) on, the paper conveying clutch (CCL) turns off and the paper stops
in the right cassette.
1-3-72
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
72
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
PFSW4 (copier)
Paper path
PPSENS2
CCL PPSENS3
PFCL2
PPSENS1
Deck paper conveying roller
Figure 1-3-59 Left cassette paper feed section
PFSW4 (copier)
PFCL2
CCL
PPSENS3
PPSENS2
PPSENS1
PFSW4 (copier)
PPSENS2
CN2-6
CN4-8
PPSENS3
CN2-11
CN4-2
PFCL2
CN1-5
CN5-4
CCL
CN1-6
CN5-2
PPSENS1
CN1-9
CN7-2
I/FPCB
PPSENS2
PPSENS3
PFCL2
CCL
PPSENS1
CN9-5
CN1-6
CN1-11
CN4-5
CN4-6
CN4-9
PDMPCB
Figure 1-3-60 Left cassette primary paper feed section block diagram
1-3-73
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
73
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(12-3) Raising and lowering the lifts
The following is a description of the right cassette lift operating mechanism. The left
cassette lift operates in the same manner.
Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) drives the right lift belt assembly that winches the belt up
and hence raises the lift until it is stopped by deck level switch 1 (DLSW1).
When paper is loaded on the lift and the deck is closed, the lift is raised until deck level
switch 1 (DLSW1) turns on.
When desk level switch 1 (DLSW1) is turned off as the paper on the lift is used, paper
deck motor 1 (PDM1) starts to raise the lift until the switch turns on.
Deck level switch 1
Lift
Lift belt assembly

Winch shaft
Air damper
Paper deck motor 1
Figure 1-3-61 Raising and lowering the lift

When the deck is opened for removing a jammed paper or other purposes, the winch
shaft is released from its holder on paper deck motor 1 (PDM1), allowing the lift to
descend under its own weight. The air damper buffers the impact of the descending lift.
1-3-74
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
74
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
DLSW1
DLSW2
PDM2
PDM1
DLSW1
DLSW2
CN3-3
CN3-9
DLSW1
CN2-7
DLSW2
CN2-9
I/FPCB
CN1-7
CN1-9
PDM1
CN7-1
PDM2
CN7-4
PDMPCB
Figure 1-3-62 Lift block diagram
1-3-75
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
75
1/1/32, 2:39
2A3/4
(12-4) Detecting the paper level
The lift rises as paper in the deck is used. When the remaining number of sheets in
either right or left cassette reduces to around 100 to 250 sheets, the projection on the lift
belt assembly pushes against the sensor lever which turns the relevant paper level
detection sensor 1 or 2 (PLDSENS1/2) on.
When both paper level detection sensors 1 and 2 (PLDSENS1, 2) have turned on, the
message Low on paper. is shown on the copier touch panel. This message is not
shown when only one of them is on.
As more copies are made with the message on, paper path sensors 1, 2 and 3
(PPSENS1, 2, 3) or the paper empty sensor (PESENS) start to detect absence of
paper, and the message on the copier touch panel changes to Place paper in deck.
Sensor lever
Sensor lever
Paper level
detection sensor 1
Paper level
detection sensor 1
Lift belt
assembly
Lift belt assembly
When paper level detection sensor 1 is off
When paper level detection sensor 1 is on
Figure 1-3-63 Detecting the paper level
PLDSENS2
PLDSENS1
CN2-3
CN2-6
PDMPCB
Figure 1-3-64 Paper level detection system block diagram
1-3-76
1-3-2 (2A3/4/E)
76
1/1/32, 2:39
ELECTRICAL
SECTION
JACKET(KM4230/5230)
1/1/32, 0:07
II Electrical Section
II
2A3/4
CONTENTS
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .......................................................................... 2-1-1
(1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-1-1
(2) SRDF ......................................................................................... 2-1-11
(3) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........... 2-1-15
1-1-11
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
11
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout

(1) Copier
6
12
11
8
10
4
15
1
14
13
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-1 Copier (PCBs)

1. Main PCB (MPCB) ....................................... Controls the other PCBs, electrical
components and optional devices;
image processing.
2. Power source PCB (PSPCB) ....................... Generates 24 V DC, +12 V DC and 5 V
DC; controls fixing heaters M and S.
3. Engine PCB (EPCB) .................................... Interfaces output and input signals to
and from electrical components and
optional devices.
4. High-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) ... Main charging. Generates developing
bias, and high voltages for transfer and
separation.
5. Scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) .................... Controls the scanner motor.
6. Inverter PCB (INPCB) .................................. Controls the exposure lamp.
7. CCD PCB (CCDPCB) .................................. Reads the image off originals.
8. Operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) ............ Controls the operation unit.
9. Operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) ............. Consists of operation keys and display
LEDs.
10. Operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) ................ Consists of the operation keys,
backlight and display LEDs.
2-1-1
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
11. LCD ............................................................. Displays copy modes and messages.
12. Touch panel ................................................. Consists of a touch-sensitive layer
which detects presses of operation
keys displayed on the LCD.
13. Humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB) ............... Detects the absolute humidity.
External humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) ... Detects the external humidity.
External temperature thermistor (ETTH) ... Detects the external temperature.
14. Memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) ................. Reads and outputs the image.
15.*Memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2) ................. Reads and outputs the image.
* 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
2-1-2
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
2
1
3
4
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-2 Copier (switches and sensors in the scanning system)

1. Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) .... Detects the scanner in the home
position.
2. Original detection switch (ODSW) ............... Operates the original size sensors.
3. Original size sensors 1 (OSD1) ................... Detects the original size.
4.*Original size sensors 2 (OSD2) ................... Detects the original size.
2-1-3
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
7
10
19
18
17
11
5
12
13
14
15
6
16
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-3 Copier (switches in the paper feed and conveying system)
1. Upper paper switch (PSW-U) ...................... Detects the presence of paper in the
upper drawer.
2. Lower paper switch (PSW-L) ....................... Detects the presence of paper in the
lower drawer.
3. Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U) ......... Detects the length of paper in the upper
drawer (inch specifications).
Detects the presence of the upper
drawer (metric specifications).
4. Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L) .......... Detects the length of paper in the lower
drawer (inch specifications).
Detects the presence of the lower
drawer (metric specifications).
5.*Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U) ......... Detects the width of paper in the upper
drawer.
6.*Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L) .......... Detects the width of paper in the lower
drawer.
7. Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) ................. Detects the presence of paper on the
bypass table.
2-1-4
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
8. Bypass paper length switch (BYPPLSW) .... Detects the length of paper on the
bypass table.
9. Bypass paper width switch (BYPPWSW) .... Detects the width of paper on the
bypass table.
10. Bypass table extended detection switch ...... Detects when the bypass table support
(BYPEDSW)
guide is extended to use long paper.
11. Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U) ................. Detects the upper drawer lift reaching
the upper limit.
12. Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L) .................. Detects the lower drawer lift reaching
the upper limit.
13. Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) ..................... Controls feed clutch 4.
14. Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) ..................... Controls feed clutch 1, 2 and 3, and the
upper paper feed clutch.
15. Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) ..................... Controls the lower paper feed clutch.
16. Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) ..................... Controls feed clutch 3.
17. Feed switch (FSW) ...................................... Controls the secondary paper feed start
timing.
18. Registration switch (RSW) ........................... Controls the secondary paper feed end
timing.
19. Eject switch (ESW) ...................................... Detects paper jam in the fixing section.
2-1-5
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
7
6
3
2
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-4 Copier (switches and sensors)

1. Main switch (MSW) ...................................... Turns the AC power on and off.
2. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the front
cover is opened; resets paper jam
detection.
3. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the left
detection.
4. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the right
detection.
5.*Heater switch (HSW) ................................... Turns the optical and drawer heaters on
and off.
6. Toner sensor (TNS) ..................................... Detects the toner density in the
developing section.
7. Toner level sensor (TLDS) .......................... Detects the toner level in the toner
hopper.
8. Toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) .............. Detects the amount of recycled toner in
the toner hopper.
9. Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) ......................... Detects the heat roller temperature.
* Service part.
2-1-6
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
1
12,13
2
7
8
10
9
11
4
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-5 Copier (motors)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Scanner motor (SM) .................................... Drives the scanner.

Drive motor (DM) ......................................... Drives the image formation section.
Paper feed motor (PFM) .............................. Drives the paper feed section.
Paper conveying motor (PCM) .................... Conveys paper.
Upper lift motor (CLM-U) ............................. Drives the upper drawer lift.
Lower lift motor (CLM-L) .............................. Drives the lower drawer lift.
Toner feed motor (TFM) .............................. Replenishes toner.
Toner recycle motor (TRM) ......................... Replenishes recycled toner.
Charger cleaning motor (CCM) ................... Cleans the transfer and separation
charger wires.
Image formation unit fan motor (IFFM) ........ Collects scattered toner.
Paper conveying section fan motor ............. Assists paper advance along the paper
(PCFM)
conveying path and exhausts heat.
Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) ........................ Cools the machine interior.
Cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) ........................ Cools the machine interior.
2-1-7
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
11
10
9
8
6
4
1
5
2
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-6 Copier (clutches and solenoids)

1. Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) .............. Primary paper feed from the upper
drawer.
2. Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) .............. Primary paper feed from the lower
drawer.
3. Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 1.
4. Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 2.
5. Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) ................................... Controls the drive of feed rollers 3 and
4.
6. Feed clutch 4 (FCL4) ................................... Controls the drive of the lower feed
roller at high speed.
7. Feed clutch 5 (FCL5) ................................... Controls the drive of the lower feed
roller at low speed.
8. Eject speed switching clutch (ESCL) ........... Switches the paper ejection speed.
9. Registration clutch (RCL) ............................ Secondary paper feed.
10. Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) ........ Primary paper feed from the bypass
table.
11. Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) ......................... Operates the bypass forwarding pulley.
2-1-8
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
2
8 1
11
10
3
9
12
7
5
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-7 Copier (feedshift and duplex sections)

1. Feedshift switch (FSSW) ............................. Detects a paper jam in the feedshift
section.
2. Switchback eject switch (SBESW) .............. Detects a paper jam in the switchback
eject section.
3. Stock switch (STKSW) ................................ Detects the presence of paper in the
duplex unit.
4. Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) ........ Detects a paper jam in the duplex
section.
5. Duplex paper conveying switch ................... Detects a paper jam in the duplex
(DUPPCSW)
paper conveying section.
6. Duplex eject switch (DUPESW) ................... Detects a paper jam in the duplex eject
section.
7. Side registration home position switch ........ Detects the side registration guides in
(SRHPSW)
the home positions.
8. Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) ........................ Operates the feedshift guide.
9. Duplex forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) .... Operates the duplex forwarding pulley.
10. Switchback feedshift solenoid ..................... Operates the switchback feedshift
(SBFSSOL)
guide.
11. Duplex paper tapping solenoid .................... Operates the paper tapping guide.
(DUPPTSOL)
12. Side registration motor (SRM) ..................... Operates the side registration guides.
2-1-9
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
8
10
7
2
5
4
6
9
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-8 Copier (other electrical components)

1. Exposure lamp (EL) ..................................... Exposes originals.
2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ...................................... Removes residual charge from the
drum surface.
3. Fixing heater M (H1) .................................... Heats the heat roller.
4. Fixing heater S (H2) .................................... Heats the heat roller.
5. Fixing unit thermostat (TH) .......................... Prevents overheating in the fixing
section.
6. Relay (PRY) ................................................. Turns the AC power and 24 V DC
power supplies to the fixing section on
and off.
7. Laser scanner unit (LSU)
Polygon motor (PM) .................................. Drives the polygon mirror.
Laser diode (LD) ........................................ Generates the laser beam.
8.*Optical heater (OPH) ................................... Dehumidifies the optical section.
9.*Drawer heater (CH) ..................................... Dehumidifies the drawer section.
10. Total counter (TC) ....................................... Displays the total number of copies
produced.
* Service part.
2-1-10
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
10
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
(2) SRDF
2
1
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-9 SRDF (PCBs)

1. DF driver PCB (DFDPCB) ........................... Controls electrical components of
SRDF.
2. Original set LED PCB (OSLEDPCB) ........... Indicates presence of originals on the
SRDF or an original jam.
2-1-11
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
11
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
2AD-1
4
5
6
1
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-10 SRDF (switches and sensors)

1. DF safety switch 1 (DFSSW1) ..................... Breaks the safety circuit when the
SRDF is opened; resets original jam
detection.
2. DF safety switch 2 (DFSSW2) ..................... Breaks the safety circuit when the DF
original reversing cover is opened;
resets original jam detection.
3. Original set switch (OSSW) ......................... Detects the presence of an original.
4. Original feed switch (OFSW) ....................... Detects primary original feed end
timing.
5. Original switchback switch (OSBSW) .......... Detects an original jam in the original
switchback section.
6. DF timing switch (DFTSW) .......................... Detects the original scanning timing.
7. Original size length switch (OSLSW) ........... Detects the length of the original.
8. Original size width switch (OSWSW) ........... Detects the width of the original.
2-1-12
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
12
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
1
2
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-11 SRDF (motors)

1. Original feed motor (OFM) ........................... Drives the original feed and switchback
sections.
2. Original conveying motor (OCM) ................. Drives the original conveying section.
2-1-13
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
13
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
2
4
1
3
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-12 SRDF (clutches and solenoids)

1. Original feed solenoid (OFSOL) .................. Moves the DF forwarding pulleys
vertically.
2. Switchback feedshift solenoid ..................... Moves the switchback feedshift guide.
(SBFSSOL)
3. Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) .............. Moves the eject feedshift guide.
4. Switchback pressure solenoid ..................... Moves the switchback pulley.
(SBPSOL)
5. Original feed clutch (OFCL) ......................... Controls the drive of the DF original
feed pulley.
2-1-14
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
14
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-13 Large paper deck (PCBs)

1. Deck main PCB (PDMPCB) ........... Controls other PCBs and electrical
components.
2. Interface PCB (I/FPCB) .................. Interfaces between the deck main PCB and
other electrical components.
2-1-15
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
15
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
1 10
6 4
14
13
12
Machine front side
11
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-14 Large paper deck (switches and sensors)

1. Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paper
on the lifts.
on the lifts.
on the lifts.
4. Paper empty sensor (PESENS) ...... Detects the absence of paper in the left
cassette.
5. Deck level switch 1 (DLSW1) .......... Detects the right cassette lift in the home
position.
6. Deck level switch 2 (DLSW2) .......... Detects the left cassette lift in the home
position.
7. Upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1) ......... Detects the right cassette lift being raised past
the limit.
8. Upper limit switch 2 (UPSW2) ......... Detects the left cassette lift being raised past
the limit.
9. Side cover switch (SCSW) .............. Detects if the deck side cover is opened or
closed.
10. Deck open/closed safety switch ...... Detects if the deck is open or closed.
(DOSSW)
11. Paper deck motor pulse sensor 1 .... Detects abnormal paper deck motor 1 rotation.
(PDMSENS1)
12. Paper deck motor pulse sensor 2 .... Detects abnormal paper deck motor 2 rotation.
(PDMSENS2)
13. Paper level detection sensor 1 ........ Detects the paper level in the right cassette.
(PLDSENS1)
14. Paper level detection sensor 2 ........ Detects the paper level in the left cassette.
(PLDSENS2)
2-1-16
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
16
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
4
1
Machine front side
Machine inside
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-15 Large paper deck (other electrical components)

1. Deck paper conveying motor .......... Drives the large paper deck.
(CM)
2. Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) ........... Raises the right cassette lift.
3. Paper deck motor 2 (PDM2) ........... Raises the left cassette lift.
4. Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) .......... Regulates drive transmission to deck paper
feed roller 1, and the upper and lower deck
separation rollers.
5. Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) .......... Regulates drive transmission to deck paper
feed roller 2.
6. Paper conveying clutch (CCL) ........ Regulates drive transmission to the deck paper
conveying roller.
7.*Dehumidifier heater 1 (DH1) ........... Dehumidifies paper in the right cassette.
8.*Dehumidifier heater 2 (DH2) ........... Dehumidifies paper in the left cassette.
* Service part.
2-1-17
2-1-1 (2A3/4/E)
17
1/1/32, 2:47
2A3/4
CONTENTS
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ..................................................................... 2-2-1
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .................................................... 2-2-2
(1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-2-2
(2) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optonal/52 ppm: standard) ............ 2-2-11
(3) Paper feed desk (optional for 42 ppm only) .............................. 2-2-13
(4) Finisher (optional) ...................................................................... 2-2-13
2-2-3 Original misfeed detection ................................................................ 2-2-14
2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions ............................................... 2-2-15
1-1-13
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
13
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection

When a paper jam occurs, the machine immediately stops operation and displays a
message on the touch panel in the operation unit indicating a paper jam, the jam location
and the jam code.
To remove the jammed paper, open either the drawer, duplex unit, front cover, right cover
or left cover as necessary.
To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close the respective cover to turn safety
switches 1, 2 or 3 off and on.
Metric
7
2
3
6
1
4
Inch
7
2
3
6
1
4
Figure 2-2-1 Misfeed location indication

1
2
3
4
Paper feed section

Paper conveying section
Fixing and eject section
Duplex section
5 Large paper deck

6 Finisher*
7 SRDF
* Optional.
2-2-1
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions

(1) Copier
BYPPFCL
RCL
SBESW
ESW
RSW
FSSW
FSW
PFSW1
DUPFWDSOL
DUPRSW
DUPPCSW
DUPESW
PFCL-U
PFSW2
PFCL-L
PFSW3
PFSW4
Figure 2-2-2 Copier
2-2-2
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
1. Jam at power-on (jam code 00)
One or more of the switches in the paper conveying system is on when the main switch
is turned on.
2. Paper feed section
No paper feed from copier upper drawer (jam code 10)
Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 656 ms after the upper paper feed
clutch (PFCL-U) is turned on; even if retry of this operation is carried out twice after
turning off the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) for 1 second, the switch again fails
to turn on within the same time.
Off
1s
1s
PFCL-U
On
656ms
656ms
PFSW2
656ms
Off
On
Timing chart 2-2-1
No paper feed from copier lower drawer (jam code 11)

Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) does not turn on within 656 ms after the lower paper feed
clutch (PFCL-L) is turned on; even if retry of this operation is carried out twice after
turning off the lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) for 1 second, the switch again fails to
turn on within the same time.
Off
1s
1s
PFCL-L
On
656ms
656ms
PFSW3
656ms
Off
On
Timing chart 2-2-2
No paper feed from bypass (jam code 14)

The feed switch (FSW) does not turn on within 1120 ms of the bypass paper feed clutch
(BYPPFCL) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the
switch again fails to turn on within 1120 ms of the retry.
Off
1s
BYPPFCL
On
1120 ms
FSW
Off
1120 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-3
2-2-3
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
Jam in copier vertical paper conveying section (jam code 18)
The feed switch (FSW) does not turn on within 780 ms of paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)
turning on.
Off
PFSW1
On
Off
780 ms
FSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-4
Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 733 ms of paper feed switch 2
(PFSW2) turning on.
Off
PFSW2
On
Off
733 ms
PFSW1
On
Timing chart 2-2-5
Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 814 ms of paper feed switch 3
(PFSW3) turning on.
Off
PFSW3
On
Off
814 ms
PFSW2
On
Timing chart 2-2-6
Jam in converging section (jam code 20)

The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 444 ms of the feed switch (FSW)
turning on.
Off
FSW
On
Off
444 ms
RSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-7
2-2-4
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21)
Paper feed switch 2 or 3 (PFSW2 or 3) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.
PFSW2
PFSW3
Off
1470 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-8

Multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section (jam code 22)
Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn off within 733 ms of paper feed switch 2
(PFSW2) turning off.
Off
PFSW2
On
Off
733 ms
PFSW1
On
Timing chart 2-2-9
Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn off within 814 ms of paper feed switch 3
(PFSW3) turning off.
Off
PFSW3
On
Off
814 ms
PFSW2
On
Timing chart 2-2-10
Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn off within 833 ms of duplex eject switch
(DUPESW) turning off.
Off
DUPESW
On
Off
833 ms
PFSW1
On
Timing chart 2-2-11
2-2-5
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
Multiple sheets before registration section (jam code 23)
The feed switch (FSW) does not turn off within 1340 ms of paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)
turning off.
Off
PFSW1
On
Off
1340 ms
FSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-12
The feed switch (FSW) does not turn off within 2528 ms of turning on during bypass
paper feed.
Off
2528 ms
FSW
On
Timing chart 2-3-13
3. Paper conveying section

Jam in registration/transfer section (jam code 30)
The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within 764 ms of the feed switch (FSW)
turning off.
Off
FSW
On
Off
764 ms
RSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-14
2-2-6
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
4. Fixing section
Jam in fixing section (jam code 40)
The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within 2552 ms of the registration clutch (RCL)
turning on.
Off
RCL
On
Off
2552 ms
ESW
On
Timing chart 2-2-15
5. Eject section
Jam in eject section (jam code 50)
The eject switch (ESW) does not turn off within 2528 ms of turning on.
Off
2528 ms
ESW
On
Timing chart 2-2-16
Jam in switchback eject section (jam code 51)

The switchback eject switch (SBESW) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.
Off
1470 ms
SBESW
On
Timing chart 2-2-17
2-2-7
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
6. Feedshift section
Jam in feedshift section (jam code 52)
The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn on within 1400 ms of the eject switch (ESW)
turning on.
Off
ESW
On
Off
1400 ms
FSSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-18

The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn off within 1400 ms of the eject switch (ESW)
turning off.
Off
ESW
On
Off
1400 ms
FSSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-19

7. Duplex section
Jam in duplex stock section (jam code 60)
The switchback eject switch (SBESW) does not turn on within 856 ms of the duplex
forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turning on.
Off
DUPFWDSOL
On
Off
856 ms
SBESW
On
Timing chart 2-2-20
2-2-8
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
The duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) does not turn on within 707 ms of the duplex
forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turning on.
Off
DUPFWDSOL
On
Off
707 ms
DUPRSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-21

Duplex paper conveying section (jam code 61)
The duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) does not turn on within 860 ms of the
duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) turning on.
Off
DUPRSW
On
Off
860 ms
DUPPCSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-22

The duplex eject switch (DUPESW) does not turn on within 860 ms of the duplex paper
conveying switch (DUPPCSW) turning on.
Off
DUPPCSW
On
Off
860 ms
DUPESW
On
Timing chart 2-2-23

Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 833 ms of the duplex eject switch
(DUPESW) turning on.
Off
DUPESW
On
Off
833 ms
PFSW1
On
Timing chart 2-2-24
2-2-9
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.
Off
1470 ms
DUPRSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-25

Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) does not turn off within 860 ms of the
duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) turning off.
Off
DUPRSW
On
Off
860 ms
DUPPCSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-26

The duplex eject switch (DUPESW) does not turn off within 860 ms of the duplex paper
conveying switch (DUPPCSW) turning off.
Off
DUPPCSW
On
Off
860 ms
DUPESW
On
Timing chart 2-2-27
2-2-10
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
10
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
PFSW4
PFCL2
PPSENS3
PPSENS2
PPSENS1
PFCL1
Figure 2-2-3 Large paper deck

No paper feed from large paper deck (jam code 12)
Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn on within 672 ms of paper feed clutch 1
(PFCL1) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switch
again fails to turn on within 672 ms of the retry.
Off
1s
PFCL1
On
672 ms
672 ms
PFSW4
Off
On
Timing chart 2-2-28

Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21)
Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.
Off
1470 ms
PFSW4
On
Timing chart 2-2-29
2-2-11
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
11
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
Paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 15)
Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) does not turn on within 260 ms of paper feed clutch
2 (PFCL2) turning on.
Off
PFCL2
On
Off
260 ms
PPSENS3
On
Timing chart 2-2-30

Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) does not turn on within 150 ms of paper path sensor
3 (PPSENS3) turning on.
Off
PPSENS3
On
Off
150 ms
PPSENS2
On
Timing chart 2-2-31

Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) does not turn on within 405 ms of paper path sensor
2 (PPSENS2) turning on.
Off
PPSENS2
On
Off
405 ms
PPSENS1
On
Timing chart 2-2-32
2-2-12
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
12
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
(3) Paper feed desk (optional for 42 ppm only)
(see the paper feed desk service manual)
No paper feed from paper feed desk upper drawer (jam code 12)
No paper feed from paper feed desk lower drawer (jam code 13)
Jam in paper feed desk vertical paper conveying section (jam code 19)
(4) Finisher (optional)

(see the finisher service manual)
Initial clogging jam (jam code 00)
Jam in paper entry section (jam code 81)
Jam in eject section of non-sort tray (jam code 82)
Jam in paper conveying section of internal tray (jam code 83)
Jam in eject section of sort tray (jam code 84)
2-2-13
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
13
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
2-2-3 Original misfeed detection

When an original jams, the machine immediately stops operation and a message is shown
on the touch panel in the operation unit. The SRDF original set indicator also flashes red.
To remove the jammed original, open the SRDF or DF original reversing cover.
To reset the original misfeed detection, open and close the SRDF or DF original reversing
cover to turn DF safety switch 1 or 2 off and on.
OSBSW
OFSW
OFM
OCM
DFTSW
Figure 2-2-4 Original misfeed detection
2-2-14
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
14
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions

Initial movement confirmation JAM
When the DF START signal is received, switches other than the original set switch
(OSSW) and the original size length switch (OSLSW) on the original table are on.
No paper feed (jam code 70)
During the primary feed of the second or later original in the single-sided or doublesided original mode, the original feed switch (OFSW) does not turn on within 3150
original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the start of forward rotation of the original feed
motor (OFM).
Off
OFM
On (Fwd.)
Off
3150 P*
OFSW
On
* Burst of OFM pulses
Timing chart 2-2-33

An original jam in the original feed/conveying section (jam code 71)
During the secondary original feed in the single-sided original mode, the DF timing
switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 3425 original feed motor (OFM) pulses from
the start of reverse rotation of the original feed motor (OFM). Alternatively, during
continuous original feed in the single-sided original mode, the DF timing switch
(DFTSW) does not turn on for the second time under the above conditions.
Off
OFM
On (Rev.)
Off
3425 P*
DFTSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-34

During the secondary original feed in the single-sided original mode, the original feed
switch (OFSW) has not turned off before the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off.
2-2-15
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
15
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
During original switchback operation in the double-sided original mode, the original
feed switch (OFSW) remains on when the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns
off.
Off
OSBSW
On
Off
OFSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-35

During the secondary original feed in the single-sided or double-sided original mode,
the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 10200 original conveying motor
(OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on.
Off
10200 P*
DFTSW
On
* Burst of OCM pulses
Timing chart 2-2-36

In the single-sided or double-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns
off within 2016 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch
(DFTSW) turning on.
Off
2016 P*
DFTSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-37

While scanning the first face (reverse face) of an original in the double-sided original
mode, the original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn on within 3591 original
conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on.
Off
DFTSW
On
Off
3591 P*
OSBSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-38
2-2-16
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
16
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
An original jam in the original switchback section (jam code 72)
During the switchback operation of an original in the double-sided original mode, the
original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn on within 2520 original feed motor
(OFM) pulses from the start of reverse rotation of the original feed motor (OFM).
Off
OFM
On (Rev.)
Off
2520 P*
OSBSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-39

During switchback operation of an original in the double-sided original mode, the
original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn off within 5100 original feed motor
(OFM) pulses from the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turning on.
Off
5100 P*
OSBSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-40

During the secondary original feed in the double-sided original mode, the DF timing
switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 1528 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses
from the original conveying motor (OCM) turning on.
Off
OCM
On
Off
1528 P*
DFTSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-41
2-2-17
2-2-1(2A3/4/E)
17
1/1/32, 2:48
2A3/4
CONTENTS
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1
2-3-2
2-3-3
2-3-4
2-3-5
2-3-6
2-3-7
2-3-8
Power source PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-1

Engine PCB ........................................................................................ 2-3-3
Main PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-4
Memory copy PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-6
Scanner motor PCB ............................................................................ 2-3-8
CCD PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-9
DF driver PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-11
Operation unit main PCB,operation unit right PCB,and
operation unit left PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-12
(1) Operation unit left PCB .............................................................. 2-3-14
(2) Operation unit right PCB ........................................................... 2-3-15
2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optonal/52 ppm: standard) ...................... 2-3-16
(1) Paper deck motor drive circuits ................................................. 2-3-17
(2) Clutch drive circuit ..................................................................... 2-3-18
(3) Operational principle of reflective photosensors PPSENS1,
PPSENS2, PPSENS3 and PESENS ......................................... 2-3-19
(4) Reset circuit ............................................................................... 2-3-20
1-1-15
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
15
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
2-3-1 Power source PCB
PSPCB
Rectifier circuit
L
D001
Noise filter
circuit L1*
TRNS
Noise filter
circuit L2
N
C101
+
Q1
Zero-cross
circuit
H2
H1
Q2
R129
TR2
C
PWM control
circuit (IC1)
TR3
D
PT2
PT1
A
H2 REM
H1 REM
SLEEP SIG
T1
D201
24 V DC
output circuit
IC2
24 V DC
Q201
GND
D202
A
PC1
PC2
PC3
L201
5.1 V DC
output circuit
IC3 (main)
12 V DC
output
circuit
IC6
12 V DC
GND
Overvoltage/
overcurrent
detection
D
circuits
5.1 V DC
GND
Q302
Z CROSS SIG
* For 120 V specifications only.
Figure 2-3-1 Power source PCB block diagram
2-3-1
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
The power source PCB (PSPCB) is a switching regulator which converts an AC input to
generate 24 V DC, 5.1 V DC and 12 V DC. It consists of the components shown in
Figure 2-3-1; noise filter circuit, rectifier circuit, switching control circuit, 24 V DC output
circuit, 5.1 V DC output circuit, 12 V DC output circuit, fixing heater control circuit,
overvoltage detection circuit, overcurrent detection circuit.
The noise filter circuits, consisting mainly of the noise filter circuit in the power source
section and capacitors, attenuates external noise and prevents switching noise
generated by the power source circuit and the heater control circuit from leaving the
machine via the AC line.
The rectifier circuit full-wave rectifies the AC input which has passed through the noise
filter circuit using the diode bridge D001.
The switching control circuit turns the FETs Q1 and Q2 on and off via the PWM
controller IC1 to apply the AC component from the DC voltage smoothed via the
electrolytic capacitor C101 to the primary coil of the transformer TRNS.
The 24 V DC output circuit smoothes the current induced on the secondary coil of the
transformer TRNS via diodes D201 and D202, and outputs a more stable 24 V DC by
the function of shunt regulator IC2. The output status of 24 V DC is fed back to the
PWM control IC1 in the switching control circuit via the photocoupler PC1, and based on
the feedback, the PWM control IC1 outputs stable 24 V DC constantly by controlling the
switching duty pulse width for the FETs Q1 and Q2.
The 5.1 V DC output control circuit IC3 receive 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuit
and output stable 5.1 V DC by the function of the DC/DC converter control IC3.
The 12 V DC output circuit receive 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuit and outputs
stable 12 V DC by the function of a power supply regulator.
In the energy saving mode, the FETs Q210 and Q302 are opened when they receive a
sleep signal from the main PCB (MPCB), thus cutting off the output of 24 V DC and a
part of 5.1 V DC. Since input to the 12 V DC control circuit IC4 is also cut off, output of
12 V DC also ceases.
As a result, all outputs except the sub-output from the 5.1 V DC output circuit IC3 are
cut off, by which means energy consumption is lowered to the Energy Star accreditation
level while in the stand-by mode.
Abnormal rise of voltage for all DC outputs and overcurrent in all outputs except the 24
V DC and 12 V DC outputs are monitored by the overvoltage and overcurrent detection
circuits, and if any abnormal rise is detected, alarm signals are fed back to the PWM
control circuit IC1 on the primary side via photocoupler PC2, by which means power
supply is shut down. Overload of the 24 V DC output is monitored by resistor R129 as
the total sum of current on the primary side, and if any abnormal condition is detected,
the operation of the PWM control circuit IC1 stops and the power supply is shut down.
Overload of the 12 V DC output circuit is controlled by the overcurrent protection
function of power source regulator IC4. When the abnormal output condition is
removed, the 12 V DC output returns to the normal output condition.
The fixing heater control circuit sends zero-crossing signal (Z CROSS SIG) via the
photocoupler PC3 to the main PCB (MPCB). These signals are in turn converted into
signals to control the on/off timing and phases, which are then input to the power source
PCB (PSPCB) as the H1 REM and H2 REM signals. The phototriacs PT1 and PT2 are
turned on by the H1 REM and H2 REM signals, and electricity flows through triacs TR2
and TR3 to turn the fixing heaters on.
2-3-2
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
2-3-2 Engine PCB
EPCB
Paper feed
desk*1
Large paper
deck*2
Finisher*3
Communication
interface
MMD*4
Main PCB
Switches,
sensors
Driver
IC
Motors
Clutches,
solenoids
High-voltage
transformer PCB
*1: Optional for 42 ppm only.

*2: 42 ppm: Optional/52 ppm: standard
*3: Optional.
*4: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
Figure 2-3-2 Engine PCB block diagram

The engine PCB (EPCB) transmits the status of each switch to the main PCB (MPCB)
and transmits the control signals output from the main PCB (MPCB) through driver ICs
to motors, clutches and solenoids. It also receives and transmits input and output
signals to and from optional devices via a communication interface.
2-3-3
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
2-3-3 Main PCB
CCDPCB
Printer Board*1
SCAN
DATA
Operation unit
main PCB
EPROM
IC45
Data bus
Address bus
MAIN CPU
IC23
PRT DATA
MPCB
IC18,19
IC28
SELA
SELB
SHD
IC29
EPROM
IC54
SCANNER
CPU
IC53
MIP
IC41
SRDF
Memory
copy
PCB1
Communication
microcomputer 1
IC33
BUCKUP RAM
IC15
Scanner
motor
PCB
Memory
copy
PCB2*2
SRAM
IC13
ENGINE CPU
IC66
DUAL PORT RAM
IC44
EPROM
IC57
FIFO
IC36
SELC
VTC
IC47
LSU
VIDEO DATA
SRAM
IC55
XIO
IC60
Address bus
Data bus
XIO
IC63
Communication
microcomputer 2
IC56
Engine PCB
IC58
Communication
line
BUFFER IC
IC70,71,72
Image data
Booklet stitcher*
*1: Optional
*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard
Figure 2-3-3 Main PCB block diagram
2-3-4
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
The main PCB (MPCB) consists of the main CPU (IC23), the engine CPU (IC66), the
scanner CPU (IC53), communication microcomputers (IC33 and IC56), SRAMs (IC13
and IC55), battery-integrated RAM for back-up (IC15), EPROMs (IC45, IC54, and IC57),
a dual port RAM (IC44), ASICs for input and output control (XIO:IC60 and IC63), ASICs
for controlling image data input (SHD:IC29 and MIP:IC41), an ASIC for controlling
image data output (VTC:IC47)etc.
The main CPU (IC23) controls the engine CPU (IC66) and the scanner CPU (IC53), and
controls the flow of image data transmitted between the MIP (IC41), memory copy PCB
1 (MCPCB1), memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2), and the printer board.
The scanner CPU (IC53) controls the SHD (IC29) and the MIP (IC41), and sets the
processing for image signals from the CCD PCB (CCDPCB). Also it controls driving of
the scanner and the SRDF via the scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) and the SRDF DF
driver PCB (DFDPCB).
The engine CPU (IC66) controls the operation of motors, clutches, and solenoids,
output of image data, and communication with optional devices via the engine PCB
(EPCB).
2-3-5
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
2-3-4 Memory copy PCB
Communication
control interface
Address bus
Data bus
CPU
U17
Clock frequency
31.8 MHz
Image input
interface
Clock frequency
3.6864 MHz
SRAM
U4,11
Image output
interface
EPROM
U1
ASIC
U16
Clock frequency
24.39 MHz
Clock frequency
39.86 MHz
CODEC
U26
Address bus
DRAMs
U13, 14, 15,
18, 19, 20
Data bus
CODEC
U25
Address bus
Sort
memory
Data bus
FF
Figure 2-3-4 Memory copy PCB 1 block diagram
2-3-6
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
The following is a description of memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1). Memory copy PCB 2
(MCPCB2) is identical to memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1).
Memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) consists of CPU U17, ASIC U16, SRAMs U4 and U11,
DRAMs U13, U14, U15, U18, U19 and U20, EPROM U1, and CODECs U25 and U26.
The memory copy PCB mainly serves to read images from the scanner based on the
control signals from the main PCB (MPCB), and output the images to the engine (the
component where printing to paper and driving of mechanisms are executed). It also
performs editing operations such as image rotation, image summary and image
synthesizing.
Since the original scanning speed of the scanner and the printing speed of the engine
(the component where printing to paper and driving of mechanisms are executed) are
different, and their operations not synchronized, memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) also
serves as a buffer to deal with the speed and timing differences between them.
2-3-7
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB

SMPCB
SM Vref
SM M1M3
SM CWB
SM CLK
SM ENABLE
Driver IC1
SM A
SM A
SM B
SM
SM B
5 V DC
Scanner
control PCB
SHPSW
ODSW
OSD1
OSD2*
DT2
EL ON REM
PG
EL
24 V DC
Power
source PCB
INPCB
EL
* For inch specification only.
Figure 2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB block diagram

The scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) drives the scanner motor (SM), turns the exposure
lamp (EL) on and off, and relays signals from the scanner home position switch
(SHPSW), original size sensor 1, 2 (OSD1, 2) and the original detection switch
(ODSW).
The scanner motor (SM) is driven by turning the output for motor phase switchover on
and off (SM A, SM A, SM B, SM B). It is activated by the driver IC1 processing the
currently set reference signal (SM Vref), mode signals (SM M1 - M3, SM CWB), phase
changeover clock (SM CLK), drive/stop signals (SM ENABLE) from the main PCB.
The exposure lamp (EL) is turned on when the signal (EL ON REM) from the scanner
control PCB (SCPCB) is inverted by DT2 and the resulting lamp on/off signal (EL) goes
low. Signals from the scanner home position switch (SHPSW), original size sensor 1, 2
(OSD1, 2) and the original detection switch (ODSW) are relayed to the main PCB
(MPCB).
2-3-8
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:50
2AD-1
2A3/4
2-3-6 CCD PCB
Main PCB
CCDPCB
11 clks
CCD
IC1
Odd
Even
Clock driver
IC2
4 clks
Clock
generation
IC3
Emitter
follower
circuit
IC5
Emitter
follower
circuit
IC4
Image
processing
circuit
Figure 2-3-6 CCD PCB block diagram

The CCD PCB (CCDPCB) receives clock signals SHIFT, CLK, RS, CLP and
generate eleven signals based on those clock signals necessary to drive the CCD IC1.
When clock signals are input, the CCD IC1 outputs analog signals which are divided
into even pixel signals and odd pixel signals depending on the set density of the image,
which are transmitted to the main PCB (MPCB) via the emitter follower circuit and
differential amplifiers IC4 and IC5.
2-3-9
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
2-3-7 DF driver PCB
DFDPCB
24 V DC
24 V DC
OCM A
OCM B
OCM A
OCM B
Motor
driver IC
OCM
24 V DC
Main
PCB
Motor
driver IC
24 V DC
OFM A
OFM B
OFM A
OFM B
OFM
Switches
Clutches,
solenoids
Figure 2-3-7 DF driver PCB block diagram

The DF driver PCB (DFDPCB) consists of a motor drive ICs and several other
components. It mainly serves to drive the original feed motor (OFM) and the original
conveying motor (OCM), under the control of signals received form the main PCB
(MPCB). It also relays the 24 V DC power supply to the SRDF clutches and solenoids
and the 5 V DC power supply to various switches and drives, and relays inputs and
outputs of other signals.
2-3-10
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
10
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB, and
operation unit left PCB
OMPCB
CFL
Address bus
OLPCB
Data bus
CFL
lighting
circuit
unit
EPROM
IC12
Main
PCB
CPU
IC19
Scan signal
EPROM
IC16
Return signal
Key
switch/LED
display
ODSW
SRAM
IC9
Touch
panel
Touch
panel
circuit
ORPCB
Reset
circuit
Scan signal
Return signal
Key
switch/LED
display
Address
decode
circuit unit
LCD
controller
IC11
Chip select
LCD
DC-DC
23 V DC converter
IC8
Address bus
Data bus
SRAM
IC20
Figure 2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB, and operation
unit left PCB block diagram
2-3-11
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
11
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
On the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), the major component is the CPU IC19,
which directly controls the operation of the machine in response to a control program
located in EPROM IC12 and executed from SRAM IC9. EPROM IC16 contains font data
for the LCD display and LCD controller IC11 controls the LCD panel display from
instructions contained in SRAM IC20.
The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB), consisting of key switches and LEDs, is
controlled by scan signals and LED lighting signals from the operation unit main PCB
(OMPCB).
The operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) consists of key switches, LEDs and the CFL
lighting drive circuit. Key switches and LEDs are controlled by scan signals and LED
lighting signals from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), and the CFL lighting drive
circuit. This circuit generates AC power for CFL lighting drive and is controlled by the
turning on and off of CFL lighting signals by the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB).
2-3-12
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
12
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
(1) Operation unit left PCB
CNA-5
CNA-6
CNA-7
KEY1
KEY4
KEY6
KEY2
KEY5
KEY7
KEY3
D1
D2
D3
CNA-8
CNA-9
CNA-10
LED16
LED15
LED14
LED11
LED9
LED8
TR3
R15
R9
R10
R11
R12
R6
LED10
CNA-11
CNA-12
CNA-13
CNA-14
LED4
DIGLED L1
DIGLED L2
DIGLED L3
DIGLED L4
LED3
CNA-16
CNA-18
LED2
N.C
R5
TR2
LED1
5V
R4
LED13
R3
TR1
LED12
R2
R13
R1
LED7
Operation
unit
main
PCB
LED6
SCAN L1
SCAN L2
SCAN L3
LED5
DIGKEY L1
DIGKEY L2
DIGKEY L3
R14
Figure 2-3-9 Operation unit left PCB block diagram

Selection of key switches and the lighting of LEDs are determined by scan signals
(SCAN L1 - L3) and LED signal selection signals (DIGLED L1 - L4). The key switch
operated is identified by the scan signals (SCAN L1 - L3) and the return signals
(DIGKEY L1 - L3).
As an example, to light LED 1, the LED lighting selection signal (DIGLED L1) should be
driven low in synchronization with a low level on the scan signal (SCAN L1). Transistor
TR1 conducts and LED1 is lit. LEDs can be lit dynamically by repeating such
operations.
As an example, if KEY1 is pressed, the corresponding key switch is turned on feeding
the low level of the scan signal back to the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via the
return signal (DIGKEY L1). The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) locates the position
where the line outputting the scan signal and the line inputting the return signal cross,
and thereby determines which key switch was operated.
2-3-13
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
13
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
(2) Operation unit right PCB
N.C.
TB
DIGKEY R1
CNB-1
DIGKEY R2
KEY8
KEY12
KEY16
KEY20
KEY9
KEY13
KEY17
KEY21
KEY10
KEY14
KEY18
KEY22
KEY11
KEY15
KEY19
KEY23
CNB-2
DIGKEY R3
CNB-3
DIGKEY R4
CNB-4
D4
SCAN R1
CNB-7
SCAN R4
CNB-8
R7
BZ
R8
TR4
DIGLED R3
DIGLED R4
LED20
CNB-14
DIGLED R1
DIGLED R2
LED19
CNB-13
LED17
5V
D7
CNB-6
SCAN R3
BUZZER
D6
LED18
Operation
unit
main
PCB
D5
CNB-5
SCAN R2
CNB-9
CNB-10
CNB-11
CNB-12
R17
R18
R19
R20
Figure 2-3-10 Operation unit right PCB block diagram

The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) consists of key switches and LEDs. Depending
on the scan signals (SCAN R1 - R4) and the LED lighting selection signals (DIGLED R1
- R4) received from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), the LED to be lit is selected,
and the key switch pressed is identified by the scan signals (SCAN R1 - R4) and the
return signals (DIGKEY R1 - R4).
As an example, to light LED17, the LED lighting selection signal (DIGLED R1) should
be driven low in synchronization with a low level on the scan signal (SCAN R1).
Transistor TR4 conducts and LED17 is lit. LEDs can be lit dynamically by repeating
such operations.
As an example, if KEY8 is pressed, the corresponding key switch is turned on feeding
the low level of the scan signal back to the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via the
return signal (DIGKEY R1). The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) locates the position
where the line outputting the scan signal and the line inputting the return signal cross,
and thereby determines which key switch was operated.
2-3-14
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
14
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
Main
PCB
Engine DECK TXD

PCB DECK RXD
PFSW4
CM
Communication
circuit
Deck paper
conveying
motor
drive
circuit
Latch
ROM
CPU
IC7
PDM1
drive circuit
PDM1
CCL
Clutch
drive circuit
PFCL2
LED drive
circuit
PDMSENS1
PFCL1
PDM2
drive circuit
PDM2
PDMSENS2
Reset circuit
Deck
open/close
detection
24 V DC
5 V DC
PGND
SGND
+24 V DC
+5 V DC
SGND
PLDSENS1
Oscillator
circuit
PLDSENS2
I/FPCB
PPSENS1
PPSENS2
PPSENS3
PESENS
DLSW1
UPSW1
DLSW2
SCSW
DOSSW
PDMPCB
Figure 2-3-11 Deck main PCB block diagram

The deck main PCB (PDMPCB) consists of the CPU IC7, which serially communicates
with the main PCB (MPCB) via the engine PCB (EPCB); the deck paper conveying
motor drive circuit; the paper deck motor drive circuits; the clutch drive circuit; the reset
circuit; and the LED drive circuit. It controls the entire large paper deck.
2-3-15
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
15
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
( 1 ) Paper deck motor drive circuits
+24 V DC
+24 V
D1 DC
SIG
R25 1
+5 V DC
1
R4
2
IC8.4Y
14
12
11 10 IC8.3Y
A
8 1
A
13
B
CPU
9
B
B
IC7
Q3 C 2
2 3
K 1
B
A 2
+5 V DC
1 2E 1
R24 1
K A
D4
2 C 2
3
Q1
B
E 1
C 2
AGROUND
CN7-2
PDM1
CN7-1
Q5
+5 V DC
E 3
GROUND
58
9
IC6.4
CN1-8
UPSW1
R36
PDMPCB
Figure 2-3-12 Paper deck motor 1 drive circuit

The following is a description of the paper deck motor 1 drive circuit. Paper deck motors
1 and 2 are identical.
When pin 14 of the CPU IC7 goes low, transistor Q1 is turned on causing paper deck
motor 1 (PDM1) to rotate. When transistor Q1 is turned off, paper deck motor 1 (PDM1)
stops. A brake circuit ensures the prompt stopping of the motor. When transistor Q1
turns off, transistor Q3 turns on, supplying 24 V DC to CN7-1 thereby preventing paper
deck motor 1 (PDM1) from rotating further under momentum.
When the right cassette lift is raised past the limit, upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1) turns
on, taking the level at pin 58 of the CPU IC7 low, which turns transistor Q1 and hence
paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) off. This level change is also passed to pin 9 of a protective
circuit consisting of IC8.3, forcing paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) off directly in case the
CPU IC7 fails.
2-3-16
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
16
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
( 2 ) Clutch drive circuit
+24 V DC
9
16
COM1 COM2
CPU
IC7
19
3
6
11
14
01
02
03
04
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
CN4-1
2
7
10
15
CN4-6
CCL
IC4
PDMPCB
Figure 2-3-13 Paper conveying clutch drive circuit
When pin 19 of the CPU IC7 goes low, pin 2 of IC4 goes low, which turns the paper
conveying clutch (CCL) on.
The other clutches are controlled in the same manner.
2-3-17
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
17
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
(3) Operating principle of reflective photosensors PPSENS1, PPSENS2,
PPSENS3 and PESENS
Off
LED
On
Phototransistor
+5 V DC
5
IC5.3
CPU
IC7
76
R43
Q14
R15
9
IC9.4
R42
R44
PPSENS 3
I/FPCB
PDMPCB
Off
On
Figure 2-3-14 Reflective photosensor (PPSENS3) circuit

The following is the operating principle of paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3). Paper path
sensors 1 and 2 (PPSENS1, PPSENS2) and the paper empty sensor (PESENS)
operate in the same manner.
Pulsating signal from pin 5 of the CPU IC7 turns Q14 on and off, causing the LED on
the sensor PCB to flash. When the flashing LED light reflects on the paper, the
phototransistor turns on and off. The on/off signal is then inverted by IC9.4 and the
paper presence signal (pulse) is input at pin 76 of the CPU IC7.
If there is no paper, the phototransistor remains off and 5 V DC is input at pin 76 of the
CPU IC7.
2-3-18
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
18
1/1/32, 2:50
2A3/4
( 4 ) Reset circuit
+5 V DC
IC1
1
R2
R1
2
+5 V DC
2
3 CK RES Vcc 5
1
8 RES
C7
2
1
1
4
CT
GND
C1
2
1 R23 2 6 VREF
VS
GROUND + 1
7
C17
2
1
C2
2
+5 V DC
50
7
CPU
IC7
GROUND
Figure 2-3-15 Reset circuit

VCC
VSH
VSL
0.8 V DC
CK
TCK
CT
RES
Figure 2-3-16 CPU reset operation timing chart (abridged)

IC1 monitors the supply voltage and also determines if the CPU IC7 is operating
correctly. If the supply voltage VCC drops below VSL (approx. 4.2 V DC), the reset signal
(RES) is output to the CPU IC7 (A in the timing chart).
IC1 monitors the clock signal (CK) from pin 50 of the CPU IC7 which goes low
periodically. If the CPU IC7 fails, IC1 detects that the clock signal (CK) has stopped and
sends a reset signal (RES) to the CPU IC7 (B in the timing chart). To reset the CPU
IC7, pin 8 (RES) of IC1, which usually outputs 5 V DC, goes low and takes the level at
pin 7 of the CPU IC7 low.
2-3-19
2-3-1(2A3/4/E)
19
1/1/32, 2:50
III
III Set Up and

Adjustment Section
SET UP AND
ADJUSTMENT
SECTION
JACKET(KM4230/5230)
1/1/32, 0:07
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1
(1) Installation environment .............................................................. 3-1-1
(2) Installation procedure .................................................................. 3-1-2
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................. 3-1-29
(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................................................ 3-1-30
3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) ..................................... 3-1-33
3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) ......................................... 3-1-35
3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ......................................... 3-1-38
3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) ..................................................... 3-1-41
3-1-8 Installing the dehumidfier heaters (service part) ............................... 3-1-44
3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device
(optional for 120 V specifications only) ............................................. 3-1-47
1-1-17
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
17
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation

( 1 ) Installation environment
1. Temperature: 10 - 35C/50 - 95F
2. Humidity: 15 - 18%RH
3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 10 A
220 - 240 V AC, 4.8 A
4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz 0.3%/60 Hz 0.3%
5. Installation location
Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not be
exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams.
Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperature
changes, and hot or cold air directed onto the machine.
Avoid dust and vibration.
Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.
Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowance inclination: 1 ).
Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the
photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic or alkaline vapors, inorganic gasses,
NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents.
Select a room with good ventilation.
6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine.
Machine rear: 100 mm/4"
Machine front: 1000 mm/393/8"
Machine right: 700 mm/275/8"
Machine left: 600 mm/235/8"
i
h
d
c
Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions

a: 811 mm/3115/16"
b: 1131 mm/441/2"
c: 627 mm/2411/16"
d: 1279 mm/503/8"
e: 748 mm/297/16"
f: 1506 mm/595/16"
g: 455 mm/1715/16"
h: 1827 mm/7115/16"
i:
35 mm/13/8"
3-1-1
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
( 2 ) Installation procedure
Start
Unpack.
Remove the tapes. (42 ppm)
Remove pins holding light source

units 1 and 2.
Apply toner to the cleaning blade
(maintenance item U160).
Remove the developing unit.
Release the cleaning blade.
Load developer.
Exit maintenance mode.
Install the drum.
Install a toner cartridge.
Adjust the fixing pressure.
Connect the power cord.
Carry out initial developer setting

(maintenance item U130).
Install the feed bottom protector

(only for 42 ppm).*1
Adjust the height adjuster.*2
Install the copy tray*3 and

paper size label sheet.
Check the toner sensor control
voltage and toner feed start level
(maintenance items U131 and U156).
Make test copies.
Completion of the machine installation.
*1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed.
*2: When the paper feed desk or the large paper deck is installed.
*3: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.
3-1-2
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
42 ppm
Light source
unit 1 pins
Light source unit 2 pin
Cleaning
blade pin
Copy tray*2
Drum
Paper size label sheet

Feed bottom protector*1
Figure 3-1-2-a
*2: For 220-240 V specifications only.
3-1-3
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
52 ppm
Light source
unit 1 pins
Cleaning
blade pin
Copy tray*
Drum
Figure 3-1-2-b
* For 220-240 V specifications only.
3-1-4
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
Unpack.
42 ppm
2345
(
7
8
^
1
0
&
!
#
Figure 3-1-3-a Unpacking

1
2
3
4
5
Copier
Desk retainer
M4 6 TP screws
BVM4 6 bronze
binding screws
6 Power cord*
7 Drum set
8
9
0
!
@
#
$
%
Right pad
Left pad
Bottom pads
Skid
Top plate
Inner frame
Outer case
Tray spacer
^
&
*
(
)
Machine cover
Machine bottom cover
Hinge joint
Plastic bag
Bar code labels
Copy tray*
Feed bottom protector
* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.
3-1-5
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
52 ppm
(
2&
*
$
5
^
6
@
4
%
0
1
3
Figure 3-1-3-b Unpacking

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Copier
Bottom pads
Outer case
Right pad
Left pad
Skid
8
9
0
!
@
#
$
Inner frame
Tray spacer
Machine cover
Hinge joint
Bar code labels
Plastic bag
Drum set
%
^
&
*
(
Top spacer
Upper case
Business reply mail*1
Power cord*2
Copy tray*2
*1: For 120 V specifications only.

3-1-6
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the two tapes holding the front cover.

Remove the two tapes holding the duplex unit.
Remove the two tapes holding the drawers.
Remove the two tapes holding the right cover.
Open the front cover and remove the three tapes holding the SRDF.
Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.*
Remove the tape binding the power cord.
SRDF
Front cover
Power cord*
Right cover
Duplex unit
Drawers
Figure 3-1-4
3-1-7
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Remove the two tapes holding the feed bottom protector and then the protector.
Remove the two tapes holding the DF original reversing cover.
Remove the tape holding the paper ejection guide.
Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2.
Remove the tape holding the left cover.

Light source unit 1 pins
Left cover
Figure 3-1-5
3-1-8
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
13. Open the duplex unit and remove the two tapes holding the duplex cover.
Duplex cover
Duplex unit
Figure 3-1-6
14. Open the drawers and remove the two tapes from each of them.
Figure 3-1-7
3-1-9
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
15. Open the SRDF and remove the paper from the contact glass.
16. Remove the protective film from the edge of the contact glass.
17. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch.
SRDF
Protective film
Paper
Original detection switch
Figure 3-1-8
3-1-10
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
10
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the tape holding the front cover.

Remove the two tapes holding the drawers.
Remove the tape holding the right cover.
Remove the tape holding the deck side cover.
Open the front cover and remove the three tapes holding the SRDF.
Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.*
Remove the tape binding the power cord.
SRDF
Front cover
Power cord*
Right cover
Deck side cover
Drawers
Figure 3-1-9
3-1-11
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
11
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
8.
9.
10.
11.
Remove the two tapes holding the DF original reversing cover.

Remove the tape holding the paper ejection guide.
Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2.
Remove the tape holding the left cover.
Left cover
Figure 3-1-10
3-1-12
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
12
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
12. Open the front cover and then the duplex unit. Remove the two tapes holding
the duplex cover.
Duplex cover
Duplex unit
Figure 3-1-11
13. Open the drawers and remove the tape from each of them.
Figure 3-1-12
3-1-13
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
13
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
14. Open the SRDF and remove the paper from the contact glass.
15. Remove the protective film from the edge of the contact glass.
16. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch.
SRDF
Protective film
Paper
Original detection switch
Figure 3-1-13
3-1-14
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
14
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2.
1. Remove the two pins for light source unit 1 and the pin for light source unit 2.
Figure 3-1-14
Remove the developing unit.

1. Open the front cover.
2. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right.
Paper transfer section release lever
* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.

Figure 3-1-15
3-1-15
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
15
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation
unit out.
Image formation unit

Figure 3-1-16
4. Remove the two screws and open the image formation rail.
Screw
Image formation rail
Screw
Figure 3-1-17
3-1-16
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
16
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
5. Detach the 1-pin connector of the developing unit and 4-pin connector of the
toner sub-hopper.
6. Slide the joint toward the machine rear. While sliding the shutter toward the
machine front, close the shutter.
7. Lift the toner sub-hopper slightly and turn it toward the machine right.
4-pin connector
Developing unit
Shutter
Joint
1-pin connector
Toner sub-hopper
Figure 3-1-18
8. Hold the front and rear of the developing unit and remove it from the image
formation unit.
Developing unit
Figure 3-1-19 Removing the developing unit
3-1-17
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
17
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
Load developer.
1. Remove the two screws and unlock the two hooks to remove the developing
unit upper cover.
Caution: Place the developing unit on a level surface when loading developer.
Hook
Screws
Hook
Developing unit upper cover
Figure 3-1-20
2. Shake the developer bottle well to agitate the developer.
3. While turning the developing gear in the direction of the arrow in the diagram,
uniformly pour developer into the developing unit.
Caution: Never turn the developing gear in the reverse direction.
Developing gear
Developer
Figure 3-1-21 Loading developer

4. Refit the developing unit upper cover using the two screws.
3-1-18
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
18
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
Install the drum.
1. Remove the two screws and detach the main charger assembly.
2. Remove the two screws and open the upper cleaning cover.
Screws
Screw
Screw
Upper cleaning cover
Figure 3-1-22
3. Remove the screw from each of the front and rear drum retainers and then the
retainers.
Screw
Screw
Front drum retainer
Rear drum retainer
Figure 3-1-23
3-1-19
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
19
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
4. Fit the front and rear drum retainers to the drum and install the drum to the
image formation unit.
5. Secure each of the front and rear drum retainers using the screws removed in
step 3.
When installing the drum, orient correctly with the thinner end of the drum
flange shaft at the machine front and the thicker end at the machine rear.
Front drum retainer
Drum
Rear drum retainer
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-1-24 Installing the drum

6. Close the upper cleaning cover and secure using the two screws.
7. Fit the main charger assembly to the image formation unit and secure using the
two screws.
When installing the main charger assembly, fix with the assembly pushed all
the way toward the machine front.
8. Fit the developing unit to the image formation unit.
9. Return the toner sub-hopper to the original position.
10. Open the shutter by sliding toward the machine rear and connect it to the joint.
11. Plug the 1-pin connector of the developing unit and 4-pin connector of the toner
sub-hopper.
12. Close the image formation rail and secure using the two screws.
3-1-20
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
20
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
13. While pressing the image formation unit safety lock release plate, put the image
formation unit back into the machine.
Image formation unit safety lock release plate

Figure 3-1-25
14. Return the paper transfer section release lever to the original position to secure
the paper conveying section.
Adjust the fixing pressure.
1. While lifting the fixing unit release lever, pull the fixing unit out from the
machine.
Fixing unit

Figure 3-1-26 Pulling out the fixing unit
3-1-21
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
21
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
2. To adjust the fixing pressure, tighten the fixing pressure nuts on the front and
rear of the fixing unit clockwise until each nut clamps the angle bracket against
the locking nuts underneath.
Locking nuts
Fixing pressure nut
Angle bracket
Figure 3-1-27 Adjusting the fixing pressure

3. While lifting the fixing unit release lever, slide the fixing unit back into the
machine.
4. Close the front cover.
3-1-22
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
22
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
Connect the power cord.
1. Connect the power cord to the machine.*
2. Insert the power plug into the wall outlet.
Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130).
1. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode by entering
10871087 using the numeric keys.
The machine enters the maintenance mode immediately after the transfer
charger wire cleaning completes.
2. Enter 130 using the numeric keys and press the print key.
3. Press the print key to execute the maintenance item.
In approximately 2.5 minutes, the toner feed start level and toner sensor
control voltage are automatically set and the settings displayed on the touch
panel.
Display example
CONTROL: 156
(Toner sensor control voltage)
TARGET: 100
(Toner feed start level)
HUMID: 91
(Absolute humidity)
4. Press the stop/clear key.
Check the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level
(maintenance items U131 and U156).
1. Run maintenance items U131 and U156 and check that the values set in
maintenance item U130 are displayed on the touch panel.
Apply toner to the cleaning blade (maintenance item U160)
2. Press the print key to execute the maintenance item.
Toner is applied to the drum and then the drive stops automatically.
* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.
3-1-23
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
23
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
Release the cleaning blade.
2. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right to unlock the paper
conveying section.
3. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation
unit out.
4. After checking that toner is applied to the drum, loosen the cleaning blade pin at
the left of the image formation unit and slide the cleaning blade lever in the
direction of the arrow.
The cleaning blade is now unlocked and comes into contact with the drum.
5. Retighten the cleaning blade pin to secure the cleaning blade lever.
Cleaning blade lever
Cleaning blade pin
Figure 3-1-28
6. While pressing the image formation unit safety lock release plate, slide the
image formation unit back into the machine.
7. Return the paper transfer section release lever to the original position to secure
the paper conveying section.
The machine exits the simulation mode.
Install a toner cartridge.
1. Shake the toner cartridge upside-down and side-to-side to agitate the toner.
Figure 3-1-29
3-1-24
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
24
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
2. After the machine has stabilized, open the front cover.
3. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the left.

Figure 3-1-30
4. Insert the toner cartridge by aligning the two arrows on the top of the toner
cartridge with the two markings on the machine.
5. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the right to secure the toner cartridge.
Markings
Toner cartridge

Figure 3-1-31
3-1-25
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
25
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
Install the feed bottom protector (only for 42 ppm).*1
1. Remove the screws from the right front lower cover B and right rear lower cover
and then detach the covers.
2. Fit the feed bottom protector using two M4 x 6 TP screws.
3. Refit all removed parts.
Screw
Screw
Right rear
lower cover
M4 6 TP screws
Right front lower cover B

Figure 3-1-32
3-1-26
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
26
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
Adjust the height adjusters.*2
1. Turn the four height adjusters at the bottom of the machine so that the machine
is level.
Height adjuster
Figure 3-1-33
*2: When the paper feed desk or the large paper deck is installed.
Install the copy tray*3 and paper size label sheet.

1. Install the copy tray.*3
2. Load paper so that the copying side (the side facing upward when unpacked)
faces downward.
When loading paper on the bypass table, load so that the copying side (the
side facing upward when unpacked) faces upward.
Loading paper upside down may cause a paper jam.
Copying side
(side facing upward when unpacked)
Figure 3-1-34
3-1-27
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
27
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3. Slide the paper size label sheet into the front of drawer.
Figure 3-1-35
4. If the user requests the side guides to be fixed, fix according to the paper size
using four M3 8 flat-head screws.
Side guides
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-1-36
5. Set the paper size on the operation panel. (For 220 - 240 V specifications only)
Make test copies.
1. Place an original and make test copies.
Check if the center lines of the large paper deck, the bypass table and each
drawer are correct. If not, adjust the center lines.
Completion of the machine installation.
3-1-28
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
28
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes

Factory settings are as follows:
Maintenance
item No.
U253
U254
U255
U256
U258
U260
U263
U264
U330
Contents
Switching between double and single counts
Turning auto start function on/off
Setting auto clear time
Turning auto preheat/energy saver
function on/off
Switching copy operation at toner
empty detection
Changing the copy count timing
Setting DF copy ejection orientation
Setting date display order
U344
U347
Sets the number of copies for switching

the copy eject tray in the finisher
Setting the number of digits of ID-code
Setting the ejection method in the booklet
stitcher
Switching between duplex/simplex
copy mode
Setting preheat/energy saver mode
Setting auto drawer size detection
U348
U350
Setting the copy density adjustment range

Setting the ID-code error output
U333
U334
U343
Factory setting
Double count
ON
90
ON
SINGLE MODE, 0
EJECT
Face down
Month-day-year
(inch)
Day-month-year
(metric)
100
4 digits
2 BIN
Simplex copy
Energy Star
ON (inch)
OFF (metric)
SPECIAL AREA
ON
3-1-29
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
29
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4

(42 ppm: option/52 ppm: standard)
Memory copy kit installation requires the following parts:
Memory copy kit (P/N 2AC82020)
Contents of the kit
Memory copy PCB (assembly, P/N 2AC01120)
Three (3) BVM4 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)
<Procedure>
1. Detach the SRDF connector.
2. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover.
3. Remove the eight screws holding the main PCB cover and then the cover.
Screws
Main PCB cover
M4
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-1-37
3-1-30
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
30
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
4. Insert the connector of the memory copy PCB into the connector of the main PCB.
5. Clip the memory copy PCB over the board support.
Memory copy PCB
Main PCB
Board support
Connector
Connector
Figure 3-1-38
6. Secure the memory copy PCB using the three BVM4 6 bronze binding screws.
Memory copy PCB
Screw
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-1-39
3-1-31
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
31
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
7. Insert the connector of the machine into the connector on the memory copy PCB.
Memory copy PCB
Connector
Connector
Figure 3-1-40
3-1-32
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
32
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option)

Installation of add-on image memory to the memory copy PCB requires the following
part:
Image memory (16 MB or 32 MB 72-pin SIMM)
<Procedure>
1. Detach the SRDF connector.
3. Remove the eight screws holding the main PCB cover and then the cover.
To install an add-on image memory to memory copy PCB 2 only, proceed to step
5.
Memory copy PCB 2
Screws
Main PCB cover
M4
Screws
Screws
Memory copy PCB 1
Figure 3-1-41
3-1-33
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
33
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
4. Remove the six screws holding the sequence cover and then the cover.
Screws
M4
Sequence cover
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-1-42
5. Fit an image memory into the add-on memory slot on the memory copy PCB.
Memory copy PCB 2
Add-on memory slot
2
Memory copy PCB 1
Image memory
Figure 3-1-43
3-1-34
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
34
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part)

Optical heater installation requires the following parts:
Optical heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specifications
Optical heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specifications
Heater switch (P/N 68427020)
Dehumidifier relay cable (P/N 2AC60020)
Two BVM4 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)
<Procedure>
1. Detach SRDF connector.
2. Remove the SRDF.
4. Remove the two screws holding the upper rear cover and then the cover.
5. Remove the two screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover.
6. Remove the contact glass.
7. Move the scanner toward the machine right.
8. Pass the 2-pin connector of the optical heater cable to the machine rear through the
two cable holes.
9. Fit the optical heater using the two screws.
Screws
Scanner
Optical heater
Cable holes
Connector
Figure 3-1-44
3-1-35
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
35
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
10. Route the dehumidifier relay cable using the five wire saddles.
11. Insert the 2-pin connector of the optical heater into the 2-pin connector of the
dehumidifier relay cable.
12. Insert the 2-pin connector of the main PCB into the 2-pin connector of the
13. Insert the 4-pin connector of the main PCB into the 4-pin connector of the
Optical heater (cable)

2-pin connector
2-pin connector
Wire saddle
Wire saddle
Dehumidifier relay cable

4-pin connector
Wire saddle
4-pin connector
2-pin connector
Main harness
2-pin connector
Wire saddle
1-pin connectors
Wire saddle
Main harness
Figure 3-1-45
3-1-36
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
36
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover.
Remove the cap in the lower left cover.
Refit the lower left cover using the two screws.
Insert the heater switch instead.
Plug the two 1-pin connectors of the dehumidifier relay cable onto the terminals of
the heater switch.
Lower left cover
Cap
Heater switch
Heater switch
1-pin connector
1-pin connector
Figure 3-1-46
3-1-37
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
37
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part)

Drawer heater installation requires the following parts:
Drawer heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specifications
Drawer heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specifications
Heater switch (P/N 68427020)
Dehumidifier relay cable (P/N 2AC60020)
Two M4 8 S tight screws (P/N B3324080)
Binding band SG-130 (P/N M2107120)
<Procedure>
1. Remove the four screws holding the upper drawer and then the drawer.
2. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover.
3. Remove the lower drawer.
4. Pass the 2-pin connector of the drawer heater cable to the machine rear through the
cable hole in the left back corner of the machine.
5. Fit the drawer heater using the two screws.
6. Attach the binding band to the drawer heater cable and insert the band into the hole
in the bottom of the machine.
2-pin connector
Binding band
Cable hole
Screws
Drawer heater
Figure 3-1-47
3-1-38
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
38
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
7.
8.
9.
10.
Detach the SRDF connector.

Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover.
Route the dehumidifier relay cable using the five wire saddles.
Insert 2-pin connector of the drawer heater into the 2-pin connector of the
11. Insert the 2-pin connector of the main harness into the 2-pin connector of the
12. Insert the 4-pin connector of the main harness into the 4-pin connector of the
Wire saddle
Wire saddle

Wire saddle
4-pin connector
4-pin connector
Main harness
2-pin connector
Wire saddle
2-pin connector
Drawer heater cable

2-pin connector
Connector
1-pin connectors
Wire saddle
Main harness
Figure 3-1-48
3-1-39
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
39
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover.
Remove the cap in the lower left cover.
Refit the lower left cover using the two screws.
Insert the heater switch instead.
Plug the two 1-pin connectors of the dehumidifier relay cable onto the terminals of
the heater switch.
Cap
Heater switch
Heater switch
1-pin connector
1-pin connector
Figure 3-1-49
3-1-40
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
40
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option)

Key counter installation requires the following parts:
Key counter set (P/N 66069781)
Contents of the set:
Key counter cover (P/N 66060010)
Key counter retainer (P/N 66060030)
Key counter cover retainer (P/N 66060021)
Key counter mount (P/N 66060040)
Key counter assembly (P/N 29236240)
Four (4) M4 6 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304060)
Two (2) M4 10 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304100)
One (1) M4 6 chrome TP-A screw (P/N B4104060)
Two (2) M3 6 bronze flat-head screws (P/N B2303060)
One (1) M3 bronze nut (P/N C2303000)
<Procedure>
1. Fit the key counter assembly to the key counter retainer using the two screws and
nut.
2. Fit the key counter mount to the key counter cover using the two screws, and attach
the key counter retainer to the mount using the two screws.
Key counter retainer (66060030)
M4 6 screws
(B4304060)
Key counter mount (66060040)
M3 nut (C2303000)
Key counter cover (66060010)
M4 6 screws (B4304060)
Key counter assembly (29236240)

M3 6 flat-head screws (B2303060)
Figure 3-1-50
3-1-41
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
41
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the screw holding right front lower cover B and then the cover.
Remove the screw holding the right rear lower cover and then the cover.
Remove the two screws and detach the middle right cover from the machine.
Cut out the aperture plate on the middle right cover using nippers.
Screw
Aperture plate
Middle right cover
Screw
Figure 3-1-51
3-1-42
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
42
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
7. Pass the 4-pin connector of the key counter through the apertures in the key
counter cover retainer and middle right cover, and insert into the 4-pin connector
inside the machine.
8. Seat the projection of the key counter cover retainer in the aperture in the middle
right cover, and fasten them both to the machine using the two screws.
9. Refit the screw to the machine front side of the middle right cover.
10. Fit the key counter cover with the key counter assembly inserted to the key counter
cover retainer on the machine.
4-pin connector
4-pin connector
Aperture
Middle right cover

Key counter cover retainer
(66060021)
M4 10 screw
(B4304100)
Key counter cover
M4 10 screw
(B4304100)
M4 6 screw
(B4104060)
Screw
Figure 3-1-52
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Insert the key counter into the key counter assembly.

Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode.
Run maintenance item U204 and select KEY COUNTER.
Exit the maintenance mode.
Check that the message requesting the key counter to be inserted is displayed
when the key counter is pulled out.
16. Check that the counter counts up as copies are made.
3-1-43
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
43
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3-1-8 Installing the dehumidifier heaters (service part)

Dehumidifier heater installation requires the following parts:
Two dehumidifier heaters (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specifications
Two dehumidifier heaters (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specifications
Two heater bases (P/N 54107410)
Eight BVM4 x 06 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)
Eight EDS-2 edgings (P/N M2104210)
Relay wire (P/N 53310390)
Six SG-110 V0 bands (P/N M2107200)
<Procedure>
1. Fit the dehumidifier heaters to the heater bases using two screws for each.
Heater base
Screws
Dehumidifier heater
Heater base
Screws
Left
Dehumidifier heater
Right
Figure 3-1-53
2. Remove the two screws from each of the deck right cover, deck left cover and deck
rear cover and then the covers.
3. Open the large paper deck.
4. Detach the deck paper conveying motor connector.
5. Remove the spring from the deck paper conveying motor bracket.
6. Remove the four screws holding the deck paper conveying motor bracket and then
the bracket.
7. Remove the two screws holding the deck paper conveying unit assembly and then
the assembly.
Spring
Screws
Connector
Deck paper conveying

motor bracket

unit assembly
Screws
Figure 3-1-54
3-1-44
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
44
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
8. Fit the dehumidifier heater assemblies to the right and left of the large paper deck
using two screws for each.
Screws
Screws
Dehumidifier heater
assembly
Dehumidifier heater
assembly
Left
Right
Figure 3-1-55
9. Fit the edgings to the two U-shaped cutouts in the rear frame.
10. Pull the dehumidifier heater wires out to the machine rear through the edgings.
Edging
Edging
Dehumidifier heater wires
Left rear of the deck
Right rear of the deck
Figure 3-1-56
3-1-45
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
45
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
11. Detach the open connector from the connector of the main wire on the machine
rear.
Main wire
Open connector
Figure 3-1-57
12. Insert the dehumidifier heater connectors into the relay wire connectors (see A in
Figure 3-1-58).
13. Insert the main wire connector into the relay wire connector (see B in Figure 3-158).
14. Tidy up the large paper deck wires and relay wire using the six bands and route the
wires while clipping the bands into holes in the rear frame.
B
Main wire
Bands
Band
Relay wire
Band
Bands
Figure 3-1-58
3-1-46
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
46
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device

(optional for 120 V specifications only)
<Procedure>
1. Remove the two screws holding the signal cable cover and then the cover.
Signal cable cover
Screws
Figure 3-1-59
2. Pull the 10-pin connector out of the machine, remove the jumper and insert the
connector into the 10-pin connector of the signal cable.
Secure the signal cable using the two screws removed in step 1.
10-pin connector
10-pin connector
Signal cable
Jumper
Screws
Figure 3-1-60
3-1-47
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
47
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
3. Fit the MMD host monitoring system device to the rear cover using the two bronze
binding tap-tight screws M3 16.
4. Insert the connector of the signal cable into the connector of the MMD host
monitoring system device, and tighten the two screws on the signal cable.
MMD host monitoring
system device
Screw
Screws
(bronze binding
tap-tight M3 16)
Screw
Rear cover
Figure 3-1-61
5. Insert one connector of the modular connector cable into the "LINE" jack on the
MMD host monitoring system device and the other into a telephone jack.
Modular connector cable
LIN
TE
Figure 3-1-62
3-1-48
3-1 (2A3/4/MCE)
48
1/1/32, 2:52
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-2 Maintenance Mode
3-2-1 Maintenance mode ............................................................................. 3-2-1
(1) Executing a maintenance item .................................................... 3-2-1
(2) Maintenance mode items list ....................................................... 3-2-4
(3) Contents of maintenance mode items ......................................... 3-2-8
3-2-2 Copier management ......................................................................... 3-2-99
(1) Executing a copier management item ....................................... 3-2-99
(2) Department management ........................................................ 3-2-100
(3) Week timer .............................................................................. 3-2-101
(4) Copy default ............................................................................ 3-2-102
(5) Machine default ....................................................................... 3-2-105
(6) Language ................................................................................ 3-2-107
1-1-19
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
19
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
3-2-1 Maintenance mode

The copier is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain and
service the machine.
( 1 ) Executing a maintenance item
Start
Enter 10871087.
Enter the number of the maintenance

item to be executed using the
numeric or Up/Down keys.
Entering the maintenance mode
Selecting a maintenance item
Press the print key.
The maintenance item is run.
Press the stop/clear key.
Yes
Run the item again?
No
Yes
Run another maintenance

mode?
No
Enter 001 using numeric or Up/Down Exiting the maintenance mode
keys, and press the print key.
End
3-2-1
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-1
1/1/32, 3:07
2A3/4
Data setting
Data is changed by pressing the Up/Down keys, and the new data is set by pressing the print
key. In a maintenance item where multiple items can be changed, the item to be changed
is selected by pressing on it on the touch panel.
Correcting position of FOLIO
LENGTH DATA
: 330
WIDTH DATA
: 210
U035
330
Metric
/C
1
6
2
Inch
Stop/
Clear
Start
Figure 3-2-1
1 Adjustment window Displays the data to be set.
2 Up/Down keys Changes the setting.
3 Items Displays the selected item in reverse.
4 Current setting Displays the previously set data by pressing the print key.
5 Print key Sets the changed setting.
6 Stop/clear key Cancels the change.
3-2-2
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-1
1/1/32, 3:07
2A3/4
Operation execution
The specified operations and auto adjustments are performed by pressing the print key. In
a maintenance item where multiple operations can be performed, the item to be executed
is selected by pressing on it on the touch panel.
Drive motors and fans ON
U030
/C
Metric
MAIN MOTOR
CONV MOTOR
FEED MOTOR
Inch
Stop/
Clear
Start
Figure 3-2-2
1 Items Displays the selected item in reverse.
2 Print key Starts operation.
3 Stop/clear key Stops operation.
Interrupt copy mode
Outputting a test copy or VTC pattern is required in some maintenance items. Such an
output is enabled by pressing the interrupt key to enter interrupt copy mode.
However, since this function is restricted depending on maintenance items, only outputting
may be enabled, or a test copy even from an original may not be as good as that made in
normal copy mode.
To return the screen from interrupt copy mode to maintenance mode, press the interrupt key
again.
3-2-3
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-1
1/1/32, 3:07
2A3/4
( 2 ) Maintenance mode item list
Section
General
Item
No.
U000
Outputting an own-status report
U001
Exiting the maintenance mode
U002
Setting the factory default data
U003
Setting the service telephone number
U004
Setting the machine number
U005
Copying without paper
U019
Displaying the ROM version
Initializing all data
U021
Initializing memories
U022
Initializing backup data
U030
Checking motor operation
U031
Checking switches for paper conveying
U032
Checking clutch operation
U033
Checking solenoid operation
U034
Adjusting the print start timing

Adjusting leading edge registration
Adjusting leading edge registration (second face)
Adjusting the print center line
4
0
0
Setting folio size

Length
Width
330
210
Setting envelope size

Length
Width
242
162
Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper before

registration
Drawer feed
Bypass feed
Duplex feed
20
5
25
Initialization U020
Drive,
paper
feed,
paper
conveying
and
cooling
system
U035
U036
U051
Optical
Initial
setting*
Maintenance item contents
U052
Adjusting the side margins for duplex copying
U053
Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed

Drive motor/paper conveying motor
U060
Adjusting the scanner input properties

Text/text and photo/photo mode
12
U061
Turning the exposure lamp on
U063
Adjusting the shading position
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
3-2-4
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-1
1/1/32, 3:07
2A3/4
Section
Optical
High
voltage
Item
No.
Initial
setting*
U065
Adjusting the scanner magnification

Main scanning direction/auxiliary scanning direction
U066
Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration
U067
Adjusting the scanner center line
U070
Adjusting the DF magnification
U071
Adjusting the DF scanning timing
U072
Adjusting the DF center line
U073
Checking scanner operation
U080
Adjusting exposure in toner economy mode
U088
Setting the input filter (moir reduction mode)
U089
Outputting a PG pattern
U091
Checking shading
U092
Adjusting the scanner automatically
U093
Setting the exposure density gradient

Text/text and photo/photo mode
U099
Checking and setting the original size detection

sensor
U100
Setting the surface potential
U101
Setting high voltages

Developing bias
Transfer voltage
Separation voltage
OFF
150
220/57
140
100
U102
Setting the cleaning interval for the transfer charger
U110
Checking/clearing the drum count
U111
Checking/clearing the drum drive time
Developing U130
Initial setting for the developer
U131
Setting the toner sensor control voltage
U132
Replenishing toner forcibly
U133
Collecting the recycled toner
U135
Checking toner motor operation
U136
Turning the toner level detection function on/off
ON
U137
Checking the toner level detection sensor
U155
Displaying the toner sensor output
153
3-2-5
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-1
1/1/32, 3:07
2A3/4
Section
Item
No.
Developing U156
Changing the toner control level

Toner empty level
114
20
U157
Checking/clearing the developing drive time
U158
Checking/clearing the developing count
Applying toner to the cleaning blade
Setting the fixing control temperature
42ppm 52ppm
Normal stabilization control temperature

Primary stabilization temperature
Secondary stabilization temperature
Aging time after secondary stabilization
180
175
180
60
Fixing and U160

cleaning
U161
Stabilizing fixing forcibly
U196
Turning the fixing heater on
U198
Setting the fixing phase control
ON
Turning all LEDs on
Initializing the touch panel
Setting the MMD host monitoring system
Operating DF separately
Setting the presence or absence of a key card or

key counter
U204
OFF
U206
Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender
U209
Setting date and time
U243
Checking the operation of the DF motors, clutches

and solenoids
U244
Checking the DF switches
U245
Checking messages
U247
Checking the operation of the large paper deck and

paper feed desk
U248
Setting the paper eject device

Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in
punch mode
Punch limit
Punch-hole scrap count
Booklet stitcher stapling position adjustment
Setting the maintenance cycle
U251
Checking/clearing the maintenance count
U252
Setting the destination
U253
75000
150
U250
3-2-6
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-1
190
175
190
120
U162
Operation U200
panel and U201
support
equipment U202
U203
Mode
setting
Initial
setting*
1/1/32, 3:07
SINGLE
COUNT
2A3/4
Section
Mode
setting
Item
No.
U254
ON
U255
120
U256
Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off
ON
U258
Switching copy operation at toner empty detection
SINGLE
MODE, 0
U260
U263
U264
U265
Setting OEM purchaser code
U330
Sets the number of copies for switching the copy

eject tray in the finisher
EJECT
FACE-DOWN
100
4 digits
U333
U334
Setting the ejection method in the saddle finisher
2 BIN
U343
Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode
OFF
U344
U345
Setting the value for maintenance due indication
U347
U348
U350
ON
Adjusting margins in image printing
Adjusting margins for reading an original on the

contact glass
U404
Adjusting margins for DF original reading
U901
Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed

locations
U904
Checking/clearing the service call counts
U905
Checking/clearing counts by optional devices
U906
Resetting partial operation control
U907
Checking and resetting the count value on each

ejection location
U908
Checking the count value of the electronic counter
U990
Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp to

light
U992
Checking/clearing the printer count
Image
U402
processing U403
Others
Initial
setting*
Energy Star
applied
0
ON
NORMAL
3-2-7
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-1
1/1/32, 3:07
2A3/4
( 3 ) Contents of maintenance mode items
Maintenance
item No.
U000
Description
Outputting an own-status report
Description
Outputs lists of the current settings of the maintenance modes, and paper
jam and service call occurrences.
Purpose
To check the current setting of the maintenance modes, or paper jam or
service call occurrences.
Before initializing or replacing the backup RAM, output a list of the current
settings of the maintenance modes to reenter the settings after initialization
or replacement.
Method
1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the item to be output. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display
Output list
MAINTENANCE
List of the current settings

of the maintenance modes
List of the paper jam occurrences
List of the service call
occurrences
JAM
SERVICE CALL
3 Press the print key. The interrupt copy mode is entered and a list is
output.
When A4/11" 81/2" paper is available, a report of this size is output. If
not, specify the paper feed location.
When output is complete, the screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for
selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-8
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U001
Description
Exiting the maintenance mode
Description
Exits the maintenance mode and return to the normal copy mode.
Purpose
To exit the maintenance mode.
Method
Press the print key. The normal copy mode is entered.
U002
Setting the factory default data

Description
Restores the machine conditions to the factory default settings. Also an
OEM purchaser code can be input.
Purpose
To reset the values such as an electronic counter. Also to move the mirror
frame of the scanner to the position for transport (position in which the
frame can be fixed).
Start
Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Method
1 Select a mode.
Display
MODE1(ALL)
MODE2(SELECT)
Description
Normal factory default settings.
Factory default settings except for language*.
2 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to input the OEM code.
3 Press the print key.
* The maintenance No. selection screen will appear again.
Completion
To exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, press
the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-9
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U003
Description
Setting the service telephone number
Description
Sets the telephone number to be displayed when a service call code is
detected.
Purpose
To set the telephone number to call service when installing the machine.
Method
Press the print key. The currently set telephone number is displayed.
Setting
1 Enter a telephone number (up to 15 digit) using the numeric keys.
To enter symbols such as hyphens and parentheses, select as required
from the symbols displayed on the touch panel as shown below. To
move the cursor, press either of the arrows in the bottom row.
*
(
#
)
(Space)
2 Press the print key. The phone number is set, and the screen for
Completion
displayed.
3-2-10
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
10
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U004
Description
Setting the machine number
Description
Displays and changes the machine number.
Purpose
To check or set the machine number.
Method
Press the print key. The currently set machine number is displayed.
Setting
1 Enter the last six digits of the machine number using the numeric key.
Do not enter the first two digits, 3 and 7.
2 Press the print key. The machine number is set.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-11
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
11
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U005
Description
Copying without paper
Description
Simulates the copy operation without paper feed.
Purpose
To check the overall operation of the machine.
Method
2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in
reverse.
Display
PPC
PPC + DF
Operation
Only the copier operates.
Both the copier and SRDF operate
(continuous operation).
3 Press the interrupt key. The copy mode screen is displayed.
4 Set the operation conditions required on the copy mode screen.
Changes in the following settings can be made.
Paper feed locations
Magnifications
Simplex or duplex copy modes
Number of copies: in simplex copy mode, continuous copying is
performed when set to 999; in duplex copy mode, continuous copying
is performed regardless of the setting.
Copy density
Keys on the operation panel other than the energy saver key
5 To control the paper feed pulley, remove all the paper in the drawers,
or the drawers. With the paper present, the paper feed pulley does not
operate.
6 Press the print key. The operation starts.
Copy operation is simulated without paper under the set conditions.
When operation is complete, the screen for selecting an item is
displayed.
7 To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key.
Completion
3-2-12
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
12
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U019
Description
Displaying the ROM version
Description
Displays the part number of the ROM fitted to each PCB.
Purpose
To check the part number or to decide if the ROM version is new from the
last digit of the number.
Method
1 Press the print key. The last six digits of the part number indicating the
ROM version are displayed.
2 Change the screen using The Up/Down keys.
Display
MAIN
ENGINE
MMI
FONT
SCANNER
MEM1
MEM2*
Description
Main ROM IC
Engine ROM IC
Operation ROM IC
Font ROM IC
Scanner ROM IC
Memory copy ROM IC
Memory copy ROM IC
* 42 ppm: optional
52 ppm: standard
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.
is displayed.
U020
Initializing all data

Description
Initializes all the backup RAM on the main PCB to return to the original
settings.
Purpose
Used when replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB.
Method
1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse.
3 Press the print key. All data in the backup RAM is initialized, and the
original settings for Japan specifications are set.
When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to the
same status as when the main switch is turned on.
Completion
To exit the maintenance mode without executing initialization, press the
stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-13
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
13
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U021
Description
Initializing memories
Description
Initializes the setting data other than that for adjustments due to variations
between respective machines, i.e., settings for counters, service call code
detection and modes. As a result, initializes the backup RAM according to
the specifications depending on the destination selected in U252.
Purpose
Used to return the machine settings to the factory settings.
Method
3 Press the print key. All data other than that for adjustments due to
variations between machines is initialized.
When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to the
same status as when the main switch is turned on.
Completion
To exit the maintenance mode without executing initialization, press the
stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-14
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
14
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U022
Description
Initializing backup data
Description
Initializes only the data set for the optical section.
Purpose
To be executed after replacing the scanner unit.
Method
2 Press SCANNER on the touch panel. EXECUTE is displayed.
4 Press the print key. The data for the optical section (U060 to 099,
U403, U404 and U990) is initialized.
Completion
To exit the maintenance mode, press the stop/clear key. The screen for
3-2-15
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
15
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U030
Description
Checking motor operation
Description
Drives each motor.
Purpose
To check the operation of each motor.
Method
2 Select the motor to be operated. The selected item is displayed in
reverse and the operation starts.
Display
MAIN MOTOR
CONV MOTOR
FEED MOTOR
Operation
The drive motor operates and developing
bias is applied.
The paper conveying motor operates.
The paper feed motor operates.
3 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.

Completion
Press the stop key after operation stops. The screen for selecting a
maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-16
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
16
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U031
Description
Checking switches for paper conveying
Description
Displays the on-off status of each paper detection switch on the paper
path.
Purpose
To check if the switches for paper conveying operate correctly.
Method
1 Press the print key. A list of the switches, the on-off status of which can
be checked, are displayed.
2 Turn each switch on and off manually to check the status.
When the on-status of a switch is detected, that switch is displayed in
reverse.
Display
FEED1 SW
FEED2 SW
FEED3 SW
FEED4 SW
FEED SW
Switches
Feed switch (FSW)
R SW
EJE SW
BRA SW
REV SW
Registration switch (RSW)

Eject switch (ESW)
Feedshift switch (FSSW)
Switchback eject switch (SBESW)
DUP PESW
DUP1 SW
DUP2 SW
DUP3 SW
Stock switch (STKSW)

Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW)
Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW)
Duplex eject switch (DUPESW)
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-17
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
17
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U032
Description
Checking clutch operation
Description
Turns each clutch on.
Purpose
To check the operation of each clutch.
Method
2 Select the clutch to be operated. The selected item is displayed in
reverse, and the clutch turns on for 1 s.
Display
SB FEED
F FEED
S FEED
FEED L
Clutches
Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL)
Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)
Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L)
FEED H
FEED 1
FEED 2
FEED 3

REGIST
EJECT SP
Registration clutch (RCL)

Eject speed switching clutch (ESCL)
3 To turn each clutch on while a motor is driving, press the interrupt key
before selecting the clutch. The drive motor, paper feed motor and
paper conveying motor turn on, and the selected clutch remains on until
the stop/clear key is pressed.
If the upper or lower paper feed clutch is turned on while a motor is
driving, paper is conveyed by the rotation of the paper feed pulley,
resulting in a paper jam.
Be sure to remove the paper drawers before turning either of these
clutches on.
4 To stop the motor drive, press the interrupt copy key.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-18
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
18
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U033
Description
Checking solenoid operation
Description
Turns each solenoid on.
Purpose
To check the operation of each solenoid.
Method
2 Select the solenoid to be operated. The selected item is displayed in
reverse, and the solenoid turns on for 1 s.
Display
SB LIFT
BRANCH
END PRE
TRAY FEE
Solenoids
Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL)
Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL)
Duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL)
Duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL)
TRAY CHG
MSW OFF
The main switch turns off.
MSW OFF is selected when the operation of the main switch is

checked in auto shutoff mode.
Completion
is displayed.
U034
Adjusting the print start timing

Adjustment
See pages 3-3-18 and 19.
3-2-19
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
19
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U035
Description
Setting folio size
Description
Changes the image area for copying onto folio size paper.
Purpose
To prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paper
from not being copied by setting the actual size of the folio paper used.
Method
Setting
1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and
the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Display
Setting Setting range Initial setting
LENGTH DATA Length 330 to 356 mm 330
WIDTH DATA
Width
220 to 220 mm 210
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
Completion
is displayed.
U036
Setting envelope size

Description
Changes the image area for printing onto an envelope when the optional
printer unit is installed.
Purpose
To prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paper
from not being printed by setting the actual size of the envelop used.
Method
Setting
Display
Setting Setting range Initial setting
LENGTH DATA Length 162 to 242 mm 242
WIDTH DATA
Width
98 to 162 mm
162
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-20
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
20
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U051
Description
Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper before registration
Adjustment
See page 3-3-22.
U052
Adjusting the side margins for duplex copying

Adjustment
See page 3-3-88.
U053
Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed

Description
Performs fine adjustment of the speeds of the drive motor and paper
conveying motor.
Purpose
Used to adjust the speed of the respective motors when the magnification
in the auxiliary scanning direction is not correct after the motor is replaced.
Method
Setting
Display
Description
Setting range Initial setting
MAIN MOTOR Drive motor speed adjustment 0 to 14
8
CONV MOTOR Paper conveying
motor speed adjustment
0 to 14
8
Increasing the setting makes the motor speed faster and the image
longer, and decreasing it makes the speed slower and the image
shorter.
Interrupt copy mode
While this maintenance item is being performed, a VTC pattern shown
below is output in interrupt copy mode.
Correct values for an A3/11" x 17" output are:
A = 150 mm
B = 300 mm
A
B
Figure 3-2-3
3-2-21
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
21
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U053
Description
Adjustment
1 Output an A3/11" 17" VTC pattern in interrupt mode.
2 Measure A and B on the VTC pattern (Figure 3-2-3), and perform the
following adjustments if they are different from the correct sizes:
A: Drive motor adjustment
B: Paper conveying motor adjustment
Completion
is displayed.
U060
Adjusting the scanner input properties

Description
Adjusts the image scanning density in text, text and photo, or photo mode.
Purpose
Used when the entire image appears too dark or light in the specified
mode.
Method
Setting
Display
TEXT adj
MIX adj
PHOTO adj
Description
Density in text mode
Density in text and photo mode
Density in photo mode
Setting range
0 to 23
0 to 23
0 to 23
Initial setting
12
12
12
Increasing the setting makes the density lower, and decreasing it

makes the density higher.
Interrupt copy mode
While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original
can be made in interrupt copy mode.
Completion
is displayed.
Supplement
The following settings are also reset to the initial values by performing this
maintenance item:
Exposure density gradient set in maintenance mode (U093)
Auto and manual exposure set in the copy default item of the copier
management mode
3-2-22
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
22
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U061
Description
Turning the exposure lamp on
Description
Turns the exposure lamp on.
Purpose
To check the exposure lamp.
Method
2 Press the print key. The exposure lamp lights.
3 To turn the exposure lamp off, press the stop/clear key.
Completion
is displayed.
U063
Adjusting the shading position

Description
Changes the shading position.
Purpose
Used when white lines continue to appear longitudinally on the image after
the shading plate is cleaned. This is due to flaws or stains inside the
shading plate. To prevent this problem, the shading position should be
changed so that shading is possible without being affected by the flaws or
stains.
Method
1 Press the print key. The screen for adjustment is displayed.
Description
Shading position
Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step

2 to +2
0
0.17 mm
Increasing the setting moves the shading position toward the machine
right, and decreasing it moves the position toward the machine left.
Interrupt copy mode
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-23
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
23
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U065
Description
Adjusting the scanner magnification
Adjustment
U066
Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration

Adjustment
See page 3-3-39.
U067
Adjusting the scanner center line

Adjustment
See page 3-3-38.
U070
Adjusting the DF magnification

Adjustment
See page 3-3-96.
U071
Adjusting the DF scanning timing

Adjustment
See page 3-3-98.
U072
Adjusting the DF center line

Adjustment
See page 3-3-97.
3-2-24
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
24
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U073
Description
Checking scanner operation
Description
Simulates the scanner operation under arbitrary conditions.
Purpose
To check scanner operation.
Method
2 Select the item to be changed. The selected item is displayed in
reverse.
Display
ZOOM
SIZE
LAMP
Operating conditions
ZOOM Magnification
Original size
LAMP on and off of
the exposure lamp
Setting range
25 to 400%
See below.
0 (off) or 1 (on)
Original sizes for each setting in SIZE

Setting
8
9
18
36
39
40
41
Original size
A4
B5
11" 81/2"
A3
B4
A4R
B5R
Setting
42
47
52
53
55
56
58
Original size
A5R
Folio
11" 17"
11" 15"
81/2" 14"
81/2" 11"
51/2" 81/2"
4 Press the print key. Scanning starts under the selected conditions.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting a
3-2-25
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
25
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U080
Description
Adjusting exposure in toner economy mode
Description
Adjusts the image density in the eco-print mode.
Purpose
To increase or decrease the image density in the eco-print mode.
Method
Press the print key. The screen for execution is displayed.
Setting
1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys.
* Since this value is related to the automatic exposure adjustment in the
copy initial setting mode, ensure that the exposure step of the
automatic exposure is at the center before adjusting.
Display
Exposure in toner economy mode
Setting range
0 to 12
Initial value
6
2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for maintenance
item No. is displayed.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting a
3-2-26
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
26
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U088
Description
Setting the input filter (moir reduction mode)
Description
Turns moir reduction mode on and off by switching the input filter on and
off.
Purpose
Used to prevent regular density unevenness (moir) on halftone image
areas of the copy image in text mode and text and photo mode. Such
moir is more likely to appear when an enlargement or reduction copy is
made in text mode from an original containing large halftone image areas.
Method
Setting
1 Select ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display
Description
ON
Moir reduction mode
OFF
Normal copy mode
Initial setting: OFF
If moir on the copy image is significant, change the setting to ON. Note
that when the moir reduction mode is turned on, the resolution may be
slightly reduced.
2 Press the print key. The value is set. The screen for selecting a
Completion
displayed.
3-2-27
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
27
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U089
Description
Outputting a PG pattern
Description
Selects and outputs the PG pattern created in the copier.
Purpose
When performing respective image printing adjustments, used to check the
machine status apart from that of the scanner with a non-scanned output
PG pattern.
Method
2 Select the PG pattern to be output.
Display
PG pattern to be output
Purpose
GRAYSCALE
To check the laser scanner unit

engine output characteristics.
MONO-LEVEL
To check the drum quality.
256-LEVEL
To check resolution
reproducibility in printing.
1 DOT-LINE
To check fine line reproducibility.

To adjust the position of the laser
scanner unit (lateral squareness)
3-2-28
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
28
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U089
Description
3 To change the output conditions for MONO-LEVEL, change the setting
using The Up/Down keys.
Description
Output conditions
0 to 255
0
for MONO-LEVEL
Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing it
makes the density lower. Entirely white paper is output when the setting
is 0, and entirely black paper is output when it is 255.
4 Press the interrupt key. The screen for copy mode is displayed.
5 Press the print key. A PG pattern is output.
Completion
3-2-29
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
29
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U091
Description
Checking shading
Description
Performs scanning under the same conditions as before and after shading
is performed, displaying the original scanning values at nine points of the
contact glass on the touch panel.
Purpose
To check the change in original scanning values before and after shading.
The results may be used to decide the causes for fixing unevenness
(uneven density) of the gray area of an image: either due to optical
(shading or CCD) or other problems.
Also to check the causes for a white or black line appearing longitudinally.
3-2-30
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
30
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U091
Description
Method

reverse.
Display
Operation
SHD BEFORE
Performs scanning before shading and displays the result.
SHD AFTER
Performs scanning after shading and displays the result.
3 Press the print key. Operation starts.
Scanning is performed under the selected conditions and the result is
displayed.
When scanning is performed before shading, the scan value at the
machine center should be slightly different from those at the machine
front and rear. When scanning is performed after shading, there should
be no difference between respective values. Any differences between
the values at machine front and rear indicates that scanner problem
causes the fixing unevenness.
If the displayed results indicate no shading problems, the fixing
unevenness (uneven copy density) is caused by factors other than in
the scanner section (shading or CCD).
If a black line appears, the cause may assumed to be based on the
results of the scanning operation before shading: if a white line
appears, they may be assumed based on the results of the scanning
operation after shading. Note that depending on the thickness and
location of the black or white line, it may not be possible to use this
method to determine the cause. This is because the displayed values
obtained from scanning at the limit of nine points are insufficient to
provide significant information.
20 mm from the machine left
011
024
015
001
000
000
004
004
000
100 mm from the machine Machine center

center toward machine front
100 mm from machine
center toward machine rear
Figure 3-2-4
4 Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item is
displayed.
3-2-31
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
31
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
2AD-1
Maintenance
item No.
U092
Description
Adjusting the scanner automatically
Description
Makes auto scanner adjustments in the order below using the specified
original.
Adjusting the scanner center line (U067)
Adjusting the scanner magnification in the main scanning direction
(U065)
Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration (U066)
Adjusting scanner magnification in the auxiliary direction (U065)
When this maintenance item is performed, the settings in U065, U066 and
U067 are also changed.
Purpose
Used to make respective auto adjustments for the scanner.
Method
1 Place the specified original (P/N: 2AC68240) on the contact glass.
3 Press the print key. Auto adjustment starts. When adjustment is
complete, each adjusted value is displayed.
Display
SCAN CENTER ADJ
MAIN SCAN ADJ
SCAN TIMING ADJ
SUB SCAN ADJ
Description
Scanner center line
Scanner magnification in the main
scanning direction
Scanner leading registration
Scanner magnification in the
auxiliary direction
If a problem occurs during auto adjustment, an error code is displayed

and operation stops. Should this happen, determine the details of the
problem and either repeat the procedure from the beginning, or adjust
the remaining items manually by running the corresponding
maintenance items.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key after auto adjustment is complete. The screen for
selecting a maintenance item is displayed.
If the stop/clear key is pressed during auto adjustment, adjustment stops
and no settings are changed.
3-2-32
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
32
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U093
Description
Setting the exposure density gradient
Description
Changes the exposure density gradient in manual density mode,
depending on respective image modes (text, text and photo, photo).
Purpose
To set how the image density is altered by a change of one step in the
manual density adjustment. Also used to make copy image darker or
lighter.
Start
2 Select the image mode to be adjusted. The screen for the selected item
is displayed.
Display Description
TEXT
Density in text mode
MIXED Density in text and photo mode
PHOTO Density in photo mode
Setting
1 Select the item to be adjusted. The selected item is displayed in
reverse and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.
2 Adjust the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Display
DARKER
LIGHTER
Description
Change in density
when manual density is set dark
Change in density
when manual density is set light

0 to 3
0
0 to 3
Increasing the setting makes the change in density larger, and

decreasing it makes the change smaller.
Image density
Dark
Setting: 3
Set to LIGHTER
Setting: 0
Set to DARKER
Light
Light
Center
Dark Density adjustment
Density adjustment range: Normal

Density adjustment range: Special area
Figure 3-2-5 Exposure density gradient
3-2-33
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
33
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U093
Description
4 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Interrupt copy mode
Completion
U099
Checking and setting the original size detection sensor

Description
Checks the operation of the original size detection sensor and sets the
sensing threshold value.
Purpose
To adjust the sensitiveness of the sensor and size judgement time if the
original size detection sensor malfunctions frequently due to incident light
or the like.
Start
2 Select an item.
* The screen for executing each item is displayed.
Display
Description
DATA
Displaying detection sensor transmission data
B/W LEVEL Setting detection sensor threshold value
Setting original size judgment time
Method to display the data for the sensor
1 Press the print key. The detection sensor transmission data is
displayed.
Rear of machine
: 123 123 123
Center of machine
: 123 123 123
Front of machine
: 255 255 255
Figure 3-2-6
3-2-34
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
34
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U099
Description
Setting
1 Select an item to be set.
Display
LEVEL
WAIT TIME
ORIGINAL AREA
SIZE
Description
Detection sensor threshold value
Original size judgment time*
Original size detection position display (mm)
Detected original size display
* Time from activation of the original detection switch (ODSW) to

original size judgment
Method to set the detection threshold value
* A larger value increases the sensor sensitivity, and a smaller value
decreases it.
Method to set the original size judgment time

* A larger value increases the original size judgment time, and a smaller
value decreases it.
Completion
3-2-35
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
35
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U100
Description
Setting the surface potential
Description
Changes the surface potential by changing the grid control voltage. Also
performs main charging.
Purpose
To set the surface potential or check main charging. Also used when
reentering data after replacing the backup RAM or initializing the set data.
Start
Display
Description
MC DATA
Changing the grid control voltage
MC ON
Turning the main charger on
MC ON/OFF
Turning the main charger on and off
LASER ON/OFF
Turning the main charger on and the laser scanner
unit on and off
Method for main charger output
1 Select the main charger output on the screen for selecting an item:
select one from MC ON, MC ON/OFF or LASER ON/OFF on the touch
panel. The selected operation starts.
Setting the grid control voltage
1 Press the MC DATA on the touch panel of the screen for selecting an
item.
Description
Grid control voltage

0 to 255
150
Increasing the setting makes the surface potential higher, and

decreasing it makes the potential lower.
Change in value per step: approximately 3.6 V
Interrupt copy mode
Completion
Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item when main
charger output stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-36
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
36
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U101
Description
Setting high voltages
Description
Changes the developing bias voltage, transfer voltage and separation
voltage by changing the developing bias control voltage, transfer control
voltage and separation control voltage. Also checks the transfer output
voltage.
Purpose
To check and change high voltages other than the main charger voltage.
Start
2 Select an item to be set or checked. The screen for the selected item is
displayed.
Display
DEV BIAS SET
TC SET
AC SET
Description
Setting the developing bias
Setting and checking the transfer voltage
Setting the separation voltage
Setting the developing bias

1 Select the item to be adjusted. The selected item is displayed in
reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.
Display
DB DATA
Operation
Developing bias control voltage
during image formation
DB DATA2 Developing bias control voltage
during no image formation
Setting range
0 to 255
Initial setting
220
0 to 255
57
Increasing the setting makes the developing bias higher, and

decreasing it makes the bias lower.
4 To return to the screen for selecting in item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-37
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
37
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U101
Description
Setting the transfer voltage
Display
TC DATA
Operation
Transfer control voltage
Setting range
0 to 255
Initial setting
140
Increasing the setting makes the transfer voltage higher, and

decreasing it makes the voltage lower.
3 To check the transfer voltage output, press the TC ON on the touch
panel. The currently set transfer voltage is output.
4 To stop the transfer voltage output, press the stop/clear key.
5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key
after the transfer voltage output is stopped.
Setting the separation voltage
Display
AC DATA
Description
Separation control voltage
Setting range
0 to 255
Initial setting
100
Increasing the setting makes the separation voltage higher, and

decreasing it makes the voltage lower.
Interrupt copy mode
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-38
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
38
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U102
Description
Setting the cleaning interval for the transfer charger
Description
Executes a cleaning operation for the transfer charger and changes the
intervals at which the transfer charger is cleaned.
Purpose
To check the cleaning operation for the transfer charger. Also to change
the intervals for the operation. Making the intervals longer decreases the
stand-by time when starting copying.
Method
2 To execute the cleaning operation, press TEST RUN. The cleaning
operation for the transfer charger is executed once.
Setting
Description
Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step
1000 copies
Transfer charger
0 to 20
1
cleaning operation
intervals
When set to 3, the transfer charger is cleaned every 3000 copies (3 by
1000) counted after the main switch is turned on. When set to 0, the
transfer charger is not cleaned.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-39
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
39
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U110
Description
Checking/clearing the drum count
Description
Displays the drum counts for checking or clearing the figure, which is used
as a reference when correcting the main charger potential output.
Purpose
To check the drum status. Also used to clear the count after replacing the
drum during regular maintenance.
Since the count was cleared before shipping, do not clear it when installing.
Method
Press the print key. The drum counter count is displayed.
Clearing
1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting a
Setting
1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys.
2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance No. is displayed.
Completion
To exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/
clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-40
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
40
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U111
Description
Checking/clearing the drum drive time
Description
Displays the drum drive time for checking or clearing a figure, which is
used as a reference when correcting the high voltage based on time.
Purpose
To check the drum status. Also used to clear the drive time after replacing
the drum.
Method
Press the print key. The drum drive time is displayed in minutes.
Clearing
2 Press the print key. The time is cleared, and the screen for selecting a
Setting
1 Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys.
2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the time, press the stop/
3-2-41
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
41
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U130
Description
Initial setting for the developer
Description
Automatically sets the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start
level for the installed developer.
Purpose
To set the initial settings for the developer when installing the machine or
replacing the developer.
Method
2 Press the print key. The initial settings for the developer is set, and the
result is displayed.
Display
Description
CONTROL
Toner sensor control voltage
TARGET
HUMID
Absolute humidity
The toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of the
screen.
Supplement
The following data is also renewed or cleared by performing this
maintenance item:
Renewing the toner sensor control voltage (U131)
Renewing the toner feed start level (U156)
Clearing the developing drive time (U157)
Clearing the developing count (U158)
Resetting the toner feed start level and toner empty detection
Completion
After initial setting is complete, press the stop/clear key. The screen for
3-2-42
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
42
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U131
Description
Setting the toner sensor control voltage
Description
Displays or changes the toner sensor control voltage automatically set in
maintenance item U130.
Purpose
To check the automatically set toner sensor control voltage. Also to change
the toner density if an image is too dark or light.
Method
Press the print key. The current setting for the toner sensor control voltage
is displayed.
Setting
Description
Toner sensor control voltage
Setting range
0 to 255
Initial setting
153
Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing it

makes the density lower.
Increasing the setting too high may result in toner scattering.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is
displayed.
3-2-43
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
43
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U132
Description
Replenishing toner forcibly
Description
Replenishes toner forcibly until the toner sensor output value reaches the
toner feed start level.
Purpose
Used when the toner empty is detected frequently.
Method
2 Press the print key. Operation starts, and the current data is displayed.
Toner is replenished until the toner sensor output value reaches the
toner feed start level.
To stop operation, press the start/clear key.
Display
TARGET (NOW)
CONTROL (NOW)
HUMID
Description
Current toner feed start level
Current toner sensor control voltage
Absolute humidity
The current toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of
the screen.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key when toner replenishment stops. The screen for
U133
Collecting the recycled toner

Description
Transfers residual toner in the cleaning section, toner main hopper and
toner sub hopper to the developing unit.
Purpose
To dispose of residual toner inside the machine when the developer is
replaced. Be sure to run this maintenance item before replacing the
developer. Failing to do so could lead to toner scattering.
There is no need to run this maintenance item if the developer is to be
loaded for the first time in such occasion as machine installation.
3-2-44
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
44
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U133
Description
Method
2 Press ON on the touch panel. The selected item is displayed in
reverse.
3 Press the print key. The toner recycle motor turn on and recycled toner
collection is performed for approximately 5 minutes. The ON display on
the touch panel flashes during the operation and returns to the normal
state when it ends.
To interrupt operation, press the stop/clear key.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting a
U135
Checking toner motor operation

Description
Drives the toner feed motor or toner recycle motor.
Purpose
To check the operation of the toner feed motor or toner recycle motor.
Caution
Note that driving either of the motors unnecessarily long may cause a toner
jam, resulting in machine lockup. Be sure to drive each motor for just
several seconds.
Method
2 Select the motor to be driven. The selected motor is displayed in
reverse, and operation starts.
Description
MOTOR 1
MOTOR 2
Operation
Toner feed motor drive
Toner recycle motor drive
3 To stop operation, press the stop clear key.

Completion
3-2-45
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
45
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U136
Description
Turning the toner level detection function on/off
Description
Turning the control based on the toner level sensor output on/off.
Purpose
To enable copying using the toner in the developing section after the toner
level in the toner hopper decreases, by turning the control function off
Method
Setting
1 Press ON or OFF to change the operation.
Display Description
ON
Controls based on the detection by the toner sensor
detection sensor.
OFF
Ignores the detection by the toner level detection sensor.
Initial setting: ON
2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a
maintenance item is displayed.
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press
displayed.
U137
Checking the toner level detection sensor

Description
Displays the detection status of the toner level detection sensor and toner
hopper lockup detection sensor.
Purpose
To check the toner level and recycle toner level in the toner hopper.
Method
1 Press the print key. The detected status of the each sensor is
displayed.
Display Description
TE1 SW Toner level detection sensor (toner level in the toner hopper)
TE2 SW Toner hopper lockup detection sensor (recycle toner level)
When there is toner or if the sensor connector is disconnected, on is

detected , and the corresponding display is displayed in reverse.
Completion
Press the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.
is displayed.
3-2-46
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
46
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U155
Description
Displaying the toner sensor output
Description
Displays the toner sensor output value , and related data.
Purpose
To check the toner sensor output value.
Method
2 Press the print key. The current data is displayed.
Display
TARGET (NOW)
Description
Current toner feed level
(corrected value for humidity and drive time)
CONTROL (NOW) Current toner sensor control voltage
HUMID
Absolute humidity
The current toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of
the screen.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-47
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
47
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U156
Description
Changing the toner control level
Description
Changes the toner feed start level set in maintenance item U130 or the
toner empty level to be determined by the difference from the toner feed
start level.
Purpose
To check the toner feed start level and toner empty level.
Method
Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Display Description
TARGET Toner feed start level
EMPTY Difference between the toner feed start level and toner empty level
Setting for the toner feed start level

1 Press TARGET.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key.
Description
Setting range
0 to 255
Initial setting
114
Increasing the setting makes the toner density lower.

Setting for the toner empty level
1 Press EMPTY.
Description
Difference between
the toner feed start level
and the toner empty level
Setting range
0 to 255
Initial setting
20
Increasing the setting makes the toner empty level higher: the toner
density is lower when the toner empty is detected.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-48
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
48
1/1/32, 3:41
2AD-1
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U157
Description
Checking/clearing the developing drive time
Description
Checks or clears the developing drive time, which is used as a reference
when correcting the toner control. It is automatically cleared when U130 is
executed.
Purpose
To check the developing drive time after replacing the developer.
Method
Press the print key. The developing drive time is displayed in minutes.
Clearing
Setting
1 Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys.
Completion
To exit the maintenance mode without changing the time, press the stop/
U158
Checking/clearing the developing count

Description
Checks or clears the developing count, which is used as a reference when
correcting the toner control. It is automatically cleared when U130 is
executed.
Purpose
To check the developing count after replacing the developer.
Method
Press the print key. The developing count is displayed.
Clearing
Setting
1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys.
Completion
To exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/
3-2-49
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
49
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U160
Description
Applying toner to the cleaning blade
Description
Applies toner to the cleaning blade.
Purpose
To apply toner to the drum to coat the cleaning blade. To be executed
when replacing or cleaning the cleaning blade or the drum.
Method
2 Press the print key. Operation starts.
When the operation is complete, the screen for selecting a
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without performing operation, press the stop/
3-2-50
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
50
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U161
Description
Setting the fixing control temperature
Description
Changes the fixing control temperature.
Purpose
Normally no change is necessary. However, can be used to prevent curled
or creased paper, or solve a fixing problem on thick paper.
Also used to output a test pattern for measuring fixing pressure.
Method
Setting
Display
Description
CONTROL TEMP Normal stabilization

fixing temperature
FIRST TEMP
Primary stabilization
fixing temperature
SECOND TEMP
Secondary stabilization
fixing temperature
RUNNING TIME
Aging time after
secondary stabilization
Setting range
100 to 200 (C)
Initial setting
42 ppm 52 ppm
180
190
100 to 200 (C)
175
175
100 to 200 (C)
180
190
60
120
0 to 120 (s)
The respective temperatures are to be set such that CONTROL TEMP

SECOND TEMPFIRST TEMP.
Interrupt copy mode
While this maintenance item is being performed, a test pattern for
measuring fixing pressure is output in interrupt copy mode (see page 3-379).
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-51
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
51
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U162
Description
Stabilizing fixing forcibly
Description
Stops the stabilization fixing drive forcibly, regardless of fixing temperature.
Purpose
To forcibly stabilize the machine before the fixing section reaches
stabilization temperature.
Method
2 Press the print key. The forced stabilization mode is entered, and
stabilization operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance
To exit the forced stabilization mode, turn the power off and on.
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without executing forced fixing stabilization,
press the stop clear key.
U196
Turning the fixing heater on

Description
Turns the fixing heater on.
Purpose
To check fixing heaters M or S.
Method
2 Select the heater to be turned on. The selected heater turns on for 3 s
and then turns off.
Display
MAIN
SUB
Description
Fixing heater M (H1)
Fixing heater S (H2)
Completion
Press the stop/clear key when fixing motors M and S are off. The screen
for selecting the maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-52
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
52
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U198
Description
Setting the fixing phase control
Description
Sets the use of fixing phase control to reduce electrical noise generated by
the copier.
Purpose
Normally no change is necessary. If electrical noise generated by the
copier causes flickering of the lights around the copier, select fixing phase
control to reduces the noise.
Method
Setting
1 Press ON or OFF to change operation.
Display Description
ON
Fixing phase control present
OFF
Fixing phase control absent
Initial setting: ON for metric and OFF for inch specifications
2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting a
Completion
displayed.
U200
Turning all LEDs on

Description
Turns all the LEDs on the operation panel on.
Purpose
To check if all the LEDs on the operation panel light
Method
Press the print key. All the LEDs on the operation panel light.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key or wait for 10 s. The LEDs turns off, and the
screen for selecting a maintenance mode is displayed.
3-2-53
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
53
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U201
Description
Initializing the touch panel
Description
Automatically correct the positions of the X- and Y-axes of the touch panel.
Purpose
To automatically correct the display positions on the touch panel after it is
replaced.
Method
1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed, and the +
key displayed at the upper left of the touch panel flashes.
2 Press on the center of the + key. The + key on lower right flashes.
3 Press the center of the flashing +. Initialization of the touch panel is
complete, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is
displayed.
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without initializing, press the stop/clear key.
The screen for selecting a maintenance mode No. is displayed.
3-2-54
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
54
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U202
Description
Setting the MMD host monitoring system
Description
Initializes or operates the MMD host monitoring system*
* Optional for 120 V specifications only.
Purpose
Used when setting up the machine or during regular maintenance or repair.
Method
1 Press the print key. The basic status screen is displayed.
2 Operates the device following the instructions on the touch panel.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key on the basic screen. The screen for selecting a
[Basic status]
Maintenance item No.
select screen
Technician arrive
Maintenance count clear
Maintenance item No.

select screen
Service report (leave)

Phone number setting
Device initialization
U202
1
2
3
4
5
Stop/
clear key
To initialize the MMD host monitoring system,
run the following modes in order:
Phone number setting 4
Device initialization 5
During regular maintenance or service
Technician arrive 1
Maintenance count clear 2
Service report (leave) 3
3-2-55
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
55
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
Description
1
Stop/
clear key
2
Maintenance parts check/clear
Select parts & push clear
Ready to send
Push print key
Print key
Transmission start
DRUM
00000000
DEVELOPER
00000000
FIXING ROLLER
00000000
BLADE
00000000
MAIN CHARGER
00000000
U202
Clear
Basic status screen

Maintenance parts check/clear
Select parts & push clear
U202
SEP.CLAW MOUNT00000000
SEP.CLAW ASS'Y 00000000
HEAT ROLLER
00000000
PRESS ROLLER
00000000
FIX HEATER M
00000000
Clear
Checkmark the replaced parts.
Clear
Stop/
clear key
Ready to send
Push print key
Print key
Counts are cleared.
Basic status screen
3-2-56
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
56
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
Description
3
Service report (leave)
Select a mode
U202
Preventive maintenance
Repair
PM & Repair
Courtesy call
Select an item.
Ready to send
Push print key
Stop/
clear key
Print key
Transmission starts.
Basic status screen

4
U202
Phone number setting

Set mode
Prefix code
0000000000
Host tel No.
0000000000
Suffix code
Dial type
Select an item and enter the digits

using numeric keys.
Press the interrupt key to enter a space.
0000000000
Tone
Pulse10
Pulse20
Set
Set
Ready to send
Push print key
Stop/
clear key
Print key
The phone number is stored.
Basic status screen
3-2-57
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
57
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
Description
5
Select a mode
U202
Standard
Special by MODEL
Stop/
clear key
Stop/
clear key
Retry initialization
Special by
MODEL
Standard
Select a mode
Select a mode
U202
Enter the digits using

the numeric keys and
press the print key.
Select a mode
000000
Model
000000
PPC ID

Select a mode
U202
PPC ID
000000
Model
Initialization ID
000000
Personal ID

Select a mode
Initialization ID
Select a mode
000000
Model
000000
Personal ID
Total count

U202
000000
000000
00000000
Total count
U202
000000

U202
PPC ID
U202
000000
00000000

51
3-2-58
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
58
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
Description
51
Ready to send
Push print key
xxxx
(Reason for failure)
Check
Print key
Check
Initialization starts.
Yes
Initialization
succeeded?
No
MMD system
problem?
No
Yes
Initialization
successful
Screen depending
on the reason for failure
Check
Check
Select a mode
U202
Basic status screen

Standard
Special by MODEL
51
3-2-59
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
59
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U203
Description
Operating DF separately
Description
Simulates the original conveying operation separately in the SRDF.
Purpose
To check the SRDF.
Method
2 Set the magnification to between 25 and 200% using the Up/Down
keys.
3 Place an original in the SRDF if running this simulation with paper.
reverse and operation starts.
Display
Operation
ADF MODE
With paper, single-sided original
RADF MODE
With paper, double-sided original
ADF MODE (NON-PAPER)
Without paper, single-sided original
(continuous operation)
RADF MODE (NON-PAPER) Without paper, double-sided original
(continuous operation)
5 To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key when the operation stops. The screen for
selecting the maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-60
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
60
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U204
Description
Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter
Description
Sets the presence or absence of the optional key card or key counter.
Purpose
A key card is not available for metric specifications. The setting for the
HECON key card, which is supported by inch-specification machines, is not
necessary in this maintenance item.
Method
Press the start key.
Setting
1 Select the optional counter to be installed. The selected counter is
displayed in reverse.
Pressing the reversed item again resets the selection.
Display
Description
KEY CARD
The key card is installed.
KEY COUNTER The key counter is installed.
2 Press the print key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is
displayed.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-61
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
61
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U206
Description
Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender
Description
Sets the presence or absence of the optional coin vender. Also sets the
details for coin vender operation, such as mode and unit price.
This is an optional device which is currently supported only by Japanese
specification machines, so no setting is necessary.
3-2-62
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
62
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U209
Description
Setting date and time
Description
Sets the real time clock, which is used as a reference when correcting
drum time.
Purpose
To set the date and time after initializing data.
Method
1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. The current
setting for the year is displayed.
2 Set the year (last two digits of the year) using the numeric or Up/Down
keys and press the print key. The current setting for the month is
displayed.
3 Set the month using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print
key. The current setting for the date is displayed.
4 Set the date using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print
key. The current setting for the day of the week is displayed.
5 Set the day of the week using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press
the print key. The current time setting for hours is displayed.
Setting
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Description
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
6 Set the time (hours, 0 to 23) using the numeric or Up/Down keys and
press the print key. The current time setting for minutes is displayed.
7 Set the minutes using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print
key. Setting is complete, and the screen for selecting a maintenance
Supplement
To return to the last screen, press the stop/clear key while setting.
Completion
To stop this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press
the stop/clear key at the screen for the year setting. The screen for
3-2-63
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
63
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U243
Description
Checking the operation of the DF motors, clutches and solenoids
Description
Turns the SRDF motors, clutches or solenoids on.
Purpose
To check the operation of the SRDF motors, clutches and solenoids.
Method
reverse, and operation starts.
Display
F MOTOR
C MOTOR
FEED CL
EJ JCT SL
REV JCT SL
FEED SL
REVPRS SL
Motors, clutches and solenoids

Original feed motor (OFM)
Original paper conveying motor (OCM)
Original feed clutch (OFCL)
Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL)
Original feed solenoid (OFSOL)
Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL)
Operation
In operation
In operation
On for 0.5 s
On for 0.5 s
On for 0.5 s
On and off
On and off
3 To turn each motor off, press the stop/clear key.

Completion
3-2-64
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
64
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U244
Description
Checking the DF switches
Description
Displays the status of the respective switches on the SRDF.
Purpose
To check if respective switches on the SRDF operate correctly.
Start
2 Select the type of switches (SW or VR) to be checked. The screen for
executing is displayed.
Display Type of switches
SW
On/off switches
VR
Volume switch
Method for the on/off switches
1 Turn the respective switches on and off manually to check the status.
If the on-status of a switch is detected, the corresponding switch is
displayed in reverse.
Display
Switches
SET SW
Original set switch (OSSW)
FEED SW Original feed switch (OFSW)
REV SW
Original switchback switch (OSBSW)
TMG SW
DF timing switch (DFTSW)
SZ A SW
Original size length switch (OSLSW)
Method for the volume switch
1 Move the original insertion guides to check the detection status of the
original size width switch.
As shown on the next page, the detected original width is displayed as
a numerical value with the decimals omitted.
3-2-65
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
65
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U244
Description
Numerical
value
Original width to be detected
000
51/2" 81/2"
49.664
A5R
50.176
61.440
61.952
B5R
103.936
81/2" 14"/
81/2" 11"
104.448
Folio/A4R
139.264
139.776
146.432
B4/B5
146.994
197.120
197.632
CF (11" 15")
197.720
11" 17"/
11" 15"/
11" 81/2"
223.232
A3/A4
256
For example, if any value between 105 and 139 is displayed when the
original insertion guides are adjusted for A4R paper, it indicates that the
original width is detected correctly.
Completion
3-2-66
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
66
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U245
Description
Checking messages
Description
Displays a list of messages on the touch panel of the operation panel.
Purpose
To check the messages to be displayed.
Method
2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys to display each message
one at a time.
Completion
is displayed.
U247
Checking the operation of the large paper deck and paper feed desk
Description
Turns on motors and clutches of the large paper deck*1 or the upper and
lower drawers of the optional paper feed desk*2.
*1: 42 ppm:optional/52 ppm: standard.
*2: Optonal for 42 ppm only.
Purpose
To check the operation of motors and clutches of the respective paper feed
devices.
Start
2 Select the paper feed device to be checked. The screen for executing
is displayed.
Display
3000 DECK
500 2 DESK
Paper feed device

Large paper deck
Upper and lower drawers
of the paper feed desk
Method
1 Press the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in
reverse and operation starts.
Large paper deck
Display
Motors and clutches
LCF MOT
Deck paper conveying motor (CM)
L CL
PCL1
Paper conveying clutch (CCL)
Operation
On for 5 s
On for 1s
On for 1s
PCL2
On for 1s
3-2-67
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
67
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U247
Description
Upper and lower drawers of the paper feed desk
Display
DESK MOT
FEED CL
UPP CL
LOW CL
Motors and clutches

Desk drive motor (DDM)
Desk feed clutch (DFCL)
Upper desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-U)
Lower desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-L)
Operation
On for 5 s
On for 1 s
On for 1s
On for 1s
Completion
U248
Setting the paper eject device

Description
Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper for the optional finisher in punch
mode when it is attached. Also sets the punch limit and displays and clears
the punch-hole scrap count. Adjusts the booklet stapling position for each
paper size when the optional booklet stitcher is attached.
Purpose
Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode
Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper while in the punch section if,
in punch mode, paper jams or is Z-folded frequently due to too much
slack in the paper, or, the position of punch holes varies due to too
little slack in the paper.
Punch limit setting
Sets the punch limit to notify the user of the time to collect punch-hole
scrap.
Punch-hole scrap count display (clearing)
Used to manually clear the punch-hole scrap count if a message
requiring collection of punch-hole scrap is shown on the touch panel
after collection. If punch-hole scrap is collected with the copier power
turned off, the punch-hole scrap count is not cleared and
consequently this problem occurs.
Booklet stapling position adjustment
Adjusts the booklet stapling position in the stitching mode if the
position is not proper.
3-2-68
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
68
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U248
Description
Start
Display
PUNCH TIMING
Description
Adjustment of the amount of slack in
the paper in punch mode
Punch limit/punch-hole scrap count
PUNCH LIMIT
SADDLE ADJUST Booklet stapling position adjustment
Setting the amount of slack in the paper

1 Select PUNCH TIMING on the screen for selecting an item.
Description
Setting range
Punch timing
Amount
of slack in the paper 15 to +15
Initial setting
0
I f the position of punch holes varies, increase the setting to make the
amount of slack larger.
If paper jams or is Z-folded frequently, decrease the setting to make
the amount of slack smaller.
Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1.25 mm.
Setting the punch limit or displaying the punch-hole scrap count

1 Select PUNCH LIMIT on the screen for selecting an item.
2 Select the item to be set.
3 Change the setting using the numeric keys or the Up/Down keys.
To clear the punch-hole scrap count, press the all clear/reset key.
Display
Description
PUNCH LIMIT Punch limit (maximum number of
punching times)
PUNCH CNT Punch-hole scrap count (current
number of punching times)

0 to 999000
75000
0 to 999999
PUNCH LIMIT can be changed in increments of 1000 times.

When the punch-hole scrap count reaches the punch limit, Check
punch waste tank. is displayed on the touch panel.
3-2-69
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
69
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U248
Description
Setting the booklet stapling position
1 Select SADDLE ADJUST on the screen for selecting an item.
2 Select the size to be set.
Display Description
A4R
B4R
A3R
Setting range Initial

setting
Adjustment of booklet stapling 125 to +125 0
position for A4R size
position for B4R size
position for A3R size
Left stapling
Right stapling
Chang in value
per step
0.25 mm
0.25 mm
0.25 mm
Adjustment method
Proper
Increase the
preset value.
Upper side is longer. Lower side is longer.
Decrease the
preset value.
Lower side is longer. Upper side is longer.

Completion
3-2-70
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
70
1/1/32, 3:41
2AD-1
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U250
Description
Setting the maintenance cycle
Description
Displays and changes the maintenance cycle.
Purpose
To check and change the maintenance cycle.
Method
Press the print key. The current setting is displayed as follows:
Maintenance cycle (number of copies) = setting 1000
Setting
Description
Maintenance
cycle
Setting range
0 to 600
Initial setting Change in value per step

150
1000 (copies)
For example, when set to 120, the maintenance cycle is set to 120000.
Pressing the Up key when set to 600 rolls over the setting to 0.
2 Press the start key. The value is set , and the screen for selecting a
Completion
the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
U251
Checking/clearing the maintenance count

Description
Displays, clears and changes the maintenance count.
Purpose
To check the maintenance count. Also to clear the count during
maintenance service.
Method
Press the print key. The maintenance count is displayed.
Clearing
Setting
1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric key.
2 Press the print key. The count is set , and the screen for selecting a
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/
clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-71
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
71
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U252
Description
Setting the destination
Description
Switches the operations and screens of machines according to the
respective destinations.
Purpose
To be executed after replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB or
initializing the backup RAM by running maintenance item U020, in order to
return the setting to the value before replacement or initialization.
Method
Press the print key. The screen for entering an item is displayed.
Setting
1 Select the destination. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display
JAPAN METRIC
INCH
EUROPE METRIC
ASIA PACIFIC
Description
Metric (Japan) specifications
Inch specifications
Metric (Europe) specifications
Metric (Asia Pacific) specifications
2 Press the print key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting a
Completion
clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Supplement
The specified initial settings are provided according to the destinations in
the maintenance items below. To change the initial settings in those items,
be sure to run maintenance item U021 after changing the destination.
Initial setting according to the destinations
Maintenance
Title
item No.
198
Setting the fixing
phase control
253
Switching between
double and single counts
255
347
348
Setting auto drawer

size detection
Setting copy density
adjustment range
Japan
Inch
ON
OFF
Europe Metric,
Asia Pacific
ON
SINGLE
COUNT
120 s
DOUBLE
COUNT
90 s
DOUBLE
COUNT
90 s
ON
ON
OFF
NORMAL
SPECIAL
AREA
SPECIAL
AREA
3-2-72
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
72
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U253
Description
Description
Switches the count system for the total count and other counts.
Purpose
According to user (copy service provider) request, select if A3/11" x 17"
paper is to be counted as one sheet (single count) or two sheets (double
count).
Method
Setting
1 Select double or single count.
Display
Description
DOUBLE COUNT Double count for A3/11" 17" paper only
Single count for all size paper
SINGLE COUNT
Initial setting: DOUBLE COUNT
2 Press the print key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting an
Completion
the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-73
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
73
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U254
Description
Description
Selects if the auto start function is turned on.
Purpose
Normally no change is necessary. If incorrect operation occurs, turn the
function off: this may solve the problem.
Method
Press the start key. The screen for entering an item is displayed.
Setting
1 Select either ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display
Description
ON
Auto start function on
OFF
Auto start function off
Initial setting: ON
Completion
the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-74
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
74
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U255
Description
Description
Sets the time to return to initial settings after copying is complete.
Purpose
To be set according to frequency of use. Set to a comparatively long time
for continuous copying at the same settings, and a comparatively short
time for frequent copying at various settings.
Method
Press the print key. The value is set. Current settings are displayed.
Setting
Description
Auto clear time
Setting range
0 to 270
Initial setting
90
The setting can be changed by 30 s per step. Pressing the Up key

when set to 270 rolls over the setting to 0.
When set to 0, the auto clear function is cancelled.
2 Press the print key. The value is set. The screen for selecting a
Completion
displayed.
3-2-75
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
75
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U256
Description
Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off
Description
Selects if the auto preheat/energy saver function is turned on. When set to
ON, the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode can be changed in copy
management mode.
Purpose
According to user request, to set the preheat time to save energy, or
enable copying promptly without the recovery time from preheat mode.
Method
Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting an item is
displayed.
Setting
1 Select ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display
Description
ON
Auto preheat/energy saver function on
OFF
Auto preheat/energy saver function off
Initial setting: ON
When change from OFF to ON, the initial value of 15 min. is set.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-76
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
76
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U258
Description
Switching copy operation at toner empty detection
Description
Selects if continuous copying is enabled after toner empty is detected, and
sets the number of copies that can be made after the detection.
Method
Press the print key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1 Select single or continuous copying. The selected item is displayed in
reverse.
Display
Description
SINGLE MODE
Enables only single copying.
CONTINUE MODE Enables single and continuous copying.
Initial setting: SINGLE MODE
2 Set the number of copies that can be made using the Up/Down keys.
Description
Number of copies after toner empty detection
Setting range
Initial setting
0 to 200 (copies) 0
The setting can be changed by 5 copies per step.

When set to 0, the number of copies is not limited regardless of the
setting for single or continuous copying.
Completion
the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is
displayed.
3-2-77
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
77
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U260
Description
Description
Changes the copy count timing for the total counter and other counters.
Purpose
To be set according to user (copy service provider) request.
If a paper jam occurs frequently in the finisher when the number of copies
is counted at the time of paper ejection, copies are provided without copy
counts. The copy service provider cannot charge for such copying. To
prevent this, the copy timing should be made earlier.
If a paper jam occurs frequently in the paper conveying or fixing sections
when the number of copies is counted before the paper reaches those
sections, copying is charged without a copy being made. To prevent this,
the copy timing should be made later.
Method
Setting
1 Select the copy count timing.
Display
Description
COUNT:FEED
When secondary paper feed starts.
COUNT:EJEC
When the paper is ejected.
Initial setting: EJECT
Completion
displayed.
3-2-78
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
78
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U263
Description
Description
Sets the copy paper ejection orientation in DF copying.
Purpose
To set face up ejection to eject the same order as the originals when using
special papers such as tracing paper and film as copy medium.
Method
Setting
1 Select an ejection orientation.
Display
Description
FACE-DOWN (NORMAL) Face down ejection.
FACE-UP (SPEED)
Face up ejection with bitmap copy.
FACE-UP (MEMORY)
Face up ejection with memory copy.
Initial setting: Face down
Completion
displayed.
3-2-79
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
79
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U264
Description
Description
Sets the order of year, month, and day for output on a list and the like.
Purpose
Selects the order according to user request.
Method
Setting
1 Select the order of display.
Display
YEAR-MONTH-DATE
MONTH-DATE-YEAR
DATE-MONTH-YEAR
Description
Year - month - day
Month - day - year
Day - month - year
Initial setting: inch: Month - day - year

metric: Day - month - year
Completion
displayed.
U265
Setting OEM purchaser code

Description
Sets the OEM purchaser code.
Purpose
Sets the code when replacing the main PCB and the like.
Method
Setting
1 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to adjust the preset value.
2 Press the print key. The count is set , and the screen for selecting a
Completion
displayed.
3-2-80
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
80
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U330
Description
Sets the number of copies for switching the copy eject tray in the
finisher
Description
Sets the number of copies at which the copy eject tray will switch from the
sub tray to the main tray.
Purpose
Selects the value according to user request.
Method
Press the print key. The screen for adjustment is displayed.
Setting
1 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to adjust the preset value.
Description
Setting range
Initial value
Number of copies to be ejected on 1 to 100 (sheets) 100
the sub tray
The copy eject tray is switched from the sub tray to the main tray when
the number of copies ejected to the sub tray exceeds the preset value.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-81
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
81
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U333
Description
Description
Sets the number of digits of ID-code.
Purpose
Sets the number of digits according to user request.
Method
Setting
1 Select the number of digits.
Display
4 digits
7 digits
Description
The number of digits of ID-code is 4.
The number of digits of ID-code is 7.
Initial setting: 4 digits

Completion
displayed.
3-2-82
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
82
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U334
Description
Setting the ejection method in the booklet stitcher
Description
Sets whether or not the eject bin in use is switched to the other bin when
the bin in use in the booklet stitcher overflows.
Purpose
Sets the value to 1 BIN to use one bin only for copying and the other bin
only for printing.
Method
Setting
1 Select an ejection method.
Display
2 BIN
1 BIN
Description
The eject bin is switched when a bin overflows.
The eject bin is not switched even when a bin overflows.
Initial setting: 2 BIN

Completion
displayed.
3-2-83
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
83
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U343
Description
Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode
Description
Switches the initial setting between duplex and simplex copy.
Purpose
To be set according to frequency of use: set to the more frequently used
mode.
Method
Setting
1 Select ON or OFF.
Display
Description
ON
Duplex copy
OFF
Simplex copy
Initial setting: OFF
2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a
Completion
displayed.
3-2-84
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
84
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U344
Description
Description
Changes the control mode for preheat/energy saver, and sets the silent
mode (low noise mode).
Purpose
According to user request, selects which has priority, recovery time from
preheat or energy saving. Also sets polygon motor noise elimination in
preheat.
Method
Setting
1 Select control mode.
Display
INSTANT READY
ENERGY STAR
E 2000
SILENT MDOE
Control in preheat mode

Without decreasing the fixing control temperature,
the display on the operation panel is turned off.
The fixing control temperature is decreased by
30C/54F (42 ppm) or 20C/36F (52 ppm) and the copier
is forcibly stabilized 30 s after exiting preheat mode.
The fixing control temperature is decreased by 40C/72F
(42 ppm) or 20C/36F (52 ppm).
ON: Polygon motor off/OFF: Normal
Initial setting: Energy Star applied

Completion
displayed.
3-2-85
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
85
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U345
Description
Setting the value for maintenance due indication
Description
Sets when to display a message notifying that the time for maintenance is
about to be reached, by setting the number of copies that can be made
before the current maintenance cycle ends.
When the difference between the number of copies of the maintenance
cycle and that of the maintenance count reaches the set value, the
message is displayed.
Purpose
To change the time to display the maintenance due indication.
Method
Press the print key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1 Change the setting using the numeric or Up/Down keys.
Description
Setting range
Display period for the next maintenance
0 to 9999
(remaining count before the end of the maintenance cycle)
Initial setting: 0
Completion
displayed.
3-2-86
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
86
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U347
Description
Description
Turning the auto drawer size detection function on/off.
Purpose
To be used when turning the auto paper size (in the drawers) detection off
and making copies onto only the specified size paper.
Method
Setting
1 Select ON or OFF.
Display Description
ON
Detects the paper sizes in the drawers automatically.
OFF
Does not detect the paper sizes in the drawers
automatically.
Initial setting: ON for inch and OFF for metric specifications
Completion
displayed.
3-2-87
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
87
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U348
Description
Description
Selects the adjustment range for copy density from NORMAL and
SPECIAL AREA (for wider range).
Purpose
To change the setting according to user request.
When especially dark or light density is requested, set to SPECIAL AREA.
Method
Setting
1 Select the density range.
Display
Description
SPECIAL AREA
25 steps (enlargement mode)
NORMAL
13 steps
Initial setting: SPECIAL AREA
Completion
displayed.
3-2-88
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
88
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U350
Description
Description
Sets whether or not an error report is output when an ID-code error occurs.
Purpose
According to user request, changes the setting.
Method
Setting
1 Select ON or OFF.
* The selected item is highlighted.
Display
Description
ON
Error report is output.
OFF
Error report is not output.
Initial setting: ON
Completion
displayed.
U402
Adjusting margins for image printing

Adjustment
See page 3-3-20.
U403
Adjusting margins for reading an original on the contact glass

Adjustment
See page 3-3-40.
U404
Adjusting margins for DF original reading

Adjustment
See page 3-3-100.
3-2-89
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
89
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U901
Description
Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed locations
Description
Displays or clears copy counts by paper feed locations.
Purpose
To check the time to replace consumable parts. Also to clear the counts
after replacing the consumable parts.
Method
1 Press the print key. The counts by paper feed locations are displayed.
2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys.
Display
BYPASS
FIRST
SECOND
THIRD
Paper feed locations

Bypass table
Copier upper drawer
Copier lower drawer
Paper feed desk*1 upper drawer
FORTH
LCF
DUPLEX
Paper feed desk*1 lower drawer

Large paper deck*2
Duplex unit

*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
When an optional paper feed device is not installed, the corresponding
count is not displayed.
Clearing
1 Select the count to be cleared. The selected item is displayed in
reverse.
To clear the counts for all paper feed locations, press ALL on the touch
panel.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-90
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
90
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U903
Description
Checking/clearing the paper jam counts
Description
Displays or clears the jam counts by jam locations.
Purpose
To check the paper jam status. Also to clear the jam counts after replacing
consumable parts.
Method
1 Press the print key. The jam count is displayed by jam codes.
Clearing
1 Press ALL on the touch panel. Jam counts cannot be cleared
individually.
2 Press the print key. The count is cleared, and the screen for entering a
Completion
displayed.
3-2-91
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
91
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U904
Description
Checking/clearing the service call counts
Description
Displays or clears the service call code counts by types.
Purpose
To check the service call code status by types. Also to clear the service call
code counts after replacing consumable parts.
Method
1 Press the print key. The jam count is displayed by service call codes.
Clearing
1 Select the count to be cleared. The selected count is displayed in
reverse. To clear all counts, press ALL on the touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The count is cleared. When all counts are cleared,
the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is
displayed.
3-2-92
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
92
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U905
Description
Checking/clearing counts by optional devices
Description
Displays or clears the counts by optional devices.
Purpose
To check the use of the SRDF, finisher and booklet siticher. Also to clear
the counts after replacing consumable parts.
Method
2 Select the device, the count of which is to be checked. The count of the
selected device is displayed.
SRDF (DF)
Display
Description
CHANGE Original replacement count
ADF
No. of single-sided originals that
has passed through the DF in ADF mode
RADF
No. of double-side originals that
has passed through the DF in RADF mode
Finisher (SORTER)
Display
COPY COUNT
STAPLE
PUNCH
STACKER
SADDLE
Description
No. of copies that has passed
Frequency the stapler has been activated
Frequency the punch has been activated
Frequency the stacker has been activated
Frequency the booklet stitcher has been activated
Clearing
1 Select the item to be cleared. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
2 Press the print key. The count is cleared.
3 To return to the screen for entering an item, press the stop/clear key.
Completion
selecting a maintenance item is displayed.
3-2-93
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
93
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U906
Description
Resetting partial operation control
Description
Resets the service call code for partial operation control.
Purpose
To be reset after partial operation is performed due to problems in the
drawers or other sections below, and the related parts are serviced.
The following sections can be the subject of the partial operation:
SRDF
Large paper deck
Copier upper drawer
Copier lower drawer
Paper feed desk upper drawer
Paper feed desk lower drawer
Duplex unit
Finisher
Method
2 Press RESET on the touch panel.
3 Press the print key to reset partial operation control. The maintenance
mode is exited, and the machine returns to the same status when the
main switch is turned on.
3-2-94
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
94
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U907
Description
Checking and resetting the count value on each ejection location
Description
Displays and resets the count value of ejected sheets on each ejection
location.
Purpose
Checks the replacement period for maintenance parts. Also resets the
count value after replacing the maintenance parts.
Method
* The count value on each ejection location is displayed
Display
STRAIGHT
SWITCH BACK
. AUTO DUPLEX
Description
Straight ejection count
Reversed ejection count
Duplex tray ejection count
Clearing
1 Select the item for which the count value is to be reset.
* The selected item is highlighted.
* To reset the count values for all ejection locations, press ALL on the
touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The count is cleared.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-95
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
95
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U908
Description
Checking the count value of the electronic counter
Description
Displays the count value of the electronic counter.
Purpose
Checks the value for maintenance work.
Method
* The count value of the total counter is displayed.
Display
Description
COUNT
Count value of electronic counter
.Clearing
The count value cannot be changed or cleared.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-96
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
96
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U990
Description
Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp to light
Description
Displays, clears or changes the accumulated time for the exposure lamp to
light.
Purpose
To check duration of use of the exposure lamp. Also to clear the
accumulated time for the lamp after replacement.
Method
Press the print key. The accumulated time of illumination for the exposure
lamp is displayed in minutes.
Clearing
2 Press the print key. The accumulated time is cleared, and the screen
for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting
1 Enter a six-digit accumulated time using the numeric keys.
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the accumulated time,
press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is
displayed.
3-2-97
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
97
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
Maintenance
item No.
U992
Description
Checking/clearing the printer count
Description
Displays, clears or changes the print count of the printer when the optional
printer unit is installed.
Purpose
To check the frequency of use of the printer.
Method
Press the print key. The printer count is displayed.
Clearing
Setting
1 Enter a six-digit numerical value using the numeric keys.
Completion
clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.
3-2-98
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-2
98
1/1/32, 3:41
2A3/4
3-2-2 Copier management

In addition to a maintenance function for service, the copier is equipped with a management
function which can be operated by users (mainly by the copier administrator). In this copier
management mode, default settings and the settings for the timer function can be changed.
( 1 ) Executing a copier management item
Start
Default/Special: on
Management: on
Enter an ID code
Department management (see page 3-2-100)
End: on
Week timer/Weekly timer: on
Enter an ID code
Week timer (see page 3-2-101)
End: on
Copy default: on
Enter an ID code
Copy default (see page 3-2-102)

End: on
Machine default: on
Enter an ID code
Machine default (see page 3-2-105)

End: on
Language: on
Language (see page 3-2-107)
End
3-2-99
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-3
99
1/1/32, 3:44
2A3/4
( 2 ) Department management
Registering a new department code

Sets a department code and the limit
of the number of copies for that
department.
1. SET CODE: on
2. REGISTER: on
3. Enter a department code using
the numeric keys: 7 digits for inch
specifications and 4 digits for
metric specifications.
4. REGISTER: on
5. Enter the limit using the numeric
keys.
Setting range is 1000 to 250000
(in every 1000) copies. Set to 0 for
unlimited copies.
6. REGISTER: on
7. END: on
8. END: on
Altering the copy limit

1. SET CODE: on
2. CORRECTION: on
3. Select the department code to be
altered.
4. Enter the limit of the number of copies
using the numeric keys.
5. REGISTER: on
6. END: on
7. END: on
Clearing copy counts

1.
2.
3.
4.
SET CODE: on
CLEAR: on
YES: on
END: on
Viewing copy counts

Deleting a department code
1. SET CODE: on
2. DELETE: on
3. Select the department code to
be deleted.
4. END: on
5. END: on
1. REFERENCE: on
2. END: on
Printing a copy management report

1. Set A4/81/2" x 11" copy paper.
2. PRINT MANAGEMENT LIST: on
Turning copy management

function on/off
1. Select ON or OFF.
3-2-100
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-3
100
1/1/32, 3:44
2A3/4
( 3 ) Week timer
Setting the time

1. TIMER SET: on
2. Set the current day of the week,
hour and minute by pressing +/symbols (24-hour clock format).
3. ENTER: on
Programming the week timer

Set the on/off time for each day of the
week.
1. WEEK TIMER: on
2. Select the day of the week to be
set.
3. Select ON and set hours and
minutes by pressing the +/symbols.
4. Select OFF and set hours and
minutes by pressing the +/symbols.
5. ENTER: on
6. ENTER: on
Canceling the timer function

1. CANCEL: on
2. Select the day of week to be
canceled.
3. ENTER: on
Turning the timer on/off

3-2-101
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-3
101
1/1/32, 3:44
2A3/4
( 4 ) Copy default
Exposure mode
Manual exposure adjustment.
Selects auto or manual exposure to

be given priority in initial mode.
1. Display EXPOSURE MODE using
the Up/Down keys.
2. Select AUTO or MANUAL.
Adjusts the exposure in manual

density mode.
1. Display MANUAL EXPOSURE
ADJUSTMENT using the Up/
Down keys.
2. CHANAGE: on
3. Adjust the exposure by pressing
DARKER or LIGHTER.
Setting is available for text, text
and photo (mixed) and photo
modes.
4. END: on
Exposure steps
Sets the exposure steps in manual
exposure mode.
1. Display EXPOSURE STEPS
using the Up/Down keys.
2. Select 7 STEPS or 13 STEPS.
Copy quality
Toner economy mode
Sets the initial value of the toner
economy mode at power on.
1. Display TONER ECONOMY using
the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: on
3. Select ON or OFF
4. END: on
Auto exposure adjustment

Adjusts the exposure in auto density
mode.
1. Display AUTO EXPOSURE ADJUSTMENT using the Up/Down
keys.
2. CHANGE: on
3. Adjust the exposure by pressing
DARKER or LIGHTER.
4. END: on
Sets the image quality to be selected

in initial mode.
1. Display COPY QUALITY using
the Up/Down keys.
2. Select MIXED, TEXT or PHOTO.
Output form
Sets the initial value of the sort mode
when setting originals.
1. Display OUTPUT FORM using the
Up/Down keys.
2. Select ON or OFF
Paper selection
Set if the same sized paper as the
original to be copied is automatically
selected.
1. Display PAPER SELECTION
2. Select AUTO or MANUAL.
3-2-102
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-3
102
1/1/32, 3:44
2A3/4
Job programming
Custom size for border erase
Selects whether all program numbers

are selectable or program No. 1 is
given priority.
1. Display JOB PROGRAMMING
2. Select REGULAR (for all program
numbers) or OFF THE PLATEN
(for program No. 1).
Sets the custom size for border erase

copying.
1. Display CUSTOM SIZE FOR
BORDER ERASE using
the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: on
3. Set the paper width by pressing
the upper +/- symbols. Setting is
available between 94 mm/311/16"
and 214mm/87/16" in 8 mm/5/16"
steps.
4. Set the paper length by pressing
the lower +/- symbols. Setting is
available between 60 mm/23/8"
and 296 mm/115/8" in 4 mm/2/16".
5. END: on
Default drawer
Set the drawer to be selected after
the all clear/reset key is pressed.
1. Display DEFAULT DRAWER
2. CHANGE: on.
3. Select the default drawer.
Front and back page margin

Zoom mode
Selects fixed or standard magnifications in reduction/enlargement
mode.
1. Display ZOOM MODE using
the Up/Down keys.
2. Select SIZE ZOOM or STANDARD ZOOM.
Copy limit
Sets the limit of the number of copies
for multiple copying.
1. Display COPY LIMIT using
the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: on
3. Enter the number of copies up to
999 using the numeric keys.
4. CHANGE: on
Sets if individual margin settings for

front and back page are available.
1. Display F & BP. MARGIN using
the Up/Down keys.
Drawer for insert sheet

1. Display DRAWER FOR INSERT
SHEET using the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: on
3. Select the paper feed location.
Drawer cover sheet/stitch

Selects the drawer to be used for
setting cover sheets in the stitching
mode.
1. Display DRAWER COVER
SHEET using the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: on
3. Select a drawer.
3-2-103
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-3
103
1/1/32, 3:44
2A3/4
Rotate sort
Sets if rotate sort is available in sort
copy mode. Setting is not available
when the finisher is installed.
1. Display ROTATE SORT using
the Up/Down keys.
Create shortcut
Registers frequently used function
keys, and displays them on the basic
screen.
1. Display CREATE SHORTCUT #1
or CREATE SHORTCUT #2 using
the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: on
3. Select a function.
Create user choice #1-#5

Moves frequently used function keys
to the basic screen for selecting a
function.
1. Display one of CREATE USER
CHOICE/Customize GUI #1 to #5
2. CHANGE: ON
3. Select the function to be moved.
3-2-104
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-3
104
1/1/32, 3:44
2A3/4
( 5 ) Machine default
Un-fixed size from bypass
APS for special paper
Sets if non-standard size paper is

available when the paper is fed from
the bypass table.
1. Display UN-FIXED SIZE FROM
BYPASS using the Up/Down keys.
Sets if auto paper selection is available

for the paper feed location with the
special paper.
1. Display APS FOR SPECIAL
PAPER using the Up/Down keys.
Auto drawer switching
Key sound
Sets if the auto drawer switching

function is available.
1. Display AUTOMATIC DRAWER
SWITCHING using the Up/Down
keys.
Sets if a beep sounds when a key on

the key touch panel is pressed.
1. Display KEY SOUND using the
Up/Down keys.
Auto preheat time

Drawer paper size
Changes the paper size for the
drawers displayed on the basic
screen.
1. Display DRAWER PAPER SIZE
for the drawer to be changed using
the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: ON
3. Select paper size.
Sets the auto preheat time.

1. Display AUTO PREHEAT TIME
2. Set the time by pressing the +/symbols. Setting is available
between 5 and 45 min. in 5 min.
steps
Auto shutoff time

Special paper
Selects the drawer for special paper.
1. Display SPECIAL PAPER using
the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: ON
3. Select the drawer. To cancel,
select the same drawer again.
4. End: ON
Sets the auto shutoff time.

1. Display AUTO SHUT-OFF TIME
2. Set the time by pressing the +/symbols. Setting is available
between 15 and 270 min. in 15
min. steps.
3-2-105
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-3
105
1/1/32, 3:44
2A3/4
Management code change

Changes the management code to
be used.
1. Display MANAGEMENT CODE
CHANGE using the Up/Down
keys.
2. CHANGE: ON.
3. Enter the code using the numeric
keys.
4. CHANGE: ON
Auto shutoff
Sets if the auto shutoff function is
available.
1. Display AUTO SHUT-OFF using
the Up/Down keys.
3-2-106
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-3
106
1/1/32, 3:44
2A3/4
( 6 ) Language
Switches the language to be displayed on the key touch panel.
1. Press on the language to be
displayed.
Available languages are English,
German, French, Italian and
Spanish for metric specifications,
and English, French and Spanish
for inch specifications.
3-2-107
3-2 (2A3/4/E)-3
107
1/1/32, 3:44
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ........................................ 3-3-1
(1) Precautions ................................................................................. 3-3-1
(2) Running a maintenance item ....................................................... 3-3-2
3-3-2 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-3
(1) Detaching and refitting the forwarding, upper paper feed and
lower paper feed pulleys ............................................................. 3-3-3
(2) Detaching and refitting the bypass forwarding, upper and
lower paper feed pulleys ............................................................. 3-3-8
(3) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches
(inch models only) ..................................................................... 3-3-14
(4) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner
assemblys ................................................................................. 3-3-16
(5) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster ................................. 3-3-17
(6) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement ......................... 3-3-18
(6-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration .......................... 3-3-18
(6-2) Adjusting the center line of image printing ...................... 3-3-19
(6-3) Adjusting the margins for printing ................................... 3-3-20
(6-4) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper
at the registration roller for drawer, bypass and
duplex feeds ................................................................... 3-3-22
3-3-3 Optical section .................................................................................. 3-3-23
(1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ................................ 3-3-23
(2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires ................................. 3-3-24
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires .......................................... 3-3-24
(2-2) Refitting the scanner wires ............................................. 3-3-25
(3) Replacing the laser scanner unit ............................................... 3-3-28
(4) Replacing the ISU (reference) ................................................... 3-3-30
(5) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference) .................... 3-3-32
(6) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference) .......... 3-3-33
(5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit .............. 3-3-33
(5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU .................................... 3-3-35
(7) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main
scanning direction ..................................................................... 3-3-36
(8) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary
scanning direction ..................................................................... 3-3-37
(9) Adjusting the scanner center line .............................................. 3-3-38
(10) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration ....................... 3-3-39
(11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the
contact glass ............................................................................. 3-3-40
3-3-4 Main charging section ....................................................................... 3-3-42
(1) Replacing the charger wire and main charger grid .................... 3-3-42
3-3-5 Drum section ..................................................................................... 3-3-45
(1) Replacing the drum ................................................................... 3-3-45
(2) Cleaning the drum ..................................................................... 3-3-48
1-1-21
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
21
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
3-3-6 Developing section ............................................................................ 3-3-51
(1) Replacing the developing unit upper seal ................................. 3-3-51
(2) Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush (developing roller)
(reference) ................................................................................. 3-3-52
(3) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference) ............... 3-3-53
(4) Replacing the developing duct filter .......................................... 3-3-55
3-3-7 Transfer and separation section ....................................................... 3-3-56
(1) Replacing the charger wires and cleaning pads ........................ 3-3-56
3-3-8 Cleaning section ............................................................................... 3-3-59
(1) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade ................................ 3-3-59
(2) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brush ................................ 3-3-61
(3) Detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assembly
and cleaning lower seal assembly ............................................. 3-3-63
3-3-9 Fixing section .................................................................................... 3-3-64
(1) Detaching and refitting fixing heaters M and S .......................... 3-3-64
(2) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermistor ....................... 3-3-68
(3) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermostats .................... 3-3-70
(4) Replacing the press roller .......................................................... 3-3-71
(5) Replacing the heat roller ........................................................... 3-3-73
(6) Replacing the heat roller separation claws ................................ 3-3-75
(7) Detaching and refitting the press roller separation claws .......... 3-3-76
(8) Replacing the cooling filter ........................................................ 3-3-77
(9) Replacing the ozone filter .......................................................... 3-3-78
(10) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference) ................................... 3-3-79
3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ............................................................ 3-3-80
(1) Detaching and refitting the duplex forwarding pulley ................. 3-3-80
(2) Detaching and refitting the switchback roller,
duplex upper registration roller .................................................. 3-3-81
(3) Adjusting the position of the side registration section ............... 3-3-87
(4) Adjusting the side registration amount ...................................... 3-3-88
3-3-11 SRDF section .................................................................................... 3-3-89
(1) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley and
the DF forwarding pulleys .......................................................... 3-3-89
(2) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley ...................... 3-3-91
(3) Adjusting the lateral squareness of the DF ............................... 3-3-94
(4) Adjusting the DF magnification .................................................. 3-3-96
(5) Adjusting the DF center line ...................................................... 3-3-97
(6) Adjusting the scanning start position when the DF is used ....... 3-3-98
(6-1) Adjusting the DF leading edge registration .................... 3-3-98
(6-2) Adjusting the DF traling edge registration ...................... 3-3-99
(7) Adjusting the margins for scanning the original from the DF ... 3-3-100
3-3-12 Large paper deck section (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ..... 3-3-102
(1) Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separation
rollers ....................................................................................... 3-3-103
(2) Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit
assembly ................................................................................. 3-3-103
(3) Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1 ...................... 3-3-104
(4) Adjusting the position of the center adjuster
(center line alignment) ............................................................. 3-3-105
1-1-22
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
22
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly

( 1 ) Precautions
Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting
disassembly.
When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the
board.
Do not touch any PCB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to
static charge.
Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit .
Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged.
When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using a
thickness gauge.
Use the following testers when measuring voltages:
Hioki 3200
Sanwa MD-180C
Sanwa YX-360TR
Beckman TECH300
Beckman DM45
Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values)
Arlec DMM1050
Arlec YF1030C
Prepare the following as test originals:
1. NTC (new test chart)
2. NPTC (newspaper test chart)
3-3-1
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
( 2 ) Running a maintenance item
Start
Enter "10871087" using

the numeric keys.
Enter the maintenance item

number using the numeric keys
or Up/Down keys.
Maintenance mode is entered.
The maintenance item is

selected.
The selected maintenance item is run.
Yes
Repeat the same

maintenance item?
No
Yes
Run another maintenance

item?
No
Enter "001" using the numeric keys or
Up/Down key and press the print key.
Maintenance mode is exited.
End
3-3-2
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
3-3-2 Paper feed section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper
feed pulleys
Replace the forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys as follows.
<Procedure>
Removing the primary paper feed unit
1. Remove right front lower covers B and A and the right rear lower cover.
2. Open the front cover and the right cover.
3. Open the duplex unit and upper and lower drawer at the same time.
4. Remove the screw holding the primary paper feed unit and then the unit.
Screw
Primary paper feed unit
Screw
Figure 3-3-1 Detaching the primary paper feed unit
3-3-3
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
Removing the forwarding pulley
5. Raise the forwarding pulley retainer in the direction the arrows, and remove it from
the primary paper feed unit.
Forwarding pulley
retainer
Figure 3-3-2 Detaching the forwarding pulley retainer
3-3-4
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
6. Remove the stop ring, pull the forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow,
and remove the forwarding pulley.
Stop ring
Forwarding pulley shaft
Forwarding pulley
Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the forwarding pulley

Removing the upper paper feed pulley
7. Remove the two stop rings.
8. Remove the paper feed clutch wires from the notches on the rear of the paper feed
housing.
9. Pull the upper paper feed shaft toward the rear of the primary paper feed unit (see
the arrow below) and remove the upper paper feed pulley.
Stop rings
Upper paper feed shaft
Upper paper feed pulley
Notches
Wires
Paper feed clutch
Figure 3-3-4 Detaching the upper paper feed pulley
3-3-5
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
Removing the lower paper feed pulley
10. Remove the stop ring on the rear of the primary paper feed unit.
11. Pull the lower paper feed shaft to the rear (see the arrow shown below).
Lower paper feed shaft
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-5
12. Remove the lower paper feed pulley.
Lower paper feed pulley
Figure 3-3-6 Detaching the lower paper feed pulley
3-3-6
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
13. Replace the forwarding pulley and upper and lower paper feed pulleys.
Caution:
When fitting the forwarding pulley, orient it correctly as shown in Figure 3-3-7.
Machine front
Machine rear
Forwarding pulley
Figure 3-3-7
When fitting the upper paper feed pulley, keep its blue end toward the machine front.
After fitting the upper paper feed pulley, refit the wires which were removed in step 8
in the paper feed housing notches.
When refitting the clutch, be sure to refit the stop.
3-3-7
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed
pulleys
Replace the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys as follows.
<Procedure>
Removing the bypass paper feed unit
1. Open the right cover and bypass table, and remove right front lower cover B, the
right rear lower cover and middle right cover.
2. Detach the connector under the bypass table and then the bypass table.
Bypass table
Connector
Figure 3-3-8 Detaching the bypass table
3-3-8
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
3. Remove the connector and four screws holding the bypass paper feed unit, and
then the unit.
Bypass paper feed unit
Connector
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-3-9 Detaching the bypass paper feed unit

Removing the bypass forwarding pulley
4. Remove the stop ring at the front of the bypass forwarding pulley retainer.
5. Pull out the bypass forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow, and remove
the bypass forwarding pulley.
Bypass forwarding pulley retainer
Bypass forwarding pulley shaft

Stop ring
Bypass forwarding pulley
Figure 3-3-10 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley
3-3-9
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
Remove the bypass uppedr paper feed pulley.
6. Remove the spring from the bypass forwarding pulley retainer.
7. Remove the stop ring.
8. Move the bushing in the direction of arrow A and remove it from the bypass
forwarding pulley retainer.
9. Push the bypass solenoid lever in the direction of arrow B and remove the bypass
forwarding pulley retainer in the direction of arrow C.
Spring
Stop ring
Bypass
solenoid
lever
Bypass forwarding
pulley retainer
A
Bushing
Figure 3-3-11 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley retainer
3-3-10
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
10
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
10. Remove the stop ring, gear, spring pin and bushing.
11. Slightly move the bypass paper feed shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove
the shaft from the bypass front frame.
Bypass front frame
Spring pin
Stop ring
Bypass paper feed shaft
Bushing
Gear
Figure 3-3-12 Detaching the bypass paper feed shaft
3-3-11
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
11
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
12. Remove the bushing and the bypass upper paper feed pulley from the bypass
paper feed shaft.
Bypass upper paper feed pulley
Bushing
Bypass paper feed shaft
Figure 3-3-13 Detaching the bypass upper paper feed pulley

Removing the bypass lower paper feed pulley
13. Remove the two screws holding the bypass separation retainer and then the
retainer.
Screws
Bypass separation retainer
Figure 3-3-14 Detaching the bypass separation retainer
3-3-12
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
12
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
14. Remove the stop ring and pull the joint shaft in the direction of the arrow.
Stop ring
Joint shaft
Bypass separation retainer
Figure 3-3-15 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley (1)
15. Remove the stop ring and then the bypass lower paper feed pulley.
Bypass lower paper feed pulley
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-16 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley (2)
16. Replace the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys.
Caution: When refitting the upper paper feed pulley, orient its blue end toward the
machine rear.
3-3-13
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
13
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
( 3 ) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches (Inch models only)
Replace the upper and lower paper width switches as follows.
Caution: After replacing a paper width switch, be sure to perform (5) Adjusting the
position of the rack adjuster.
<Procedure>
1. Open the drawer.
2. Remove the four screws and take the drawer out of the machine.
Screws
Screws
Drawer
Figure 3-3-17
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the two screws and 8-pin socket from the rear of the drawer.
Detach the 8-pin paper width switch connector from the 8-pin socket.
Remove the three screws holding the rack adjuster.
While raising the drawer lift in the direction of the arrow, remove the rack adjuster.
Screws
Rack adjuster
8-pin socket
Drawer lift
8-pin connector
Screws
Figure 3-3-18 Detaching the rack adjuster
3-3-14
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
14
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
7. Remove the two screws from the back of the rack adjuster and then the paper width
switch.
Screws
Paper width switch
Figure 3-3-19 Detaching the paper width switch

8. Apply the specified grease to the printed surface of the new paper width switch
(shaded area in the diagram) and fit the switch to the rack adjuster.
Apply the specified grease.
Figure 3-3-20 Paper width switch

3-3-15
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
15
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
( 4 ) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies
Replace the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies as follows.
<Procedure>
Detaching the upper registration cleaner assembly
1. Open the front cover and pull the image formation unit out.
2. Remove the screw holding the paper feed section knob and then the knob.
3. Remove the screw holding the inner right cover and then the cover.
4. Remove the screw holding the upper registration cleaner assembly. Replace the
assembly.
Detaching the lower registration cleaner assembly
2. Remove the screw holding the lower registration cleaner assembly. Replace the
assembly.
Upper registration cleaner assembly
Screw
Inner right cover
Lower registration cleaner assembly

Screw
Figure 3-3-21 Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies
3-3-16
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
16
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
( 5 ) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster
Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the
original and the copy image on paper fed from the drawer.
<Procedure>
Start
Original
Make a test copy at 100%.
Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Figure 3-3-22
Is the center of
the image aligned with that
of the original?
No
Yes
Loosen the three screws holding the

rack adjuster and change the position
of the adjuster so that the centers of
the original and the copy image are
aligned.
For example 1, move it toward the
machine front ( ).
For example 2, move it toward the
machine rear ( ).
End
Screws
Rack adjuster
Figure 3-3-23 Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster
3-3-17
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
17
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
( 6 ) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement
Perform the following adjustment after refitting rollers and clutches.
(6-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration
Make the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges of
the copy image and original.
U 402
(P.3-3-20)
U034
U066
(P.3-3-39)
U071
(P.3-3-98)
U403
(P.3-3-40)
U404
(P.3-3-100)
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect,
perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Leading edge registration (20 1 mm)
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Correct image
Enter "034" using the numeric keys.
Output
example 1
Figure 3-3-24
Selected the item to be adjusted.
RCL ON DATA: Leading edge registration

RCL ON DATA 2: Leading edge registration for
duplex copying (second face)
Press the print key
Press the interrupt key.
The new setting is stored

Press the print key and make
a test copy using A3/11" 17"
paper. If "RCL ON DATA 2"
is selected, make a test copy
in duplex copy mode.
Is the leading edge

registration within the range of
20 1 mm ?
Yes
Press the stop/clear key to exit
maintenance mode.
End
No
For output example 1, decrease

the value using the Down key.
For output example 2, increase
the value using the Up key.
Setting range: 30.0 - +30.0
Changing the value by 1 moves the
leading edge by 0.5 mm.
Reference
Leading edge registration: 4.0
Leading edge registration
for duplex copying (second face): 0
3-3-18
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
18
1/1/32, 2:55
Output
example 2
2A3/4
(6-2) Adjusting the center line of image printing
Make the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of the
copy image and original when paper is fed from the drawer.
U 402
(P.3-3-20)
U034
U067
(P.3-3-38)
U072
(P.3-3-97)
U403
(P.3-3-40)
U404
(P.3-3-100)
Caution:
Perform (5) Adjusting the position of rack adjuster before and after this adjustment.
Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform the
above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Start
Center line of printing

Correct image
Output
example 1
Output
example 2
Figure 3-3-25
Select "LSUOUT DATA."
The new setting is stored.

Press the print key to make
a test copy.
Is the image correct?
No
For output example 1, decrease

For output example 2, increase
Yes
Press the stop/clear key to exit
maintenance mode.

Changing the value by 1 moves the
center line by 0.5 mm.
Reference: 0
End
3-3-19
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
19
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
(6-3) Adjusting the margins for printing
Make the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.
U 403
(P.3-3-40)
U402
U404
(P.3-3-100)
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the margins are still incorrect,
<Procedure>
Start

Touch panel first display
A EDGE: printer left margin
LEAD EDGE: printer leading edge margin
C EDGE: printer right margin
(TRAIL EDGE: printer trailing edge margin)
Press
the stop/clear key.
Touch panel second display
TRAIL EDGE: printer trailing edge margin
TRAIL EDGE 2: printer trailing edge margin
for duplex copying (second face)
Select the items

to be adjusted on the touch panel.

Press the print key to make a test

copy using A3/11" 17" paper.
Are the margins correct?

Yes
B
No
Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Setting range (default)
Printer leading edge margin: 0 - +10.0 (3.0)
Printer trailing edge margin: 5.0 - +10.0 (5.0)
Printer left/right margin: 5.0 - +10.0 (3.0)
Printer trailing edge margin for
duplex copying (secondface): 5.0 - +10.0 (4.0)
Increasing the value makes the margin wider
and decreasing it makes the margin narrower.
Changing the value by 1 moves the margin by
0.1 mm for all.
3-3-20
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
20
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
Yes
Proceed to
another mode?
No
End
Printer leading edge margin

(31.0mm)
Ejection direction
(reference)
Printer
left margin
(20.5mm)
Printer
right margin
(20.5mm)
Printer trailing edge margin

(31.0mm)
Normal copy mode
(A3/11" 17")
Printer trailing edge margin

for duplex copying (31.0mm)
Duplex copy mode

(first face, A3/11" 17")
Figure 3-3-26
3-3-21
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
21
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
(6-4) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for
drawer, bypass and duplex feeds
Make the following adjustment if the leading edge of the copy image is missing or varies
randomly, or if the copy paper is Z-folded.
<Procedure>
Start
Original
Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Figure 3-3-27

Select the item to be adjusted.
DECK DATA: Amount of slack at the registration

roller for drawer feed
BYPASS DATA: Amount of slack at the registration
roller for bypass feed
DUPLEX DATA: Amount of slack at the registration
roller for duplex feed
Set an A3 size original and make a

test copy with the 100% magnification.
Is the leading
edge of the image missing
or varying randomly (copy
example 1)?
Yes
Increase the value using the Up key.
No
Is the copy
paper Z-folded (copy
example 2)?
No
Yes
Decrease the value using the Down key.

Setting range: 30 - +20
Changing the value by 1 changes
the amount of slack by 1 mm.
Reference: DECK DATA: 20
BYPASS DATA: 5
DUPLEX DATA: 25
The greater the value,
the larger the amount of slack;
the smaller the value, the smaller
the amount of slack.
End
3-3-22
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
22
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
3-3-3 Optical section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp
Clean or replace the exposure lamp as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Open the SRDF.
2. Remove the two screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover.
3. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,
remove the contact glass.
4. Move the scanner to the cutouts at the center of the machine.
Caution: When moving the scanner, do not touch the exposure lamp nor inverter PCB.
5. Detach the exposure lamp 2-pin connector from the inverter PCB.
6. Remove the two screws holding the exposure lamp and then the lamp.
7. Clean or replace the exposure lamp.
Screw
Exposure lamp
Screw
Cutout
2-pin connector
Scanner
Inverter PCB
Cutout
Figure 3-3-28 Detaching the exposure lamp
3-3-23
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
23
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires
Take the following procedure when the scanner wires are broken or to be replaced.
After replacing the scanner wires, proceed to (5) Adjusting scanner image lateral
squareness (reference).
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires
<Procedure>
1. Detach the SRDF connector and remove the SRDF from the machine.
2. Remove the rear cover, upper rear cover and upper right cover.
4. Remove the upper left cover and slit glass.
5. Loosen the two screws securing the lamp wire and remove the wire from the
inverter PCB.
Caution: Remove the lamp wire completely from the machine.
6. Remove the screws holding the front cover and then the cover.
7. Remove the four screws holding the operation unit lower and inner covers and then
the covers.
8. Detach the three connectors and clamp from under the operation unit main PCB.
9. Remove the six screws holding the operation unit and then the unit.
10. Remove the four screws holding the mirror 1 upper frame and then the frame.
Screws
Mirror 1 upper frame
Lamp wire
Screws
Mirror 1
lower frame
Wire retainers
Figure 3-3-29 Detaching the mirror 1 upper frame

11. Remove the two screws from each of the wire retainers and then the retainers from
the mirror 1 lower frame.
12. Remove the mirror 1 lower frame from the scanner unit.
3-3-24
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
24
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
13. Detach the round terminal of the scanner wire from the scanner wire spring on the
left side of the scanner unit.
14. Remove the scanner wire.
Scanner unit
Round terminal
Scanner wire spring
Figure 3-3-30 Detaching the scanner wire

(2-2) Refitting the scanner wires
Caution: When fitting the wires, be sure to use those specified below.
Machine front: 2AC12170
Machine rear: 2AC12420 (black)
Refitting requires the following tool:
Frame securing tool (P/N: 2AC68230)
<Procedure>
At the machine rear:
1. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes at the front and rear of
the scanner unit to pin the mirror 2 frame in position.
2. Secure the two frame securing tools at the machine front and rear using the two
screws for each.
3. Hook the round terminal on one end of the scanner wire onto the left catch on the
inside of the scanner unit. ....................................................................................... 1
4. Loop the scanner wire around the rear groove in the scanner wire pulley on the
mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ........................................................ 2
5. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the machine
right, winding from above to below. ........................................................................ 3
(Machine left)
(Machine right)
Front groove
Wire guide
2
Rear groove
Scanner wire pulley
6
Round
terminal
Catch
7
4
Round terminal
Scanner
wire drum
Scanner wire spring
Figure 3-3-31 Refitting the scanner wires
3-3-25
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
25
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
6. Wind the scanner wire around the scanner wire drum four turns from the rear
toward the hole in the drum.
7. Insert the locating ball on the scanner wire into the hole in the scanner wire drum.
8. Wind the scanner wire a further five turns from the locating ball toward the machine
front.
Locating ball
Rear
Scanner wire
4 turns
5 turns
Front
Figure 3-3-32 Winding the scanner wire

9. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the machine
left, winding from below to above. .......................................................................... 4
10. Loop the scanner wire around the front groove in the scanner wire pulley on the
mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ........................................................ 5
11. Run the scanner wire around the wire guide at the machine left. ........................... 6
12. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire spring. .......................................... 7
13. Hook the other end of the scanner wire spring onto the catch at the machine left.
14. Repeat steps 2 to 13 for the scanner wire at the machine front.
15. Remove the two screws from each of the frame securing tools and then the tools.
16. Move the scanner from side to side to correctly locate the wire in position.
3-3-26
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
26
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
17. Loosen the two screws securing the mirror 2 frame.
18. Insert the mirror 1 lower frame into the scanner unit and seat it on the positioning
holes.
19. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes in the front and rear of
the scanner unit and determine the positions of the mirror 1 lower frame and mirror
2 frame.
20. While holding the scanner wire on the mirror 1 lower frame, secure the wire
retainers at the front and rear of the mirror 1 lower frame using the two screws for
each.
Screws
Frame securing tool
Wire retainer
Mirror 2 frame
Mirror 1 lower frame

Screws
Frame securing tool
Mirror 2 frame
Wire retainer
Mirror 1 lower frame
Figure 3-3-33 Securing the scanner wire
21. Retighten the two screws securing the mirror 2 frame.

22. Remove the two screws holding each of the two frame securing tools and then the
tools.
3-3-27
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
27
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
( 3 ) Replacing the laser scanner unit
Take the following procedure when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced.
Caution: After replacing the laser scanner unit, proceed to (5) Adjusting scanner image
lateral squareness (reference).
<Procedure>
1. Remove the SRDF, rear cover, upper rear cover, upper right cover and upper left
cover.
2. Remove the screws holding the front cover and then the cover.
3. Pull the image formation unit out.
4. Remove the four screws holding the operation unit lower and inner covers and then
the covers.
5. Detach the three connectors and clamp from under the operation unit main PCB.
6. Remove the six screws holding the operation unit and then the unit.
7. Remove the five clamps and two connectors at the front of the scanner unit.
8. Remove the five clamps and twelve connectors at the rear of the scanner unit.
9. Remove the screw holding the two grounding wires at the rear of the scanner unit
and then the wires.
10. Remove the wires detached in steps 7, 8 and 9 from the scanner unit.
12. Remove the ISU and lower ISU covers, and detach the three connectors.
13. Remove the four screws with rubber mounts and then the scanner unit.
Screws
ISU cover
Screws
Screws
Lower ISU cover

Screws
Screws
Scanner unit
Connectors
Figure 3-3-34 Detaching the scanner unit
3-3-28
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
28
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
14. Detach the three connectors.
15. Remove the two screws holding the LSU adjuster mount and then the mount.
16. Remove the three pins and replace the laser scanner unit.
Caution: When fitting the scanner unit, fit from directly above the machine to prevent
deformation of the grounding point.
Pins
Connectors
Laser scanner unit

Connector
Laser scanner unit
Screws
LSU adjuster mount
Figure 3-3-35 Replacing the laser scanner unit
3-3-29
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
29
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
( 4 ) Replacing the ISU (reference)
Take the following procedure when the ISU is to be checked or replaced.
Caution: After fitting the ISU, proceed to (5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the upper right cover.
3. Remove the ISU and lower ISU covers, and detach the two connectors.
Screws
ISU cover
Screws
Lower ISU cover
Screws
Screws
Screws
ISU
Connectors
Figure 3-3-36 Detaching the ISU and lower ISU covers

4. Remove the four screws holding the ISU and then the ISU.
5. Check or replace the ISU.
3-3-30
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
30
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
Securing the ISU
<ISU installation requires the following tools:>
Two (2) positioning pins (P/N 18568120)
<Procedure>
1. Secure the ISU using the two positioning pins.
2. Refit the four screws.
3. Remove the two positioning pins.
Positioning pin
Screws
ISU
Screws
Positioning pin
Figure 3-3-37 Installing the ISU
3-3-31
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
31
1/1/32, 2:55
2A3/4
( 5 ) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference)
Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is longitudinally skewed (longitudinal
squareness is not obtained).
Caution:
Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern in
maintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment.
Adjust the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypass
and duplex feeds (page 3-3-22) first. Check for the longitudinal squareness of the
copy image, and if it is not obtained, perform the longitudinal squareness
adjustment.
<Procedure>
Start
Correct image
Place the original

on the contact glass.
Yes
Retighten the two screws and

refit the contact glass.
No
Remove the contact glass.

Loosen the two screws and
adjust the position of the
mirror 2 frame.
For copy example 1,
move the frame in the direction of
the white arrow (e).
For copy example 2,
move the frame in the direction of
the black arrow (b).
End
Mirror 2 frame
Screws
Figure 3-3-39 Adjusting the position of the mirror 2 frame
3-3-32
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
32
Copy
example 2
Figure 3-3-38

a test copy at 100% magnification.
Copy
example 1
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 6 ) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference)
Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is laterally skewed (lateral
squareness not obtained).
Caution:
Before making the following adjustment, open the front cover and remove the
operation unit lower cover.
Perform (5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit first and check for
lateral squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained, perform (5-2)
Adjusting the position of ISU.
(5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit
<Procedure>
Start

Correct image
Output
example 1
Output
example 2
Figure 3-3-40
Select "1 DOT-LINE."
Retighten the three screws

and refit the contact glass.

a copy at 100% magnification.
Yes
No
Remove the contact glass. Loosen the three

screws and adjust the position of the laser
scanner unit by rotating the LSU adjustment
shaft from the machine front using a straight
screwdriver (see Figure 3-3-39).
For output example 1, rotate the LSU
adjustment shaft in the direction of the
white arrow (e).
For output example 2, rotate the LSU
adjustment shaft in the direction of the
black arrow (b).
End
3-3-33
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
33
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
Pin holes
Laser scanner unit
LSU adjustment shaft

Adjustment access hole in the machine front
Figure 3-3-41 Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit
3-3-34
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
34
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
(5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU
Caution:
Adjust the pin at the machine front only and never touch the one at the machine
rear.
<Procedure>
Start
Correct image
Place the original

on the contact glass.
Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Figure 3-3-42
a test copy at 100% magnification.
Yes
End
Refit the contact glass.
No
Remove the contact glass and adjust

the lateral squareness of the ISU by
rotating the pin.
For copy example 1, rotate the pin
in the direction of the black arrow
(\).
For copy example 2, rotate the pin
in the direction of the white arrow
(e).
Pin
Figure 3-3-43 Adjusting the position of the ISU
3-3-35
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
35
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 7 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main scanning direction
Perform the following adjustment if the magnification in the main scanning direction is
not correct.
U 066
(P.3-3-39)
U065
U403
(P.3-3-40)
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect,
<Procedure>
Start
Original
Copy
example
Figure 3-3-44
Select "MAIN SCAN ADJ"

(main scanning direction).

Set an A3 size original and
make a test copy with
the 100% magnification.
Yes
The new setting

is stored.
No
For copy example 1, increase the

value using the Up key.
For copy example 2, decrease
Reference: 0
the magnification by 0.1%.
Increasing the value makes
the image wider, and decreasing it
makes the image narrower.
End
3-3-36
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
36
1/1/32, 2:56
Copy
example 2
2A3/4
( 8 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary scanning direction
Perform the following adjustment if the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction
is not correct.
U053
(P.3-2-20)
U034
(P.3-3-18)
U402
(P.3-3-20)
U065
U066
(P.3-3-39)
U403
(P.3-3-40)
U070
(P.3-3-96)
U071
(P.3-3-98)
U404
(P.3-3-100)
Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments
have been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Start
Original
Copy
example
Copy
example 2
Figure 3-3-45
Select "SUB SCAN ADJ"

(auxiliary scanning direction).
The new setting

is stored.

Yes
No
For copy example 1, increase the

value using the Up key.
Reference: 0
Increasing the value makes
the image longer, and decreasing it
make the image shorter.
End
3-3-37
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
37
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 9 ) Adjusting the scanner center line
Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of
U034
(P.3-3-19)
U 402
(P.3-3-20)
U067
U072
(P.3-3-97)
U403
(P.3-3-40)
U404
(P.3-3-100)
<Procedure>
Scanner center line
Start
Original
Copy
sample 1
Figure 3-3-46
The new setting

is stored.
Is the scanner
center line correct?
Yes
No
For copy sample 1, decrease

For copy sample 2, increase
Changing the value by 1 moves
the center line by 0.17 mm
Reference: 0
Exit the maintenance mode.
End
3-3-38
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
38
1/1/32, 2:56
Copy
sample 2
2A3/4
(10) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration
Perform the following adjustment if there is regular error between the leading edges of
U034
(P.3-3-18)
U 402
(P.3-3-20)
U066
U403
(P.3-3-40)
U071
(P.3-3-98)
U404
(P.3-3-100)
<Procedure>
Start
Original
Copy
sample 1
Copy
sample 2
Figure 3-3-47
The new setting

is stored.
Is the scanner
leading edge registration
correct?
No
For copy sample 1, decrease

For copy sample 2, increase
the value using the Up keys.
Yes

the leading edge by 0.17 mm.
Reference: 0
End
3-3-39
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
39
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
(11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contact glass
Perform the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.
U402
(P.3-3-20)
U404
(P.3-3-99)
U403
<Procedure>
Start
Touch panel display

SCAN A MARGIN: scanner left margin
SCAN B MARGIN: scanner leading edge margin
SCAN C MARGIN: scanner right margin
SCAN D MARGIN: scanner trailing edge margin
Select the item

to be adjusted on the touch panel.

The new setting
is stored.

Change the setting.

Increasing the value using
the Up key makes the margin wider.
Decreasing the value using
the Down key makes the margin
narrower.
No

Scanner left margin: 0 - +20 (2)
Scanner leading edge margin: 4 - +20 (6)
Scanner right margin: 0 - +20 (2)
Scanner trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6)
Changing the value by one moves
the margin by 0.5 mm for all.
Yes
B
3-3-40
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
40
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
A
Yes
Proceed to another mode?

No
End
Scannerleading edge margin(31.0mm)
Scanner
left margin
(21.0mm)
Original
Scanner
right margin
(21.0mm)
Scanner trailing edge margin

(31.0mm)
Figure 3-3-48
3-3-41
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
41
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3-3-4 Main charging section

( 1 ) Replacing the charger wire and main charger grid
Take the following procedure when the charger wire is broken or to be replaced.
<Precautions>
Use the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire.
The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the
charger housing.
The cut end of the charger wire must not protrude more than 2 mm from under the
charger wire retainer pin.
Use clean, undamaged tungsten wire.
Keep the charger wire taut by stretching it.
Clean the main charger shield when replacing the charger wire.
Do not use organic solvents such as alcohol or thinner to clean the main charger
shield.
<Procedure>
1. Draw the image formation unit out of the machine.
2. Remove the two screws and slide off the main charger assembly toward the
machine rear.
Screws
Figure 3-3-49 Detaching the main charger assembly
3-3-42
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
42
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3. Remove the screw holding the grid tension plate and then the plate and main
charger grid.
4. Remove the main charger front and rear lids.
5. Remove the charger spring from the charger wire retainer pin and charger terminal,
and then the charger wire.
Main charger grid
Grid tension
plate
Main charger rear lid
Charger wire
retainer pin
Main charger
front lid
Charger spring
Charger wire
Charger terminal
Figure 3-3-50 Detaching the charger wire
3-3-43
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
43
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
Charger terminal
Charger spring
Projection
Charger wire
retainer pin
Not more than 2 mm
13 2 mm
Charger terminal
Projection
Not more than

2 mm
Charger spring
Charger wire retainer pin
Main charger front housing
Main charger rear housing
Figure 3-3-51 Installing the charger wire

6. Wind the new tungsten wire at least five turns around one end of the charger spring
and trim the end.
The width of the coiled charger wire and the cut end must be within 2 mm.
7. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the charger terminal of the main
charger rear housing.
8. Pass the wire through the notch in the charger wire retainer pin and stretch it taut.
The charger wire must be adjusted so that the charger spring stretches to
13 2 mm and the spring end aligns with the rib on the main charger rear
housing.
9. Hook the charger wire onto the projection on the main charger front housing.
10. Insert the charger wire retainer pin into the projection on the main charger rear
housing to secure the charger wire.
11. Cut off the excess wire under the charger wire retainer pin.
The cut end of the charger wire must protrude less than 2 mm.
12. Refit the main charger front and rear lids.
3-3-44
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
44
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3-3-5 Drum section

( 1 ) Replacing the drum.
Replace the drum as follows.
<Precautions>
Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when detaching and refitting the drum.
Hold the drum at the ends and never touch the drum surface.
After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the
surface from light.
<Procedure>
2. Lower the paper conveying section by turning the paper transfer section release
lever as shown in Figure 3-3-52.
While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation
unit out from the machine.
Paper transfer section

release lever
*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.

Figure 3-3-52 Drawing the image formation unit
3-3-45
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
45
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3. Remove the two screws holding the main charger assembly and then the assembly.
Screws
Figure 3-3-53 Detaching the main charger assembly

4. Loosen the cleaning blade pin. Move the cleaning blade lever in the direction of the
arrow so that the cleaning blade is kept away from the drum and then tighten the
cleaning blade pin.
5. Remove the two screws and open the upper cleaning cover on the left of the drum.
6. Remove the two screws and open the image formation rail in the direction of the
arrow.
Screw
Cleaning blade lever
Cleaning blade pin
Screw
Upper cleaning cover
Screw
Image formation rail
Screw
Figure 3-3-54
3-3-46
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
46
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
7. Detach the 1-pin and 4-pin connectors.
8. While raising the toner sub-hopper slightly, slide the hopper toward the front of the
image formation unit and turn the image formation unit to the right.
Toner sub-hopper
1-pin connector
4-pin connector
Figure 3-3-55
9. Move the developing unit to the right of the image formation unit and remove it from
the unit.
10. Remove one screw each from the drum front and rear retainers and then the drum
from the image formation unit.
Drum rear retainer
Drum front retainer
Screw
Drum
Screw
Developing unit
Image formation
unit
Figure 3-3-56 Detaching the developing unit and the drum
3-3-47
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
47
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
11. Remove the drum front and rear retainers from the drum. Replace the drum.
Drum rear retainer
Drum front retainer
Drum
Figure 3-3-57 Detaching the drum front and rear retainers
3-3-48
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
48
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
Important:
After replacing the drum, run maintenance items U110 "Checking/clearing the drum
count" and U111 "Checking/clearing the drum drive time."
After running maintenance item U160, loosen the blade pin and position the cleaning
blade against the drum.
When installing the drum, orient correctly with the thinner end of the drum flange shaft
at the machine front and the thicker end at the machine rear.
Drum flange
Drum flange
Drum
Machine front
Machine rear
Figure 3-3-58
When refitting the toner sub-hopper, align the toner sub-hopper hole with the
developing unit hole and connect the coupling to the joint.
When installing the main charger assembly, fix the assembly pushed all the way
toward the machine front.
Hole
Toner sub-hopper
Coupling
Hole
Joint
Figure 3-3-59
3-3-49
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
49
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 2 ) Cleaning the drum
Clean the drum as follows when an image problems occur or if the drum is dirty.
<Precautions>
Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when cleaning the drum.
Dust in the air and from the cleaning pad may damage the drum during operation.
Avoid working in dusty places.
Clean the drum entirely even if it is only dirty locally.
Do not clean the drum with alcohol or other organic solvent.
Required supplies:
Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton
Toner
<Procedure>
1. Remove the drum from the imaging unit (see page 3-3-45).
2. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum taking care not to
damage the surface.
3. Apply toner to another cloth and wipe the drum surface with it in the same manner.
4. Refit the drum.
5. Refit all removed parts and let the machine stand for 30 minutes.
6. Make a test copy and check the image.
Polishing cloth
Drum
Figure 3-3-60 Cleaning the drum
3-3-50
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
50
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3-3-6 Developing section

( 1 ) Replacing the developing unit upper seal
Take the following procedure when the developing unit upper seal is soiled.
<Procedure>
1. Draw the image formation unit out and remove the developing unit.
2. Remove the two screws holding the developing unit upper seal and then the seal.
3. Clean or replace the developing unit upper seal.
Developing unit upper seal
Screws
Figure 3-3-61 Detaching the developing unit upper seal
3-3-51
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
51
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 2 ) Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush (developing roller) (reference)
Perform the following adjustment if the image is abnormally dark or light.
Before starting this adjustment, ensure that the doctor blade is installed correctly and
that the correct amount of developer is present.
<Procedure>
1. Loosen the hexagonal socket head screw holding the developing sleeve front
bushing using a hexagonal wrench.
2. Turn the developing roller shaft using a straight screwdriver until the distance
between the top of the magnetic brush and the bottom of the developing unit
housing is 15 mm (reference).
3. Tighten the hexagonal socket head screw to secure the developing roller shaft.
If the distance is smaller than the specified value, carrier or background appears on
the copy image.
4. After adjustment, make a test copy to check for performance.
Developing sleeve front bushing
Hexagonal socket head screw
Developing roller shaft
A=15mm
Figure 3-3-62 Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush
3-3-52
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
52
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 3 ) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference)
Perform the following adjustment if carrier or background appears on the copy image.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the two screws holding the developing unit upper seal, and then the seal.
When refitting the seal, fit while holding it upward.
2. Remove the two screws, disengage the two hooks and detach the developing unit
upper cover.
Developing unit upper cover
Screws
Hook
Developing unit upper seal

Hook
Screws
Figure 3-3-63 Detaching the developing unit upper cover
3-3-53
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
53
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3. Measure the distance between the developing roller and the doctor blade with a
thickness gauge as shown in Figure 3-3-64, and adjust the doctor blade until the
correct distances are obtained at the center and ends of the developing unit
housing; the 0.50 mm gauge should go into the gap and the 0.55 mm one should
not.
The smaller the distance, the lighter the image; the larger the distance, the darker
the image.
Adjustment screw
Adjustment screw
Developing roller
Adjustment screw
Doctor blade
Figure 3-3-64
3-3-54
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
54
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 4 ) Replacing the developing duct filter
Replace the developing duct filter as follows.
<Procedure>
2. Slide off the developing duct cover downward.
3. Replace the developing duct filter.
Caution: When fitting the developing duct filter, ensure that the harder side of the filter
faces the fan.
Developing duct filter
Developing duct cover
Figure 3-3-65 Detaching the developing duct filter
3-3-55
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
55
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3-3-7 Transfer and separation section

( 1 ) Replacing the charger wires and cleaning pads
Take the following steps when the charger wire is broken or is to be replaced, or when
replacing the cleaning pads.
<Precautions>
Use only the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire.
The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the
rear of the transfer charger housing.
The cut end of the charger wire must not protrude from under the charger wire
retainer pin.
Keep the charger wire taut by stretching the charger spring.
Clean the charger shield when replacing the charger wire.
<Procedure>
1. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right to lower the paper
conveying section.
2. Remove the connector, pin and then the transfer charger assembly.
Paper transfer section

release lever
Connector
Pin

Figure 3-3-66 Detaching the transfer charger assembly
3-3-56
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
56
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the transfer charger front and rear lids.

Remove the separation guide.
Replace the transfer charger cleaning pad and separation charger cleaning pad.
Remove the charger wire retainer pins, charger springs and then the charger wires.
Transfer charger rear lid
Separation guide
Transfer charger
front lid
Charger springs
Charger wires
Charger wire
retainer pins
Transfer charger
cleaning pad
Separation charger
cleaning pad
Figure 3-3-67 Detaching the charger wires
3-3-57
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
57
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
7. Wind one end of the new wire at lease five turns around the end of the charger
spring.
8. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the catch on the transfer charger
terminal on the rear of the transfer charger housing.
9. Pass the charger wire through the notches in the front and rear of the transfer
charger housing, and stretch it.
10. Insert the charger wire under the charger wire retainer pin into the hole at the front
of the transfer charger housing.
The charger wire must be adjusted so that the charger spring stretches to
12.5 1.5 mm.
Cut off the excess wire under the charger wire retainer pin.
When installing the main charger assembly, fix the assembly pushed all the way
toward the machine front.
Front of the transfer
charger housing
Charger spring
12.5 1.5 mm
Charger wire
retainer pin
Not more than 2mm

Not more than 1mm
Transfer
charger terminal
Charger wire
Transfer charger terminal

Rear of the transfer
charger housing
Not more than 2mm
Figure 3-3-68 Installing the charger wire
3-3-58
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
58
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3-3-8 Cleaning section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade
Check or replace the cleaning blade as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Draw the image formation unit out.
2. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum.
3. Remove the pin holding the cleaning blade and then the blade.
4. Check or replace the cleaning blade.
Cleaning blade
Pin
Figure 3-3-69 Detaching the cleaning blade
3-3-59
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
59
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
When installing the cleaning blade, take care not to trap the sponges at both ends.
After replacing the cleaning blade, move it away from the drum and run
maintenance item U160 (see page 3-2-50).
Cleaning blade
Sponge
Sponge
Figure 3-3-70 Installing the cleaning blade
3-3-60
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
60
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brush
Clean or replace the cleaning brush as follows.
<Procedure>
2. Remove the cleaning spring.
Cleaning spring
Figure 3-3-71
3. Shift the thrust spring toward the machine rear and detach the cleaning blade shaft.
Cleaning blade shaft
Thrust spring
Cleaning blade shaft
Figure 3-3-72
3-3-61
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
61
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
4. Detach the 2-pin connector and remove the cleaning unit from the image formation
unit.
5. Remove the E-rings, bushings and gear from both ends of the cleaning brush.
6. Clean or replace the cleaning brush.
When installing the cleaning brush, position the end with the D-section at the
machine rear and take care not to pinch the cleaning lower seal assembly.
2-pin connector
Cleaning lower seal

assembly
Cleaning unit
D-section
Bushing
Bushing
Cleaning brush
E-ring
Gear
E-ring
Figure 3-3-73
3-3-62
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
62
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning
lower seal assembly.
Clean or replace the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly
as follows.
<Procedure>
2. Remove the four screws holding the drum separation claw assembly and then the
assembly.
3. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning lower seal assembly and then the
assembly.
4. Replace the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly.
Cleaning lower seal

assembly
Screw
Screw
Drum separation claw assembly
Screws
Figure 3-3-74 Detaching the drum claw assembly

and cleaning lower seal assembly
3-3-63
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
63
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3-3-9 Fixing section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting fixing heaters M and S
Replace fixing heaters M and S as follows.
<Procedure>
1. While raising the fixing unit release lever, draw the fixing unit out of the machine.
2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit and then the unit.
Fixing unit
Screw

Figure 3-3-75 Detaching the fixing unit
3-3-64
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
64
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3. Open the fixing unit cover in the direction of the arrow.
4. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit front cover and then the cover.
5. Remove the screw and two pins holding the fixing unit upper cover, and then the
cover.
Fixing unit upper cover
Pins holding the fixing unit cover
Screw
Fixing unit front cover
Screws
Fixing unit cover
Figure 3-3-76 Detaching the fixing unit front cover and cover
3-3-65
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
65
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
6. Detach the fixing heater wire and the fixing unit wire from the fixing unit thermostat.
Fixing unit wire

Fixing heater wire
Fixing unit thermostat
Figure 3-3-77
7. Detach the two connectors on the fixing heater wire on the rear of the fixing unit.
Connector (white)
Connector (red)
Figure 3-3-78
3-3-66
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
66
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
8. Remove the screw holding the fixing heater front retainer and then the retainer.
9. Pull fixing heaters M and S out from the front of the fixing unit.
Fixing heater front retainer
S M
Screw
Fixing heater M
Fixing heater S
Figure 3-3-79 Detaching fixing heaters M and S

10. Replace fixing heaters M and S.
When fitting, place fixing heater M on the right and S on the left, as viewed form the
fixing unit front.
Fit the white connector on the rear of the fixing unit to heater M, and the red one to
heater S.
3-3-67
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
67
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermistor
Replace the fixing unit thermistor as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the connector.
2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit thermistor and then the thermistor.
Connector
Fixing unit thermistor

Screw
Figure 3-3-80 Detaching the fixing unit thermistor
3-3-68
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
68
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3. Replace the thermistor.
When fitting the fixing unit thermistor, pass the projection on the thermistor through
the hole in the fixing unit thermistor film and then insert into the cutout in the fixing
unit stay.
Fixing unit thermistor
Projection
Fixing unit stay
Cutout
Fixing unit
thermistor film
Figure 3-3-81 Installing the fixing unit thermistor

3-3-69
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
69
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermostats
Replace the fixing unit thermostats as follows.
Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire
or similar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the connectors of the fixing unit wire and the fixing heater wire from the
fixing unit thermostat.
Remove the connectors while pushing the projection on each connector.
2. Remove the two screws and then the fixing unit thermostat.
3. Replace the fixing unit thermostat.
Fixing unit wire

Screws
Fixing unit thermostat

Fixing heater wire
Figure 3-3-82 Detaching the fixing unit thermostats

3-3-70
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
70
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 4 ) Replacing the press roller
Replace the press roller as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the two screws and open the fixing unit stay in the direction of the arrow.
Fixing unit stay

Screw
Screw
Figure 3-3-83 Detaching the fixing unit stay
3-3-71
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
71
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
2. Remove the press roller.
Press roller
Figure 3-3-84 Detaching the press roller

3. Remove the E-ring on either the front or rear end of the press roller and pull out the
press roller shaft.
E-ring
E-ring
Press roller shaft
Figure 3-3-85 Detaching the press roller shaft

4. Replace the press roller.
3-3-72
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
72
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 5 ) Replacing the heat roller
Replace the heat roller as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Remove fixing heaters M and S (see page 3-3-64).
2. Open the fixing unit stay (see page 3-3-71).
3. Loosen the screw holding each of the fixing unit front and rear frames and move the
heat roller stopper in the direction of the arrow.
4. Remove the heat roller.
Heat roller
Heat roller stopper
Fixing unit front frame

Screw
Heat roller stopper
Screw
Fixing unit rear frame
Figure 3-3-86 Detaching the heat roller
3-3-73
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
73
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
5. Remove the circlip, bearing and bushing from the front end of the heat roller.
6. Remove the circlip, gear, bearing and bushing from the rear end of the heat roller.
7. Replace the heat roller.
Circlip
Bearing
Gear
Bearing
Bushing
Heat roller
Bushing
Circlip
Figure 3-3-87 Refitting the heat roller

3-3-74
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
74
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 6 ) Replacing the heat roller separation claws
Replace the heat roller separation claws as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Open the fixing unit cover.
2. Remove the E-ring from the heat roller separation claw shaft and the springs from
the seven heat roller separation claws.
3. Remove the heat roller separation claws from the fixing unit upper guide.
4. Replace the heat roller separation claws.
E-ring
Springs
Fixing unit upper guide

Fixing unit cover
Figure 3-3-88 Detaching the heat roller separation claws

3-3-75
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
75
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 7 ) Detaching and refitting the press roller separation claws
Replace the press roller separation claws as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Open the fixing unit cover.
2. Remove the two E-rings from each of the press roller separation claws and then the
four claws.
3. Replace the press roller separation claws.
Fixing unit cover
Figure 3-3-89 Detaching the press roller separation claws

3-3-76
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
76
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 8 ) Replacing the cooling filter
Replace the cooling filter as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the screw holding the ozone filter retainer and then the retainer.
2. Replace the cooling filter.
Cooling filter
Screw
Ozone filter retainer
Figure 3-3-90 Detaching the cooling filter

3-3-77
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
77
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 9 ) Replacing the ozone filter
Replace the ozone filter as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover.
2. Remove the four screws holding the middle right cover and then the cover.
3. Replace the ozone filter.
Ozone filter
Figure 3-3-91 Fitting the ozone filter

3-3-78
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
78
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
(10) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference)
Adjust fixing pressure when paper creases, fixing is defective, or after the fixing
pressure spring is replaced.
<Procedure>
7.00.5 mm
Start
Enter "161" using the numeric
keys and press the print key.

(both machine front
and rear)

Figure 3-3-92
Wait for 30 s and remove
the jammed paper manually.
Is the
width of the
black band printed on
the image (indicating the part
which stopped in the
fixing section)
7.0 0.5
mm?
No
Turn the fixing pressure nuts to

adjust the fixing pressure.
Yes
Clean the heat and

press roller if they are dirty.
End
Fixing pressure nuts
Figure 3-3-93
3-3-79
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
79
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the duplex forwarding pulley
Replace the duplex forwarding pulley as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Open the duplex unit.
2. Remove the stop ring and duplex forwarding pulley.
When fitting the duplex forwarding pulley, align the projections of the duplex
forwarding pulley with the slots in the forwarding pulley.
Forwarding pulley
Slots
Duplex forwarding
pulley
Projections
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-94
3-3-80
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
80
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the switchback roller, duplex upper registration roller
Replace the switchback roller and duplex registration roller as follows.
<Procedure>
Detaching the switchback roller
1. Open the duplex unit.
2. Remove the two screws holding the duplex unit front cover and then the cover.
(only for 42 ppm)
3. Loosen the three screws at the front of the duplex unit. Remove the two screws on
the top and then the duplex unit cover.
Screws
Screws
Duplex unit cover
Duplex unit front cover

Screws

Figure 3-3-95 Detaching the duplex unit cover
3-3-81
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
81
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
4. Remove the four screws and the duplex unit from the rails.
5. Remove the two screws holding the duplex cover and then the cover.
6. Detach the 6-pin connector of the side registration section and the 3-pin connector
of the side registration home position switch, and unlock the edging.
7. Remove the paper tapping guide by gently bending it and taking out of the hole in
the machine rear first.
8. Remove the four screws holding the side registration section and slide off the
section toward the machine right.
9. Remove the two screws holding the duplex paper conveying upper cover and then
the cover.
Screws
3-pin connector
Screws
6-pin
connector
Screws
Screw
Duplex cover
Duplex paper
conveying upper
cover
Screw
Paper tapping guide
Side registration
section
Figure 3-3-96 Detaching the duplex cover and side registration section
3-3-82
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
82
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
10. Remove the screw holding the switchback feedshift solenoid and then the solenoid.
Switchback feedshift solenoid
Screw
Figure 3-3-97 Detaching the switchback feedshift solenoid

11. Remove the E-ring and then the bushing at the front of the duplex unit.
Bushing
E-ring
Figure 3-3-98 Detaching the switchback roller (1)
3-3-83
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
83
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
12. Remove the E-ring and then the fixing drive gear at the rear of the duplex unit.
13. Remove the pin, E-ring and bushing.
14. Remove the stop ring holding the switchback roller and then the roller from the shaft.
When refitting the switchback roller, fit so that it turns in the same direction as the
shaft when the shaft is turned in the direction of the white arrow.
Stop ring
Switchback roller
Bushing
E-ring
Pin
Fixing drive gear
Shaft
E-ring
Figure 3-3-99 Detaching the switchback roller (2)
3-3-84
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
84
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
Detaching the duplex upper registration roller
1. Remove the duplex unit front cover (42 ppm only) and then the duplex unit cover.
2. Remove the screw holding the switchback feedshift solenoid and then the solenoid.
3. Remove the E-ring and then the bushing at the tront of the duplex unit.
Bushing
E-ring
Figure 3-3-100 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller (1)
3-3-85
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
85
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
4. Remove the two screws holding the stock switch mount and then the mount.
5. Remove the E-ring the at the rear of the duplex unit and then the duplex registration
gear.
6. Remove the spring pin and bushing, and then the duplex upper registration roller.
Duplex upper registration roller
Stock switch
mount
Bushing
Screws
Spring pin
Duplex registration
Bushing
Figure 3-3-101 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller (2)
3-3-86
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
86
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 3 ) Adjusting the position of the side registration section
original and copy image during duplex copying (second face).
<Procedure>
Start
Original
Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Figure 3-3-102
Make a test copy at 100% and using
the largest size paper in duplex mode.
Loosen the four screws holding the
side registration section, move the
section and retighten the screws.
Is the center
of the image aligned with
that of original?
No
For copy example 1, move the section toward the machine front (
).
For copy example 2, move the section toward the machine rear (
).
Yes
End
Screws
Screws
Side registration
section

Figure 3-3-103 Adjusting the position of the side registration section
3-3-87
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
87
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 4 ) Adjusting the side registration amount
Perform the following adjustment if paper is fed askew during refeed from the duplex
unit.
Side registration
rear guide
<Procedure>
Paper
Start
Side registration
front guide
A : 1 mm
Select "STEPPER DATA."
Figure 3-3-104
Press "TEST RUN."
The new setting

is stored.
Press the interrupt key to
make a test copy using
A3/11" x 17" paper.
Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Increasing the value makes the gap
narrower, decreasing it makes the gap
wider.
Reference: 0
Changing the value by 1 changes the gap
by 0.3 mm.
After paper is stocked in the duplex

unit, open the unit and move the
paper all the way to the
side registration rear guide.
Is gap A between
the paper and the side
registration front guide
within 1 mm?
No
Remove the paper and reinstall

the duplex unit.
Yes
Remove the paper and reinstall
the duplex unit.
End
3-3-88
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
88
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3-3-11 SRDF section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley and the DF forwarding pulleys
Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Open the DF original reversing cover.
2. Remove the two screws holding the upper original feed section cover and then the
cover.
3. Remove the two stop rings and then the original feed pulley assembly by sliding out
the bushings.
Stop ring
Bushing
Original feed
pulley assembly
Stop ring
Bushing
Figure 3-3-105 Detaching the original feed pulley assembly

Detaching the DF original feed pulley
4. Remove the two stop rings and then the DF original feed pulley from the original
feed front shaft.
DF forwarding belt
Original feed front shaft

DF forwarding pulley 20
Stop rings
One-way clutch
DF original feed pulley
Figure 3-3-106 Detaching the DF original feed pulley
3-3-89
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
89
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
Detaching DF forwarding pulleys
5. Remove the stop ring and bushing. While lifting the forwarding shaft, remove the
DF forwarding pulleys.
6. Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys.
When fitting the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys, ensure that the
side having the one-way clutch faces the machine rear.
One-way clutch
DF original feed pulley 28
Forwarding shaft
DF forwarding belt
Stop ring
Bushing
Figure 3-3-107 Detaching the DF forwarding pulleys
3-3-90
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
90
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley
Clean or replace the DF separation pulley as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Open the DF reversing cover.
2. Remove the two screws holding the upper original feed section cover and then the
cover.
3. Remove the two screws holding the DF rear cover.
4. Remove the screw holding the fulcrum pin and then the pin.
5. Detach the 6-pin connector and remove the original table.
Fulcrum pin
Screw
6-pin connectors
Original table
Figure 3-3-108
3-3-91
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
91
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
6. Remove the two screws holding the DF original feed lower guide and the two
screws holding the DF original feed upper guide.
7. Loosen the other two screws on the DF original feed lower guide.
8. While lifting the DF original feed upper guide and pressing the original set switch
actuator, remove the DF original feed lower guide.
DF original feed upper guide

Screw
Screws
(To be loosened only)
DF original
feed lower
guide
Screw
Screws
Original set switch
actuator
Figure 3-3-109
9. Detach the original set switch 3-pin connector.
10. Remove the two screws holding the separation pulley retainer.
Separation pulley retainer
3-pin connectors
Figure 3-3-110
3-3-92
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
92
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
11. Remove the two stop rings and pin to remove the DF separation pulley from the
separation shaft.
12. Clean or replace the DF separation pulley.
When fitting the DF separation pulley, ensure that the side having the one-way
clutch faces the machine rear.
DF separation pulley
Stop rings
One-way clutch
Pin
Separation shaft
Figure 3-3-111 Detaching the DF separation pulley
3-3-93
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
93
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 3 ) Adjusting the lateral squareness of the DF
Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is skewed laterally (lateral
squareness is not obtained).
Caution:
Adjust the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypass
and duplex feeds (page 3-3-22) and the scanner image lateral squareness
(reference, page 3-3-33) first. Check for lateral squareness of the copy image and
if squareness is not obtained, adjust the lateral squareness of the DF.
<Procedure>
Start
Place the original on the SRDF.
Press the print key

to make a test copy.
No
Yes
Adjust the position of the SRDF.

For copy example 1, rotate the
adjustment screw in the direction of the
white arrow (e).
For copy example 2, rotate the
adjustment screw in the direction of the
black arrow (b).
End
Original
Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Figure 3-3-112
3-3-94
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
94
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
Adjusting
1. Open the SRDF.
2. Loosen the screw securing the right leg of the SRDF on the right.
3. Adjust the position of the SRDF by rotating the adjustment screw behind the right
leg of the SRDF.
4. Retighten the screw loosened in step 2.
Screw
SRDF right leg
Adjustment
screw
Figure 3-3-113
3-3-95
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
95
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 4 ) Adjusting the DF magnification
Adjust magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction if magnification is incorrect when
the DF is used.
U053
(P.3-2-21)
U034
(P.3-3-18)
U402
(P.3-3-20)
U065
(P.3-3-37)
U066
(P.3-3-39)
U403
(P.3-3-40)
U070
U071
(P.3-3-98)
U404
(P.3-3-100)
<Procedure>
Main scanning
direction
Start
Auxiliary
scanning
direction
Enter "070" using

the numeric keys.
Original
Copy
example 1
Figure 3-3-114

Place an original on the DF
and make a test copy.
Yes
No
Change the setting.

For copy example 1, increase
the value using the Up key to
make the copy image longer.
the value using the Down keys
to make the copy image
shorter.
Reference: 0
End
3-3-96
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
96
1/1/32, 2:56
Copy
example 2
2A3/4
( 5 ) Adjusting the DF center line
original and the copy image.
U034
(P.3-3-19)
U 402
(P.3-3-20)
U067
(P.3-3-38)
U403
(P.3-3-40)
U072
U404
(P.3-3-100)
<Procedure>
Reference
Start
Enter "072" using

the numeric keys.
Original

The new setting
is stored.
Place and original on the DF

Yes
Copy
example 2
Figure 3-3-115
Copy
example 1
No
Change the setting.

For copy example 1, increase
the center line by 0.17 mm.
Reference: 0
End
3-3-97
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
97
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 6 ) Adjusting the scanning start position when the DF is used
Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading or
trailing edges of the original and the copy image.
U034
(P.3-3-18)
U 402
(P.3-3-20)
U066
(P.3-3-39)
U403
(P.3-3-40)
U071
U404
(P.3-3-100)
(6-1) Adjusting the DF leading edge registration
<Procedure>
Start

Copy
example 1
Original
Figure 3-3-116
To adjust the DF leading
edge registration, select
"LEAD EDGE ADJ."

Place an original on the
DF and make a test copy.
No
Yes
End
For copy example 1,

increase the value using
the Up key.
For copy example 2,
decrease the value using
the Down key.
Reference: 0
Changing the value by 1
moves the copy image
by 0.19 mm.
Increasing the value moves the copy
image backward, and decreasing it
moves the image forward.
3-3-98
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
98
1/1/32, 2:56
Copy
example 2
2A3/4
(6-2) Adjusting the DF trailing edge registration
<Procedure>
Start
Original

Copy
example
Figure 3-3-117
To adjust the DF trailing
edge registration, select
"TRAIL EDGE ADJ."

Place an original on the DF

No
For copy example,

decrease the value using
the Down key.
Yes

Reference: 0
the copy image by 0.19 mm.
End
3-3-99
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
99
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 7 ) Adjusting the margins for scanning the original from the DF
Perform the following adjustment if margins are not correct.
U402
(P.3-3-20)
U403
(P.3-3-40)
U404
<Procedure>
Start

Touch panel display
DF A MARGIN: DF left margin
DF B MARGIN: DF leading edge margin
DF C MARGIN: DF right margin
DF D MARGIN: DF trailing edge margin
Select the item to be adjusted

on the touch panel.

Place an original on the

DF and make a test copy

Yes
B
No
Change the setting.

Increasing the value using the
Up key makes the margin
wider.
Decreasing the value using the
Down key makes the margin
narrower.
DF left margin: 0 - +20 (2)
DF leading edge margin: 6 - +20 (6)
DF right margin: 0 - +20 (2)
DF trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6)
the margin by 0.5 mm for all.
3-3-100
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
100
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
B
Yes
Proceed to another mode?

No
End
DF leading edge margin (31.0mm)
DF left margin
(20.5mm)
Original
DF right margin
(20.5mm)
DF trailing edge margin

(31.0mm)
Figure 3-3-118
3-3-101
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
101
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
3-3-12 Large paper deck section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separation rollers
Clean or replace the upper and lower deck separation rollers as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Open the large paper feed deck.
2. Open the deck side cover.
3. Remove the stop rings.
4. Remove the one-way drum.
5. Clean or replace the upper and lower deck separation rollers.
Deck side cover
One-way drum
Lower deck separation roller

Stop rings
Figure 3-3-119 Detaching and refitting the upper and

lower deck separation rollers
One-way drum
Figure 3-3-120 Installing the one-way drum

Be sure to orient the one-way drum as shown in the above diagram.
3-3-102
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
102
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly
<Procedure>
1. Open the large paper deck.
2. Open the deck right cover and remove the deck rear cover.
3. Remove the spring and four screws holding the deck paper conveying motor
bracket and then the bracket.
4. Remove the two screws holding the deck paper conveying unit assembly and then
the assembly.
Spring
Screws

motor bracket

Deck paper conveying roller
Screws
Deck paper conveying unit assembly
Figure 3-3-121 Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly
3-3-103
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
103
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1
Clean or replace deck paper feed roller 1 as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the stop ring.
2. While pressing the roller down, pull out the shaft.
3. Take deck paper feed roller 1 out and clean or replace.
Shaft
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-122 Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1

Use the above procedure to detach and refit deck paper feed roller 2 and the paper
conveying roller.
3-3-104
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
104
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
( 4 ) Adjusting the position of the center adjuster (center line alignment)
Perform the following adjustment if the center lines of the original and copy image are
misaligned.
<Procedure>
Start
Retighten the two screws
securing the center adjuster and
close the large paper deck.
Make a test copy.
Are the center lines

of the original and copy
image misaligned?
Yes
No
Loosen the six screws securing
the deck front cover. Adjust the
position of the deck front cover
such that the surface becomes
flush with other covers on the
machine front and retighten the
screws.
Loosen the two screws securing

the center adjuster and adjust
the position of the adjuster.
For copy example 1, move it
toward the machine rear (a).
For copy example 2, move it
toward the machine front (f).
Open the large paper deck.
End
Original
Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Figure 3-3-123
Center adjuster
Screws
Figure 3-3-124 Adjusting the center of the center adjuster
3-3-105
3-3 (2A3/4/MCE)
105
1/1/32, 2:56
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB .....................................................................
(1) Replacing the main PCB only ......................................................
(2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM .................................
3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs ..........................................................
3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) ..............................................
3-4-1
3-4-1
3-4-1
3-4-2
3-4-3
1-1-23
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
23
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB

(1) Replacing the main PCB only
After replacing the main PCB, remove the backup RAM (IC15) from the old main PCB
and fit it to the new main PCB to maintain the original setting data.
(2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM
When replacing the backup RAM along with the main PCB, perform the following steps.
Procedure
Before removing the old backup RAM:
1. Enter the maintenance mode.
2. Execute maintenance item U000 to output a list of the current settings for
maintenance items.
3. Exit the maintenance mode.
4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.
5. Replace the main PCB and backup RAM with the new ones.
After installing the new backup RAM:
6. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.
7. Enter maintenance mode.
8. Execute maintenance item U020.
9. Execute maintenance item U252 and select the destination.
10. Execute maintenance item U000 and output a list of the current settings for
maintenance items.
11. Compare the lists output in steps 2 and 10. If there are any differences, reenter
the data in accordance with the values on the list output in step 2.
12. Exit the maintenance mode.
3-4-1
3-4 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:47
2A3/4
3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs

When replacing the ROMs on the main PCB, perform the following steps.
Main ROM IC (P/N 2A368010)
Engine ROM IC (P/N 2A368020)
Scanner ROM IC (P/N 2A368060)
Procedure
1. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.
2. Remove the screw securing the main PCB ROM cover.
3. Replace the main ROM IC (IC45), engine ROM IC (IC57) and scanner ROM IC
(IC54).
4. Refit the main PCB ROM cover.
5. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.
Main ROM IC
Scanner ROM IC
Engin ROM IC
Figure 3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ROMs
3-4-2
3-4 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:47
2A3/4
3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR)

The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and should not
be adjusted in the field.
High-voltage transformer PCB: VR101, VR102, VR201, VR202, VR301, VR401,
VR402
Power source PCB: VR301
3-4-3
3-4 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:47
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-5 Self-Diagnosis
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ..................................................................................... 3-5-1
(1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................... 3-5-1
1-1-25
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
25
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis
(1) Self-diagnostic function
This unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When a problem is detected, copying is disabled and the problem displayed as a code consisting of "C" followed by a
number between 001 and 924, indicating the nature of the problem.
A message is also displayed requesting the user to call for service.
After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset by turning safety
switches 1, 2 or 3 off and back on.
Call for service.
012345678901234
C241
Figure 3-5-1 Service call code display
3-5-1
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Self diagnostic codes
Remarks
Code
Contents
C001 Memory copy PCB 1 communication problem

Problems with data from
memory copy PCB 1.
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
Defective
memory copy
PCB 1.
Replace memory copy PCB 1

and check for correct operation.
C003 Memory copy PCB 2 prob- Defective

lem*1
memory copy
PCB 2.
Problems with data from
memory copy PCB 2.
Replace memory copy PCB 2

C010 RAM/ROM problem

Read and write data does
not match.
Defective main
PCB.
Replace the main PCB and

check for correct operation.
C011 Backup memory data

problem
Data in the specified area
of the backup memory
does not match the specified values.
Problem with
the backup
memory data.
Turn safety switch 1 off and

back on and run maintenance
item U020 to set the contents
of the backup memory data
again.
Defective
backup RAM.
If the C011 is displayed after

re-setting the backup memory
contents, replace the backup
RAM.
C021 Operation unit main PCB

communication problem
There is no reply after 20
retries at communication.
Poor contact of
the connector
terminals.
Check the connection of connectors CN6 on the main PCB

and CN6 on the operation unit
main PCB, and the continuity
across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary.
Defective main
PCB or operation unit main
PCB.
Replace the main PCB or operation unit main PCB and

3-5-2
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
C022 Communication problem

between the engine PCB
and main PCB
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
Defective engine ROM IC.
Replace the engine ROM IC

on the main PCB and check
for correct operation.
Defective main
PCB.

C023 Scanner communication

Defective main
problem
PCB.
There is no reply after 5 retries at communication.

C024 Printer board communica- Poor contact of

tion problem*2
the connector
terminals.
Check the connection of connector CN4 on the main PCB

and the connector on the
printer board. Repair or replace if necessary.
Defective main
PCB or printer
board.
Replace the main PCB or

printer board and check for
correct operation.
*2: Optional.
3-5-3
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
C026 Memory copy PCB 1 communication problem

There is no reply after five
retries at transmitting.
retries at receiving.
Poor contact of
the connector
terminals.

and the connector on memory
copy PCB 1. Repair or replace
if necessary.
Defective main
PCB or
memory copy
PCB 1.

memory copy PCB 1 and
C032 Large paper deck communication problem*1

Communication errors from
the communication microcomputer (IC56) on the
main PCB:
No communication: there
is no replay after 3 retries.
Abnormal communication:
a communication error
(parity or checksum error)
is detected five times in
succession.
Poor contact of
the connector
terminals.
Check the connection of connector CN17 on the engine

PCB and the connector CN9
on the deck main PCB, and
the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary.
Defective engine PCB.
Replace the engine PCB and

Defective main
PCB.

Defective deck
main PCB.
Replace the deck main PCB

C032 Paper feed desk communication problem*3

An error code from the paper feed desk is detected
eight times in succession.
is no reply after 3 retries.
succession.
Poor contact of
the connector
terminals.
Check the connection of connectors CN17 on the engine

PCB and CN2 on the desk

Defective main
PCB.

Defective desk
main PCB.
Replace the desk main PCB

3-5-4
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
C034 Finisher communication

problem*2
Communication errors from
main PCB:
is no reply after 3 retries.
succession.
Poor contact of
the connector
terminals.
Check the connection of connectors CN21 on the engine

PCB and CN2 on the finisher

Defective main
PCB.

Defective finisher main

PCB.
Replace the finisher main PCB

C036 Memory copy PCB 2 communication problem*1

retries at transmitting.
retries at receiving.
Poor contact of
the connector
terminals.

and the connector on memory
copy PCB 2. Repair or replace
if necessary.
C037 Communication microcomputer problem

A problem is detected with
main PCB.
Defective main
PCB or
memory copy
PCB 2.

memory copy PCB 2 and
Defective main
PCB.

C104 Optical system problem

After AGC, correct input is
not obtained at CCD.
Insufficient exposure lamp

luminosity.
Replace the exposure lamp or

inverter PCB.
Defective
mainPCB.
Replace the mainPCB.
Incorrect shading position.
Adjust the position of the contact glass (shading plate). If

the problem still occurs, replace the scanner home position switch.
CCD PCB output problem.
Replace the ISU.
*2: Optional.
3-5-5
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
C200 Drive motor problem

DM LOCK signal remains
high for 1 s, 1 s after the
drive motor has turned on.
C210 Paper conveying motor

problem
PCM LOCK signal remains
conveying motor has
turned on.
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
Poor contact of
the drive motor
connector terminals.
Reinsert the connector. Also

check for continuity within the
connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.
Defective drive
motor rotation
control circuit.
Replace the drive motor.
Defective drive
transmission
system.
Check if the rollers and gears

rotate smoothly. If not, grease
the bushings and gears.
Check for broken gears and
replace if any.
Poor contact of
the paper conveying motor

Defective paper Replace the paper conveying

conveying mo- motor.
tor rotation control circuit.
Defective drive
transmission
system.

replace if any.
3-5-6
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
C220 Side registration motor

problem
A problem where the side
registration home position
switch does not turn off after the side registration
motor has turned 30 steps
or the switch does not turn
on after the motor has
turned 265 steps is detected twice in succession.
(The first time, the copier
indicates that the duplex
unit is not inserted correctly, requesting the user
to open and reinsert the
duplex unit. After the second detection, the copier
enters partial operation
control.)
Causes
Defective side Check for continuity across

registration mo- the coil. If none, replace the
tor.
side registration motor.
Defective side
registration
home position
switch.
Check if CN9-12 on the engine PCB goes high when the

side registration home position
switch is on and goes low
when the switch is off. If not,
replace the switch.
Poor contact of
the connector
terminals.

Malfunction of
the side registration guides.
Check if the side registration

guides operate smoothly. If
not, repair.
C230 Paper feed motor problem Poor contact of

PFM LOCK signal remains the connector
terminals.
paper feed motor has
turned on.
Defective paper
feed motor rotation control
circuit.
C231 Desk drive motor problem*3

DDM LOCK signal remains
desk drive motor has
turned on.
Check procedures/
corrective measures

Replace the paper feed motor.
Defective drive
transmission
system.

replace if any.
Poor contact of
the desk drive
motor connector terminals.

Defective desk
drive motor rotation control
circuit.
Replace the desk drive motor.
3-5-7
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
C231 Desk drive motor probDefective drive

lem*3
transmission
DDM LOCK signal remains system.
desk drive motor has
turned on.
Check if rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If not grease

replace if any.
C241 Upper lift motor problem

When the drawer is inserted, the upper lift limit
switch does not turn on
within 4 to 5 s of the upper
lift motor turning on.
During copying, the upper
lift limit switch does not
turn on within 200 ms of
the upper lift motor turning
on.
Replace the upper lift motor.
Broken gears
or couplings of
the upper lift
motor.
Defective upper Check for continuity across

lift motor.
the coil. If none, replace the
upper lift motor.
Poor contact of
the upper lift

Defective upper Check if CN15-3 on the enlift limit switch. gine PCB goes low when the
upper lift limit switch is turned
on. If not, replace the upper lift
limit switch.
C242 Lower lift motor problem

When the drawer is inserted, the lower lift limit
within 4 to 5 s of the lower
During copying, the lower
the lower lift motor turning
on.
Poor contact of
the upper lift
limit switch

Broken gears
or couplings of
the lower lift
motor
Replace the lower lift motor.
Defective lower Check for continuity across

lift motor.
lower lift motor.
Poor contact of
the lower lift

3-5-8
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
C242 Lower lift motor problem

When the drawer is inserted, the lower lift limit
within 4 to 5 s of the lower
the lower lift motor turning
on.
Defective lower Check if CN15-4 on the enlift limit switch. gine PCB goes low when the
lower lift limit switch is turned
on. If not, replace the upper lift
limit switch.
Poor contact of
the lower lift
limit switch

C243 Upper desk lift motor

problem*3
When the drawer is inserted, the upper desk lift
limit switch does not turn
on within 4 to 5 s of the upper desk lift motor turning
on.
During copying, the upper
desk lift limit switch does
not turn on within 200 ms
of the upper desk lift motor
turning on.
Broken gears
or couplings of
the upper desk
lift motor.
Replace the upper desk lift

motor.
Defective upper Check for continuity across

desk lift motor. the coil. If none, replace the
upper desk lift motor.
Poor contact of
the upper desk
lift motor connector terminals.

Defective upper Check if CN3-11 on the desk

desk lift limit
main PCB goes low when the
switch.
upper desk lift limit switch is
turned on. If not, replace the
upper desk lift limit switch.
Poor contact of
the upper desk
lift limit switch

3-5-9
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
C244 Lower desk lift motor

problem*3
When the drawer is inserted, the lower desk lift
limit switch does not turn
on within 4 to 5 s of the
lower desk lift motor turning on.
desk lift limit switch does
not turn on within 200 ms
of the lower desk lift motor
turning on.
C310 Scanner carriage problem

The home position is not
correct when the power is
turned on or at the start of
copying using the bypass
table.
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
Broken gears
or couplings
of the lower
desk lift motor.
Replace the lower desk lift

motor.
Defective
lower desk lift
motor.
Check for continuity across

lower desk lift motor.
Poor contact
of the lower
desk lift motor
connector
terminals.

Defective
lower desk lift
limit switch.
Check if CN3-12 on the desk

main PCB goes low when the
lower desk lift limit switch is
turned on. If not, replace the
upper desk lift limit switch.
Poor contact
of the lower
desk lift limit
switch connector terminals.

Poor contact of
the connector
terminals.

and the continuity across the
connector terminals. Repair or
replace if necessary.
Defective scan- Replace the scanner home

ner home posi- position switch.
tion switch.
Defective main Replace the main PCB or
PCB or scanscanner motor PCB and check
ner motor PCB. for correct operation.
Defective scan- Replace the scanner motor.
ner motor.
3-5-10
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
10
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
C332 Scanner watchdog problem

The main routine does not
run within 8.192 ms of the
main switch being turned
on.
Defective main
PCB.
C340 Original detection position problem

The original size detection
microcomputer in the main
PCB cannot store initial
data correctly.
Poor contact of Check the connection of conthe connectors. nector CN7 on the scanner
motor PCB and the continuity
Defective origi- Replace the original size sennal size sensor. sor.
Defective main Replace the main PCB or
scanner motor PCB and check
PCB or scanner motor PCB. for correct operation.
C400 Polygon motor synchronization problem

The polygon motor does
not reach the stable speed
within 9 s of the polygon
motor remote signal turning on.
C401 Polygon motor steadystate problem

The polygon motor rotation
is not stable for 600 ms after the polygon motor rotation has been stabilized.
Poor contact of
the polygon

Defective polygon motor.
Replace the LSU.
Defective
power source
PCB.
Check if 24 V DC is supplied
to CN6-5 on the engine PCB.
If not, replace the power
source PCB.
Check if 24 V DC is output
from CN7-1 on the engine
PCB. If not, replace the engine
PCB.
Poor contact of
the polygon

Replace the LSU.
3-5-11
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
11
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
C401 Polygon motor steadystate problem

The polygon motor rotation
is not stable for 600 ms after the polygon motor rotation has been stabilized.
Defective
power source
PCB.
Check if 24 V DC is supplied
to CN6-5 on the engine PCB.
If not, replace the power
source PCB.
Check if 24 V DC is output
from CN7-1 on the engine
PCB. If not, replace the engine
PCB.
C420 BD steady-state problem

The VTC detects a BD error for 600 ms after the
polygon motor rotation has
been stabilized.
Defective laser
diode.
Replace the LSU.
Replace the LSU.
Defective main
PCB.
Replace the main PCB.
C510 Main charger problem

MC ALM signal is detected
continuously for 400 ms
when MC REM signal is
turned on.
Defective highvoltage transformer PCB.
Replace the high-voltage

transformer PCB.
C511 Transfer/separation highvoltage problem

STALM signal is detected
continuously for 400 ms
when TC/SC REM signal is
turned on.
C610 Broken fixing unit thermistor wire

The fixing temperature
does not increase for 40 s
after the fixing heaters
have been turned on for
warming up.
The fixing temperature remains below 50C/122F
for 10 s continuously after
the fixing heaters have
been turned on during stabilization.
Poor contact of
the fixing unit
thermistor connector terminals.
Check the connection of connector CN3-B8 on the engine

PCB and the continuity across
the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary.
Broken fixing
unit thermistor
wire.
Measure the resistance. If it is

infinite, replace the fixing unit
thermistor.
Leakage during Check and clean the main

main charging. charger assembly.
Replace the high-voltage
transformer PCB.
Leakage during Check and clean the transfer

charger assembly.
transfer/separation charging.
Fixing unit ther- Check and reinstall if necesmistor installed sary.

incorrectly.
Fixing unit ther- Check for continuity. If none,
replace the fixing unit thermomostat
stat.
triggered.
3-5-12
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
12
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
C610 Broken fixing unit thermistor wire

The fixing temperature
does not increase for 40 s
after the fixing heaters
have been turned on for
warming up.
for 10 s continuously after
the fixing heaters have
been turned on during stabilization.
Fixing unit
heater M or S
installed incorrectly.
Check and reinstall if necessary.
C620 Abnormally low fixing

temperature
for 10 s.
Poor contact of
the fixing unit
thermistor connector terminals.
Check the connection of connector CN3-B8 on the engine

PCB and the continuity across
the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary.
Broken fixing
unit thermistor
wire.

thermistor.
Check for continuity. If none,

Broken fixing
unit heater M or replace the fixing unit heater
S wire.
M or S.
Fixing unit ther- Check and reinstall if necesmistor installed sary.

incorrectly.
Fixing unit ther- Check for continuity. If none,
replace the fixing unit thermomostat trigstat.
gered.
Fixing unit
heater M or S
installed incorrectly.
Check and reinstall if necessary.
Broken fixing
Check for continuity. If none,
unit heater M or replace the fixing unit heater
S wire.
M or S.
3-5-13
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
13
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
C630 Abnormally high fixing

temperature
The fixing temperature exceeds 220C/428F for 10
s.
The fixing unit high temperature detection circuit
on the engine PCB detects
an abnormally high temperature.
Shorted fixing
unit thermistor.
C640 Zero-crossing signal

problem
The main PCB does not
detect the zero-crossing
signal (Z CROSS SIG) for
the time specified below.
At power-on: 3 s
Others: 5 s
Poor contact of
the connector
terminals.
Check the connection of connectors CN10-5 on the main

PCB and CN4-3 on the power
source PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary.
Defective
power source
PCB.
Check if the zero-crossing signal is output from CN4-3 on

the power source PCB. If not,
replace the power source
PCB.
Defective main
PCB.
Replace the main PCB if C640

is detected while CN4-3 on the
power source PCB outputs the
zero-crossing signal.
Defective toner
sensor.
Replace the toner sensor.
Poor contact of
the toner sensor connector
terminals.

Developer
problem.
Replace the developer.
C710 Toner sensor problem

The sensor output voltage
is outside the range of 0.5
to 4.5 V during copying or
in maintenance item U130.
The toner sensor control
voltage cannot be set
within the range in maintenance item U130.

thermistor.
Replace the power source

Broken fixing
unit heater con- PCB.
trol circuit on
the power
source PCB.
3-5-14
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
14
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
C730 Broken external temperature thermistor wire

The input voltage is above
4.5 V (230 bits).
Causes
Poor contact of
the humidity
sensor PCB
Check procedures/
corrective measures
Defective exter- Replace the humidity sensor

nal temperature PCB.
thermistor.
C731 Short-circuited external
temperature thermistor
The input voltage is below
0.5 V (250 bits).
Poor contact of
the humidity
sensor PCB

Defective exter- Replace the humidity sensor

nal temperature PCB.
thermistor.
C740 Toner hopper problem
The toner hopper lockup
sensor does not turn off after the toner recycle motor
has rotated for at least 1
minute.
Toner main
hopper lockup.
Remove the recycled toner in

the toner main hopper if it
locks up.
Defective toner
hopper lockup
sensor.
Replace the toner hopper

lockup sensor.
Poor contact of
the toner hopper lockup sensor connector
terminals.
Reinsert the connectors. Also

cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.
Defective toner
recycle motor.

the coils. If none, replace the
recycle motor.
Poor contact of
the toner recycle motor
Reinsert the connectors. Also

cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.
3-5-15
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
15
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
C801 Finisher paper conveying

motor problem*2
The paper conveying motor lockup signal is detected for 0.5 s or longer.
C803 Finisher paper conveying

belt problem*2
An on-to-off or off-to-on
state change of the paper
conveying belt home position sensor is not detected
within 2 s of the paper conveying belt clutch turning
on.
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
The paper
conveying
motor connector makes
poor contact.

The paper
conveying
motor malfunctions.
Replace the paper conveying

motor and check for correct
operation.

PCB.

The paper
conveying
belt is out of
phase.
Adjust the paper conveying

belt so that it is in phase and
The paper
conveying
belt clutch
malfunctions.

belt clutch and check for correct operation.
The paper
conveying
belt home
position sensor malfunctions.

belt home position sensor and
The paper
conveying
belt home
position sensor connector
makes poor
contact.

The internal
tray is incorrectly inserted.
Check whether the internal

tray unit or front cover catches
are damaged.
*2: optional.
3-5-16
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
16
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
C814 Finisher tray elevation

motor problem*2
The sort tray is not detected in the home position
within 30 s of the start of
the tray elevation motor rotation.
C817 Finisher front jogger motor problem*2

While the front jogger is
not detected in the home
position, the front jogger
home position sensor does
not detect the jogger within
1.5 s of the start of front
jogger motor clockwise rotation.
After the front jogger is detected in the home position, the front jogger home
position sensor still detects
the jogger within 0.5 s of
the start of front jogger motor counterclockwise rotation.
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
The tray elevation motor connector makes

poor contact.

The tray elevation motor malfunctions.
Replace the tray elevation motor and check for correct operation.

PCB.

The front jogger motor connector makes

poor contact.

The front jogger motor malfunctions.
Replace the front jogger motor

The front jogger motor

home position
sensor connector makes poor
contact.

The front jogger motor

home position
sensor malfunctions.
Replace the front jogger home

position sensor and check for
correct operation.

PCB.

*2: optional.
3-5-17
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
17
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
C818 Finisher rear jogger motor

problem*2
While the rear jogger is not
detected in the home position, the rear jogger home
position sensor does not
detect the jogger within 1.5
s of the start of rear jogger
motor clockwise rotation.
After the rear jogger is detected in the home position, the rear jogger home
position sensor still detects
the jogger within 0.5 s of
the start of rear jogger motor counterclockwise rotation.
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
The rear jogger motor

connector
makes poor
contact.


malfunctions.
Replace the rear jogger motor


home position
sensor connector makes
poor contact.


home position
sensor malfunctions.
Replace the rear jogger home

position sensor and check for
correct operation.

PCB.

*2: optional.
3-5-18
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
18
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
C821 Finisher front stapler

problem*2
The front stapler home position sensor does not
change state from non-detection to detection within
0.2 s of the start of front
stapler motor counterclockwise (forward) rotation.
During initialization, the
front stapler home position
sensor does not change
state from non-detection to
detection within 0.6 s of
the start of front stapler
motor clockwise (reverse)
rotation.
The front stapler connector

makes poor
contact.

The front stapler malfunctions.

a) The front
stapler is
blocked with a
staple.
b) The front
stapler is broken.
a) Remove the front stapler

cartridge, and check the cartridge and the stapling section
of the stapler.
b) Replace the front stapler

PCB.

C822 Finisher rear stapler problem*2

The rear stapler home position sensor does not
change state from non-detection to detection within
0.2 s of the start of rear
stapler motor counterclockwise (forward) rotation.
During initialization, the
rear stapler home position
sensor does not change
state from non-detection to
detection within 0.6 s of
the start of rear stapler motor clockwise (reverse) rotation.
The rear stapler connector

makes poor
contact.

The rear stapler malfunctions.

a) The rear stapler is blocked
with a staple.
b) The rear stapler is broken.

PCB.
a) Remove the rear stapler

cartridge, and check the cartridge and the stapling section
of the stapler.
b) Replace the rear stapler
*2: optional.
3-5-19
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
19
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
C920 Deck paper conveying

motor problem*1
No pulse is input within
500 ms of the start-up.
100 ms of the previous
pulse input.
Causes
The deck paper
conveying motor connector
makes poor
contact.
Check procedures/
corrective measures
Defective deck Replace the deck paper conpaper convey- veying motor PCB and check
ing motor PCB. for correct operation.
The deck paper Check the gears and remedy if
conveying mo- necessary.
tor does not rotate correctly
(the motor is
overloaded).
C921 Paper deck motor 1 problem*1

No pulse is input within 20
ms of the start-up.
pulse input.
Paper deck
motor 1 connector makes
poor contact.

Paper deck
motor 1 does
not rotate correctly (the motor is overloaded).
Check the gears and remedy if

necessary.
3-5-20
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
20
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
Remarks
Code
Contents
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
C922 Paper deck motor 2 problem*1

No pulse is input within 20
ms of the start-up.
pulse input.
Paper deck
motor 2 connector makes
poor contact.

Paper deck
motor 2 does
not rotate correctly (the motor is overloaded).
Check the gears and remedy if

necessary.
C923 Right lift position problem*1

While the paper deck motor is driving, lift upper limit
switch 1 detects the right
lift reaching the upper limit.
Upper limit
switch 1 connector makes
poor contact.

Deck level
poor contact.

C924 Left lift position problem*1

While the paper deck motor is driving, lift upper limit
switch 2 detects the left lift
reaching the upper limit.
Upper limit
poor contact.

Deck level
poor contact.

3-5-21
3-5 (2A3/4/E)
21
1/1/32, 3:48
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems .................................................................. 3-6-1
(1) No image appears (entirely white). .............................................. 3-6-4
(2) No image appears (entirely black). .............................................. 3-6-5
(3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-6
(4) Background is visible. .................................................................. 3-6-6
(5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-7
(6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-7
(7) A black line appears laterally. ...................................................... 3-6-8
(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. .................. 3-6-8
(9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................. 3-6-9
(10) Image is blurred. .......................................................................... 3-6-9
(11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with
the original. ................................................................................ 3-6-10
(12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with
the original. ................................................................................ 3-6-10
(13) Paper creases. .......................................................................... 3-6-11
(14) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-11
(15) Image is partly missing. ............................................................. 3-6-12
(16) Fixing is poor. ............................................................................ 3-6-12
(17) Image is out of focus. ................................................................ 3-6-13
(18) Image center does not align with the original center. ................ 3-6-13
(19) Image is not square. .................................................................. 3-6-14
(20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering) .................................. 3-6-14
(21) There is a regular error between the centers of
the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. ............... 3-6-15
(22) There is a regular error between the leading edges of
the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. ............... 3-6-15
(23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original
image and that of the copy image do not align. ......................... 3-6-16
(24) When the large paper deck is used, the center of the original
image and that of the copy image do not align. ......................... 3-6-16
(25) Toner scatters at the leading edge of the image. ...................... 3-6-17
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................. 3-6-18
Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-18
(1) A paper jam in the paper feed, conveying or eject section is
indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. ................... 3-6-18
(2) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during
copying (no paper feed from copier upper drawer). .................. 3-6-19
copying (no paper feed from copier lower drawer). ................... 3-6-20
copying (no paper feed from bypass). ....................................... 3-6-20
copying (jam in copier vertical paper conveying section). ......... 3-6-21
copying (jam in converging section). ......................................... 3-6-22
1-1-27
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
27
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
copying (multiple sheets in paper feed section). .......................
copying (multiple sheets in copier vertical
conveying section). ....................................................................
copying (multiple sheets before registration section). ...............
(10) A paper jam in the paper conveying section is indicated
during copying (jam in registration/transfer section). .................
(11) A paper jam in the fixing section is indicated during
copying (jam in fixing section). ..................................................
(12) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during
copying (jam in eject section). ...................................................
(13) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during
copying (jam in switchback eject section). ................................
SRDF ..............................................................................................
(1) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. .................
(2) An original jams during continuous copying of
multiple originals. .......................................................................
(3) An original jams in the SRDF during copying
(a jam in the original feed/conveying section). ..........................
(4) An original jams in the SRDF during copying
(a jam in the original switchback section). .................................
(5) Original jams frequently. ............................................................
Feedshift and duplex sections ........................................................
(1) A paper jam in the feedshift section is indicated during
copying (jam in feedshift section). .............................................
(2) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during
copying (jam in duplex conveying section). ...............................
(3) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during
copying (jam in duplex stock section). .......................................
Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) .................
(1) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during
copying (paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deck
horizontal paper path). ..............................................................
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ......................................................................
(1) Power source PCB ....................................................................
(2) Engine PCB ...............................................................................
(3) Main PCB ..................................................................................
(4) Memory copy PCB ....................................................................
(5) Scanner motor PCB ..................................................................
(6) CCD PCB ..................................................................................
(7) DF driver PCB ...........................................................................
(8) Operation unit main PCB ...........................................................
(9) Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/53 ppm: standard) ..............
1-1-28
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
28
1/1/32, 0:09
3-6-22
3-6-22
3-6-22
3-6-23
3-6-23
3-6-23
3-6-24
3-6-25
3-6-25
3-6-25
3-6-26
3-6-27
3-6-27
3-6-28
3-6-28
3-6-28
3-6-29
3-6-30
3-6-30
3-6-31
3-6-32
3-6-33
3-6-33
3-6-36
3-6-47
3-6-57
3-6-60
3-6-62
3-6-64
3-6-67
3-6-70
2A3/4
3-6-4 Electrical problems ............................................................................
Copier .............................................................................................
(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is
turned on. ..................................................................................
(2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). ................................
(3) The scanner motor does not operate. .......................................
(4) The upper lift motor does not operate. ......................................
(5) The lower lift motor does not operate. .......................................
(6) The toner feed motor does not operate. ....................................
(7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate. .......
(8) Cooling fan motor 1 does not operate at all
or does not turn at full speed. ....................................................
(9) Cooling fan motor 2 does not operate at all
or does not turn at full speed. ....................................................
(10) Paper feed motor does not operate (C230). ..............................
(11) The paper conveying motor does not operate (C210). ..............
(12) The toner recycle motor does not operate. ...............................
(13) The charger cleaning motor does not operate. .........................
(14) The image formation unit fan motor does not operate. .............
(15) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. ........................
(16) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. .........................
(17) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. ................................................
(22) The registration clutch does not operate. ..................................
(23) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. ......................
(24) The eject speed switching clutch does not operate. ..................
(25) The bypass solenoid does not operate. ....................................
(26) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. .........................................
(27) The exposure lamp does not turn on. ........................................
(28) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................
(29) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620). ..........................
(30) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off
(fixing unit thermostat triggered; C620). ....................................
(31) Main charging is not performed (C510). ....................................
(32) Transfer charging is not performed (C511). ..............................
(33) Separation charging is not performed (C511). ..........................
(34) No developing bias is output. ....................................................
(35) The original size is not detected. ...............................................
(36) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................
(37) The touch panel keys do not work. ............................................
(38) The message requesting paper to be loaded is
shown when paper is present in the upper drawer. ...................
(39) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown
when paper is present in the lower drawer. ...............................
(40) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown
when paper is present on the bypass table. ..............................
(41) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not
displayed correctly. ....................................................................
3-6-73
3-6-73
3-6-73
3-6-73
3-6-74
3-6-74
3-6-74
3-6-75
3-6-75
3-6-75
3-6-75
3-6-76
3-6-76
3-6-76
3-6-77
3-6-77
3-6-77
3-6-78
3-6-78
3-6-78
3-6-78
3-6-79
3-6-79
3-6-79
3-6-79
3-6-80
3-6-80
3-6-80
3-6-80
3-6-81
3-6-81
3-6-81
3-6-81
3-6-82
3-6-82
3-6-82
3-6-83
3-6-83
3-6-83
3-6-83
3-6-84
3-6-84
3-6-84
1-1-29
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
29
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
(42) The size of paper in the lower drawer is not
displayed correctly. .................................................................... 3-6-85
(43) A paper jam in the paper feed, paper conveying or fixing
section is indicated on the touch panel immediately after
the main switch is turned on. ..................................................... 3-6-86
(44) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed
when the front, left and right covers are closed. ........................ 3-6-87
(45) Others. ....................................................................................... 3-6-87
SRDF .............................................................................................. 3-6-88
(1) The original feed motor does not operate. ................................ 3-6-88
(2) The original conveying motor does not operate. ....................... 3-6-88
(3) The original feed solenoid does not operate. ............................ 3-6-88
(4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. ................ 3-6-89
(5) The eject feedshift solenoid does not operate. .......................... 3-6-89
(6) The switchback pressure solenoid does not operate. ............... 3-6-89
(7) The original feed clutch does not operate. ................................ 3-6-90
(8) A message indicating cover open is displayed when
the SRDF is closed correctly. .................................................... 3-6-90
(9) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. ................. 3-6-90
Feedshift and duplex sections ........................................................ 3-6-92
(1) The side registration motor does not rotate (C220). .................. 3-6-92
(2) The feedshift solenoid does not operate. .................................. 3-6-93
(3) The duplex forward solenoid does not operate. ........................ 3-6-92
(4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. ................ 3-6-93
(5) The duplex paper tapping solenoid does not operate. .............. 3-6-93
(6) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed
when the left cover is closed. .................................................... 3-6-93
(7) Others. ....................................................................................... 3-6-93
Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................. 3-6-94
(1) The large paper deck does not operate when the print key is
pressed. ..................................................................................... 3-6-94
(2) The deck paper conveying motor does not operate (C920). ..... 3-6-94
(3) Paper deck motor 1 does not operate (C921). .......................... 3-6-94
(4) Paper deck motor 2 does not operate (C922). .......................... 3-6-95
(5) Paper feed clutch 1 does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-95
(6) Paper feed clutch 2 does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-95
(7) The paper conveying clutch dose not operate. ......................... 3-6-96
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ........................................................................ 3-6-97
Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-97
(1) No primary paper feed. .............................................................. 3-6-97
(2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-97
(3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-97
(4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-98
(5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-98
(6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-98
(7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-98
(8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-99
SRDF ............................................................................................ 3-6-100
(1) No primary original feed. ......................................................... 3-6-100
(2) No secondary original feed. ..................................................... 3-6-100
(3) Originals jam. .......................................................................... 3-6-100
1-1-30
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
30
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
Feedshift and duplex sections ......................................................
(1) No refeed. ................................................................................
(2) Paper is refed askew. ..............................................................
(3) Paper jams. .............................................................................
(4) Abnormal noise is heard. .........................................................
Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ...............
(1) No primary paper feed. ............................................................
(2) Paper is fed askew. .................................................................
(3) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ..........................
(4) Paper jams. .............................................................................
(5) Abnormal noise is heard. .........................................................
3-6-101
3-6-101
3-6-101
3-6-101
3-6-101
3-6-102
3-6-102
3-6-102
3-6-102
3-6-102
3-6-103
1-1-31
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
31
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
3-6-1 Image formation problems

(1) No image appears
(entirely white).

(entirely black).
See page 3-6-4
See page 3-6-5
See page 3-6-6
(5) A white line appears

longitudinally.
(6) A black line appears

longitudinally.
See page 3-6-7
See page 3-6-7
(4) Background is visible.
See page 3-6-6

laterally.
See page 3-6-8

(10) Image is blurred.
See page 3-6-9
(8) One side of the copy

image is darker than
the other.
(3) Image is too light.
(9) Black dots appear on

the image.
See page 3-6-8
See page 3-6-9
(11) The leading edge of

the image is consistently misaligned with
the original.
(12) The leading edge of

the image is sporadically misaligned with
the original.
See page 3-6-10
See page 3-6-10
3-6-1
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(13) Paper creases.
(14) Offset occurs.
See page 3-6-11
See page 3-6-11

(17) Image is out of focus.
(16) Fixing is poor.
(15) Image is partly missing.
See page 3-6-12

(18) Image center does
not align with the
original center.
See page 3-6-12
See page 3-6-13
See page 3-6-13
(19) Image is not square.
(20) Image contrast is low

(carrier scattering).
(21) There is a regular

error between the
centers of the original
and copy image when
the SRDF is used.
See page 3-6-14
See page 3-6-14
See page 3-6-15

error between the
leading edges of the
original and copy
image when the
SRDF is used.
(23) When the duplex unit

is used, the center of
the original image and
that of the copy image
do not align.
(24) When the large paper

deck is used, the
center of the original
image and that of the
copy image do not
align.
See page 3-6-15
See page 3-6-16
See page 3-6-16
3-6-2
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(25) Toner scatters at the
leading edge of the
image.
See page 3-6-17
3-6-3
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(entirely white).
Causes
1. No transfer charging.
Causes
Check procedures/corrective measures
1. No transfer charging.
A. Broken transfer charger wire.
Replace the wire.
B. The connector terminals of the

high-voltage transformer PCB
make poor contact.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for

continuity within the connector cable. If none,
remedy or replace the cable.
C. Defective main PCB.
Check if CN1-84 on the main PCB goes low

when maintenance item U101 is run. If not,
replace the main PCB.
D. Defective engine PCB.
Check if CN5-B7 on the engine PCB goes

low when CN1-84 on the main PCB is held
low while maintenance item U101 is run. If
not, replace the engine PCB.
E. Defective high-voltage
transformer PCB.
Check if transfer charging takes place when

CN1-7 on the high-voltage transformer PCB
goes low while maintenance item U101 is
run. If not, replace the high-voltage
transformer PCB.
3-6-4
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(entirely black).
Causes
1. No main charging.
2. Exposure lamp fails to light.
Causes
1. No main charging.
A. Broken main charger wire.
Replace the wire.
B. Leaking main charger housing.
Clean the main charger wire, grid and shield.
C. The connector terminals of the

high-voltage transformer PCB
make poor contact.

D. Defective main PCB.

E. Defective engine PCB.

low when CN1-86 on the main PCB is held
low while maintenance item U100 is run. If
F. Defective high-voltage
transformer PCB.
Check if main charging takes place when

transformer PCB.
2. Exposure lamp fails to light.

A. The connector terminals of the
exposure lamp make poor
contact.

B. Defective inverter PCB.
Check if the exposure lamp lights when CN15 and 1-6 on the inverter PCB go low while
maintenance item U061 is run. If not, replace
the inverter PCB.
C. Defective scanner control PCB.
Check if CN 5-14 on the main PCB goes low

3-6-5
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(3) Image is too light.
Causes
1. Insufficient toner.
2. Deteriorated developer.
3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
Causes
1. Insufficient toner.
If the display shows the message requesting

toner replenishment, replace the cartridge.
Check the number of copies made with the

current developer. If it has reached the
specified limit, replace the developer.
3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
Clean the drum or, if the maintenance level

has been reached, replace the drum (see
page 3-3-45).
(4) Background is visible.
Causes
Causes
Check the number of copies made with the

current developer. If it has reached the
specified limit, replace the developer.
3-6-6
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(5) A white line appears
longitudinally.
Causes
1. Dirty or flawed transfer charger wire.
2. Foreign matter in the developing section.
3. Flawed drum.
4. Dirty shading plate.
Causes
1. Dirty or flawed transfer charger

wire.
Clean the transfer charger wire or, if it is

flawed, replace it.
2. Foreign matter in the developing

section.
Check if the magnetic brush is formed

uniformly. If not, replace the developer.
3. Flawed drum.
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45).
4. Dirty shading plate.
Clean the shading plate.

longitudinally.
Causes
1. Dirty contact glass.
2. Dirty or flawed drum.
3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
4. Dirty scanner mirror.
Causes
1. Dirty contact glass.
Clean the contact glass.
Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it

(see page 3-3-45).
Replace the cleaning blade (see page

3-3-59).
4. Dirty scanner mirror.
Clean the scanner mirror.
3-6-7
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
laterally.
Causes
1. Flawed drum.
2. Dirty developing section.
3. Leaking main charger housing.
Causes
1. Flawed drum.
2. Dirty developing section.
Clean any part contaminated with toner or

carrier in the developing section.
3. Leaking main charger housing.
Clean the main charger wire, grid and shield.
(8) One side of the copy

image is darker than
the other.
Causes
Causes
1. Dirty main charger wire.
2. Defective exposure lamp.
1. Dirty main charger wire.
Clean the wire or, if it is extremely dirty,

replace it.
2. Defective exposure lamp.
Check if the exposure lamp light is distributed

evenly. If not, replace the exposure lamp
(see page 3-3-23).
3-6-8
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(9) Black dots appear on
the image.
Causes
Causes
Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it

(see page 3-3-45).

3-3-59).
(10) Image is blurred.
Causes
1. Scanner moves erratically.
2. Deformed press roller.
3. Paper conveying section drive problem.
Causes
1. Scanner moves erratically.
Check if there is any foreign matter on the

front and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it.
2. Deformed press roller.
Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-71).
3. Paper conveying section drive

problem.
Check the gears and belts and, if necessary,

grease them.
3-6-9
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(11) The leading edge of the
image is consistently
misaligned with the
original.
Causes
1. Misadjusted leading edge registration.
Causes
1. Misadjusted leading edge

registration.
(12) The leading edge of the

image is sporadically
misaligned with the
original.
Readjust the leading edge registration (see

pages 3-3-18 and 39).
Causes
1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or
upper or lower paper feed clutch installed or
operating incorrectly.
Causes
1. Registration clutch, bypass paper

feed clutch or upper or lower
paper feed clutch installed or
operating incorrectly.
Check the installation position and operation

of the registration clutch, bypass paper feed
clutch and upper and lower paper feed
clutches. If any of them operates incorrectly,
replace it.
3-6-10
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
10
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(13) Paper creases.
Causes
1. Paper curled.
2. Paper damp.
3. Defective pressure springs.
Causes
1. Paper curled.
Check the paper storage conditions.
2. Paper damp.
Replace the pressure springs.
Causes
1. Defective cleaning blade.
(14) Offset occurs.
Causes
1. Defective cleaning blade.

3-3-59).
3-6-11
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
11
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(15) Image is partly missing.
Causes
Causes
1. Paper damp.
2. Paper creased.
3. Drum condensation.
4. Flawed drum.
1. Paper damp.
2. Paper creased.
Replace the paper.
3. Drum condensation.
Clean the drum (see page 3-3-50).
4. Flawed drum.
(16) Fixing is poor.
Causes
1. Wrong paper.
3. Flawed press roller.
Causes
1. Wrong paper.
Check if the paper meets specifications.
Replace the pressure springs.
3. Flawed press roller.
Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-71).
3-6-12
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
12
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(17) Image is out of focus.
Causes
1. Defective image scanning unit.
Causes
1. Defective image scanning unit.
(18) Image center does not

align with the original
center.
Replace the image scanning unit.
Causes
1. Misadjusted image center line.
2. Misadjusted scanner center line.
3. Original placed incorrectly.
Causes
1. Misadjusted image center line.
Readjust the image center line (see page 33-19).
2. Misadjusted scanner center line.
Readjust the scanner center line (see page

3-3-38).
3. Original placed incorrectly.
Place the original correctly.
3-6-13
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
13
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(19) Image is not square.
Causes
1. Laser scanner unit positioned incorrectly.
2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.
Causes
1. Laser scanner unit positioned

incorrectly.
Adjust the installation position of the laser

scanner unit (see page 3-3-33).
2. Image scanning unit positioned

incorrectly.
Adjust the installation position of the image

scanning unit (see page 3-3-35).
(20) Image contrast is low

(carrier scattering).
Causes
1. No developing bias output.
Causes
1. No developing bias output.

A. Developing bias wire makes poor
contact.
Check the developing bias wire. If there are

any problems, replace it.
B. Defective main PCB.

C. Defective high-voltage
transformer PCB.
Check if developing bias is output when there

is no problem with the main PCB while
maintenance item U030 is run. If not, replace
the high-voltage transformer PCB.
3-6-14
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
14
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
error between the
centers of the original
and copy image when
the SRDF is used.
Causes
1. Misadjusted DF center line.
Causes
1. Misadjusted DF center line.

error between the
leading edges of the
original and copy
image when the
SRDF is used.

Readjust the DF center line (see page 3-3-97).
Causes
1. Misadjusted DF original scanning start position.
Causes
1. Misadjusted DF original scanning
start position.

Readjust the DF original scanning start
position (see page 3-3-98).
3-6-15
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
15
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(23) When the duplex unit

is used, the center of
the original image
and that of the copy
image do not align.
Causes
1. Side registration section installed incorrectly.
Causes
1. Side registration sec-tion installed
incor-rectly.
(24) When the large paper

deck is used, the
center of the original
image and that of the
copy image do not
align.
Adjust the installation position of the side

registration section (see page 3-3-87).
Causes
1. Center adjuster installed incorrectly.
Causes
1. Center adjuster installed incorrectly.

Adjust the installation position of the center
adjuster (see page 3-3-105).
3-6-16
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
16
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
(25) Toner scatters at the
leading edge of the
image.
Causes
1. Upper registration cleaner
assembly soiled with paper
powder.
Causes
1. Upper registration cleaner assembly soiled with
paper powder.

Vacuum clean the paper powder from the
upper registration cleaner assembly.
3-6-17
3-6-1 (2A3/4/E)
17
1/1/32, 3:50
2A3/4
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds

Copier
Problem
Causes/check procedures
Corrective measures
(1)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed, conveying or eject
section is indicated as soon
as the main
switch is
turned on.
A piece of paper torn from copy

paper is caught around paper
feed switch 1/2/3, the feed
switch,registration switch or
eject switch.
Check visually and remove it, if

any.
Defective paper feed switch 1.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-5

on the engine PCB, check if
CN13-4 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed
switch 1 is turned on and off. If
it does, replace paper feed
switch 1.

CN13-7 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed
switch 2.
With 5 V DC present at CN1311 on the engine PCB, check if

CN13-10 on the engine PCB
remains low when paper feed
switch 3.
Defective feed switch.

CN13-1 on the engine PCB remains low when the feed switch
is turned on and off. If it does,
replace the feed switch.
Defective registration switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1

CN8-B2 on the engine PCB
remains low when the registration switch is turned on and off.
If it does, replace the registration switch.
3-6-18
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
18
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
Corrective measures
(1)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed, conveying or eject
section is indicated as soon
as the main
switch is
turned on.
Defective eject switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN3B10 on the engine PCB, check

if CN3-B9 on the engine PCB
remains low when the eject
switch is turned on and off. If it
does, replace the eject switch.
(2)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed section
is indicated
during copying (no paper
feed from
copier upper
drawer).
Paper in the upper drawer is

extremely curled.
Change the paper.
Check if the upper paper feed

pulley, lower paper feed pulley
or upper forwarding pulley of
the upper drawer are deformed.
Check visually and replace any

deformed pulleys.
Broken paper feed switch 2

actuator.
Check visually and replace paper feed switch 1 if its actuator

is broken.

goes low when paper feed
switch 2 is turned on. If not,
replace paper feed switch 2.

clutch malfunctions.
Check and repair if necessary.
Electrical problem with the upper paper feed clutch.
Check (see page 3-6-79).
3-6-19
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
19
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
(3)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed section
is indicated
feed from
copier lower
drawer).
(4)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed section
is indicated
feed from bypass).
Corrective measures
Paper in the lower drawer is

extremely curled.
Change the paper.

pulley, lower paper feed pulley
or upper forwarding pulley of
the lower drawer are deformed.

deformed pulleys.

actuator.

is broken.

Check if the lower paper feed

Electrical problem with the

lower paper feed clutch.
Paper on the bypass table is

extremely curled.
Change the paper.
Check if the forwarding pulley,

upper or lower paper feed pulleys of the bypass are deformed.

deformed pulleys.
Broken feed switch actuator.
Check visually and replace the

feed switch if its actuator is broken.

remains low when the feed
switch is turned on and off. If it
does, replace the feed switch.
Check if the bypass paper feed

Electrical problem with the bypass paper feed clutch.
3-6-20
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
20
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
(5)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed section
is indicated
during copying (jam in
copier vertical
paper conveying section).
Corrective measures
Broken feed switch actuator.

feed switch if its actuator is broken.

goes low when the feed switch
is turned on. If not, replace the
feed switch.

actuator.

is broken.


actuator.

is broken.


actuator.
Check visually and replace

paper feed switch 3 if its
actuator is broken.

Check if the feed pulleys and

feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 do not
contact each other.
Check visually and remedy if

necessary.

feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 are
deformed.
Repair or replace if necessary.
3-6-21
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
21
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
Corrective measures
(6)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed section
is indicated
during copying (jam in
converging
section).
Broken registration switch actuator.

registration switch if its actuator
is broken.

CN8-B2 on the engine PCB
goes low when the registration
switch is turned on. If not, replace the registration switch.
(7)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed section
is indicated
during copying (multiple
sheets in paper feed section).

feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 are deformed.

feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 do not
contact each other.

necessary.
Check if the feed guides are

deformed.

necessary.
(8)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed section
is indicated
sheets in
copier vertical
conveying
section).
Check if the feed guides are

deformed.

necessary.
(9)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed section
is indicated
sheets before
registration
section).
Check if the upper, middle and

lower feed guide plates are deformed.

necessary.
3-6-22
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
22
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
Corrective measures
(10)
A paper jam
in the paper
conveying
section is indicated during
copying (jam
in registration/
transfer
section).
Check if the registration clutch

malfunctions.

necessary.
Electrical problem with the registration clutch.
Check if the upper and lower

registration rollers contact each
other.

necessary.

feed rollers contact each other.

necessary.
(11)
A paper jam
in the fixing
copying (jam
in fixing section).
Check if the registration clutch

malfunctions.
Check and remedy if necessary.

registration rollers contact each
other.

necessary.

feed rollers contact each other.

necessary.
Check if the fixing unit front

guide is deformed.
Check if the press roller is extremely dirty or deformed.
Clean or replace if necessary.
Check if the heat roller separation claws are dirty or deformed.
Clean or replace if necessary.
Check if the heat roller and its

separation claws contact each
other.
Remedy if the separation claw

springs are out of place.
Check if the eject roller and

eject pulley contact each other.
Remedy.
(12)
A paper jam
in the eject
copying (jam
in eject
section).
3-6-23
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
23
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
(13)
A paper jam
in the eject
section is
indicated
during
copying (jam
in switchback
eject section).
Broken switchback eject switch

actuator.

switchback eject switch if its
actuator is broken.
Corrective measures
Defective switchback eject

switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-A2

CN3-A1 on the engine PCB
remains low when the
switchback eject switch is
turned on and off. If it does,
replace the switchback eject
switch.
Check if the left or right

switchback feed roller is
deformed.

deformed rollers.
Check if the right middle or left

switchback eject guide is
deformed.

necessary.
3-6-24
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
24
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
SRDF
Problem
(1)
An original
jams when
the main
switch is
turned on.
(2)
An original
jams during
continuous
copying of
multiple originals.
Corrective measures
A piece of paper torn from an

original is caught around the
original feed switch.
Remove any found.
Defective original feed switch.

on the DF driver PCB, check if
CN6-B5 on the DF driver PCB
remains low when the original
feed switch is turned on and off.
If it does, replace the original
feed switch.

original is caught around the
original switchback switch.
Remove any found.
Defective original switchback

switch.

CN6-A5 on the DF driver PCB
switchback switch is turned on
and off. If it does, replace the

original is caught around the DF
timing switch.
Remove any found.
Defective DF timing switch.
With 5 V DC present at
CN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB,
check if CN6-A14 on the DF
driver PCB remains low when
the DF timing switch is turned
on and off. If it does, replace
the DF timing switch.

feed switch.
Check if the original feed motor

or the original conveying motor
malfunction.
Check and remedy.
3-6-25
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
25
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
(3)
An original
jams in the
SRDF during
copying (a
jam in the
original feed/
conveying
section).
Corrective measures

feed switch.

switch.


malfunctions.
Check and remedy.
Check if the DF original feed

pulley or the DF separation pulley is deformed.

deformed pulley.
Check if the DF registration

roller or the DF registration pulley is deformed.

deformed pulley.
Check if the lower original conveying roller or the front scanning pulley is deformed.

deformed pulley.
3-6-26
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
26
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
Corrective measures
(3)
An original
jams in the
SRDF during
copying (a
jam in the
original feed/
conveying
section).
Check if the original conveying

motor malfunctions.
Check and remedy.
Check if the middle original

conveying roller and middle
original conveying pulley
contact each
other correctly.
Check and remedy.
(4)
An original
jams in the
SRDF during
copying (a
jam in the
original
switchback
section).

switch.


malfunctions.
Check and remedy.
Check if the original conveying

motor malfunctions.
Check and remedy.
An original outside the specifications is used.
Use only originals conforming

to the specifications.
The DF forwarding pulleys, DF

original feed pulley or DF
switchback pulley is dirty with
paper powder.
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
The DF original feed pulley and

the DF separation pulley do not
contact correctly.
Remedy.
(5)
Original jams
frequently.
3-6-27
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
27
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Feedshift and duplex sections
Problem
(1)
A paper jam
in the
feedshift section is indicated during
copying (jam
in feedshift
section).
(2)
A paper jam
in the duplex
copying (jam
in duplex conveying
section).
Corrective measures
Broken feedshift switch actuator.

feedshift switch if its actuator is
broken.
Defective feedshift switch.

goes low when the feedshift
switch is turned on. If not,
replace the feedshift switch.

feedshift solenoid.
Deformed lower feedshift guide.
Check and remedy.
Incorrect contact between the

feedshift lower roller and pulley.
Check and remedy.
Broken duplex paper conveying

switch actuator.

duplex paper conveying switch
if its actuator is broken.
Defective duplex paper conveying switch.

CN9-8 on the engine PCB goes
low when the duplex paper conveying switch is turned on. If
not, replace the duplex paper
conveying switch.
Broken duplex registration

switch actuator.

duplex registration switch if its
actuator is broken.
Defective duplex registration

switch.

low when the duplex
registration switch is turned on.
If not, replace the duplex
registration switch.
Broken duplex eject switch

actuator.

duplex eject switch if its actuator is broken.
3-6-28
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
28
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
(2)
A paper jam
in the duplex
copying (jam
in duplex conveying
section).
(3)
A paper jam
in the duplex
copying (jam
in duplex
stock
section).
Corrective measures
Defective duplex eject switch.

goes low when the duplex eject
switch is tuned on. If not, replace the duplex eject switch.
Check if upper and lower

duplex registration rollers,
duplex paper conveying roller
and pulley, and duplex eject
roller and pulley contact each
other correctly.
Check and remedy.
Check if upper or lower duplex

registration roller, duplex paper
conveying roller or pulley, or
duplex eject roller or pulley are
deformed.

necessary.
Check if the duplex forward

solenoid malfunctions.
Check and remedy.
Electrical problem with the duplex forward solenoid.
Broken switchback eject switch

actuator.

switchback eject switch if its
actuator is broken.
Defective switchback eject

switch.

goes low when the switchback
eject switch is turned on. If not,
replace the switchback eject
switch.
Broken duplex registration

switch actuator.

duplex registration switch if its
actuator is broken.
Defective duplex registration

switch.

low when the duplex
registration switch is turned on.
If not, replace the duplex
registration switch.
3-6-29
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
29
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
Problem
(1)
A paper jam
in the large
paper deck is
indicated
during
copying
(paper failing
to reach
PPS0 in large
paper deck
horizontal
paper path).
Corrective measures
Broken deck paper conveying

motor gear.

deck paper conveying motor or
its gear if necessary.
Paper is extremely curled.
Change the paper.
Defective paper path sensor 1.
With a 5/0 V DC pulse signal

output at CN1-1 on the deck
main PCB, check if a 2/0 V DC
pulse signal is output at CN4-9
on the deck main PCB when
paper path sensor 1 is turned
on by holding a sheet of paper
level about 10 to 20 mm below
the bottom of the paper
conveying base. If not, paper
path sensor 1 or the interface
PCB is defective. Check the
interface PCB and, if it is okay,
replace paper path sensor 1.
Electrical problem with paper

feed clutch 1.
The paper side guides are

deformed.
Remedy or replace.
Mechanical problem with paper

feed clutch 1.
Check the installation condition.
Defective interface PCB.

CN1-9 & CN7-2 and CN1-4 &
CN5-6 on the interface PCB. If
none, replace the interface
PCB.
Defective deck main PCB.
Check if the voltage at CN4-9

on the deck main PCB changes
in the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC
(pulse) /0 V DC. If it does,
replace the deck main PCB.
3-6-30
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
30
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
(2)
A paper jam
in the large
paper deck is
indicated
during
copying
(paper failing
to reach
PPS1 in large
paper deck
horizontal
paper path).
Corrective measures

motor gear.

Change the paper.

on the deck main PCB with

paper conveying clutch.

deformed.
Remedy or replace.
Mechanical problem with the

paper conveying clutch.

CN1-6 & CN5-2 and CN2-6 &
none, replace the interface
PCB.
Check if the voltage at CN1-6

on the deck main PCB changes
3-6-31
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
31
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
Problem
(3)
A paper jam
in the large
paper deck is
indicated
during
copying
(paper failing
to reach
PPS2 in large
paper deck
horizontal
paper path).
Corrective measures

motor gear.

Change the paper.

on the deck main PCB when
Electrical problem with paper

feed clutch 2.
Mechanical problem with paper

feed clutch 2.

deformed.
Remedy or replace.

CN1-5 & CN5-4 and CN2-11 &
none, replace interface the
PCB.
Check if the voltages at CN1-11

on the deck main PCB change
3-6-32
3-6-2 (2A3/4/E)
32
1/1/32, 3:52
2A3/4
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages

Precautions
When handling the circuit boards, do not touch the components with bare hands.
ICs can be damaged by static discharges. If a PCB contains ICs, do not touch the ICs,
cable connectors or edge connectors.
Store the circuit boards wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or
similar material.
CN6
J1535
C306
C303
J0513
C302
3
D301
C304
R307
J0510
R305
R309
R310
Q304
C305
1
Q301
R304
Q303
D302
R601
R602
R503
R3
PT1
PT2
C10
PC3
C9
C8
C11
LUG4
J1007
J1525
J1523
D001
LUG2
R108
R125
C114
C113
L2
R124
J1506
J1006
R127
J1514
J1507
J1505
J7502
1
J1005
J1004
J7501A
Z1
J7501
R123
J1003
J1002
L3
J1512
J1513
J1001 TR2
J1001A
J0502
J0501
C116
R128
1
C115
R2
LUG1
R126
J1003A
CN10
CN9
C3
C4
TAB3
CN8
C2
TAB2
TAB4
J1509
J1508
3
TR3
J1510
J1511
J1502
J1501
J1002A
J1503
TAB1
J1504
F2
F1
R1
L302
J1543
C307
J1502A
J1517
D103
L1
D108
C112
C1
J1004A
J1014
ZD103
R121
J1522
J1521
J1520
J1519
J1518
TR1
R109
D104
D109
J1005A
J1526
D107
R119
J1501A
J2008
J1013
R111
R122
R301
R302
R303
J1011
RF1
B1
C104
Q1
R311
J1534
J1533
R313
J1012
J2007
J2002
J1007A
J1516
J1008 R110 J1515
R312
J1018
R318
R317 J1019
J0514
R308
C310
R502
C501
R105
R120
J2001
J1010
J1524
D102
J0503
C110
J0505
C108
R118
LUG3
Q501
J0504 Q3
R106
R107
C106
IC1
R129
C102
D106
C101
C109
J2003
R112
J0515
R501
ZD101
J0509
J2004
J0506
R104
C105
J1015
J1527 C111
R115
R116
R117
J1016
C103
R114
J0507
J1532
J1531
J1530
J1017
B2
R101
J1528
J0508
ZD102
J2006
J1006A
J0511
J0512
D101
D105
IC3
C301
R319
R401
R320
J0517 R208
AB
1
D304
ZD401
ZD301
ZD201
TRNS
J1529
PC2
C107
PC1
C402
CN4
J1021
R206
Q305
R205
R321
C201
D201
C206
R207
R103
J1009
R314
D303
R306
J1201
L301
C205
J2005
Q2
B4
C401
R315
R102
R113
I
IC4
J1030
C308
J1009A
J1203
J1008A
J1541
C309 J1029
J1542
Q302
R316
B3
J0520
R322
AB2
J0518
J1536
J0516
J1202
J1020
J1537
J1538
IC2
C207 R203
CN1 R325
R204
J0521
J7503
J1028
J1027
CN2 J1026
J1540 R327
R326
J0519
J1023
J1022 R324
R323
J1013A
Q306
J1539
J1014A
D203
Q202
L201
C202
D202
8
J1025
R211
R210
R212
J1024
J1010A
J1011A
Q203
R213
J1012A
R201
CN7
CN5
C204
J1503A
J1504A
F202
R202
CN3
F302
F301
R209
C203
J1018A
J1017A
J1016A
J1015A
Q201
J0522
C403
1
7
J1031
C404
F201
LUG5
;
;;;
;
;
;; ;;;
(1) Power source PCB
3-6-33
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
33
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
TB1
TB3
TB2
TB4
Voltage
Remarks
120 V AC
120 V AC supply, input (120 V specs)
220 - 240 V AC
220 - 240 V AC supply, input (220 - 240 V

specs)
120 V AC
120 V AC supply, output (120 V specs)
220 - 240 V AC
220 - 240 V AC supply, output (220 - 240 V

specs)
1-1
1-5
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for OMPCB, output
1-2
1-5
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for PRY, output
1-3
1-6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for EPCB, output
1-4
1-8
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output
2-1
3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC
5 V DC supply for OMPCB, output
2-2
3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC
5 V DC supply for MPCB, output
2-3
3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC
5 V DC supply for printer board*1, output
2-4
3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC
5 V DC supply for MPCB, output
2-5
3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC
5 V DC supply for MCPCB1, output
2-6
3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC
5 V DC supply for MCPCB2*2, output
2-7
3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC
5 V DC supply for EPCB, output
4-1
3-1
12 V DC
4-2
3-3
0/5 V DC
PSPCB SLEEP SIG signal, input
4-3
3-3
0/5 V DC (pulse)
PSPCB zero-cross signal, input
4-4
3-7
0/5 V DC
H1 on/off, input
4-5
3-7
0/5 V DC
5-1
6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC
24 V DC supply for finisher*, output
5-2
6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC
5-3
6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC
5-4
6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC
5-5
6-6, -7
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for SRDF, output
5-6
6-6, -7
24 V DC
5-8
6-5
24 V DC
7-1
7-5
5 V DC
7-3
7-6, -7
5 V DC
7-4
7-6, -7
5 V DC
7-9
3-8
5 V DC
8-1
8-5
120 V AC
120 V AC supply for MSW, output (120 V

specs)
220 - 240 V AC
220 - 240 V AC supply for MSW, output

(220 - 240 V specs)
H2 on/off, input
*1: Optional. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
3-6-34
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
34
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
10-1
10-2
9-1
9-1
Voltage
Remarks
120/0 V AC
H1 on/off, output (120 V specs)
220 - 240/0 V AC
H1 on/off, output (220 - 240 V specs)
120/0 V AC
H2 on/off, output (120 V specs)
220 - 240/0 V AC
H2 on/off, output (220 - 240 V specs)
3-6-35
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
35
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
(2) Engine PCB
140
139
70
69
1
IC6
1
IC9
C3
RA2
CN1
IC22
IC10
IC15
C5
DT6
1
IC7
ZD1
IC11
11
DT7
1
CN11
RA8
1
IC16
TR15
A10
1
IC17
1
IC1
18
17
C2
1
IC12
1
IC18
2
1
1
IC3
IC8
A10
B1
18
17
12
11
A1
DT1
1
11
DT4
DT3
TR4 TR5
1
IC4
CN2
TR1 TR2
DT2
TR3
1
IC14
TR9 TR10 TR11
1
IC21
CN16
CN21
DT12 D4
6
1
IC20
2
1
12
B1
D1
A12
TR6
TR12
TR8
F2
F3
3-6-36
+ C1 B12
D2
1
IC13
1
IC19
DT13
CN18
CN17
2
1
A1
A11
1
IC2
D3
CN12
CN10
R1
R2
72
71
2
2
1
TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20
B10
A1
DT8 DT9 DT10 DT11
CN9
1
IC5
RA4
DT5
TR13
TR14
26
25
RA7
B11
RA6
B1
CN8
A1
RA5
CN13
A11
D5
1 15
RA1
RA3
C4
C6
CN7
10
CN3
CN4
TR7
B11
B1
B C E
B14
B1
F1
C7
IC23
1/1/32, 3:56
36
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
ZD3
A1
CN5
A14
ZD2
A1
A9
CN20
B9
CN14
B1
1
4
0
G
1
B10
2
1
A1
CN15
B1
16
15
CN19
1
CN6
8
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-1
2-B10
0 - 5 V DC
TNS detection voltage, output
1-3
2-B10
0/5 V DC
TLDS toner absent/present detection,

output
1-4
2-B10
0/5 V DC
TLS on/off, output
1-5
2-B10
0/5 V DC
SBESW on/off, output
1-6
2-B10
0/5 V DC
ESW on/off, output
1-7
2-B10
0/5 V DC
FSSW on/off, output
1-8
2-B10
0 - 5 V DC
FTH detection voltage, output
1-9
2-B10
24/0 V DC
SSW2 on/off, output
1-10
2-B10
24/0 V DC
SSW3 on/off, output
1-11
2-B10
24/0 V DC
SSW1 on/off, output
1-12
2-B10
5 V DC
5 V DC control voltage for MSW, input
1-13
2-B10
0 - 5 V DC
TNS control voltage, input
1-14
2-B10
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB SC control voltage, input
1-15
2-B10
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB TC control voltage, input
1-16
2-B10
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB DB control voltage, input
1-17
2-B10
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB GRID control voltage, input
1-18
2-B10
1-19
2-B10
0 - 5 V DC
EHUMSENS detection voltage, output
1-20
2-B10
24 V DC
Control voltage for MPCB, output
1-21
2-B10
0 - 5 V DC
H ALARM signal, output
1-23
2-B10
0/5 V DC
TC on/off, output
1-24
2-B10
0/5 V DC
MMD*3 connected/not connected, output
1-25
2-B10
0/5 V DC
Finisher*1 connected/not connected, output
1-28
2-B10
0/5 V DC
STKSW on/off, output
1-29
2-B10
0/5 V DC
DUPRSW on/off, output
1-30
2-B10
0/5 V DC
DUPESW on/off, output
1-31
2-B10
0/5 V DC
DUPPCSW on/off, output
1-32
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PFM LOCK signal, output
1-33
2-B10
0/5 V DC
RSW on/off, output
1-34
2-B10
0/5 V DC
FSW on/off, output
1-35
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PFSW4 on/off, output
1-36
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-37
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-38
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-39
2-B10
0/5 V DC
HVTPCB MC ALM, output
1-40
2-B10
0/5 V DC
HVTPCB ST ALM, output
ETTH detection voltage, output
1-41
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PCM LOCK signal, output
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
3-6-37
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
37
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-42
2-B10
0/5 V DC
DM LOCK signal, output
1-43
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, output (inch specs)
1-44
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-45
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-46
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PLSW-L on/off, output
1-47
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, output (inch

specs)
1-48
2-B10
0/5 V DC

specs)
1-49
2-B10
0/5 V DC

specs)
1-50
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PLSW-U on/off, output
1-51
2-B10
0/5 V DC
BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, output
1-52
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-53
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-54
2-B10
0/5 V DC
BYPPLSW on/off, output
1-55
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PSW-L on/off, output
1-56
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PSW-U on/off, output
1-57
2-B10
0/5 V DC
BYPPSW on/off, output
1-58
2-B10
5/0 V DC
LICSW-L on/off, output
1-59
2-B10
5/0 V DC
LICSW-U on/off, output
1-60
2-B10
0/5 V DC
BYPEDSW on/off, output
1-61
2-B10
5/0 V DC
SRHPSW on/off, output
1-62
2-B10
0/5 V DC
Duplex unit installed/not installed, output
1-63
2-B10
0/5 V DC
Key card*3 ENABLE signal, output
1-64
2-B10
0/5 V DC
Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/not

connected, output
1-65
2-B10
0/5 V DC
Key card*3 control signal, input
1-66
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-67
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-68
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-69
2-B10
5 V DC
1-70
2-B10
5/0 V DC
1-71
2-B10
0/24 V DC
IFFM on/off, input
1-72
2-B10
0/24 V DC
CL on/off, input
1-73
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
TFM/TRM drive clock pulse, input
1-75
2-B10
0/5 V DC
TFM drive control signal, input
1-76
2-B10
0/5 V DC
TRM drive control signal, input
3-6-38
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
38
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-77
2-B10
0/24 V DC
1-78
2-B10
0/24 V DC
SCL on/off, input

FSSOL latch-on signal, input
1-79
2-B10
0/24 V DC
FSSOL release signal, input
1-80
2-B10
24/0 V DC
PRY on/off, input
1-81
2-B10
0/24 V DC
SSW1 control voltage, input
1-82
2-B10
24/0 V DC
MSW OFF signal, input
1-83
2-B10
0/24 V DC
HVTPCB (SC) on/off, input
1-84
2-B10
0/15 V DC
HVTPCB (TC) on/off, input
1-85
2-B10
0/20 V DC
HVTPCB (DB) on/off, input
1-86
2-B10
0/20 V DC
HVTPCB (MC) on/off, input
1-87
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PFM on/off, input
1-88
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
PFM drive clock pulse, input
1-89
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MMD*3 serial signal, input
1-90
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MMD*3 serial signal, output
1-91
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Finisher*1 serial signal, input
1-92
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Finisher*1 serial signal, output
1-93
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, input
1-94
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, input
1-95
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, input
1-96
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, output
1-97
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MMD*3 count on/off, input
1-101
2-B10
0/5 V DC
TC on/off, input
1-102
2-B10
0/5 V DC
Finisher*1 RESET signal, input
1-103
2-B10
0/5 V DC
Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, input
1-104
2-B10
0/24 V DC
FCL3 on/off, input
1-105
2-B10
0/24 V DC
FCL2 on/off, input
1-106
2-B10
0/24 V DC
FCL1 on/off, input
1-107
2-B10
0/24 V DC
FCL5 on/off, input
1-108
2-B10
0/5 V DC
H2 on/off, input
1-109
2-B10
0/5 V DC
H1 on/off, input
1-110
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
PCM drive clock pulse, input
1-111
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PCM on/off, input
1-112
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
DM drive clock pulse, input
1-113
2-B10
0/5 V DC
DM on/off, input
1-114
2-B10
0/24 V DC
PCFM on/off, input
1-115
2-B10
0/24 V DC
RCL on/off, input
1-116
2-B10
0/5 V DC
CCM forward rotation signal, input
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optional for 42 ppm only.
3-6-39
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
39
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-117
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-118
2-B10
0/24 V DC
CCM reverse rotation signal, input

CLM-L on/off, input
1-119
2-B10
0/24 V DC
CLM-U on/off, input
1-120
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, input (B_)
1-121
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, input (A_)
1-122
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, input (B)
1-123
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, input (A)
1-125
2-B10
0/24 V DC
SBFSSOL release signal, input
1-126
2-B10
0/24 V DC
SBFSSOL latch-on signal, input
1-127
2-B10
0/24 V DC
DUPPTSOL on/off, input
1-128
2-B10
0/24 V DC
DUPFWDSOL on/off, input
1-130
2-B10
0/24 V DC
FCL4 on/off, input
1-131
2-B10
0/24 V DC
PFCL-L on/off, input
1-132
2-B10
0/24 V DC
PFCL-U on/off, input
1-133
2-B10
0/24 V DC
BYPSOL on/off, input
1-134
2-B10
0/24 V DC
BYPPFCL on/off, input
1-135
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-136
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-137
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-138
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-139
2-B10
0/5 V DC
Key card*3, key counter*1 copy count

signal, input
1-140
2-B10
0/24 V DC
Key card*3 on/off, output
2-A1
2-A11
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for CL, output
2-A2
2-A11
0/24 V DC
CL on/off, output
2-A3
2-A11
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for IFFM, output
2-A4
2-A11
0/24 V DC
IFFM on/off, output
2-A5
2-A11
0/5 V DC (pulse)
TFM drive control signal (), output
2-A6
2-A11
0/5 V DC (pulse)
TFM drive control signal (+), output
2-A7
2-A11
0/5 V DC (pulse)
TRM drive control signal (), output
2-A8
2-A11
0/5 V DC (pulse)
TRM drive control signal (+), output
2-A9
2-A11
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for TLS, output
2-A10
2-A11
0/5 V DC
TLS on/off, input
2-B3
2-B2
0/5 V DC
TLDS toner absent/present, input
2-B4
2-B2
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for TLDS, output
2-B9
2-B10
0 - 15 V DC
TNS control voltage, output
2-B11
2-B10
0 - 5 V DC
TNS detection voltage, input
3-6-40
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
40
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
2-B12
2-B10
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for TNS, output
3-A1
3-A3
0/5 V DC
SBESW on/off, input
3-A2
3-A3
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for SBESW, output
3-A4
3-A6
0/5 V DC
FSSW on/off, input
3-A5
3-A6
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for FSSW, output
3-A7
3-A6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for FSSOL, output
3-A8
3-A6
0/24 V DC
FSSOL latch-on signal, output

FSSOL release signal, output
3-A9
3-A6
0/24 V DC
3-A10
3-A6
0/24 V DC
24 V DC supply for ESCL, output
3-A11
3-A6
0/24 V DC
ESCL on/off, output
3-B1
3-A6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for TC, output
3-B2
3-A6
0/5 V DC
TC on/off, input
3-B3
3-A6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for CFM1, output
3-B4
3-A6
0/5 V DC
CFM1 on/off, output
3-B5
3-A6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for CFM2, output
3-B6
3-A6
0/5 V DC
CFM2 on/off, output
3-B7
3-B11
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for FTH, output
3-B8
3-B11
0 - 5 V DC
FTH detection voltage, input
3-B9
3-B11
0/5 V DC
ESW on/off, input
3-B10
3-B11
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for ESW, output
4-1
3-B11
24/0 V DC
SSW1 on/off, input
4-2
3-B11
24/0 V DC
SSW2 on/off SOURCE, output
4-3
3-B11
24/0 V DC
SSW3 on/off, input
4-4
3-B11
24/0 V DC
PRY on/off SOURCE, output
4-5
3-B11
24/0 V DC
24 V DC supply for MSW, output
4-6
3-B11
0/24 V DC
Control voltage for SSW1, output
4-7
3-B11
24/0 V DC
SSW2 on/off, input
4-8
3-B11
24/0 V DC
SSW3 on/off SOURCE, output
4-9
3-B11
24/0 V DC
PRY on/off, output
4-10
3-B11
24/0 V DC
5-A1
5-A2
5-A3
5-A2
0 - 5 V DC
EHUMSENS detection voltage, input
5-A4
5-A2
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for HUMPCB, output
5-A6
5-A10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
PCM drive clock pulse, output
5-A7
5-A10
0/5 V DC
PCM LOCK signal, output
5-A8
5-A10
0/5 V DC
PCM on/off, input
5-A9
5-A10
5 V DC
5 V DC control voltage for PCM, output
MSW off signal, output

ETTH detection voltage, input
3-6-41
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
41
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
5-A13, -A14 5-A11, -A12 24 V DC
24 V DC supply for PCM, output
5-B1
5-B2
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for HVTPCB, output
5-B3
5-B9
0/5 V DC
HVTPCB ST ALM, input
5-B4
5-B9
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB SC control voltage, output
5-B5
5-B9
0/24 V DC
HVTPCB (SC) on/off, output
5-B6
5-B9
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB TC control voltage, output
5-B7
5-B9
0/15 V DC
HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output
5-B8
5-B9
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB DB control voltage, output
5-B10
5-B9
0/20 V DC
HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output
5-B11
5-B9
0/5 V DC
HVTPCB MC ALM, input
5-B12
5-B9
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output
5-B13
5-B9
0/20 V DC
HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output
6-1
6-2, -6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for EPCB, input
6-3
6-4
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for EPCB, input
6-5
6-2, -6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for PRY, output
6-7
6-4
0/5 V DC
H1 on/off, output
6-8
6-4
0/5 V DC
H2 on/off, output
7-1
7-2
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for LSU, output
8-A2
8-B3
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for CLM-U, output
8-A3
8-B3
0/24 V DC
CLM-U on/off, output
8-A4
8-B3
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for CLM-L, output
8-A5
8-B3
0/24 V DC
CLM-L on/off, output
8-A8
8-A7
0/5 V DC
PLSW-U on/off, input
8-A10
8-A9
0/5 V DC
PLSW-L on/off, input
8-B1
8-B3
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for RSW, output
8-B2
8-B3
0/5 V DC
RSW on/off, input
8-B4
8-B3
0/5 V DC
CCM forward rotation signal, output
8-B5
8-B3
0/5 V DC
CCM reverse rotation signal, output
8-B6
8-B3
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for PCFM, output
8-B7
8-B3
0/24 V DC
PCFM on/off, output
8-B8
8-B3
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for FCL4, output
8-B9
8-B3
0/24 V DC
FCL4 on/off, output
8-B10
8-B3
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for RCL, output
8-B11
8-B3
0/24 V DC
RCL on/off, output
9-1
9-2
0/5 V DC
Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input
9-5
9-3
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for DUPRSW, output
9-6
9-4
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for DUPPCSW, output
*1: Optional.
3-6-42
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
42
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
9-7
9-3
0/5 V DC
DUPRSW on/off, input
9-8
9-4
0/5 V DC
DUPPCSW on/off, input
9-11
9-9
0/5 V DC
DUPESW on/off, input
9-12
9-10
5/0 V DC
SRHPSW on/off, input
9-13
9-9
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for DUPESW, output
9-14
9-10
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for SRHPSW, output
9-15
9-17
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for STKSW, output
9-16
9-17
0/5 V DC
STKSW on/off, input
9-19
9-22
0/5 V DC
PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs)
9-20
9-22
0/5 V DC
9-21
9-22
0/5 V DC
9-23
9-26
0/5 V DC
PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs)
9-24
9-26
0/5 V DC
9-25
9-26
0/5 V DC
10-1
12-B6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, output (B_)
10-2
12-B6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, output (A_)
10-3
12-B6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, output (B)
10-4
12-B6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, output (A)
10-5, -6
12-B7
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for SRM, output
10-7
12-B7
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for DUPFWDSOL, output
10-8
12-B7
0/24 V DC
DUPFWDSOL on/off, output
10-9
12-B7
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for SBFSSOL, output
10-10
12-B7
0/24 V DC
SBFSSOL latch-on signal, output
10-12
12-B7
0/24 V DC
SBFSSOL release signal, output
10-13
12-B7
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for DUPPTSOL, output
10-14
12-B7
0/24 V DC
DUPPTSOL on/off, output
11-1
11-5
0/5 V DC (pulse)
PFM drive clock pulse, output
11-2
11-5
0/5 V DC
PFM LOCK signal, input
11-3
11-5
0/5 V DC
PFM on/off, output
11-4
11-5
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for PFM, output
11-8, -9
11-6, -7
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for PFM, output
12-A1
12-B7
24 V DC
12-A2
12-B7
0/24 V DC
FCL5 on/off, output
12-A3
12-B7
24 V DC
12-A4
12-B7
0/24 V DC
FCL1 on/off, output
12-A7
12-B7
24 V DC
12-A8
12-B7
0/24 V DC
FCL2 on/off, output
3-6-43
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
43
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
12-A9
12-B7
24 V DC
12-A10
12-B7
0/24 V DC
FCL3 on/off, output
12-B2
12-B6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
DM drive clock pulse, output
12-B3
12-B6
0/5 V DC
DM LOCK signal, input
12-B4
12-B6
0/5 V DC
DM on/off, output
12-B5
12-B6
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for DM, output
12-B9, -B10 12-B7, -B8 24 V DC
24 V DC supply for DM, output
13-1
13-3
0/5 V DC
FSW on/off, input
13-2
13-3
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for FSW, output
13-4
13-6
0/5 V DC
PFSW1 on/off, input
13-5
13-6
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for PFSW1, output
13-7
13-9
0/5 V DC
PFSW2 on/off, input

13-8
13-9
5 V DC
13-10
13-12
0/5 V DC
PFSW3 on/off, input
13-11
13-12
5 V DC
13-13
13-15
0/5 V DC
PFSW4 on/off, input
13-14
13-15
5 V DC
14-A2
14-A3
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for BYPPSW, output
14-A4
14-A3
0/5 V DC
BYPPSW on/off, input
14-A5
14-A9
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL, output
14-A6
14-A9
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for BYPSOL, output
14-A7
14-A9
0/24 V DC
BYPPFCL on/off, output
14-A8
14-A9
0/24 V DC
BYPSOL on/off, output
14-B2
14-B1
0/5 V DC
BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, input
14-B3
14-B1
0/5 V DC
14-B4
14-B1
0/5 V DC
14-B5
14-B6
0/5 V DC
BYPEDSW on/off, input
14-B8
14-B7
0/5 V DC
BYPPLSW on/off, input
14-B9
14-B7
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for BYPPLSW, output
15-1
15-5
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for LICSW-U, output
15-2
15-6
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for LICSW-L, output
15-3
15-5
5/0 V DC
LICSW-U on/off, input
15-4
15-6
5/0 V DC
LICSW-L on/off, input
15-7
15-11
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for PSW-U, output
15-8
15-12
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for PSW-L, output
15-9
15-11
0/5 V DC
PSW-U on/off, input
15-10
15-12
0/5 V DC
PSW-L on/off, input
3-6-44
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
44
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
15-13
15-12
0/24 V DC
15-14
15-12
0/24 V DC
PFCL-U on/off, output

PFCL-L on/off, output
15-15
15-12
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for PFCL-U, output
15-16
15-12
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for PFCL-L, output
16-1
16-6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for MMD*3, output
16-2
16-7
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MMD*3 count on/off, output
16-5
16-6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for MMD*3, output
16-8
16-7
0/5 V DC
MMD*3 connected/not connected, input
16-10
16-9
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Serial signal MMD*3, output
16-12
16-11
0/5 V DC (pulse)
17-2
17-1
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for large paper deck*2 or

Paper feed desk*4, output
17-4
17-5
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Large paper deck*2 serial signal, input
17-6
17-5
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Large paper deck*2 serial signal, output
17-7
17-3
0/5 V DC
Large paper deck*2 PFSW4 on/off, output
17-8
17-1
0/5 V DC
Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, output
17-9
17-1
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, output
17-10
17-1
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, output
17-11
17-1
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, output
17-12
17-1
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, input
17-17
17-18
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for large paper deck*2 or

Paper feed desk*4, output
19-A1
19-B9
5 V DC
5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,

output
19-A2
19-B9
5 V DC

output
19-A3
19-B9
5 V DC

output
19-A4
19-B9
5 V DC

output
19-A5
19-B9
5 V DC

output
19-A6
19-B9
5 V DC

output
19-A7
19-B9
5 V DC

output
19-A8
19-B9
5 V DC

output
19-A9
19-B9
0/5 V DC
Key card*3 ENABLE signal, input
*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
*4: Optonal for 42 ppm.
3-6-45
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
45
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
19-A10
19-B9
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for key card*3, output
19-B1
19-B9
0/5 V DC
Key card*3 control signal, output
19-B2
19-B9
0/5 V DC
19-B3
19-B9
0/5 V DC
19-B4
19-B9
0/5 V DC
19-B5
19-B9
0/5 V DC
19-B6
19-B9
0/5 V DC
19-B7
19-B9
0/5 V DC
19-B8
19-B9
0/5 V DC
19-B10
19-B10
0/5 V DC
Key card*3 on/off, output
20-1
20-4
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for key card*3, output
20-2
20-4
0/5 V DC

signal, output
20-3
20-4
0/5 V DC

connected, input
21-2
21-1
0/5 V DC (pulse)
21-4
21-3
0/5 V DC (pulse)
21-5
21-1
0/5 V DC
Finisher*1 RESET signal, output
21-6
21-1
0/5 V DC
3-6-46
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
46
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
81
L202
B1
A1
L205
L206 L207
C50
1
2 L204
71
72
31
XT8
30 C255
R432
R433
C256
RA100
L209
RA22
RA20
13
RA40
IC36
B16
A16
CN2
L180
L181
L182
L183
L184
L185
L186
L187
L188
L189
L190
L191
L192
L193
L194
L210
L211
L212
L213
L214
L215
L216
L217
L218
L219
L220
B1
A1
L245
IC70
L239
L237
L235
L233 IC72
L231
L229
L227
L225
IC71
L246
51 RA99
IC66
80
IC69
41
L247
RA94 RA96 RA98

RA93 RA95 RA97
L201
65
IC65
64
12
IC35
RA106
RA105
RA104
RA103
IC59
1
32
L179
L177
IC64
40
L168
L178
L242
L241
24
IC48
IC49
L251
50
IC63
80
24
25
C155 1
IC34
RA65
RA19 RA21 XT3

RA101
R256
IC50
L250
RA107
L167
L248
2
16
17
L176
49
48
L166
IC51
L253
12
18
L249
IC46
L244
L243
L240
L238
L236
L234
L232
L230
L228
L226
16
R357
CN15 1
L252 29
IC58
24
IC57
ENGINE
L208
R303
1
4 XT4 R302
15
14
30
L169
L170
L171
L172
L164
L165
RA102
R308
50
R309
2
C185
IC26
IC25
IC24
26
L162
L163 3
14
17
32
1
15
64
CN3
IC16
IC15
RA18 RA17 RA16 RA15
C190
L159
16
51
C187
L158
XT7
B16
A16
14
RA5 RA4
14
1
28
C110
L132
L133
L134
IC32
32
MAIN
IC45
21
22
IC44
42
16
SCANNER
75 L160
L161
L157
CN1
69
70
139
140
IC47
C184
76
C181 25
IC57
IC56
RA64
L156
L137
L138
RA35
RA36
RA37
RA38
RA39
L139
TR29
RA63
100
TR23
100
17
16
IC43
L110
IC68
L155
32
1
IC62
25
L199
24
IC73 L254
60
32
TR8 TR7
C49
R4
R5
L154
33
IC61
32
40
L198
15
IC13
IC21
IC22
C111
R164
C161 IC23
121
C43
RA62
L200
65
L136
33
49
64
XT6
C240
R392
R391
C239
IC54
41
IC33
48
TR32 TR31 TR34
L152
L153
C45
C46
C47
RA60
C48
RA61
R3
16
17
L197
IC60
L109
TR5
TR4
L131
L175
R381
L174
L70
L135
C201
17
XT2
IC67
LA12
L130
L203
CN14
RA89
LA9
RA14
51
RA82
LA11
RA88
R8
RA92
RA84
RA85
1
RA91
RA87
LA10
LA8
R7
64
30
RA59
RA51
RA81 RA80 RA79RA78
RA76 RA75 RA74 RA73
RA90
RA86
IC2
IC30
IC31 13 24
1
160
C27
C41 C42
RA58
RA53
RA77
RA83
IC52
11
16
B1
A11
TR22 TR21
CN5
LA7
1
1
1
TP19 XT5
TP20
IC3
L15
TR2
L151
L150
IC39
1
B11
A1
CN13
TR16 76
TP18
RA66 TR15
TR14
L195 L196
1
100
RA13
TP8
RA49 RA52 RA54 RA55 RA57

RA50 IC42 RA56
LA1
RA41
L140
LA2
TR12
C32
LA3
TR27 TR28
LA4
TR26 TR25 L145
LA5
TR13 RA69 R6
L173
LA6
RA70 RA70 TR17
C51
TR9
RA72
TR10
IC53
26 25
50
51
TR11
80
L107
L129 L9
L143
C293
L146
28
L38
L39
L40
L41
L42
L43
L44
L45
L46
L47
L48
L49
L50
L51
IC14
12
13
RA34
C23
TP7
C28
24
C44
L103
C40
IC40 C35
81
C39
L67
81
RA12
C3
12
120
L148
C30
L147
7
CN10
RA48
L68
L69
L128
C36
C37
RA43
C38
L142 L141 C294
RA44
RA45
C29
RA46
IC38
80
RA47
L144
C31
L65
L75
L76
L77
L78
L79
L80
L81
L82
L83
C55 L84
L85
L86
L87
L88
L89
L90
L91
L92
L93
L94
L95
L96
TR30 L108
RA9
L125
C21
C25
C26
L123
L124
C20
L126
C18
C19
RA24
L122
TP9
C33
RA42
TR24
L59
100
40
41
L72
L73
L74 L71
L66
L57
24
C190
48 R190
C7
C8
L99
RA6
IC19
TP4
TR6
FM2
L119 TP2 TP3
L64
IC12
RA1 RA2
IC41
RA23
TP1
IC27
11
CN11
IC28
RA26
RA3
L56
L26
L27
L28
L29
L30
L31
L32
L33
L34
L35
L36
L37
L100
C5
L101
C6
R192
1
7
D3
CN12
1
L111 FM1
L112
L113
L114
L115
L116
L117
L118
IC11
L59
L60
L61
L62
L63
L52
L53
L54
L55
IC9
IC8
C131
L23
L3 TR1 L14
L22
C132
L25
L4
C2
C133
L5
C134 L21
L6
36
R1
R210
L7
L24 IC20 RA10
C9
L8
C1 37
C10
IC18
D2
C11
R212
XT14
C4
1
13 C12
3
12
L105
L102 RA7
1
L106
RA8
L97
1 R191
L104
D4
RA11
89
IC29 132
133
88 C22
L120
D5
L98
RA30
C13
RA31
L121
RA32
RA27
C14
RA33
C15
C16
L127
TP5
RA29
C171 76
4445RA28
TP6
RA25 R2 1
C24
CN6
17
16
2
1
CN4
IC10
IC5
L20
IC7
LS07
L18
IC4
L19
TR3
IC6
L16
L12
L10
L13 L17
01
L2
IC1
11
L1
29
13 30
14
15
CN7
1
5
28
CN8
41
L149
CN9
1
15
(3) Main PCB
3-6-47
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
47
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-1
2-A4
0 - 5 V DC
1-3
2-A4
0/5 V DC
TNS detection voltage, input

TLDS toner absent/present, input
1-4
2-A4
0/5 V DC
TLS on/off, input
1-5
2-A4
0/5 V DC
SBESW on/off, input
1-6
2-A4
0/5 V DC
ESW on/off, input
1-7
2-A4
0/5 V DC
FSSW on/off, input
1-8
2-A4
0 - 5 V DC
FTH detection voltage, input
1-9
2-A4
24/0 V DC
SSW2 on/off, input
1-10
2-A4
24/0 V DC
SSW3 on/off, input
1-11
2-A4
24/0 V DC
SSW1 on/off, input
1-12
2-A4
5 V DC
5 V DC control voltage for MSW, output
1-13
2-A4
0 - 5 V DC
TNS control voltage, output
1-14
2-A4
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB SC control voltage, output
1-15
2-A4
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB TC control voltage, output
1-16
2-A4
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB DB control voltage, output
1-17
2-A4
0 - 5 V DC
HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output
1-18
2-A4
1-19
2-A4
0 - 5 V DC
EHUMSENS detection voltage, input
1-20
2-A4
24 V DC
Control voltage for MPCB, input

H ALARM control voltage, input
ETTH detection voltage, input
1-21
2-A4
0 - 5 V DC
1-23
2-A4
0/5 V DC
TC on/off, input
1-24
2-A4
0/5 V DC
MMD*3 connected/not connected, input
1-25
2-A4
0/5 V DC
1-28
2-A4
0/5 V DC
STKSW on/off, input
1-29
2-A4
0/5 V DC
DUPRSW on/off, input
1-30
2-A4
0/5 V DC
DUPESW on/off, input
1-31
2-A4
0/5 V DC
DUPPCSW on/off, input
1-32
2-A4
0/5 V DC
PFM LOCK signal, input
1-33
2-A4
0/5 V DC
RSW on/off, input
1-34
2-A4
0/5 V DC
FSW on/off, input
1-35
2-A4
0/5 V DC
PFSW4 on/off, input
1-36
2-A4
0/5 V DC
PFSW3 on/off, input
1-37
2-A4
0/5 V DC
PFSW2 on/off, input
1-38
2-A4
0/5 V DC
PFSW1 on/off, input
1-39
2-A4
0/5 V DC
HVTPCB MC ALM, input
1-40
2-A4
0/5 V DC
HVTPCB ST ALM, input
1-41
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PCM LOCK signal, input
3-6-48
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
48
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-42
2-B10
0/5 V DC
DM LOCK signal, input
1-43
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-44
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-45
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-46
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PLSW-L on/off, input
1-47
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-48
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-49
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-50
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PLSW-U on/off, input
1-51
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-52
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-53
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-54
2-B10
0/5 V DC
BYPPLSW on/off, input
1-55
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PSW-L on/off, input
1-56
2-B10
0/5 V DC
PSW-U on/off, input
1-57
2-B10
0/5 V DC
BYPPSW on/off, input
1-58
2-B10
5/0 V DC
LICSW-L on/off, input
1-59
2-B10
5/0 V DC
LICSW-U on/off, input
1-60
2-B10
0/5 V DC
BYPEDSW on/off, input
1-61
2-B10
5/0 V DC
SRHPSW on/off, input
1-62
2-B10
0/5 V DC
Duplex unit installed/not installed, input
1-63
2-B10
0/5 V DC
Key card*3 ENABLE signal, input
1-64
2-B10
0/5 V DC

connected, input
1-65
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-66
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-67
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-68
2-B10
0/5 V DC
1-69
2-B10
5 V DC
1-70
2-B10
5/0 V DC
1-71
2-B10
0/24 V DC
IFFM on/off, output
1-72
2-B10
0/24 V DC
CL on/off, output
1-73
2-B10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
TFM/TRM drive clock pulse, output
1-75
2-B10
0/5 V DC
TFM drive control signal, output
1-76
2-B10
0/5 V DC
TRM drive control signal, output
1-77
2-B10
0/24 V DC
SCL on/off, output
1-78
2-B10
0/24 V DC
FSSOL latch-on signal, output
1-79
2-B10
0/24 V DC
FSSOL release signal, output
3-6-49
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
49
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-80
2-A4
24/0 V DC
PRY on/off, output
1-81
2-A4
0/24 V DC
SSW1 control voltage, output
1-82
2-A4
24/0 V DC
MSW OFF signal, output
1-83
2-A4
0/24 V DC
HVTPCB (SC) on/off, output
1-84
2-A4
0/15 V DC
HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output
1-85
2-A4
0/20 V DC
HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output
1-86
2-A4
0/20 V DC
HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output
1-87
2-A4
0/5 V DC
PFM on/off, output
1-88
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
PFM drive clock pulse, output
1-89
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MMD*3 serial signal, output
1-90
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
1-91
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
1-92
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
1-93
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, output
1-94
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, output
1-95
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, output
1-96
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, input
1-97
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MMD*3 count on/off, output
1-101
2-A4
0/5 V DC
TC on/off, output
1-102
2-A4
0/5 V DC
Finisher*1 RESET signal, output
1-103
2-A4
0/5 V DC
Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, output
1-104
2-A4
0/24 V DC
FCL3 on/off, output
1-105
2-A4
0/24 V DC
FCL2 on/off, output
1-106
2-A4
0/24 V DC
FCL1 on/off, output
1-107
2-A4
0/24 V DC
FCL5 on/off, output
1-108
2-A4
0/5 V DC
H2 on/off, output
1-109
2-A4
0/5 V DC
H1 on/off, output
1-110
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
PCM drive clock pulse, output
1-111
2-A4
0/5 V DC
PCM on/off, output
1-112
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
DM drive clock pulse, output
1-113
2-A4
0/5 V DC
DM on/off, output
1-114
2-A4
0/24 V DC
PCFM on/off, output
1-115
2-A4
0/24 V DC
RCL on/off, output
1-116
2-A4
0/5 V DC
CCM forward rotation signal, output
1-117
2-A4
0/5 V DC
CCM reverse rotation signal, output
1-118
2-A4
0/24 V DC
CLM-L on/off, output
1-119
2-A4
0/24 V DC
CLM-U on/off, output
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optional for 42 ppm only.
3-6-50
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
50
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-120
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, output (B_)
1-121
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, output (A_)
1-122
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, output (B)
1-123
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SRM coil energization pulse, output (A)
1-125
2-A4
0/24 V DC
SBFSSOL release signal, output
1-126
2-A4
0/24 V DC
SBFSSOL latch-on signal, output
1-127
2-A4
0/24 V DC
DUPPTSOL on/off, output
1-128
2-A4
0/24 V DC
DUPFWDSOL on/off, output
1-130
2-A4
0/24 V DC
FCL4 on/off, output
1-131
2-A4
0/24 V DC
PFCL-L on/off, output
1-132
2-A4
0/24 V DC
PFCL-U on/off, output
1-133
2-A4
0/24 V DC
BYPSOL on/off, output
1-134
2-A4
0/24 V DC
BYPPFCL on/off, output
1-135
2-A4
0/5 V DC
1-136
2-A4
0/5 V DC
1-137
2-A4
0/5 V DC
1-138
2-A4
0/5 V DC
1-139
2-A4
0/5 V DC

signal, output
1-140
2-A4
0/24 V DC
Key card*3 on/off, input
2-A1
2-A4
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1 image control signal MCPSEL,

output
2-A2
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1 serial communication signal,

output
2-A3
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1 communication control signal

MCP1 ACK, input
2-A5
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1 serial communication signal,

input
2-A6
2-A4
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1 control signal ENGACK MCP1,

output
2-A7
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1 communication control signal R

RDY MCP1, input
2-A8
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1 communication control signal W

RDY MCP1, input
2-A9
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1 control signal PVSYNC, output
2-A10
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1 image control signal PHSYNC,

output
2-A11
2-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1 image control clock pulse, input
2-A12
2-A13
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1 control signal MCP MREW, input
3-6-51
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
51
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
2-A14
2-A13
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1 control signal MCP IDA, input
2-A16
2-A15
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1 control signal MCP IDB, input
2-B1
2-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1 control signal SEMCP MCP1,

input
2-B2
2-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1 RESET signal, output
2-B3
2-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1 image control signal WCK, output
2-B4
2-B6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1 control signal OVSYNC, output
2-B5
2-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1 image control signal MRE, output
2-B8
2-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1 image control signal DATA0,

output
2-B9
2-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
2-B10
2-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
2-B11
2-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
2-B12
2-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
2-B13
2-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
2-B14
2-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
2-B15
2-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
3-A1
3-A4
0/5 V DC
MCPCB2*2 image control signal MCPSEL,

output
3-A2
3-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB2*2 serial communication signal,

output
3-A3
3-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB2*2 communication control signal

MCP2 ACK, input
3-A5
3-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB2*2 serial communication signal,

input
3-A6
3-A4
0/5 V DC
MCPCB2*2 control signal ENGACK MCP2,

output
3-A7
3-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB2*2 communication control signal R

RDY MCP2, input
3-A8
3-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB2*2 communication control signal W

RDY MCP2, input
3-A9
3-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB2*2 control signal PVSYNC, output
3-A10
3-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB2*2 image control signal PHSYNC,

output
3-6-52
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
52
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
2
3-A11
3-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB2* image control clock pulse, input
3-A12
3-A13
0/5 V DC
MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP MREW,

input
3-A14
3-A13
0/5 V DC
MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP IDA, input
3-A16
3-A15
0/5 V DC
MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP IDB, input
3-B1
3-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB2*2 control signal SEMCP MCP2,

input
3-B2
3-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB2*2 RESET signal, output
3-B3
3-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB2*2 image control signal WCK,

output
3-B4
3-B6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB2*2 control signal OVSYNC, output
3-B5
3-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB2*2 image control signal MRE,

output
3-B8
3-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA0,

output
3-B9
3-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
3-B10
3-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
3-B11
3-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
3-B12
3-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
3-B13
3-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
3-B14
3-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
3-B15
3-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

output
4-2
4-1
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
Printer board*1 serial signal, input
4-3
4-1
0/5 V DC
Printer board*1 ENGACK PRT signal,

output
4-5
4-4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Printer board*1 serial signal, output
4-6
4-4
0/3.3 V DC
Printer board*1 PRT ACK signal, input
4-8
4-7
0/3.3 V DC
Printer board*1 PRINT signal, input
4-9
4-7
0/3.3 V DC
Printer board*1 SETPRT signal, input
4-10
4-7
0/5 V DC
Printer board*1 MRDY signal, output
4-11
4-7
0/3.3 V DC
Printer board*1 P1 signal, input
4-12
4-7
0/5 V DC
Printer board*1 P2 signal, output
4-14
4-13
0/5 V DC
Printer board*1 PRTRST signal, output
*1: Optional. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
3-6-53
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
53
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1
4-16
4-17
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
Printer board* clock pulse, input
4-18
4-17
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
Printer board*1 POVSYNC signal, input
4-20
4-19
0/3.3 V DC
Printer board*1 PMRE signal, input
4-22
4-21
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
Printer board*1 PID0 signal, input
4-23
4-21
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
4-24
4-21
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
4-25
4-26
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
4-27
4-26
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
4-28
4-26
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
4-29
4-26
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
4-30
4-26
0/3.3 V DC (pulse)
5-1
5-16
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OSD2*5 on/off, input
5-2
5-16
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OSD1 on/off, input
5-3
5-16
0/5 V DC
ODSW on/off, input
5-4
5-16
5-5
5-16
0/5 V DC
SM drive control signal SM M1, output
5-6
5-16
0/5 V DC
5-7
5-16
0/5 V DC
5-8
5-16
0/5 V DC
5-9
5-16
0/5 V DC
5-10
5-16
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SM drive clock pulse, output
5-11
5-16
0/5 V DC
SM rotation direction switching signal

SMOT CWB, output
5-12
5-16
0/5 V DC
SM control signal SMOT RET, output
5-13
5-16
0/5 V DC
SM enable signal, output
5-14
5-16
5/0 V DC
EL on/off, output
5-15
5-16
5/0 V DC
SHPSW on/off, input
6-2
6-1
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OMPCB serial communication signal,

output
6-3
6-4
0/5 V DC
OMPCB MMI ACK signal, input
6-5
6-4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OMPCB serial communication signal, input
6-6
6-4
0/5 V DC
OMPCB ENGACK MMI signal, output
6-7
6-4
0/5 V DC
OMPCB MMI ERROR signal, input
6-8
6-10
0/5 V DC
OMPCB ENG ERROR MMI signal, output
6-9
6-10
0/5 V DC
OMPCB RESET MMI signal, output
7-2
7-1
0/5 V DC
LSU VD2 signal, output
7-3
7-1
0/5 V DC
LSU VD2 + signal, output
SM current control voltage SM Vref, output
*1: Optional. *5: For inch specifications only.
3-6-54
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
54
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
7-4
7-1
0/5 V DC
7-5
7-1
0/5 V DC
LSU VD1 signal, output

LSU VD1 + signal, output
7-7
7-6
0/5 V DC
LSU ENABLE signal, output
7-9
7-8
0/5 V DC
LSU ADJUST2 signal, output
7-11
7-10
0/5 V DC
LSU ADJUST1 signal, output
7-13
7-12
5 V DC
8-2
8-1
0/5 V DC
LSU BD signal, input
8-3
8-1
0/5 V DC
LSU BD + signal, input
8-5
8-4
5 V DC
9-1
9-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
LSU clock pulse, output
9-3
9-2
0/5 V DC
LSU START signal, output
9-4
9-2
0/5 V DC
LSU READY signal, output
10-1
10-3
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for MPCB, input
10-2
10-3
0/5 V DC
PSPCB SLEEP SIG, output
10-4
10-3
5 V DC
10-5
10-3
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Zero-cross signal, output
10-6
10-7
12 V DC
11-1, -2, -3 11-1, -2
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output

CCD drive clock signal SHIFT , output
11-4
11-1, -2
0/5 V DC
11-5
11-1, -2
0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal SHIFT +, output
11-6
11-1, -2
0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal CLP , output
11-7
11-1, -2
0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal CLP +, output
11-8
11-1, -2
0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal RS , output
11-9
11-1, -2
0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal RS +, output
11-10
11-1, -2
0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal CLK , output
11-11
11-1, -2
0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal f CLK +, output
12-3
12-1, -2
12 V DC
+12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
12-4
12-1, -2
12-5
12-1, -2
CCD control signal VO_E +, input
12-6
12-1, -2
CCD control signal VO_O , input
12-7
12-1, -2
CCD control signal VO_O +, input
13A-1
5-16
0/5 V DC
OSLED (red) on/off, output
13A-2
5-16
0/5 V DC
OSLED (green) on/off, output
13A-3
5-16
0/5 V DC
SBPSOL release signal, output
13A-4
5-16
0/5 V DC
SBPSOL latch-on signal, output
13A-5
5-16
0/5 V DC
OFCL on/off, output
13A-6
5-16
0/5 V DC
EFSSOL on/off, output
CCD control signal VO_E , input
3-6-55
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
55
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
13A-7
5-16
0/5 V DC
SBFSSOL on/off, output
13A-9
5-16
0/5 V DC
OFSOL release signal, output
13A-10
5-16
0/5 V DC
OFSOL latch-on signal, output
13A-11
5-16
0/5 V DC
OFM enable signal, output
13B-1
5-16
0/5 V DC
OFM control signal OFM RET, output
13B-2
5-16
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OFM drive clock pulse, output
13B-3
5-16
0/5 V DC
OFM rotation direction switching signal

OFM CWB, output
13B-4
5-16
0/5 V DC
OCM enable signal, output
13B-5
5-16
0/5 V DC
OCM control signal OCM RET, output
13B-6
5-16
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OCM drive clock pulse, output
13B-7
5-16
0/5 V DC
OCM rotation direction switching signal

OCM CWB, output
13B-8
5-16
OCM current control voltage OCM Vref,

output
13B-9
5-16
0/5 V DC
OCM drive control signal OCM M3, output
13B-10
5-16
0/5 V DC
13B-11
5-16
0/5 V DC
14-1
5-16
0/5 V DC
OSBSW on/off, input
14-2
5-16
0/5 V DC
OFSW on/off, input
14-3
5-16
0/5 V DC
OSSW on/off, input
14-6
5-16
0/5 V DC
SRDF installed/not installed signal, input
14-7
5-16
0/5 V DC
OSWSW on/off, input
14-8
5-16
5/0 V DC
DFSSW2 off/on, input
14-9
5-16
5/0 V DC
DFSSW1 off/on, input
14-10
5-16
5/0 V DC
OSLSW off/on, input
14-11
5-16
5/0 V DC
DFTSW off/on, input
3-6-56
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
56
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
(4) Memory copy PCB
CE1
+
TP4
RA8
RA7
U6
15
4
U5
8
1
U11
RA31
RA27
U16
RA24
72
37
36
1
U17
CN3
RA59
76
77
229
RA58
X3
RA53
RA52
RA34 RA41 RA45 RA49
RA35 RA43
152
228
21
RA26
RA29
73
144
RA56
RA57 RA60
RA47 RA50 RA54
RA48
153
22
22
22
RA65
RA22
RA23
RA32
RA46
RA36
1
U20
1
U19
RA28 RA30 RA33 RA42 RA44 RA51 RA55
22
22
RA38
RA37
1
U18
RA61 RA62
LD1
108
109
TP10
RA66
U12
RA18 1
RA17
TP7 TP8 TP9
TP11
TP6
15
X1
X2
RA20 RA21 RA25
RA19
304
TP5
RA68
RA76 RA77 RA78 RA79
RA72 RA73 RA74 RA75
U1
TP3
U2
G
RA12
1
U15
1
U14
22
CE4
GND
TP2
91
11
L3
11 RA11
RA9 RA10
11
F1
CE3
1
U4
11
1
U13
RA39 RA40
U10
U9
U8
U7
1
RA13 RA14
RA15 RA16
CT3
RA1 RA2 RA3 RA4 RA5 RA6
TP1
U3
0
GND
L2
2 CN2 1
L1
CT1
CT2
A16
B16
CE2
CN1
A1
B1
RA67
RA63 RA64 RA70 RA71
RA69
RA80 RA81 RA82 RA83 RA84
RA85
CE5
U25
1
37
36
144
1
+
CE7
11
U24
RA94
11
RA89
RA92 RA93
RA88
109
1
2
RA90 RA91
CE8
11
CN5
11
L4
1
2
U23
RA87
F2
CN4
RA86
U22
U21
CE6
RA95
RA96 RA97
71
72
72
108
73
U26
71
72
37
36
144
RA106
RA102 RA103
RA100 RA101
RA104 RA105
RA98 RA99
L5
CE10
CE9
108
109
F3
72
RA110 RA112
GND
X4
73
RA107
GND
CE11
RA108
RA109 RA111
RA113
3-6-57
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
57
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
2
1-A1
1-A4
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1, 2* image control signal

MCPSEL, input
1-A2
1-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1, 2*2 serial communication signal,

input
1-A3
1-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signal

MCP1 ACK, output
1-A5
1-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1, 2*2 serial communication signal,

output
1-A6
1-A4
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal ENGACK

MCP1, input
1-A7
1-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)

R RDY MCP1, output
1-A8
1-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)

W RDY MCP1, output
1-A9
1-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal PVSYNC, input
1-A10
1-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal

PHSYNC, input
1-A11
1-A4
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1, 2*2 image control clock pulse,

output
1-A12
1-A13
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP MREW,

output
1-A14
1-A13
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP IDA,

output
1-A16
1-A15
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP IDB,

output
1-B1
1-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal SEMCP

MCP1, output
1-B2
1-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1, 2*2 RESET signal, input
1-B3
1-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal WCK,

input
1-B4
1-B6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal OVSYNC,

input
1-B5
1-B6
0/5 V DC
MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal MRE,

input
1-B8
1-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA0,

input
1-B9
1-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

input
1-B10
1-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

input
1-B11
1-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

input
3-6-58
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
58
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
2
1-B12
1-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)
MCPCB1, 2* image control signal DATA4,

input
1-B13
1-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

input
1-B14
1-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

input
1-B15
1-B7
0/5 V DC (pulse)

input
2-1
2-2
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for MCPCB1, 2*2, input
3-6-59
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
59
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
(5) Scanner motor PCB
CN4
3
C11
J10
J4
JP1
JP3
C5
J11
J12
TP1
JP10
JP13
C10
C4
R10
R11
C16
C2
L1
L2
C17
C18
C15
CN6
R13
R14
E C B
DT2
J15
J14
J13
JP5
JP15
JP6
JP16
L3
C14
22
C1
D1
C22
L5
+
JP9
R12
J2 R1
CN3
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
C6
CN1
C13
1
2
R15
R16
JP7
JP8
J1
E C B
DT1
C12
J8
C19
R7
IC1
R17
5
6
C20
C7
14
R9
J5
C21
J17
R8
C8
J9
C3
C9
J7
JP2
JP4
JP14
JP12
JP11
C23
J16
L4
J6
J3
1
3
CN5
6
CN2
3-6-60
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
60
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-2
1-1
0/5 V DC
SHPSW on/off, output
1-3
1-1
0/5 V DC
EL on/off, input
1-4
1-1
0/5 V DC
SM enable signal, input
1-5
1-1
0/5 V DC
SM control signal SMOT RET, input
1-6
1-1
0/5 V DC
SM rotation direction switching signal

SMOT CWB, input
1-7
1-1
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SM drive clock pulse, input
1-8
1-1
0/5 V DC
SM drive control signal SM M5, input
1-9
1-1
0/5 V DC
1-10
1-1
0/5 V DC
1-11
1-1
0/5 V DC
1-12
1-1
0/5 V DC
1-13
1-1
1-14
1-1
0/5 V DC
ODSW on/off, output
SM current control voltage SM Vref, input
1-15
1-1
0/5 V DC
OSD1 on/off, output
1-16
1-1
0/5 V DC
OSD2*5 on/off, output
2-1
3-5, -6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SM coil energization pulse, output (B_)
2-2
3-5, -6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for SM, output
2-3
3-5, -6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SM coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-4
3-5, -6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SM coil energization pulse, output (A)

24 V DC supply for SM, output
2-5
3-5, -6
24 V DC
2-6
3-5, -6
0/5 V DC (pulse)
SM coil energization pulse, output (A_)
3-1
3-5, -6
0/5 V DC
EL on/off, output
3-2
3-5, -6
0/5 V DC
EL on/off, output
3-3
3-5, -6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
3-4
3-5, -6
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
4-1
4-3
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output
4-2
4-3
0/5 V DC
SHPSW on/off, input
5-1
5-3
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for ODSW, output
5-2
5-3
0/5 V DC
ODSW on/off, input
6-2
6-1
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for SMPCB, input
6-4
6-3
5 V DC
6-6
6-5
5 V DC
7-2
7-1
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for OSD1, output
7-3
7-1
0/5 V DC
OSD1 detection data, input
7-5
7-4
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for OSD2*5, output
7-6
7-4
0/5 V DC
OSD2*5 detection data, input
*5: For inch specifications only.
3-6-61
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
61
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
(6) CCD PCB
C10
C1
R9
B
R4
C11
E C
C12 TR2
R2
F6
E C B
TR1
R5
C13
R6
R7
9
C2
IC2
F1
F2
R12
R13
R15
R16
R17
1
F3
9
F4
IC3
R18 R22 R23 R24
F8
C17
11
CN1
C3
5
1 IC4
C4
R25
C6
C5
F5
R28 R27
RA1
R29
C7
R8
1 IC5
C8
R32 R31
C9
C23
R33
R34
R35
R36
F19
CN2
7
3-6-62
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
62
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
CCD drive clock signal CLK +, input
1-1
1-10, -11 0/5 V DC
1-2
1-10, -11 0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal CLK , input
1-3
1-10, -11 0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal RS +, input
1-4
1-10, -11 0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal RS , input
1-5
1-10, -11 0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal CLP +, input
1-6
1-10, -11 0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal CLP , input
1-7
1-10, -11 0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal SHIFT +, input
1-8
1-10, -11 0/5 V DC
CCD drive clock signal SHIFT , input
1-9
1-10, -11 5 V DC
5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, input
2-1
2-6, -7
CCD control signal VO_O +, output
2-2
2-6, -7
CCD control signal VO_O , output
2-3
2-6, -7
CCD control signal VO_E +, output
2-4
2-6, -7
2-5
2-6, -7
CCD control signal VO_E , output

12 V DC
+12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, input
3-6-63
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
63
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
2
1
CN1
10
9
A-1
B-15
A-1
B-13
CN6
CN4
A-13
B-1
A-13
CN5
B-1
(7) DF driver PCB
CN2
22
21
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
CN3
2
1
14
13
2
1
Remarks
1-1
1-3, -4
24 V DC
24 V DC supply, input
1-2
1-3, -4
24 V DC
1-7
1-9, -10
5 V DC
1-8
1-9, -10
5 V DC
2-1
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OCM control signal OCM M1, input
2-2
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
2-3
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
2-6
1-9, -10
2-7
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OCM rotation direction switching signal

OCM CWB, input
2-8
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OCM drive clock pulse, input
2-9
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OCM control signal OCM RET, input
2-10
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OCM enable signal, input
2-11
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OFM rotation direction switching signal

OFM CWB, input
2-12
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OFM drive clock pulse, input
2-13
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OFM control signal OFM RET, input

OCM current control voltage OCM Vref,
input
3-6-64
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
64
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
2-14
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OFM enable signal, input
2-15
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OFSOL latch-on signal, input
2-16
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OFSOL release signal, input
2-17
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
SBFSSOL on/off, input
2-19
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
EFSSOL on/off, input
2-20
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OFCL on/off, input
2-21
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
SBPSOL latch-on signal, input
2-22
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
SBPSOL release signal, input
3-1
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OSSW on/off, output
3-2
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OFSW on/off, output
3-3
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OSBSW on/off, output
3-4
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
DFTSW on/off, output
3-5
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OSLSW on/off, output
3-6
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
DFSSW1 on/off, output
3-7
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
3-8
1-9, -10
3-9
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OSLED (green) off/on, input
3-10
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
OSLED (red) off/on, input
3-11
1-9, -10
0/5 V DC
SRDF installed/not installed signal
4-3
4-2
0/24 V DC
Size detection voltage, output
4-4
4-2
0/24 V DC
5-A1
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC
24 V DC supply for SBPSOL, output
5-A2
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC
SBPSOL latch-on signal, output
5-A3
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC
SBPSOL release signal, output
5-A4
1-3, -4
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for OFCL, output
5-A5
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC
OFCL on/off, output
5-A6
1-3, -4
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for EFSSOL, output
5-A7
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC
EFSSOL on/off, output
5-A8
1-3, -4
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for OCM, output (A)
5-A9
1-3, -4
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for OCM, output (B)
5-A10
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC (pulse)
OCM motor coil energization pulse, output

(A)
5-A11
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC (pulse)

(B)
5-A12
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC (pulse)

(A_)
5-A13
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC (pulse)

(B_)
3-6-65
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
65
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
5-B1
1-3, -4
24 V DC
5-B2
1-3, -4
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for OFM, output (A)

24 V DC supply for OFM, output (B)
5-B3
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC (pulse)
OFM motor coil energization pulse, output

(A)
5-B4
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC (pulse)

(B)
5-B5
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC (pulse)

(A_)
5-B6
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC (pulse)

(B_)
5-B7
1-3, -4
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for SBFSSOL, output
5-B8
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC
SBFSSOL on/off, output
5-B11
1-3, -4
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for OFSOL, output
5-B12
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC
OFSOL latch-on signal, output
5-B13
1-3, -4
0/24 V DC
OFSOL release signal, output
6-A5
6-A4
0/5 V DC
OSBSW on/off, input
6-A6
6-A4
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for OSBSW, output
6-A8
6-A7
0/5 V DC
OSWSW on/off, input
6-A9
6-A7
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for OSWSW, output
6-A11
6-A10
0/5 V DC
OSLSW on/off, input
6-A12
6-A10
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for OSLSW, output
6-A14
6-A13
0/5 V DC
DFTSW on/off, input
6-A15
6-A13
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for DFTSW, output
6-B1
6-B3
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for OSSW, output
6-B2
6-B3
0/5 V DC
OSSW on/off, input
6-B4
6-B6
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for OFSW, output
6-B5
6-B6
0/5 V DC
OFSW on/off, input
6-B7
6-B8
0/5 V DC
OSLEDPCB (red) on/off, output
6-B9
6-B8
0/5 V DC
OSLEDPCB (green) on/off, output
3-6-66
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
66
1/1/32, 3:56
IC3
4
CN5
+
31
30
IC2
FUSE1
8
IC7
IC1
3
IC6
C26
C29
100
IC5
10
50
TR1
IC10
15
RA8 RA9 RA10 RA11RA12 RA13
51
L17
IC20
C25
IC11
+ C
TR2
IC17
B E
IC8
8
L22
IC21
CN1
11
D4
E
IC4
50
RA3 RA4 RA5 RA6 RA7
51
31
30
C14
80
K
B
80
81
IC19
L18
L19
L20
CN8
9
1
IC15
1
100
X1
A K
D3
10
RA2 RA1
IC13
17
IC16
C
K A K
D1
D2
1
IC18
2
1
18
17
13
14
1
2
15
IC9
CN2
17
L47
TR7
B E
TR8
1
CB E
E TR3
B E
C TR5
13
14
1
2
1
1/1/32, 3:56
67
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
L49
D8
D7
C
C
C
C
C
C
TR6
CN3
4 CN4
D6
L48
TR4
D5
C
C
L50
81
2A3/4
(8) Operation unit main PCB
IC12
C11
3-6-67
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-1
1-8
0/5 V DC
LCD control voltage, output
1-2
2-3
23 V DC
23 V supply for LCD, output
1-3
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
LCD (XD3) data, output
1-4
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
1-5
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
1-6
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
1-7
2-3
23 V DC
23 V supply for LCD, output
1-9
1-8
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for LCD, output
1-10
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
LCD control signal XSCL, output
1-11
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
LCD control signal LP, output
1-12
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
LCD control signal DIN, output
1-14
1-8
0/5 V DC
LCD control signal LCD REM, output
2-1
2-3
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for OLPCB, output
2-2
2-3
23 V DC
2-4
2-3
2-5
1-8
0/5 V DC
OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L1, input
2-6
1-8
0/5 V DC
2-7
1-8
0/5 V DC
2-8
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OLPCB scan signal SCAN L1, output
OLPCB contrast adjustment VR supply,

output
2-9
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
2-10
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
2-11
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OLPCB LED on DIG LED L1, output
2-12
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
2-13
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
2-14
1-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
2-15
1-8
0/5 V DC
OLPCB CFL on/off, output
2-16
1-8
5 V DC
2-17
1-8
5 V DC
3-1
6-2
0/5 V DC
ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R1,

input
3-2
6-2
0/5 V DC

input
3-3
6-2
0/5 V DC

input
3-4
6-2
0/5 V DC

input
3-5
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
ORPCB scan signal SCAN R1, output
3-6-68
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
68
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
3-6
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
3-7
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
3-8
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
3-9
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
ORPCB LED on DIG LED R1, output
3-10
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
3-11
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
3-12
6-2
0/5 V DC
ORPCB BZ1 on/off, output
3-14
6-2
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for ORPCB, output
4-1
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Touch panel detection voltage Y2, output
4-2
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Touch panel detection voltage X1, input
4-3
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Touch panel detection voltage Y1, input
4-4
6-2
0/5 V DC (pulse)
Touch panel detection voltage X2, output
5-3
5-2
5 V DC
5 V DC supply for OMPCB, input
5-4
5-1
24 V DC
24 V DC supply for OMPCB, input
6-3
6-2
0/5 V DC
OMPCB RESET MMI signal, input
6-4
6-2
0/5 V DC
OMPCB ENG ERROR MMI signal, input
6-5
6-8
0/5 V DC
OMPCB MMI ERROR signal, output
6-6
6-8
0/5 V DC
OMPCB ENGACK MMI signal, input
6-7
6-8
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OMPCB serial communication signal,

output
6-9
6-8
0/5 V DC
OMPCB MMI ACK signal, output
6-10
6-11
0/5 V DC (pulse)
OMPCB serial communication signal, input
3-6-69
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
69
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
(9) Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
B C E
Q1
B C E
Q3
B C E
Q4
CN2
Q2
B C E
6 1
TP31
WR
OSC1
CN13
2
1
CN9
1
TP1
C18
ZD1
1
TP12 TP24 TP22 TP11
BCL P1
Rxd
R SEN
TP13 TP4
EMP RCL TP23 TP16 +
P2
TP25 TP2
PP51 +5 V
Txd
DA2
DA1
K
TP3
PP52 TP5
SIZ
3 CN6 1
TP30
MOT PWM
C19
TP18 PP50
SG +
RS2
TP26
E2CLK
TP6
LS1
RS1
TP9
IC7 PD78233GC-389 LMS2
TP7
LMS1 TP8
LS2
TP21
E1
C17
D4
TP20
E2
TP27
E1CLK
10
D2
CN7
C15
TP17
CN3
SG
TP10
CLK
TP19
MOT CLK
CN12
PG
TP15
TP14
+24 V
C14
FUSE1 3A 125 V
CN1
CN4
SEC-A
FOR CONTINUED
PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF
FIRE. REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME
TYPE AND RATING OF FUSE
WARNING
MADE IN JAPAN
PF4065K500A
C16
1/1/32, 3:56
70
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
1
12
1
11
IC4
M5248P
IC2
27C256
3-6-70
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
1-1
1-1
5/0 V DC (pulse)
Clock signal for PPSENS1 - 3 and

PESENS, output
1-4
4-8
24/0 V DC
DOSSW signal on/off, input
1-5
4-8
2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC
PESENS signal input, paper present/

absent, input
1-6
4-8
2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC
PPSENS2 signal input, paper present/

absent, input
1-7
4-8
5/0 V DC
DLSW1 on/off, input
1-8
4-8
5/0 V DC
UPSW1 on/off, input

DLSW2 on/off, input
1-9
4-8
5/0 V DC
1-10
4-8
5/0 V DC
UPSW2 on/off, input
1-11
4-8
2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC
PPSENS3 paper present/absent, input
2-3
2-2
5/0 V DC
PLDSENS1 on/off, input
2-6
2-5
5/0 V DC
PLDSENS2 on/off, input
3-1
3-2
5 V DC
3-3
3-4
24 V DC
4-1
4-8
24 V DC
Power supply for RCL, PFCL1, PFCL2 and

CCL, output
4-2
4-8
24 V DC
Power supply for RCL, PFCL1, PFCL2 and

CCL, output
4-4
4-8
24/0 V DC
PFCL1 off/on, output
4-5
4-8
24/0 V DC
PFCL2 off/on, output
4-6
4-8
24/0 V DC
CCL off/on, output
4-7
4-8
5 V DC
Power supply for PPSENS1 - 3, PESENS,

SCSW, UPSW1 - 2 and DLSW1 - 2, output
PPSENS1 paper present/absent, input
4-9
4-8
2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC
4-11
4-8
5/0 V DC
SCSW on/off, input
7-1
7-6, -9
24/0 V DC
PDM1 off/on, output
7-2
7-6, -9
24 V DC
Power supply for PDM1, output
7-3
7-6, -9
24 V DC
Power supply for PDM2, output
7-4
7-6, -9
24/0 V DC
PDM2 off/on, output
7-5
7-6, -9
1.1 V DC
Power supply for PDMSENS1, output
7-7
7-6, -9
5/0 V DC
PDMSENS1 on/off, input
7-8
7-6, -9
1.1 V DC
Power supply for PDMSENS2, output
7-10
7-6, -9
5/0 V DC
PDMSENS2 on/off, input
9-1
9-2
5/0 V DC (pulse)
Serial data signal to EPCB (TXD)
9-3
9-4
5/0 V DC (pulse)
Serial data signal from EPCB (RXD)
9-5
9-2, -4
0/5 V DC
PFSW4 on/off, input
3-6-71
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
71
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
Terminals (CN)
Voltage
Remarks
12-1
12-2
24 V DC
Power supply for CM, output
12-3
12-2
5/0 V DC (pulse)
CM drive PWM signal, output
12-4
12-2
5 V DC
Power supply for CM, output
12-5
12-2
5/0 V DC (pulse)
CM FG signal, input
3-6-72
3-6-3 (2A3/4/E)
72
1/1/32, 3:56
2A3/4
3-6-4 Electrical problems

Copier
Problem
(1)
The machine
does not operate when
the main
switch is
turned on.
(2)
The drive
motor does
not operate
(C200).
Causes
No electricity at
the power outlet.
Measure the input voltage.
The power cord is

not plugged in
properly.
Check the contact between the power plug

and the outlet.
The front cover,

left cover and/or
right cover are/is
not closed completely.
Check the front, left and right covers.
Broken power
cord.
Check for continuity. If none, replace the

cord.
Defective main
switch.
Check for continuity across the contacts. If

none, replace the main switch.
Blown fuse in the

power source
PCB.
Check for continuity. If none, remove the

cause of blowing and replace the fuse.
Defective safety
switch 1, 2 or 3.
Check for continuity across the contacts of

each switch. If none, replace the switch.
Defective power
source PCB.
With AC present, check for 5 V DC at

CN2-1 on the power source PCB, 12 V DC
at CN4-1 and 24 V DC at CN1-1. If none,
replace the power source PCB.
Poor contact in the

drive motor connector terminals.

continuity within the connector cable. If
none, remedy or replace the cable.
Broken drive motor

gear.
Check visually and replace the drive motor if

necessary.
3-6-73
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
73
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(2)
The drive motor does not
operate
(C200).
Defective drive
motor.
Run maintenance item U030 and check if

the drive motor operates when CN12-B4 on
the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the
drive motor.
Defective main
PCB.

CN1-113 on the main PCB goes low. If not,
(3)
The scanner
motor does
not operate.
Broken scanner
motor coil.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,

replace the scanner motor.
Poor contact in the

scanner motor

Defective scanner
control PCB.
Check if the motor drive coil energization

pulse signals are output at CN5-5, CN5-6,
CN5-7, CN5-8 and CN5-9 on the main PCB
Broken upper lift

motor coil.

replace the upper lift motor.
Poor contact in the

upper lift motor

Defective engine
PCB.
Check if 24 V DC is output across CN8-A2

and CN8-A3 on the engine PCB right after
the upper drawer is installed. If not, replace
the engine PCB.
Broken lower lift

motor coil.

replace the lower lift motor.
Poor contact in the

lower lift motor

Defective engine
PCB.
Check if 24 V DC is output across CN8-A4

and CN8-A5 on the engine PCB right after
the lower drawer is installed. If not, replace
the engine PCB.
(4)
The upper lift
motor does
not operate.
(5)
The lower lift
motor does
not operate.
3-6-74
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
74
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(6)
The toner
feed motor
does not operate.
(7)
The paper
conveying
section fan
motor does
not operate.
(8)
Cooling fan
motor 1 does
not operate at
all or does not
turn at full
speed.
(9)
Cooling fan
motor 2 does
not operate at
all or does not
turn at full
speed.
Causes
Broken toner feed

motor coil.

replace the toner feed motor.
Poor contact in the

toner feed motor

Defective engine
PCB.

drive pulse signal is output across CN2-A5
and CN2-A6 on the engine PCB. If not,
replace the engine PCB.
Broken paper conveying section fan

motor coil.

replace the paper conveying section fan motor.
Poor contact in the

paper conveying
section fan motor

Defective engine
PCB.
Run maintenance item U030. If 24 V DC is

always present at CN8-B7 on the engine
PCB, replace the engine PCB.
Broken cooling fan

motor 1 coil.

replace cooling fan motor 1.
Poor contact in the

cooling fan motor 1

Defective engine
PCB.

CN3-B4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,
Broken cooling fan

motor 2 coil.

replace cooling fan motor 2.
Poor contact in the

cooling fan motor 2
connector
terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

3-6-75
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
75
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(10)
Paper feed
motor does
not operate
(C230).
(11)
The paper
conveying
motor does
not operate
(C210).
(12)
The toner
recycle motor
does not
operate.
Causes
Broken paper feed

motor coil.

replace the paper feed motor.
Poor contact in the

paper feed motor
connector
terminals.

Defective paper
feed motor.
Check if the paper feed motor rotates when

CN11-3 on the engine PCB goes low while
maintenance item U030 is run. If not replace
the paper feed motor.
Defective main
PCB.

Broken paper
conveying motor
coil.

replace the paper conveying motor.
Poor contact in the

paper conveying
motor connector
terminals.

Defective paper
feed motor.
Check if the paper feed motor rotates when

CN5-A8 on the engine PCB goes low while
maintenance item U030 is run. If not,
replace the paper conveying motor.
Defective main
PCB.

Broken toner
recycle motor coil.

replace the toner recycle motor.
Poor contact in the

toner recycle
motor connector
terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

drive pulse signal is output across CN2-A7
and CN2-A8 on the engine PCB. If not,
3-6-76
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
76
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(13)
The charger
cleaning
motor does
not operate.
(14)
The image
formation unit
fan motor
does not
operate.
(15)
The upper
paper feed
clutch does
not operate.
Causes
Broken charger
cleaning motor
coil.

replace the charger cleaning motor.
Poor contact in the

charger cleaning
motor connector
terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

CN8-B4 and CN8-B5 on the engine PCB go
low. If not, replace the engine PCB.
Broken image
formation unit fan
motor coil.

replace the image formation unit fan motor.
Poor contact in the

image formation
unit fan motor
connector
terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

CN2-A4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,
Broken upper
paper feed clutch
coil.

replace the upper paper feed clutch.
Poor contact in the

upper paper feed
clutch connector
terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

CN15-13 on the engine PCB goes low. If
3-6-77
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
77
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(16)
The lower
paper feed
clutch does
not operate.
(17)
Feed clutch 1
does not operate.
(18)
Feed clutch 2
does not
operate.
(19)
Feed clutch 3
does not operate.
Causes
Broken lower paper feed clutch

coil.

replace the lower paper feed clutch.
Poor contact in the

lower paper feed
clutch connector
terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

Broken feed clutch

1 coil.

replace feed clutch 1.
Poor contact in
feed clutch 1 connector terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

CN12-A4 on the engine PCB goes low. If
Broken feed clutch

2 coil.

Poor contact in

Defective engine
PCB.

Broken feed clutch

3 coil.

Poor contact in

Defective engine
PCB.

3-6-78
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
78
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(20)
Feed clutch 4
does not
operate.
Broken feed clutch

4 coil.

Poor contact in

Defective engine
PCB.

Broken feed clutch

5 coil.

Poor contact in
feed clutch 5
connector
terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

Broken registration
clutch coil.

replace the registration clutch.
Poor contact in the

registration clutch

Defective engine
PCB.

CN8-B11 on the engine PCB goes low. If
Broken bypass
paper feed clutch
coil.

replace the bypass paper feed clutch.
Poor contact in the

bypass paper feed
clutch connector
terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

(21)
Feed clutch 5
does not
operate.
(22)
The registration clutch
does not
operate.
(23)
The bypass
paper feed
clutch does
not operate.
3-6-79
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
79
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(24)
The eject
speed
switching
clutch does
not operate.
(25)
The bypass
solenoid does
not operate.
(26)
The cleaning
lamp does not
turn on.
(27)
The exposure
lamp does not
turn on.
Causes
Broken eject
speed switching
clutch coil.

replace the eject speed switching clutch.
Poor contact in the

eject speed
switching clutch
connector
terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

Broken bypass
solenoid coil.

replace the bypass solenoid.
Poor contact in the

bypass solenoid

Defective engine
PCB.

Poor contact in the

cleaning lamp connector terminals.

Defective cleaning
lamp.
Check for one-way continuity across each

LED comprising the cleaning lamp. If none,
replace the cleaning lamp.
Defective engine
PCB.
If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN2-A2

on the engine PCB is held low, replace the
engine PCB.
Poor contact in the

exposure lamp
connector
terminals.

Defective inverter
PCB.
If the exposure lamp does not turn on when

CN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB are
held low, replace the inverter PCB.
Defective scanner
motor PCB.
If the exposure lamp turns on when CN3-1

and 3-2 on the scanner motor PCB are held
low, replace the scanner motor PCB.
3-6-80
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
80
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(28)
The exposure
lamp does not
turn off.
Defective inverter
PCB.
If the exposure lamp does not turn off with

CN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB high,
replace the inverter PCB.
Defective scanner
motor PCB.
If CN3-1 and CN3-2 on the scanner motor

PCB are always low, replace the scanner
motor PCB.
(29)
Fixing heater
M or S does
not turn on
(C620).
Broken wire in fixing heater M or S.
Check for continuity across each heater. If

none, replace the heater (see page 3-3-63).
Fixing unit
thermostat triggered.
Check for continuity across thermostat. If

none, remove the cause and replace the
thermostat.
Broken fixing unit

thermistor wire.
Measure the resistance. If it is , replace

the fixing unit thermistor.
(30)
Fixing heater
M or S does
not turn off
(fixing unit
thermostat
triggered;
C620).
Dirty sensor part of

the fixing unit thermistor.
Check visually and clean the thermistor sensor parts.
Defective engine
PCB.
If fixing heater M/S stays on while CN6-7

and CN6-8 on the engine PCB go high,
(31)
Main charging
is not performed
(C510).
Broken main
charger wire.
See page 3-6-5.
Leaking main
charger housing.
Poor contact in the
high-voltage
transformer PCB
connector
terminals.
Defective main
PCB.
Defective engine
PCB.
3-6-81
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
81
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(32)
Transfer
charging is
not performed
(C511).
Causes
Broken transfer
charger wire.

See page 3-6-4.
Poor contact in the

high-voltage
transformer PCB
connector
terminals.
Defective main
PCB.
Defective engine
PCB.
(33)
Separation
charging is
not performed
(C511).
(34)
No developing bias is
output.
Broken separation
charger wire.
Replace the separation charger wire (see

page 3-3-56).
Poor contact in the

high-voltage
transformer PCB
connector
terminals.

Run maintenance item U101. If separation

charging does not take place while CN1-9
on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes
low, replace the high-voltage transformer
PCB.
Defective engine
PCB.

Poor contact in the

developing bias
wire.
Check the developing bias wire. If there is

any problem, replace it.
Poor contact in the

high-voltage
transformer PCB

Check if the developing bias is output when

transformer PCB.
3-6-82
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
82
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(34)
No developing bias is
output.
Defective engine
PCB.

low during copying. If not, replace the engine
PCB.
(35)
The original
size is not
detected.
Defective original
detection switch.
If the level of CN5-2 on the scanner motor

PCB does not change when the original detection switch is turned on and off, replace
the original detection switch.
(36)
The original
size is not
detected correctly.
Original is not
placed correctly.
Check the original and correct if necessary.
Poor contact in the

original size
sensors connector
terminals.

Defective original
size sensor or the
scanner motor
PCB.
Check if sensor operates correctly. If not,

replace it or, if necessary, the scanner motor
PCB.
(37)
The touch
panel keys do
not work.
Poor contact in the

touch panel connector terminals.

Defective touch
panel or operation
unit main PCB.
If any keys do not work after the touch panel

has been initialized, replace the touch panel
or operation unit main PCB.
(38)
The message
requesting
paper to be
loaded is
shown when
paper is
present in the
upper drawer.
Poor contact in the

upper paper switch

Defective upper
paper switch.
Check if CN15-9 on the engine PCB goes

low when the upper paper switch is turned
on with 5 V DC present at CN15-7 on the
engine PCB. If not, replace the upper paper
switch.
3-6-83
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
83
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(39)
The message
requesting
paper to be
loaded is
shown when
paper is
present in the
lower drawer.
Poor contact in the

lower paper switch

Defective lower
paper switch.
Check if CN15-10 on the engine PCB goes

low when the lower paper switch is turned
on with 5 V DC present at CN15-8 on the
engine PCB. If none, replace the lower paper switch.
(40)
The message
requesting
paper to be
loaded is
shown when
paper is
present on
the bypass
table.
Poor contact in the

bypass paper
switch connector
terminals.

Defective bypass
paper switch.
Check if CN14-A4 on the engine PCB goes

low when the bypass paper switch is turned
on with 5 V DC present at CN14-A2 on the
engine PCB. If not, replace the bypass
paper switch.
(41)
The size of
paper in the
upper drawer
is not displayed correctly.
Poor contact in the

upper paper length
switch* connector
terminals (inch
specs).

Poor contact in the

upper paper width
switch* connector
terminals (inch
specs).

Defective upper
paper length
switch* (inch
specs).
Check if CN8-A8 on the engine PCB goes

low when the upper paper length switch is
turned on. If not, replace the upper paper
length switch.
Defective upper
paper width
switch* (inch
specs).
Check if the levels of CN9-19, CN9-20 and

CN9-21 on the engine PCB change
alternately when the width guide in the upper
drawer is moved. If not, replace the upper
paper width switch.
Incorrectly set
drawer paper size
in copier
management
mode (metric
specs).
Check the drawer paper size and reset.
3-6-84
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
84
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(42)
The size of
paper in the
lower drawer
is not displayed correctly.
Causes
Poor contact in the

lower paper length
switch* connector
terminals (inch
specs).

Poor contact in the

lower paper width
switch* connector
terminals (inch
specs).

Defective lower
paper length
switch* (inch
specs).
Check if CN8-A10 on the main PCB goes

low when the lower paper length switch is
turned on. If not, replace the lower paper
length switch.
Defective lower
paper width
switch* (inch
specs).
Check if the levels of CN9-23, CN9-24 and

CN9-25 on the engine PCB change
alternately when the width guide in the lower
drawer is moved. If not, replace the lower
paper width switch.
Incorrectly set
drawer paper size
in copier
management
mode (metric
specs).
Check the drawer paper size and reset.
3-6-85
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
85
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(43)
A paper jam
in the paper
feed, paper
conveying or
fixing section
is indicated
on the touch
panel immediately after the
main switch is
turned on.
A piece of paper
torn from copy
paper is caught
around paper feed
switch 1/2/3, the
feed switch or the
eject switch.
Check and remove if any.
Defective paper
feed switch 1.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-5 on the

engine PCB, check if CN13-4 on the engine
PCB remains low when paper feed switch 1
is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper
feed switch 1.
Defective paper
feed switch 2.

PCB remains low when paper feed switch 2
is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper
feed switch 2.
Defective paper
feed switch 3.

engine PCB, check if CN13-10 on the
engine PCB remains low when paper feed
switch 3 is turned on and off. If it does,
Defective feed
switch.

PCB remains low when the feed switch is
turned on and off. If it does, replace the feed
switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1 on the

engine PCB, check if CN8-B2 on the engine
PCB remains low when the registration
switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace
the registration switch.
Defective eject
switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-B10 on the

engine PCB, check if CN3-B9 on the engine
PCB remains low when the eject switch is
turned on and off. If it does, replace the eject
switch.
3-6-86
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
86
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(44)
The message
requesting
covers to be
closed is displayed when
the front, left
and right covers are
closed.
Poor contact in the

connector terminals of safety
switch 1, 2 or 3.

Defective safety
switch 1, 2 or 3.
Check for continuity across each switch. If

there is no continuity when the switch is on,
replace it.
(45)
Others.
Wiring is broken,
shorted or makes
poor contact.
Check for continuity. If none, repair.
Noise.
Locate the source of noise and remove.
3-6-87
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
87
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
SRDF
Problem
(1)
The original
feed motor
does not
operate.
(2)
The original
conveying
motor does
not operate.
(3)
The original
feed solenoid
does not
operate.
Causes
Defective original
feed motor coil.

replace the original feed motor.
The connector
terminals of the
original feed motor
make poor contact.

Defective DF
driver PCB.
Check for continuity across the original feed

motor coil and connector terminals. If good,
replace the DF driver PCB.
Defective original
conveying motor
coil.

replace the original conveying motor.
The connector
terminals of the
original conveying
motor make poor
contact.

Defective DF
driver PCB
Check for continuity across the original conveying motor coil and connector terminals. If
good, replace the DF driver PCB.
Defective original
feed solenoid coil.

replace the original feed solenoid.
The connector
terminals of the
original feed
solenoid make
poor contact.

Defective DF
driver PCB.
Check if the original feed solenoid operates

when CN5-B13 or CN5-B12 on the DF driver
PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver
PCB.
3-6-88
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
88
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(4)
The switchback feedshift
solenoid does
not operate.
(5)
The eject
feedshift solenoid does not
operate.
(6)
The switchback pressure
solenoid does
not operate.
Causes
Defective switchback feedshift solenoid coil.

replace the switchback feedshift solenoid.
The connector
terminals of the
switchback feedshift solenoid
make poor contact.

Defective DF
driver PCB.
Check if the switchback feedshift solenoid

operates when CN5-B8 on the DF driver
PCB.
Defective eject
feedshift solenoid
coil.

replace the eject feedshift solenoid.
The connector
terminals of the
eject feedshift
solenoid make
poor contact.

Defective DF
driver PCB.
Check if the eject feedshift solenoid

operates when CN5-A7 on the DF driver
PCB.
Defective switchback pressure solenoid coil.

replace the switchback pressure solenoid.
The connector
terminals of the
switchback pressure solenoid
make poor contact.

Defective DF
driver PCB.
Check if the switchback pressure solenoid

operates when CN5-A2 or CN5-A3 on the
DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the
DF driver PCB.
3-6-89
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
89
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(7)
The original
feed clutch
does not
operate.
Causes
Defective original
feed clutch coil.

replace the original feed clutch.
The connector
terminals of the
original feed clutch
make poor contact.

Defective DF
driver PCB.
Check if the original feed clutch operates

when CN5-A5 on the DF driver PCB is low.
If it does, replace the DF driver PCB.
(8)
A message
indicating
cover open is
displayed
when the
SRDF is
closed correctly.
The connector
terminals of DF
safety switch 1
make poor contact.

Defective DF
safety switch 1.
Check for continuity across the contacts of

the switch. If none when the switch is on,
replace DF safety switch 1.
(9)
An original
jams when
the main
switch is
turned on.
A piece of paper
torn from an original is caught
around the original
feed switch.
Remove any found.
Defective original
feed switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DF

driver PCB, check if CN6-B5 of the DF driver
PCB remains low when the original feed
the original feed switch.
A piece of paper
around the original
switchback switch.
Remove any found.
Defective original
switchback switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DF

driver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DF
driver PCB remains low when the original
switchback switch is turned on and off. If it
does, replace the original switchback switch.
3-6-90
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
90
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(9)
An original
jams when
the main
switch is
turned on.
Causes
A piece of paper
around the DF
timing switch.
Remove any found.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DF

driver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DF
driver PCB remains low when the DF timing
3-6-91
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
91
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(1)
The side registration motor
does not rotate (C220).
Poor contact in the

side registration
motor connector
terminals.

Broken side registration motor gear.
Check visually and replace the side registration motor if necessary.
Defective side registration motor.

replace the side registration motor.
Broken feedshift
solenoid coil.

replace the feedshift solenoid.
Poor contact in the

feedshift solenoid

Defective engine
PCB.

CN3-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,
Broken duplex
forward solenoid
coil.

replace the duplex forward solenoid.
Poor contact in the

duplex forward
solenoid connector
terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

CN10-8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,
(2)
The feedshift
solenoid does
not operate.
(3)
The duplex
forward solenoid does not
operate.
3-6-92
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
92
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(4)
The
switchback
feedshift
solenoid does
not operate.
Broken switchback
feedshift solenoid
coil.

replace the switchback feedshift solenoid.
Poor contact in the

switchback
feedshift solenoid

Defective engine
PCB.

Broken duplex
paper tapping solenoid coil.

replace the duplex paper tapping solenoid.
Poor contact in the

duplex paper tapping solenoid connector terminals.

Defective engine
PCB.

(6)
The message
requesting
covers to be
closed is displayed when
the left cover
is closed.
Poor contact in
safety switch 2

Defective safety
switch 2.
Check for continuity across the contacts. If

there is no continuity when safety switch 2 is
on, replace it.
(7)
Others.
Wiring is broken,
shorted or makes
poor contact.
Check for continuity. If none, repair.
Noise.
Locate the source of noise and remove.
(5)
The duplex
paper tapping
solenoid does
not operate.
3-6-93
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
93
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(1)
The large
paper deck
does not
operate when
the print key
is pressed.
Incorrect
connection with
the engine PCB.
Check the connector.
(2)
The deck
paper
conveying
motor does
not operate
(C920).
Poor contact in the

deck paper
conveying motor
connector
terminals.

The deck paper

conveying motor
drive system
overloaded.
Check the drive system.
Defective deck
main PCB.
Check if the motor drive clock signal is

present at CN12-3 on the deck main PCB
Defective deck
paper conveying
motor.
Check if the deck paper conveying motor

rotates while the motor drive clock signal is
present at CN12-3 on the deck main PCB
replace the deck paper conveying motor.
Poor contact in the

paper deck motor
1 connector
terminals.

Broken paper deck

motor 1 coil.

replace paper deck motor 1.
Defective deck
main PCB.
Check if CN7-1 on the deck main PCB goes

low when paper deck motor 1 is turned on
(placing paper on the right cassette lift and
closing the large paper deck will turn paper
deck motor 1 on until deck level switch 1
turns on) while the deck open/closed safety
switch is on and 24 V DC is present at CN14 on the deck main PCB. If not, replace the
deck main PCB.
(3)
Paper deck
motor 1 does
not operate
(C921).
3-6-94
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
94
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
Causes
(4)
Paper deck
motor 2 does
not operate
(C922).
Poor contact in the

paper deck motor
2 connector
terminals.

Broken paper deck

motor 2 coil.

replace paper deck motor 2.
Defective deck
main PCB.

low when paper deck motor 2 is turned on
(placing paper on the left cassette lift and
closing the large paper deck will turn paper
deck motor 2 on until deck level switch 2
turns on) while the deck open/closed safety
switch is on and 24 V DC is present at CN14 on the deck main PCB. If not, replace the
deck main PCB.
Poor contact in the

paper feed clutch 1
connector
terminals.

Broken paper feed

clutch 1 coil.

replace paper feed clutch 1.
Defective deck
main PCB.

low when maintenance item U247 is run. If
not, replace the deck main PCB.
Wiring problem.
Check for continuity across CN4-4 on the

deck main PCB and CN1-4 on the interface
PCB. If none, check the wiring.
Defective interface
PCB.
Run maintenance item U247. If paper feed

clutch 1 does not operate while CN4-4 on
the deck main PCB is low, check for
continuity across CN5-5 & CN1-1 and CN5-6
& CN1-4 on the interface PCB. If none,
replace the interface PCB.
Poor contact in the

paper feed clutch 2
connector
terminals.

Broken paper feed

clutch 2 coil.

replace paper feed clutch 2.
(5)
Paper feed
clutch 1 does
not operate.
(6)
Paper feed
clutch 2 does
not operate.
3-6-95
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
95
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
Problem
(6)
Paper feed
clutch 2 does
not operate.
(7)
The paper
conveying
clutch does
not operate.
Causes
Defective deck
main PCB.

Wiring problem.

Defective interface
PCB.
Run maintenance item U247. If paper feed

clutch 2 does not operate while CN4-5 on
the deck main PCB is low, check for
continuity across CN5-3 & CN1-1 and CN54 & CN1-5 on the interface PCB. If none,
replace the interface PCB.
Poor contact in the

paper conveying
clutch connector
terminals.

Broken paper
conveying clutch
coil.

replace the paper conveying clutch.
Defective deck
main PCB.

Wiring problem.

Defective interface
PCB.
Run maintenance item U247. If the paper

conveying clutch does not operate while
CN4-6 on the deck main PCB is low, check
for continuity across CN5-1 & CN1-1 and
across CN5-2 & CN1-6 on the interface
PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB.
3-6-96
3-6-4 (2A3/4/E)
96
1/1/32, 4:03
2A3/4
3-6-5 Mechanical problems

Copier
Problem
(1)
No primary
paper feed.
(2)
No secondary
paper feed.
(3)
Skewed paper
feed.
Corrective measures
Check if the surfaces of the

following rollers or pulleys are
dirty with paper powder: forwarding pulleys, upper/lower
paper feed pulleys, upper/lower
feed rollers, feed rollers 1/2/3/4,
feed pulleys, bypass forwarding
pulley and bypass upper/lower
paper feed pulleys.
Check if the upper or lower paper feed pulley is deformed.
Replace if necessary (see page

3-3-3).
Check if the forwarding pulley is

deformed.
Replace if necessary (see page

3-3-3).
Electrical problem with the following electromagnetic

clutches: upper/lower paper
feed clutches, feed clutches 1/
2/3/4/5 and bypass paper feed
clutch.
See pages 3-6-77 79.

upper and lower registration
rollers are dirty with paper powder.
See page 3-6-79.
Width guide in a drawer installed incorrectly.
Check the width guide visually

and correct or replace if necessary.
Deformed width guide in a

drawer.
Check the width guide visually

and correct or replace if it is
deformed.
Check if a pressure spring

along the paper conveying path
is deformed or out of place.
Repair or replace.
3-6-97
3-6-5 (2A3/4/E)
97
1/1/32, 4:04
2A3/4
Problem
Corrective measures
(4)
The scanner
does not
travel.
Check if the scanner wire is

loose.
Reinstall the scanner wire (see

page 3-3-24).
The scanner motor malfunctions.
See page 3-6-74.
(5)
Multiple sheets
of paper are
fed at one
time.
Check if the lower paper feed

pulley is worn.
Replace the lower paper feed

pulley if it is worn (see page
3-3-3).
Check if the paper is curled.
Change the paper.
(6)
Paper jams.
Check if the paper is excessively curled.
Change the paper.
Deformed guides along the paper conveying path.
Check visually and repair or

replace any deformed guides.
Check if the contact between

the upper and lower registration
rollers is correct.
Remedy if necessary. Replace

the pressure spring if it is deformed.
Check if the separation charger

wire in the transfer charger assembly is broken.
Replace the separation charger

wire if it is broken (see page
3-3-56).
Check if the paper conveying

belt is off the paper conveying
pulleys.
Remedy.
Check if the fixing unit upper or

lower left guide is deformed.
Repair or replace.
Check if the press roller is extremely dirty or deformed.
Clean or replace the press

roller.

the heat roller and its separation claws is correct.
Repair if any springs are off the

separation claws.

the eject roller and pulley is
correct.
Repair if a pressure spring is off

the eject pulley.
Check if the developing unit is

extremely dirty.
Clean the developing unit.
(7)
Toner drops
on the paper
conveying
path.
3-6-98
3-6-5 (2A3/4/E)
98
1/1/32, 4:04
2A3/4
Problem
(8)
Abnormal
noise is
heard.
Corrective measures
Check if the pulleys, rollers and

gears operate smoothly.
Grease the bearings and gears.
Check if the following electromagnetic clutches are installed

correctly: upper/lower paper
feed clutches, feed clutches 1/
2/3/4/5 and bypass paper feed
clutch.
Correct.
3-6-99
3-6-5 (2A3/4/E)
99
1/1/32, 4:04
2A3/4
SRDF
Problem
Corrective measures
The surfaces of the DF forwarding pulleys, DF original feed

pulley or DF separation pulley
are dirty with paper powder.
Check and clean them with isopropyl alcohol if they are dirty.
Check if the DF original feed

pulley or the DF separation pulley is deformed.
If so, replace (see pages 3-3-89

and 91).
Check if the DF forwarding pulleys are deformed.
If so, replace (see page 3-389).
Electrical problem with the following clutch or solenoid:

Original feed solenoid
Original feed clutch
(2)
No secondary
original feed.
The DF registration pulley and

the DF registration roller do not
contact each other correctly.
Remedy.
(3)
Originals jam.
Originals outside the specifications are used.
Use only originals conforming

to the specifications.
The surfaces of the DF forwarding pulleys, DF original feed

pulley or DF separation pulley
are dirty with paper powder.
Check and clean them with isopropyl alcohol if they are dirty.
The DF original feed pulley and

the DF separation pulley do not
contact each other correctly.
Remedy.
(1)
No primary
original feed.
3-6-100
3-6-5 (2A3/4/E)
100
1/1/32, 4:04
2A3/4
Problem
(1)
No refeed.
Corrective measures

following rollers and pulleys are
dirty with paper powder: duplex
forwarding pulley, refeed pulley,
switchback roller and duplex
upper/lower registration rollers.
Check if the duplex forwarding

pulley is deformed.
Replace (see page 3-3-80).

paper tapping solenoid.
See page 3-6-93.
(2)
Paper is refed
askew.
Side registration amount adjusted incorrectly.
Run maintenance item U052

and adjust the side registration
amount (see page 3-3-88).
(3)
Paper jams.
Check if the paper is excessively curled.
Change the paper.
Deformed guides along the paper conveying path.
Check visually and repair or

replace any deformed guides.
The feedshift solenoid malfunctions.
See page 3-6-92.

the feedshift lower roller and
feedshift pulley is correct.
Repair if the mount has come

off the feedshift pulley.
Check if pulleys, rollers and

gears operate smoothly.
Grease the bushings and

gears.
(4)
Abnormal
noise is
heard.
3-6-101
3-6-5 (2A3/4/E)
101
1/1/32, 4:04
2A3/4
Problem
Corrective measures
Check if the upper or lower

deck separation roller is dirty
with paper powder.
Check if deck paper feed roller

1, 2 or the deck paper
conveying roller is dirty with
paper powder.

deck separation roller is worn or
deformed.

1, 2 or the deck paper conveying roller is worn or deformed.
Check if paper feed clutch 1, 2

or the paper conveying clutch
malfunctions.
Remedy or replace.

deformed.

1, 2 or the deck paper
conveying roller is worn or
deformed.
Check if the paper side guides

are deformed.
Remedy or replace.
(3)
Multiple
sheets of
paper are fed
at one time.
Check if the paper is

excessively curled.
Change the paper.
Paper is not loaded correctly.
Correct.

deformed.
(4)
Paper jams.
Check if the paper is

excessively curled.
Change the paper.

deck separation rollers contact
each other when the deck is
installed correctly.
Remedy if necessary.
(1)
No primary
paper feed.
(2)
Paper is fed
askew.
3-6-102
3-6-5 (2A3/4/E)
102
1/1/32, 4:04
2A3/4
Problem
(4)
Paper jams.
Check if the paper side guides

are deformed.
Remedy or replace.
Corrective measures
(5)
Abnormal
noise is
heard.
Check if rollers and gears

operate smoothly.
Grease the bushings and

gears.
Check for any abnormality with

motors and clutches.
Replace.
Check for any drive belt out of

place.
Remedy if necessary.
3-6-103
3-6-5 (2A3/4/E)
103
1/1/32, 4:04
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 ......................................................................................... 3-7-1
Timing chart No. 2 ......................................................................................... 3-7-2
Timing chart No. 3 ......................................................................................... 3-7-3
Timing chart No. 4 ......................................................................................... 3-7-4
Timing chart No. 5 ......................................................................................... 3-7-5
Timing chart No. 6 ......................................................................................... 3-7-6
Timing chart No. 7 ......................................................................................... 3-7-7
Timing chart No. 8 ......................................................................................... 3-7-8
Timing chart No. 9 ......................................................................................... 3-7-9
Timing chart No. 10 ..................................................................................... 3-7-10
Timing chart No. 11 ..................................................................................... 3-7-11
Timing chart No. 12 ..................................................................................... 3-7-12
Power source PCB 1/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-13
Power source PCB 2/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-14
Engine PCB 1/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-15
Engine PCB 2/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-16
Main PCB 1/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-17
Main PCB 2/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-18
Main PCB 3/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-19
Main PCB 4/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-20
Main PCB 5/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-21
Main PCB 6/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-22
Main PCB 7/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-23
Main PCB 8/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-24
Main PCB 9/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-25
Memory copy PCB 1/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-26
Memory copy PCB 2/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-27
Memory copy PCB 3/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-28
Memory copy PCB 4/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-29
Memory copy PCB 5/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-30
Memory copy PCB 6/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-31
Memory copy PCB 7/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-32
Memory copy PCB 8/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-33
Memory copy PCB 9/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-34
Memory copy PCB 10/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-35
Memory copy PCB 11/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-36
Memory copy PCB 12/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-37
Scanner motor PCB .................................................................................... 3-7-38
CCD PCB .................................................................................................... 3-7-39
DF driver PCB ............................................................................................. 3-7-40
Operation unit main PCB 1/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-41
Operation unit main PCB 2/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-42
Operation unit right PCB ............................................................................. 3-7-43
Operation unit left PCB ............................................................................... 3-7-44
1-1-33
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
33
1/1/32, 0:09
2A3/4
Deck main PCB ...........................................................................................
Interface PCB ..............................................................................................
SRDF connection diagram ..........................................................................
General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) .............................................
General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) .............................................
SRDF wiring diagram ..................................................................................
Large paper deck wiring diagram ................................................................
1-1-34
CONTENTS (2A3/4/E)
34
1/1/32, 0:09
3-7-45
3-7-46
3-7-47
3-7-48
3-7-49
3-7-50
3-7-51
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 1 From the main switch turned on to machine stabilization
D
MSW
1
Secondary stabilization
fixing temperature*1
MSW: On
Aging end
Copying possible*2
Primary stabilization
fixing temperature 175C/347F
CN4-10
PRY
CN4-9
H1
CN6-7
H2
CN6-8
2s
189C/372.2F
180C/374F
CCM
CN8-B5
(Fwd. rotation)
20 s
CCM
CN8-B4
(Rev. rotation)
DM
CN12-B4
PCM
CN5-A8
CL
CN2-A2
DB REM
CN5-B10
CFM1
(Half speed)
CN3-B4
CFM1
(Full speed)
CN3-B4
PCFM
7
CN8-B7
IFFM
CN2-A4
PM
CN9-1,2,3,4
1s
1s
200 ms
25 s
3s
200 ms
270 ms
600 ms
50 ms
1s
8
*1: 180C/356F (42 ppm) or 190C/374F (52 ppm)
*2: Copying is possible at the earlier timing of 60 s (42 ppm) or 120 s (52 ppm)
after secondary stabilization or 116 s (42 ppm) or 176 s (52 ppm) after PRY turning on.
A
3-7-1
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
1/1/32, 20:25
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
Rev. rotation
Off
Fwd. rotation
C
D
Rev. rotation
76 P
43 P
1/1/32, 20:25
CN4-2
SHPSW
H
410 P
414 P
9921 P
1
110 P
FVSYNC signal
Rev. rotation
Off
Fwd. rotation
CN2-1,2,
3,4,5,6
SM
2
154 P
Original scanning operation (A3/11" x 17" original, magnification ratio 100%, manual copy density control)
CN4-2
SHPSW
E
Off
Fwd. rotation
CN2-1,2,
3,4,5,6
3
154 P
SM
43 P
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: OFF)
CN4-2
SHPSW
A
CN2-1,2,
3,4,5,6
SM
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: ON)
2A3/4
E
Timing chart No. 2 Scanner operation

I
J
3-7-2
E
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 3 Original feed operation 1: single-side original mode, multiple originals
A
Primary original feed
2OSSW
Repeats
Original ejection
CN6-B2
200 ms
OFSOL A
CN5-B12
200 ms
OFSOL R
CN5-B13
OFCL
CN5-A5
4
30 ms + 288 P*2
20 ms
OFM
CN5-B3, B4,
B5, B6
OFSW
CN6-B5
20 ms
556 P*2
30 ms + 288 P*2
556 P*2
OSBSW
CN6-A5
30 ms + 2337 P*3
6OCM
CN5-A10, A11,
A12, A13
DFTSW
CN6-A14
*1 During enlargement copying: (magnification 10 530) ms

3-7-3
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
1/1/32, 20:25
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 4 Original feed operation 2: double-sided original mode, multiple originals (1/2)
A
1
Repeats
Switchback operation
Scanning the first face
Primary original feed

OSSW
CN6-B2
2
200 ms
OFSOL A
CN5-B12
OFSOL
R
3
CN5-B13
OFCL
CN5-A5
3
Scanning speed
115 P*1 100 ms 327 P*1 100 ms
20 ms
OFM
4
CN5-B3, B4,
B5, B6
OFSW
CN6-B5
SBFSSOL
CN5-B8
30 ms
30 ms
288 P*2
556 P*1
5
564 P*2
SBPSOL A
SBPSOL R
CN5-A2
CN5-A3
OSBSW
CN6-A5
6
30 ms
OCM
CN5-A10,
A11, A12, A13
EFSSOL
CN5-A7
7
DFTSW
7
CN6-A14

3-7-4
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
1/1/32, 20:25
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 5 Original feed operation 2: double-sided original mode, multiple originals (2/2)
A
1
Repeats
Switchback operation
OSSW
Primary feed of next original
Scanning the image
Original ejection
CN6-B2
OFSOL A
CN5-B12
200 ms
3OFSOL R
CN5-B13
OFCL
CN5-A5
Scanning speed
115 P*1 100 ms 327 P*1 100 ms
OFM
OFSW
CN5-B3, B4, B5,

B6
CN6-B5
SBFSSOL
CN5-B8
SBPSOL A
SBPSOL R
CN5-A2
CN5-A3
6OSBSW
288 P*2 30 ms 100 ms
30 ms
20 ms
4
556 P*1
CN6-A5
6
2337 P*2
30 ms
OCM
30 ms + 2337 P*2
CN5-A10, A11,
A12, A13
CN5-A7
EFSSOL
DFTSW
CN6-A14

3-7-5
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
1/1/32, 20:25
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 6 Copying an A3/11" 17" original onto an A5R/51/2" 81/2" copy paper from the bypass table, magnification ratio 25%, manual
copy density control
A
29030000 ms
Toner replenishment
Image ready
Print key
CL
CN2-A2
2
600 ms
50 ms
360 ms
CFM1
CN3-B4
520 ms
CFM2
CN3-B6
520 ms
FSW
CN13-1
RSW
CN8-B2
FCL5
CN12-A2
600 ms
115 ms
65 ms
74 ms
100 ms
74 ms
RCL
CN8-B11
ESW
CN3-B9
DB REM
CN5-B10
50 ms
MC REM
CN5-B13
520 ms
SC REM
CN5-B5
TC REM
CN5-B7
PFM
CN11-3
DM
CN12-B4
250 ms
PCM
CN5-A8
520 ms
BYPSOL
CN14-A8
100 ms
80 ms
600 ms
300 ms
700 ms
210 ms
270 ms
90 ms
7
BYPPFCL CN14-A7
300 ms
200 ms
3-7-6
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
1/1/32, 20:25
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 7 Copying an A4/11" 81/2" original onto an A4/11" 81/2" copy paper from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%,
auto copy density control
A
1
29030000 ms
Toner replenishment
Image ready
Print key
CL
CN2-A2
600 ms
50 ms
360 ms
CFM1
CN3-B4
520 ms
CFM2
CN3-B6
520 ms
FCL4
CN8-B9
FSW
CN13-1
RSW
CN8-B2
FCL5
CN12-A2
74 ms
RCL
CN8-B11
74 ms
ESW
CN3-B9
DB REM
CN5-B10
50 ms
MC REM
CN5-B13
520 ms
174 ms
2
600 ms
35 ms
100 ms
80 ms
600 ms
300 ms
700 ms
SC REM
CN5-B5
TC REM
CN5-B7
PFM
CN11-3
DM
CN12-B4
250 ms
PCM
CN5-A8
520 ms
PFCL-U
CN15-13
100 ms
FCL2
CN12-A8
PFSW2
CN13-7
FCL1
CN12-A4
PFSW1
CN13-4
210 ms
270 ms
163 ms
58 ms
50 ms
7
28 ms
35 ms
3-7-7
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
1/1/32, 20:25
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 8 Continuous copying of an A5R/51/2" 81/2" original onto two sheets of A3/11" 17" copy paper from the copier lower drawer,
magnification ratio 400%, manual copy density control
A
Image ready
Image ready
CL
CN2-A2
50 ms
CFM1
CN3-B4
520 ms
CFM2
CN3-B6
520 ms
FCL4
CN8-B9
FSW
CN13-1
RSW
CN8-B2
29030000 ms
Toner replenishment
1.2 s
Print key
600 ms
360 ms
600 ms
174 ms
35 ms
174 ms
35 ms
FCL5
CN12-A2
74 ms
RCL
CN8-B11
74 ms
ESW
CN3-B9
100 ms
100 ms
74 ms
80 ms
80 ms
74 ms
4
DB REM CN5-B10
50 ms
MC REM CN5-B13
520 ms
SC REM CN5-B5
700 ms
600 ms
300 ms
270 ms
210 ms
TC REM CN5-B7
PFM
CN11-3
DM
CN12-B4
250 ms
PCM
CN5-A8
520 ms
PFCL-L
CN15-14
100 ms
FCL3
CN12-A10
PFSW3
CN13-10
FCL2
CN12-A8
270 ms
210 ms
365 ms
128 ms
365 ms
50 ms
35 ms
128 ms
50 ms
35 ms
128 ms
209 ms
35 ms
35 ms
209 ms
PFSW2
CN13-7
FCL1
CN12-A4
PFSW1
CN13-4
128 ms
35 ms
35 ms
3-7-8
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
1/1/32, 20:25
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
B
CN10-14
CN10-1,2,3,
4,5
CN9-12
DUPPTSOL
SRHPSW
C
CN9-11
DM
D
E
F
1/1/32, 20:25
G
H
I
TC REM
CN5-B7
CN5-B5
CN5-B13
MC REM
210 ms
700 ms
50 ms
520 ms
270 ms
80 ms
100 ms
35 ms
210 ms
74 ms
30 ms
270 ms
600 ms
290-30000 ms
360 ms
300 ms
80 ms
100 ms
35 ms
SC REM
CN5-B10
DB REM
CN3-B6
CN3-B4
50 ms
Image ready
74 ms
174 ms
232 ms
CFM2
CFM1
CN2-A2
CN3-B9
CN8-B11
CN12-A2
CN8-B2
CN13-1
CN8-B9
128 ms
58 ms
162 ms
CL
ESW
RCL
CN12-A4
CN13-4
50 ms
100 ms
520 ms
FCL5
RSW
FSW
FCL4
PFSW1
CN13-7
CN12-A8
CN15-13
250 ms
FCL1
PFSW2
FCL2
PFCL-U
CN12-B4
CN5-A8
500 ms
PCM
CN11-3
DUPESW
PFM
CN9-7
CN9-8
DUPRSW
12 P
DUPPCSW
60 ms
30 ms
1160 ms
SRM
CN3-A4
7
CN10-8
200 ms
200 ms
FSSW
CN10-12
SBFSSOL2
1160 ms
DUPFWDSOL
CN10-10
SBFSSOL1
CN3-A8
CN3-A9
FSSOL2
FSSOL1
Print key
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 9 Duplex copying of an A3/11" 17" book original onto one duplex A4/11" 81/2" copy from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control
I
J
1
1
2
2
3-7-9
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 10 Continuous, duplex copying of two single-sided A4/11" 81/2" originals onto two duplex A4/11" 81/2" copies from the
copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control
A
Print key
FSSOL1
CN3-A8
FSSOL2
CN3-A9
SBFSSOL1
CN10-10
SBFSSOL2
CN10-12
FSSW
CN3-A4
DUPFWDSOL
CN10-8
DUPPTSOL
CN10-14
SRM
SRHPSW
CN10-1,2,3,
4,5
CN9-12
DUPRSW
CN9-7
DUPPCSW
CN9-8
DUPESW
CN9-11
PFM
CN11-3
DM
CN12-B4
PCM
CN5-A8
PFCL-U
CN15-13
100 ms
FCL2
CN12-A8
50 ms
PFSW2
CN13-7
FCL1
CN12-A4
PFSW1
CN13-4
FCL4
CN8-B9
FSW
CN13-1
RSW
CN8-B2
FCL5
CN12-A2
RCL
CN8-B11
ESW
CN3-B9
CL
CN2-A2
CFM1
CN3-B4
CFM2
CN3-B6
DB REM
CN5-B10
MC REM
CN5-B13
SC REM
CN5-B5
TC REM
CN5-B7
1160 ms
200 ms
1160 ms
200 ms
30 ms
30 ms
60 ms
12 P
60 ms
12 P
2
12 P
250 ms
34 ms
520 ms
162 ms
58 ms
128 ms
58 ms
232 ms
128 ms
35 ms
174 ms
174 ms
35 ms
100 ms
74 ms
1200 ms
80 ms
232 ms
30 ms
100 ms
35 ms
74 ms
35 ms
30 ms
100 ms
80 ms
100 ms
1200 ms
80 ms
80 ms
Image ready
600 ms
50 ms
360 ms
520 ms
290-30000 ms
50 ms
300 ms
700 ms
210 ms
270 ms
270 ms
210 ms
210 ms
270 ms
210 ms
270 ms
3-7-10
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
10
1/1/32, 20:25
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 11 Primary paper feed from large paper deck right cassette
A
PFCL1: On for the first sheet
PFCL1: On for the second sheet
Paper feed shignal from the copier
100 ms
100 ms
64 P
64 P
PFSW4 (from the copier)

PPSENS1 CN4-9
5
PPSENS2 CN1-6
PPSENS3 CN1-11
6
PFCL1 CN4-4
CCL CN4-6
7
PFCL2 CN4-5
3-7-11
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
11
1/1/32, 20:25
E
2A3/4
Timing chart No. 12 Primary paper feed from large paper deck left cassette
A
PFCL1: On for the first sheet
PFCL1: On for the second sheet
3
Paper feed signal from the copier
100 ms
100 ms
64 P
64 P
PFSW4 (from the copier)
PPSENS1 CN4-9
PPSENS2 CN1-6
PPSENS3 CN1-11
6
PFCL1 CN4-4
CCL CN4-6
43 P
43 P
PFCL2 CN4-5
3-7-12
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
12
1/1/32, 20:25
Power source PCB 1/2
2A3/4
F1
R1
C1
TAB1
L1
Z1
TAB3
C3
C2
D001
L2
CN8-5
F2
C4
2
R117
4.5
C112
RF1
C11
C9
3
R115
C102
R116
C10
CN9-1
R2
R118
C8
4
TAB2
D107
R119
TR1
L3
CN8-1
R114
3
R122
TAB4
R121
R3
D109
D106
+
R120
C101
Q1
D108
C103
Q2
1.2
D105
R108
3
4
D103
R109
R113
R111
R112
R110
C104
D104
R125
CN9-3
R129
C113
C114
5
1
R123
ZD103
TR2
R101
PT1
2
B1
R124
R104
CN10-1
1
R128
ZD102
C116
Q3
6
IC1
3
5
R106
4
C110
+
C111
C105
C102
4
R107
ZD101
C109
PC1 3
R127
3
C108
PT2
2
R105
TR3
C106
R103
PC2
PC3
D102
C115
R126
D101
CN10-2
7
9
C107
3-7-13
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
1/1/32, 19:05
Power source PCB 2/2
2A3/4
C201
B2
R206
2
D202
C203
B3
C204
R202
L201
AB2
16
1
PC1
2
C202
1
CN1-2
Q201
3
2
2
AB1
12
CN1-1
D201
13
R201
14
CN1-3
R208
CN1-4
R207
C205
C206
ZD201
R203
R209
CN5-1
R205
18
19
4
5
6
CN5-2
R204 PC2
IC2
1
2
CN5-8
F201
CN5-3
13
12
CN5-4
17
18
Q202
R212
R210
Q203
CN4-2
2 R211
1
3
C207
R213
CN5-5
CN1-7
CN3-1
TRNS
CN5-6
CN1-6
CN1-8
8
9
F202
CN1-5
CN3-2
CN3-3
D203
CN3-4
CN3-5
CN3-6
R321
Q305
2
1
3
R322
CN3-7
R323
R325
Q306 2
3
R324
CN3-8
R326
ZD401
CN6-2
CN6-3
R401
C310
R317
L301
ZD301
1Q304
2
3
R318
Q303
R302
C301
R311
IC3
R304
C303
3
D302
R312
C302
L302
Q301
2
3
R301
R305
CN2-2
CN2-4
CN2-3
CN2-5
Q302
2
3
CN6-6
CN7-5
CN7-6
CN7-9
CN6-7
CN2-7
2
2 D301
CN6-5
CN2-6
CN7-7
F301
CN7-1
R313
F302
1
CN7-2
R316
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
CN6-4
CN2-1
R320
R319 D304
R303
CN6-1
R327
C308
R314
CN7-3
C307
C309
PC3
3
R501
R503
CN4-3
Q501 2
C306
D303
7
R306
B4
C401
R308
R307
C304
C402 IC4
C403
+ 1
2 3 +
C305
R315
R310
R309
CN4-1
PT1
C404
3
R502 1
C501
2
R601
R602
CN4-4
H1
CN4-5
H2
PT2
8
FG
3-7-14
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
1/1/32, 19:05
Engine PCB 1/2
2A3/4
E
S
R76
D13
R78
D16
SSW1 SOURCE
CN4-6
CN1-81
SSW1
E
S G
PWSW-U DIG2
CN9-21
PWSW-U DIG1
CN9-20
PWSW-U DIG0
CN9-19
PLSW-U
CN8-A8
R60 S
CN4-1
SSW2 SOURCE
CN4-2
CN1-11
TR6
R62
SSW1
C27
S G
PWSW-L DIG2
CN9-24
PWSW-L DIG0
CN9-23
PLSW-L
R93 S
SSW2
CN1-9
TR8
CN4-7
SSW2
C41
R95
S G
SSW3 SOURCE
CN4-8
SSW3
CN4-3
PRY SOURCE
CN4-4
R170
2
4
3
1
R172
R171
CN8-A10
P G
BYPPWSW DIG2
CN14-B2
BYPPWSW DIG1
CN14-B3
BYPPWSW DIG0
CN14-B4
CN1-10
TR12
BYPPLSW
CN14-B8
PSW-L
CN15-10
PSW-U
CN15-9
R101
C42
SSW3
S G
P G
BYPPSW
CN14-A4
LICSW-L
CN15-4
DUPPCSW
PWSW-U DIG2
PWSW-U DIG1
PWSW-U DIG0
PLSW-U
R127
4
3
2
1
R125
R117
7
5
6
8
CN1-43
CN1-44
CN1-45
CN1-46
RA4
DUPESW
CN9-11
DUPRSW
CN9-7
R105
4
3
2
1
R110
CN9-16
CN1-51
CN1-52
CN1-53
CN1-54
RA3
5
6
7
8
CN1-55
CN1-56
CN1-57
CN1-58
R124
PWSW-L DIG2
PWSW-L DIG1
PWSW-L DIG0
PLSW-L
DM LOCK
CN12-B3
PCM LOCK
CN5-A7
ST ALM
CN5-B3
MC ALM
CN5-B11
BYPPWSW DIG2
BYPPWSW DIG1
BYPPWSW DIG0
BYPPLSW
TLDS
TLS
PSW-L
PSW-U
BYPPSW
LICSW-L
CN2-B3
CN2-A10
SBESW
CN3-A1
ESW
CN3-B9
FSSW
CN3-A4
CN18-3
SET SIG
CN16-8
R116 S G
S
R99
CN4-9
PRY REM
BYPEDSW
CN1-80
PRY REM
P G
CN9-12
SET SIG
CN9-2
LICSW-U
CN15-3
2
3
4
1
R112
CN14-B5
SRHPSW
R117
R181
RA1
7
6
5
8
CN1-60
CN1-61
CN1-62
CN1-59
R109
NF59
CN18-11
DECK RxD
R159
R160
R156
NF71
CN17-4
CN1-27
RxD
IC1
C59
R158 S G
PFSW1
CN13-4
PFSW2
CN13-7
PFSW3
CN13-10
PFSW4
CN13-13
PFSW4
CN17-7
4
3
2
1
R194
R193
R192
CN18-9
DECK TxD
1
IC19
NF70
CN1-26
CN17-6
NF48
12
CN18-6
NF61
13
IC19
3
IC19
CN18-7
NF47
5
IC19
CN18-8
TxD
R129
CN1-98
R130
CN1-99
R131
CN1-100
RxD
R168
R167
CN16-12
CN1-90
CN1-89
S
CN16-2
9
IC19
CN19-A9
K . COUNTER
SET SIG
FINISHER
SET SIG
FRxD
CN21-4
D4
R128
CN1-97
S G
R141
RESET
C
ZD2
B
E
S G
CN17-8
NF68
D2
9
IC18
R20
R16
R22
R21
R44
R46
R161
R162
1
14
CN1-3
TLDS
CN1-4
TLS
CN1-5
SBESW
CN1-6
ESW
CN1-7
FSSW
CN1-24
R154
R148
R147
R196
R195
R32
R23
C37
R7
14
14
C12
C48
C44
R119
14
C13
C47
C45
S G
R6
NF11
14
C18
14
C19
C16
R26
NF16
R120
NF24
IC6
S G
IC19
S G
IC5
S G
14
C9
R5
NF10
NF23
IC2
C8
S G
IC18
7
NF2
IC1
C10
SET SIG
IC13
C50
IC20
C17
S G
R28
C46
S G
NF12
CN1-32
PFM LOCK
CN1-33
RSW
CN1-34
FSW
C35
R122
NF14
CN1-64
R149
CN1-25
C28
IC11
C20
S G
C25
4
S G
R59
R33
NF25
K . COUNTER
SET SIG
FINISHER
SET SIG
C22
R71
CN1-63
R150
R151
IC7
C30
S G
R57
R66
NF17
C51
C47
S G
IC14
11
S G
C31
S G
R123
IC12
C36
C34
+ 8
C29
S G
R72
NF15
9,16
IC21
CN1-74
NF33
COM
4,5
S 1,8
12,13
P G
IC4
IC9
IC16
IC17
NF73
CN2-A11
CN13-3
CN2-B2
CN13-6
CN2-B5
CN13-9
CN3-A3
CN13-12
NF29
CN14-A3
CN5-A2
CN14-A9
CN5-A10
NF43
S G
CN14-B6
CN8-A7
CN8-A9
CN15-5
NF20
CN15-12
R140
CN9-15
CN9-4
CN11-4
CN9-9
CN12-A6
CN9-10
CN12-B5
CN9-17
CN17-1
CN13-2
CN9-18
CN17-3
C52
CN9-22
NF46
CN9-26
CN12-B6
NF9
NF18
NF52
S G
F1
NF80
C57
C56
CN17-5
CN20-4
CN21-1
CN17-2
CN19-A1
CN19-A2
S G
IC23
D5
R165
N.C
CN16-4
CN6-3
E 5.1 V
CN6-4
G (5 V)
CN1-70
LSU5 V ON/OFF
CN6-5
CN7-1
R24 V
CN17-13 N.C
CN8-A1
N.C
CN17-14 N.C
CN8-A6
N.C
CN17-15 N.C
CN12-B1 N.C
CN17-16 N.C
CN16-3
CN18-5
C15
S G
I
C63
+
C52
C7
R166
CN7-2
CN6-6
P G
N.C
CN5-B14 N.C
N.C
G (24 V)
R11
R10
12 V
C51
N.C
CN6-2
CN19-B9
C50
CN5-A5
C5
S G
CN18-12
CN21-3
CN2-B1
24 V
R153
CN18-10
CN12-A5
CN6-1
NF37
CN16-11
CN18-4
CN11-5
24 V OFF
P G
CN16-9
CN15-1
CN15-7
C4
CN16-7
NF72
CN1-20
NF31
CN9-3
NF53
IC7
S G
CN9-14
CN14-A2
NF19
10
C53
NF39
CN14-B1
CN15-11
NF77
ZD1
CN15-6
NF28
ETTH
(A)
R48
CN9-1
CN14-A1
CN1-18
C24
IC1
CN8-B3
NF21
R79
R49
3
CN9-13
NF65
R47
5
+ IC7
(A)
6
7
11
CN14-B7
CN5-B9
CN9-5
R104
R9
S G
CN13-15
CN3-B11
CN8-B1
CN13-14
S G
IC12
R89
3
+
1
2
CN5-A1
14
C14
S G
NF22
CN15-2
R8
NF1
IC3
7
CN1-22
R155
CN5-A9
CN15-8
CN1-103
R118
DM LOCK
PCM LOCK
ST ALM
MC ALM
R199
R198
CN3-A6
CN3-B7
CN13-11
CN1-94
R12
NF8
CN13-8
TNS SIG
CN1-2
G (24 V)
N.C
CN19-A3
CN19-A4
EHUMSENS CN5-A3
C38
IC12
+
7
6
5
CN1-95
S G R75
NF66
CN1-1
C11
R81
5
IC18
R13
CN13-5
R3
CN1-93
8
R14
CN2-B4
CN9-6
NF54
CN2-B7
FTxD
R90
13
11
IC18
CN17-10
NF79
H.ALARM
CN1-102 RESET
S G
CN17-11
CN1-21
NF74
DT12
IC18
10
S G
12
NF67
D1
CN1-91
8
7
6
5
R15
NF5
CN8-A11
NF64
S G
ETTH
NF69
CN17-9
NF45
R86
FRxD
CN1-42
CN1-41
CN1-40
CN1-39
NF3
RA2
R136
CN5-A4
FTH
R84
REM (METER PULSE)
S G
R143
CN21-5
CN1-8
NF40
CN2-B11
DUPPCSW
DUPESW
DUPRSW
STKSW
C58
NF4
S G
S G
NF49
CN21-6
CN14-B9
3
IC13
ZD3
CN20-3
CN1-31
CN1-30
CN1-29
CN1-28
R201
NF26
R87
CN21-2
R152
R200
TxD
C1
5
C54
1
2
3
4
R157
CN2-A9
2
IC13
R4
CN1-92
R146
CN2-A12
IC1
R139
R145
S G
NF51
FTxD
PFSW1
PFSW2
PFSW3
PFSW4
C21
RxD
TNS SIG
R144
NF50
CN13-1
6
7
5
8
R176
CN3-B10
CN8-B2
FSW
NF7
CN3-B8
S R85
11
IC19
10
CN16-10
8
IC14
+
1
2
R34
FTH
C40
NF78
RSW
S G
NF76
REM
(METER PULSE)
R180
CN3-A5
IC1
R169
R178
RA8
IC1
B
S G
CN11-2
CN3-A2
C64
TxD
R24
R197
CN1-38
CN1-37
CN1-36
CN1-35
E
S G
NF75
5
6
7
8
R191
DT13
NF60
RA5
PFM LOCK
BYPEDSW
SRHPSW
SET SIG
LICSW-U
R111 S G
S
3
2
4
1
R179
5
6
7
8
R106
R103
G
CN9-8
RA6
R163
R100
R102
CN1-47
CN1-48
CN1-49
CN1-50
STKSW
R94
7
6
5
8
R164
CN9-25
PWSW-L DIG1
P G
R96
R175
S
R61
R63
SSW1
R174
F
S
2 RA7
3
4
1
R173
CN19-A5
R67
CN1-19
D3
S G
CN19-A6
EHUMSENS
CN19-A7
CN19-A8
R54
S R189
R190
CN17-12
CN1-96
R188 S G
3-7-15
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
1/1/32, 19:05
Engine PCB 2/2
2A3/4
CN1-107
FCL1
CN1-106
FCL2
CN1-105
FCL3
CN1-104
SRM A
CN1-123
SRM B
CN1-122
SRM A_
SRM B_
CN1-121
CN1-120
PFCL-U
CN1-132
PFCL-L
CN1-131
BYPPFCL
CN1-134
KC COUNT
CN1-139
2
IC16 6
7
15
IC16 11
10
IC17 3
2
IC17 6
7
IC17 14
FCL1
CN1-65
CN12-A8
FCL2
CN12-A10
FCL3
CN10-4
SRM A
CN10-3
SRM B
CN10-2
15
IC17 11
CN10-1
10
CN1-135
CN1-136
6
7
IC9 11
10
CN1-67
15
CN1-68
CN15-14
PFCL-L
CN14-A7
BYPPFCL
CN1-138
R126
IC5 11
10
CN19-B8
TC
CN1-101
CN19-B7
TC
CN1-23
IC5
IC5
IC6 13
IC5
12
4
IC5
CN1-13
CN1-109
IC6
IC6
BYPSOL
H2 REM
CN1-108
DM CLK
CN2-B9
CN1-112
TNS CONT
R90
R77
S G
R51
S R27
DM REM
R133
IC21
+
1
NF44
CN5-B4
SC CONT
S G
TC CONT
CN1-15
R134
IC21
+
7
R52
DT2
CN19-B4
CN1-78
R53
CN19-B3
FSSOL2
DB CONT
CN1-113
CN1-79
R135
IC21
+
8
9
NF34
DB CONT
CN5-B8
R132
IC21
+
14
13
R83 S
S G
R65
TR10
DT4
FSSOL2
MSW OFF
CN1-82
CN19-B10
IC4
NF62
CN6-7
H1 REM
DM REM
11
NF63
10
CN3-B4
CN3-B6
CFM1 REM
CFM2 REM
CN6-8
H2 REM
ESCL
14
CN1-77
15
CN3-A11
ESCL
NF41
CN12-B2 DM CLK
DUPPTSOL
CN1-128
CN1-127
1C 6 R184
1 1B
E
3 2B
CN10-8
TR18
CN1-83
CN10-14
TC REM
CN1-84
IC20
3 (A)
4
NF35
SC REM
CN5-B7
TC REM
SBFSSOL1
CN1-126
SBFSSOL2
CN1-125
NF32
NF27
DB REM
CN1-85
5 (A)
MC REM
CN1-86
IC20
9 (A)
8
PCM CLK
CN1-110
PCM REM
CN1-111
NF30
CN5-B12
GRID CONT
R121
13
DT9
10
NF57
12
NF58
IC20
(A)
D27
TR19
CN10-12
CN1-129
CN5-A6
PCM CLK
CN5-A8
PCM REM
1 1B
E
3 2B
1C 6
R182
CN10-18
E
CN1-114
N.C.
IFFM REM
D24
P G
CL REM
CN1-72
TRM REM
CN1-76
CN2-B8
CN8-A4
CN10-15
CN14-A5
CN3-A7
CN8-B10
CN10-17
CN14-A6
CN3-A10
CN8-B8
CN11-8
CN15-15
CN3-B5
CN8-B6
CN11-9
CN15-16
CN3-B3
CN10-5
CN12-A1
CN3-B1
CN10-6
CN12-A3
CN5-A13
CN10-7
CN12-A7
TFM REM
CN1-75
R18 P G
PFM REM
CN1-87
F2
CN4-5
5 2B
4
2E
PFM CLK
12 D
11
2
2C 3
12
NF55
CN11-3
13
TFM/TRM CLK
IC3
11
R35
R29
R31
R37
4
I1
17
I2
14
I3
7 I4
C2
+
P G
D6
D9
IC3
CN2-A5
CN2-A6
CN2-A7
CN2-A8
O1
18
O2
13
O3
8
O4
IC18
D8
D11 D12 D13
R58
R74 1
C26
R73
IC11
CN16-5
CN17-17
CN18-1
CN17-18
CN19-A10
_INH
IC11
7
CN1-69
ENG5 V
C33
S G
CN16-6
P G
IC11
CN11-7
CN12-B7
TFM
TFM+
TRM
TRM+
S G
F3
CN12-B8
D10
CN11-6
D7
P G IC8
1
Vdd
2
GND
3
OUT
CN5-A12
S G
IC10
CN1-73
CN5-A11
CN5-B2
IC3
13
CN2-B6
13
12
IC3
_Q
IC1
_Q
IC2
C23
10
9
CLK
PFM REM
1E
1
S G
CN20-1
Q 9
CLK
DT7
1C 6
2 1B
IC2
CN11-1
S G
S
CL REM
S G
10
NF56
1E
1
CN16-1
CN2-B10
1C 6
2 1B
CN2-A2
R36
S
5
15
10
20
6
16
CN12-B9
4 DT8
2E
2C 3
INH1
INH2
N.C.
N.C.
Vcc2
Vcc1
CN12-B10
CN10-13
IFFM REM
P G
2C 4 R17
N.C.
SEN1
SEN2
GND
GND
SEN3
SEN4
CN12-A9
CN10-11
CN8-A2
TR2
1C 6 R19
S 2
2
19
1
11
12
9
CN10-9
CN5-B1
CN2-B12
CN2-A4
P G
TR1
_CLR
CN5-A14
CN2-A3
5 2B
PCFM REM
TR14
R142
R30
_PRE
CN2-A1
CN1-88
CN8-B7
P G
_PRE
PFM CLK
CCM FWD
CCM REV
1 1B
E
3 2B
CN1-71
CN10-16
CN8-B5
CN8-B4
IC22
DT1
TR15
TR16
_CLR
2
6
IN1 OUT1
3 IN2 OUT2 4
DT6
S 2
2C 4 R183
P G
SBFSSOL2
CN5-B10 DB REM
CN1-124
D18
C5
VCC VCC
1
2 9
INH MONI
5
P G
P G
CN5-B13 MC REM
R137
R138
CN1-116
CN1-117
S G
_INH
SBFSSOL1
PCFM REM
IC20
11 (A)
CCM FWD
CCM REV
CN10-10
P G
2C 4 R186
D23
CLM-U
CLM-L
FCL4
RCL
+
C55
DUPPTSOL
GND
TR20
1C 6 R187
1 1B
S 2 E
3 2B
CN8-A3
CN8-A5
CN8-B9
CN8-B11
P G
D28
CN5-B5
O1
18
O2
13
O3
8
O4
DUPFWDSOL
DT11
NF38
I1
I2
I3
I4
D26
P G
CN12-B4 DM REM
D22 D17 D19 D20
P G
TR17
S 2
2C 4 R185
C3
+
P G
R114
S G
4
17
14
7
IC15
R113
R107
R108
R115
CN1-119
CN1-118
CN1-130
CN1-115
CLM-U
CLM-L
FCL4
RCL
IC4
C43
S G
_INH
7
R1
P G
R2
5
S G
MSW OFF
R98
S G
CN4-10
TR11
R91
S G
IC4
CN19-B1
_RES
S G
P G
NF13
R92
R97
C39
R82
FSSOL1
TR5
CN19-B2
IC20
12
CN1-17
D15
P G
2C 4 R55
CN3-A9
DUPFWDSOL
SC REM
S G
GRID CONT
CN3-A8
R56
NF42
IC20
1 (A)
2
TC CONT
CN5-B6
10
CN1-16
1C 6 R54
1 1B
S 2 E
3 2B
S G
R70
R
TR4
IC6
1
NF36
5 IC13
+
7
C32 6
CN1-12
P G
DM REM
3
CN1-14
R39
MAIN 5 V
CN19-B5
S G
SC CONT
R69
R42
DT10
NF6
TC
CN19-B6
D25
R41
R50
IC18
R88
R40
TR3
TR13
IC14
+
5
6
CN3-B2
S R38
R45
P G
TNS CONT
CN14-A8
10
G
IC4
3
KC COUNT
D21
E DT15
B
12
IC6 11
S R25
H1 REM
CN1-133
IC5 13
R43
FSSOL1
SRM B_
PFCL-U
CN20-2
SRM A_
CN15-13
BYPSOL
CN1-140
IC9 14
E
IC6
D14
CN1-137
3
2
IC9
FCL5
CN12-A4
CN1-66
IC16 14
IC9
CN12-A2
5
15
10
20
6
16
FCL5
INH1
2
INH2
19
N.C.
1
N.C.
11
Vcc2
12
Vcc1
9
B
IC16 3
2 SEN1
19 SEN2
1 GND
11 GND
12 SEN3
9 SEN4
_RES
CN18-2
P G
3-7-16
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
1/1/32, 19:05
Main PCB 1/9
2A3/4
IC52
R507
R508
SCANNER START
R503
1
TD SCANNER
4 TR25
2E
2B 5
6 1C
1B 2
TR28
IC52
R505
R506
ENGHEADSCAN
3 2C
R504
3
4
2E
2C 3
5 2B
1C 6
2 1B
SCANNER ACK
TR27
1E
1
4 TR26
S G
2E
RD SCANNER
3 2C
2B 5
6 1C
1B 2
SC TIM
1E
1
4
5 2B
2E
2C 3
2 1B
1C 6
S G
1E
1
TR22
S G
CN13B4
S G
R454
RSV1
RSV2
CN52 OSD
R481
IC52
RA90
RA86
2
1
3
4
6
5
7
8
7
8
6
5
3
4
2
1
6
9
13
12
1C 5
SBPSOL2
2C 4
SBPSOL1
3 2B
1B 1
OCM M2
CN13B11
OCM M1
CN513
CN13A8
OFM CWB
CN511
SM ENABLE
SBFSSOL
TP10
SM CWB
CN56
SM M2
CN55
SM M1
R391
CN13B3
OFM ENABLE
OFM RET
CN13B10
TR18
R392
2E
3 2B
2B 5
6 1C
1B 2
S G
/WEL
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
XT5
C242
C243
C51
/RST
VSS
P14
/CS2
P12
/CS0
P10
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
P07
P06
P05
P04
P03
P02
P01
P00
/WEH
IC53
VDD 50
6
G1
4
_G2A
5
_G2B
S G
OSLED(GN)
CN13A2
R394
S G
OSLED(RED)
CN13A1
ROMCS_
CN51 OSD
R395
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
TR14
B
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
RA41
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
MIPCS_
SHDCS_
1 1B
CN13B3
3 2B
S G
TR9
CN13B6
1C 5
R6
3 2B
CN13B11
S G CN13B8
2C 4
S G
1 1B
C
TR17
3 2B
CN13A2
CN514
1 1B
2C 4
S G
TR12
CN13A5
CN13A3
CN13A4
1C 5
2 E
3 2B
CN13A6
2C 4
CN13A9
CN13A10
S G
R390
R389
CN53
TR13
ODSW
D(7:0)
1 1B
CN13A8
R387
1
4
3
2
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
6
8
7
6
5
7
6
5
8
4
2
1
3
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
1
LA6
LA4
LA1
CN13B1
CN13B2
CN13B3
CN13B4
CN13B5
CN13B6
CN13B7
CN13B8
CN13B9
CN13B10
CN13B11
OFM RET
OFM CLK
OFM CWB
OCM ENABLE
OCM RET
OCM CLK
OCM CWB
OCM Vref
OCM M3
OCM M2
OCM M1
CN13A1
CN13A2
CN13A3
CN13A4
CN13A5
CN13A6
CN13A7
CN13A8
CN13A9
CN13A10
CN13A11
OSLED(RED)
OSLED(GN)
SBPSOL2
SBPSOL1
DFCL
EFSSOL
1C 5
2 E
EL ON REM
8
5
6
7
5
6
7
8
8
7
6
5
TR10
CN13A1
CN13A5 OFCL
OSSW
DF SHORT
DFSSW2
DFSSW1
OSLSW
CN13B2
2 E
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RA71
S G
2C 4
1 1B
E
1C 5
2 E
CN13B4
4
3
2
1
L195
S G
TR15
CN13B10
RA70
CN143
CN146
CN148
CN149
CN1410
2C 4
OSD
OSD
ODSW
SM Vref
SM M1
SM M2
SM M3
SM M4
SM M5
SM CLK
SM CWB
SM RET
SM ENABLE
EL ON REM
SHPSW
G(5 V)
LA2
LA3
LA5
SBFSSOL
OFSOL2
OFSOL1
OFM ENABLE
1C 5
2 E
_WR
OFM CLK
2B 5
6 1C
1B 2
RA76
RA72
1E
1
S G
_CE
_OE
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
RA77
22
24
ROMCS_
S G
1
Vpp
32
Vcc
16
GND
L174
S G
RA87
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
5
8
7
6
5
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
RA92
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
3
2
1
4
1
2
3
4
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
4
3
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
26
23
25
4
28
29
3
2
30
31
RA88
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17 R383
A18
R384
RA78
S G
1
2
3 2C
A(8:0)
A9
A10
C236
CN13B2
2C 4
S G
C235
2E
TR20
RA82
_RD
RA83
1E
1
RA79
1B 2
5
4
A18 6
3
A17 7
2
A16 8
1
A15 5
4
A14 6
3
2 RA75 A13 7
A12 8
1
A11 5
4
A10 6
3
2 RA74 A9 7
A8 8
1
A7 5
4
A6 6
3
2 RA73 A5 7
A4 8
1
A3 5
4
A2 6
3
A1 7
2
A0 8
1
6 1C
RA80
OCM CLK
2B 5
RA81
CN13B6
4
2E
3 2C
S G
3 2B
CN13A11
R388
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
S G
S G
TR19
C239
1E
1
C238
CN510
SM CLK
C240
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
3 2C
S G
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
CN13A11
P53
P60
P61
P62
P63
P64
P65
P66
P67
P70
P71
P72
P73
P74
P75
P76
P77
SYSCLK
VDD
/XI
XO
VDD
/OSCI
OSCO
VSS
/RE
5 1C
S G
CN13B1
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
E 2
P52
P51
P50
P43
P42
P41
P40
P37
P36
P35
P34
P33
P32
P31
P30
AVSS
AVDD
P23
P22
P21
P20
/WORD
/BUSGT
/BUSRQ
2B 3
1
A
2
B
3
C
A9
A10
5
6
7
8
CN514
CN515
CN13B1
IC39
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A09
A08
A07
A06
A05
A04
A03
A02
A01
A00
4 2C
OFSOL1
LA7
1C 5
S G
L173
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
TR16
CN510
2 E
C241 S G
RESET SCANNER
CN13A9
1 1B
CN147
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
R7
CN511
RA69
CN51
CN52
CN53
CN54
CN55
CN56
CN57
CN58
CN59
CN510
CN511
CN512
CN513
CN514
CN515
CN516
LA8
S G
OSWSW
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
CN53
CN54
CN13A4
S G
4
3
CN52
2C 4
TR21
R502
CN13A10
CN13A3
2
LA9
1
2
4
3
2 E
S G
1
2
1C 5
3 2B
CN56
CN513
4
3
1
2
RA84
2 E
1 1B
R393
RA66
1
2
OFSOL2
1 1B
CN55
TR11
10
C284
C283
C281
11
C282
OFSW
OSBSW
SHPSW
DFTSW
CN13A6 EFSSOL
OVSYNC
R501
ENGACKSCAN
4
3
CN51
OCM ENABLE
CN142
CN141
CN515
CN1411
RA85
SCAN HEAD
1E
1
LA12
OSBSW
OFSW
OSSW
RSV
RSV
DF SHORT
OSWSW
DFSSW2
DFSSW1
OSLSW
DFTSW
CN141
CN142
CN143
CN144
CN145
CN146
CN147
CN148
CN149
CN1410
CN1411
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
5
1
6
7 LA11 2
8
5
6 LA10
7
8
RSV1
RSV2
RA91
1
4
3
2
CN141
CN142
CN143
R8
4
3
8
5
6
7
CN146
CN147
CN148
CN149
CN1410
CN1411
R386
R385
S G
3-7-17
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
1/1/32, 19:05
Main PCB 2/9
2A3/4
R211
R210
A G
C132
R220
3
4
R212
IC18
C133
C134
R219
A G
R186
D2
R234
C144
CN126
R231
VO_O
R232
R230
CN127
C145
1
2
R233
VO_O+
C131
D3
A G
C146
R213
A G
D4
R185
L103
TP9
R205
R203
R202
CLKIN
FM1
+12 V
CN123
G(ANALOG)
CN122
G(ANALOG)
CN121
S G
C16
TP2
A G
RA24
1
2
SVSYNCIN
4
3
C17
TP3
SHSYNCIN
RA25
8
7
6
5
C20
C19
S G
C9
C10
C120
C11
C121
R185
C12
C124
C125
I1
AVCC
CLP1
SHPE
SHDE1
SHDE2
MPX
SHPO
SHDO
CLP2
CLP3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
RA11
RA34
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
AVSS
AVSS
DVSS
DVSS
TP6
CLK
VRT
VRB
VIN
VRTS
VRBS
AVDD
AVDD
AVDD
DVDD
DVDD
_OE
12
17
23
19
16
22
14
15
18
11
13
1
L127
L129
TR8
A G
OVSYNC
S G
R282
S G
R285
R284
A5
A6
A7
A8
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
R204
AIN1
C129
C126
C128
R189
1
2
3
4
A G
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
20
21
24
2
R279
C172
R283
RESET SCANNER
S G
A G
IC31
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
S G
C171
C173
R286
C142
R2
L104
L128
TP7
RA33
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
L125
L124
L123
L122
TP4
MREIN
12
17
23
19
16
22
14
15
18
11
13
1
S G
RA29
S G
CLK
VRT
VRB
VIN
VRTS
VRBS
AVDD
AVDD
AVDD
DVDD
DVDD
_OE
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
AVSS
AVSS
DVSS
DVSS
S G
R280
S G
MIPIN(7:0)
A G
TP5
8
7
6
5
C18
1
2
3
4
4
3
C24
RA26
MIPIN4
MIPIN5
MIPIN6
MIPIN7
PGND
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
L21
C83
L24
RA28
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
VSS
A5
A6
A7
A8
_SHDCS
VDD3 V
_IOWR
_IORD
D0
D1
VSS
D2
D3
TPD
D4
D5
VDD5 V
D6
D7
XTST
_RESET
VSS
XTCK0
XTCK1
XSM
MST
VDD3 V
MMS0
MMS1
SMCK
TEST0
TEST1
VSS
TEST2
TEST3
TEST4
TEST5
TEST6
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
MIPIN0
MIPIN1
MIPIN2
MIPIN3
RA32
IC30
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
20
21
24
2
R183 C122
2
S G
4
3
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
C169
CN111
RA31
R277 C168
CN112
+5 V
RA27
C123
+5 V
IC29
R180 C117
S G
C118
R182
VCC
GND
8
7
6
5
R291
DO4+
DO4
RA23
1
2
3
4
4
C22
C116
DI4
C14
DI3
DO3
CXAL0
CXAL1
CXAL2
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
R181
L119
DI2
DO3+
C176
EN
DI1
DO2
SHPE
SHD0
CXADT7
CXADT6
CXADT5
VSS
VDD3 V
CXADT4
CXADT3
CXADT2
CXADT1
VDD5 V
CXADT0
CXAL2
CXAL1
CXAL0
VSS
CXARD
_CXAWR
EVEN7
EVEN6
EVEN5
EVEN4
EVEN3
EVEN2
EVEN1
EVEN0
VSS
ADCCLK2
ADCCLK1
ODDM7
ODDM6
VDD5 V
ODDM5
ODDM4
ODDM3
ODDM2
VDD3 V
VSS
ODDM1
ODDM0
_PHSYNC
PVSYNC
TEST7
A G
C119
DO1
DO2+
TP1
4
12 S G
1
7
9
15
16
8
EN
FM2
CN113
DO1+
C15
+5 V
IC28
3
3
5
2
10
6
10
11
C175
S G
C13
R249
L117
L118
L111
L112
L113
L114
L115
L116
CN115
CN114
CN1111
CN1110
CN119
CN118
CN117
CN116
REFHE0
REFHE1
REFHE2
REFHE3
REFHE4
VSS
VDD3 V
REFHE5
REFHE6
REFHE7
SHIFT
VDD5 V
CCDCLK1
CCDCLK2
CCDCLK1
CCDCLK2
VSS
_BCLAMP
RS1
RS2
OVSS
CLAMP1
CLAMP2
OVDD5
SPHOLD1
SPHOLD2
_PCLK
VSS
PCLK
OVSS
SVSYNC
_SHSYNC
VDD5 V
SHDOUT0
SHDOUT1
SHDOUT2
SHDOUT3
VDD3 V
VSS
SHDOUT4
SHDOUT5
SHDOUT6
SHDOUT7
MRE
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
A G
R274
8
7
6
DA0
RA30
RA6
1
2
3
CXAL0
CXAL1
CXAL2
DA1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
RA9
R247
R248
AIN2
4
3
L105
R278
R243
R244
IC20
1
2
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
AGND
MPXOUT
VRT
VRB
CLPOC1
CLPEC1
TDA
AIN5
AIN4
AIN3
A G
C23
R242
DA2
C1
REFHO7
REFHO6
REFHO5
REFHO4
REFHO3
VSS
REFHO2
REFHO1
REFHO0
REFLE7
REFLE6
VDD3 V
REFLE5
REFLE4
REFLE3
REFLE2
VSS
REFLE1
REFLE0
REFLO7
REFLO6
VDD5 V
REFLO5
REFLO4
REFLO3
REFLO2
INCLK
VSS
STOP2
STOP1
AVDD2
AVSS2
AVDD1
AVSS1
REFLO1
REFLO0
MPX
CLP3
VSS
CLP2
CLP1
SHDE2
SHDE1
SHPO
R241
DA3
ODDIN1
T2
T3
EVENIN2
EVENIN1
DVCC
CLPOC2
CLPEC2
DGND
L0
L1
L106
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
R240
+ 5
SHIFT+
SHIFT
CLK+
CLK
RS+
RS
CLP+
CLP
C6
S G
IC27
7
A GS G
RA8
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
C5
R246
RA10
ODDOUT
ODDIN2
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
S G
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
R245
C127
R192
R196
R207
R206
RA7
S G
S G
R197
R209
R198
R208
DA4
OCM Vref
CN13B
C2
C136
C8
C137
R187
L2
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
WR
RD
DA2
DA1
DA0
DA3
DA7
DA6
DA5
DA4
NC GND
1
2
DA5
R229
R199
R217
R227
R228
4
3
XT1
3.3 VOUT
C7
S G
A G
R188
S G
R190
S G
C140
C138
C139
S G
DA6
R218
L102
L120
L100
L99
R216
C135
R191
R200
C130
R193
A G
DA7
R215
SM Vref
CN54
C149
S G
R214
+ 3
A G
R226
IC27
IC17
R195
R225
3
4
R223
R194
R222
R238
A G
L101
R236
D5
R239
C141
CN124
R201
CN125
VO_E
R237
VO_E+
L121
1
2
R235
S G
S G
A(8:0)
D6
D7
D4
D5
D0
D1
_WR
D2
D3
SHDCS_
_RD
D(7:0)
3-7-18
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
1/1/32, 19:05
Main PCB 3/9
2A3/4
RA59
1
8
IO27
SD27
1
RA57
2
1
SD26 2
IO26
SD25 3
IO25
SD24 4
IO24
SD23 1
SD22 2
SD21 3
SD20 4
IO23
IO22
IO21
IO20
RA58
3
4
IC42
IS211
IS210
SA29
IS29
SA28
IS28
SA27
IS27
SA26
IS26
SA25
IS25
SA24
IS24
SA23
IS23
SA22
IS22
SA21
IS21
SA20
IS20
SA22
SA21
SA20
SA27
SA26
SA25
SA24
SA23
SA212
SA211
SA210
SA29
SA28
SD21
SD20
C200
SA213
SD27
SD26
SD25
SD24
SD23
SD22
R338
SA210 2
RA53
S G
SD15
SD14
SD13
SD12
SD11
R3
SCNCLK
SID 0
SID 1
SID 2
SID 3
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
C48
RA61
SID 4
SID 5
SID 6
SID 7
1
2
3
4
C47
7
6
5
RA60
C46
C45
6
L153
C167
VSS26
R276
C40
C205
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
IC41
1
2
SD15 3
IO15
SD14 4
IO14
SD13 1
SD12 2
SD11 3
SD10 4
IO13
IO12
IO11
IO10
RA49
4
3
IC40
RA45
1
2
4
3
RA44
1
2
3
4
C38
22
20
27
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
1
IS113
IS112
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
8 IS111
7 IS110
6 IS19
5 IS18
RA43
RA42
8
7
6
5
IS17
IS16
IS15
IS14
8
7
6
5
IS13
IS12
IS11
IS10
IS10
IS11
IS12
IS13
IS14
IS15
IS16
IS17
IS18
IS19
IS110
IS111
IS112
IS113
S
_OE
_CE
_WE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
L146
Vcc
GND
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5
I/O6
I/O7
28
C207
14
S
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
R341
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
IO16
IO17
C37
CLKIN
MIPIN(7:0)
MIPIN7
MIPIN6
MIPIN5
MIPIN4
MIPIN3
C36
MIPIN2
MIPIN1
MIPIN0
6
MREIN
SHSYNCIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
S G
RA47
C49
RA46
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
IO16
IO17
L147
R4
SMRE
VSS14
VSS13
SD10
MR1_
OE1_
SA113
SA112
VSS12
SA111
SA110
SA19
SA18
SA17
SA16
VDD3 V8
VSS11
SA15
SA14
SA13
SA12
SA11
SA10
VDD3 V7
VSS10
INCLK
VSS9
MIPIN7
MIPIN6
MIPIN5
MIPIN4
MIPIN3
VSS8
VDD3 V6
MIPIN2
MIPIN1
MIPIN0
MREIN
SHSYNC_
VSS7
VSS6
5
6
7
8
8
7
6
5
RAMEN_
VSS19
VSS20
PORT0
PORT1
PORT2
MRETHIN
MREOUT
MREMIP
VDD3 V12
MIPCLK
VSS21
MIPOUT0
MIPOUT1
MIPOUT2
VDD3 V13
MIPOUT3
MIPOUT4
MIPOUT5
VSS22
VDD3 V14
MIPOUT6
MIPOUT7
FVSYNC
FHTHIN_
FHSYNC
VSS23
VDD3 V15
TESTD0
TESTD1
TESTD2
TESTD3
VSS24
VDD3 V16
TESTD4
TESTD5
TESTD6
TESTD7
MRED
VSS25
RA48
R5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
IO16
IO17
SOVSYNC
R340
S G
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
VSS1
VDD3 V1
MIPCS_
IORD_
IOWR_
VSS2
RESET_
SCM
TFSEL0
VDD3 V2
VSS3
TFSEL1
TFSEL2
D0
D1
D2
VDD3 V3
VSS4
D3
D4
D5
VDD3 V4
VSS5
D6
D7
TEST0
TEST1
TEST2
SVSYNC
VDD3 V5
SVSYNCIN
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
VDD5 V1
IO20
IO21
IO22
IO23
IO24
IO25
IO26
IO27
C206
SD17
SD16
C42
S G
1
SD16 2
SD17
C39
SD27
SD26
SD25
SD24
SD23
SD22
VSS18
SD21
SD20
WR2_
OE2_
SA213
VDD3 V11
SA212
SA211
SA210
SA29
SA28
VSS17
VDD5 V2
SA27
SA26
SA25
SA24
SA23
VSS16
SA22
SA21
SA20
SD17
SD16
VDD3 V10
VSS15
SD15
SD14
VS13
VS12
VS11
VDD3 V9
VDD5 V3 120
C199
R337
IC43
14
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
RA52
L148
C41
C43
4
3
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5
I/O6
I/O7
RAMEN_
L154
RA62
GND
S G
1
2
C204
R339
RA51
RA54
L149
SA211 1
L151
28
L150
RA55
Vcc
_OE
_CE
_WE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
IS20
IS21
IS22
IS23
IS24
IS25
IS26
IS27
IS28
IS29
IS210
IS211
IS212
IS213
22
20
27
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
1
RA50
IS212
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
IS213
IO20
IO21
IO22
IO23
IO24
IO25
IO26
IO27
SA212 2
C203
RA56
SA213 1
C21
C166
S G
C44
S G
S G
SVSYNCIN
C25
C26
C27
C28
L152
S G
S G
R275
A(8:0)
R281
MIPCS_
_RD
_WR
RESET SCANNER
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
S G
D3
D4
D5
C170
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
L126
S G
D(7:0)
3-7-19
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
1/1/32, 19:05
E
2A3/4
Main PCB 4/9

A
1
S
A
L143
L140
C218
R490
CN10-1
C32
5.1 V
C50
C182
C210
C211
C293
C31
C217
CN10-4
C219
5.1 V
L144
CN10-3
G(5 V)
L141
+12 V
3
C4
C143
C208
C209
C29
C214
C294
CN10-6
L142
CN10-7
G(ANALOG)
R483
TR24
C295
R407
R342
R498
R499
R124
IC38
ADJ
1
R489
R497
R287
C174
R289
R288
C33
R290
TR6
R19
2.4
C215
VOUT
C216
C35
VIN
C30
3-7-13
3-7-20
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
13
1/1/32, 20:25
Main PCB 5/9
2A3/4
IC10
IC12
ENGHEADSCAN
1
L8
TD MMI
CN62
R152
IC10
8
PRTACK
IC21
R165
1B 2
R166
1E
1
R167
_P1
_SETPRT
_PRINT
_WAIT M
R169
R168
R178
S
_WR M
CN182
22
20
27
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
1
A0M
A1M
A2M
A3M
A4M
A5M
A6M
A7M
A8M
A9M
A10M
A11M
A12M
A13M
A14M
MSW OFF REM
SCNACK
_OE
_CE
_WE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
R265
RSCAN
Vcc 28
S G
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
R147
1B 1
AD0M
AD1M
AD2M
AD3M
AD4M
AD5M
AD6M
AD7M
S G
C63
R58
R52
1
2
3
4
R53
8 ADJ2
WD
7 _RST2
TC
6 VCC _RST
5 ADJ1 GND
R54
IC2
C59
C3
S G
S G
R45
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
GND
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5
I/O6
I/O7
_OE
_CE
_WE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
22
20
27
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
1
R323
R324
R326
R327
1
1
CN1420
SLP
IC22
_RD S
_WR S
_MAIL S
R269
P00
P01
P02
P03
P04
P05
P06
P07
Vss
Xout
Xin
P10
P11
_RESET
CNVss
P12
IC33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
R268
S G
IC3
_RESET
5
CN102
SLEEP SIG
E
S G
S
C161
R256
3
XT3
S G
2
_RES SCC1
R257
R258
R262
S G
TMCP2
_WR M
R30
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
R37
R49
R48
R46
R47
R38
R50
R39
A0M
A1M
A2M
A3M
A4M
A5M
A6M
A7M
A8M
A9M
A10M
A11M
A12M
A13M
A14M
_RESET
R172
24 V OFF
14
AD0M
AD1M
AD2M
AD3M
AD4M
AD5M
AD6M
AD7M
IC2
R55
IC14
S G
Vcc
S G
WD
S
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
Vcc
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
SLEEP_
A0M
A1M
A2M
A3M
A4M
A5M
A6M
A7M
A8M
A9M
A10M
A11M
A12M
A13M
A14M
A15M
A16M
A17M
A18M
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
26
23
25
4
28
29
3
2
30
31
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
_CE
_OE
R29
R28
R27
R40
R41
R42
R43
R44
R325
AD0M
AD1M
AD2M
AD3M
AD4M
AD5M
AD6M
AD7M
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
22
24
1
Vpp
32
Vcc
16
GND
10
11
RMCP2
RMCP1
TMCP1
7
IC24
_ROM M
_RD M
L157
C196
C195
R326
_RES SCAN
C58
C57
2B 3
S G
C60
AD7M
AD6M
AD5M
AD4M
AD3M
AD2M
AD1M
AD0M
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
_B RAM
R51
4 2C
A7M
A6M
A5M
A4M
A3M
A2M
A1M
A0M
_RD M
28
E 2
2
IC24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L67
TR34
5 1C
_MAIL M
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33
GND 14
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5
I/O6
I/O7
S G
S
S
RESET SCANNER
R261
R255
CN112
E
SLP
C62
SCNHEAD
12
SLEEP
R56
SCNAREA
12
M1SEL
R267
RD SCANNER
[A0SA7S]
R263
_WAIT S
IC13
TR4
_RD M
10
13
R334
R333
INT SCC1
RSCAN
TSCAN
R155
R335
A0S
A1S
A2S
A3S
A4S
A5S
A6S
A7S
AD7S
AD6S
AD5S
AD4S
AD3S
AD2S
AD1S
AD0S
S G
IC10
SCANNER ACK
R271
R259
R148
S G
R158
G1
_G2A
_G2B
R272
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
[AD0SAD7S]
IC24
13
_Y0
_Y1
_Y2
_Y3
_Y4
_Y5
_Y6
_Y7
Vcc
_CSB
_WEB
_NRB
_OEB
A0B
A1B
A2B
A3B
A4B
A5B
A6B
A7B
D7B
D6B
D5B
D4B
D3B
D2B
D1B
D0B
P111
SCAN HEAD
_CSA
_WEA
_NRA
_OEA
A0A
A1A
A2A
A3A
A4A
A5A
A6A
A7A
D0A
D1A
D2A
D3A
D4A
D5A
D6A
D7A
GND
R264
C110
IC12
11
A18M 4
A19M 5
A0M
A1M
A2M
A3M
A4M
A5M
A6M
A7M
AD0M
AD1M
AD2M
AD3M
AD4M
AD5M
AD6M
AD7M
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
_M1OE
_RES MMI
R154
R170
P71
P72
P73
P74
P75
P76
P77
Vss
AVss
Vref
AVcc
Vcc
P80
P81
RD0
TD0
INT4
P85
RD1
TD1
XT2
R157
1
A
2
B
3
C
R330
R329
M2SEL
S G
R153
A15M
A16M
A17M
R331
IC12
IC32
R164
S G
R63
SC TIM
IC22
_WAIT M
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
BP7
MMIACK
R156
_B RAM
4
6
D0
_W
_R
_S
BM
INTR
RD3
TD3
RD2
TD2
RD1
TD1
P16
P15
P14
P13
R149
R171
R160
C111
5
S G
S G
_ROM M
_M2OE
IC12
IC22
10
C201
R336 C202
_WR M
_RD M
_SCC1
IC6
L2
8 R177
C109
S G
CN69
L35
_RAM M
_MAIL M
R175
C162
C94
R174
C163
R111
R116
CN63
AD0M
AD1M
AD2M
AD3M
AD4M
AD5M
AD6M
AD7M
L156
_SCC1
S G
_RESET
IC2
R115
R162
R1
L7
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
C
3
B
2
A
1
R173
R270
1
2
RA14 3
4
1
2
RA18 3
4
S G
A22M
A21M
A20M
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
L66
C93
A0M
A1M
A2M
A3M
A4M
A5M
A6M
A7M
A8M
A9M
A10M
A11M
A12M
A13M
A14M
A15M
A16M
A17M
A18M
A19M
_Y7
_Y6
_Y5
_Y4
_Y3
_Y2
_Y1
_Y0
_G2B
_G2A
G1
R57
R112
_RDY
L132
CN67
R110
R163
IC2
R114
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
C61
R113
L4
5
4
_RD M
IC6
1
2
RA15 3
4
1
2
RA12 3
4
1
2
RA16 3
4
1
2
RA13 3
4
1
2
RA17 3
4
_RAM M
R161
IC23
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
_WR M
S G
L5
CN66
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
DCS
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P110
_RES MMI
2B 5
6 1C
CN88
MACK ENG
_P2
_MRDY
MACK PRT
TR1
4
2E
3 2C
L3
L134
IC10
4
MCP1ACK
P70
INT3
P94
A22
A21
A20
P90
P67
P66
P65
INT2
INT1
INT0
TA4in
P60
P57
P56
P55
TA2out
P53
TA1out
P51
TA0out
P47
P46
P45
P44
P43
1
_PRTRST
_RES M1
_RES M2
_RES SCC1
_RES ENG
_RES SCAN
L1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
MACK MCP2
EACK MAIN
_SET M1
A22
A21
A20
_SET M2
SCNAREA
SCNHEAD
INT SCC1
SCNACK
MMIACK
L133
IC10
2
BYTE
CNVss
_RESET
Xin
Xout
_RD
Vss
Vcc
_HLDA
ALE
_BHE
_WR
P117
P116
P115
P114
P113
P112
S G
MCP2ACK
ENG5 V
_WR M
CN169
RESET MMI
1B 2
S G
MMI ACK
RD MMI
S G
_RD M
WD
MACK MCP1
1B 2
1E
1
CN188
CN1110
CN1112
MMI ERROR
L6
CN65
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
6 1C
TSCAN
CN61
CN64
CN610
ENGACKMMI
R151
S G
S G
ENGERRMMI
R122
R121
C107
C108
2B 5
_HOLD
S G
2B 5
1E
1
PFM CLK
PCM CLK
DM CLK
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
6 1C
R120
R123
11
R159
TD SCAN
S G
TR30
10
IC6
_WRDY M1
_RRDY M1
_WRDY M2
_RRDY M2
4
2E
3 2C
L108
1B 2
TR29
4
2E
3 2C
1B 2
1E
1
1E
1
IC10
S G
6 1C
R150
6 1C
ENGACKSCAN
SCANNER START
4 TR31
2E
2B 5
3 2C
RPRT
TPRT
4 TR32
2E
3 2C
2B 5
IC12
S G
R266
S G
3-7-21
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
1/1/32, 19:05
Main PCB 6/9
2A3/4
H
CN1108
CN1109
CN171
CN172
CN179
CN178
CN1114
CN1115
1
L200
RA97
IC62
A0S
A1S
A2S
12
R469
_RAM S
R470
_RD S
_WR S
IC59
A15S
A16S
A17S
1
A
2
B
3
C
6
4
5
A18S
A19S
AD0S
AD1S
AD2S
AD3S
AD4S
AD5S
AD6S
AD7S
_Y0
_Y1
_Y2
_Y3
_Y4
_Y5
_Y6
_Y7
G1
_G2A
_G2B
R351
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
S G
AN2
AN3
AN4
P75
P76
P77
Vss
AVss
Vref
AVcc
Vcc
DA0
CLK0
P82
TD0
DA1
P85
P86
P87
P111
C257
_RESET
CN1138
CN1137
CN168
CN167
CN1136
CN1135
CN166
CN165
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
R355
L178
CN195
S G
_RES I/O
DESK _OE
CN193
DESK SIN
CN196
_RD S
A0S
A1S
11
R354
R353
10
R352
IC61
IC61
R357
XT7 3
1
2
S G
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
1
_RST
2
_WR
3
_CS
4
D0
5
D1
6
D2
7
D3
8
D4
9
D5
10
D6
11
D7
12
GND
S G
IC58
Vcc
_RD
A0
A1
SCK
Sout
Sin
_OE
INT
Xin
Xout
Vcc
IC62
CN1119
CLMU
CN187
CN1111
CN1113
CN177
PFM REM
PCM REM
DM REM
ESCL REM
CN1116
CN1117
CCM FWD
CCM REV
CN19
CN110
CN133
CN134
CN135
CN136
CN137
CN138
SSW2
SSW3
RSW
FSW
PFSW4
PFSW3
PFSW2
PFSW1
CN1124
CN1125
CN1126
CN1127
CN1128
SRM REM
SBFSSOL2 REM
SBFSSOL1 REM
DUPPTSOL REM
DUPFWSOL REM
CN1129
CN1133
N.C
BYPSOL REM
_WR S
R350
_682
AD0S
AD1S
AD2S
AD3S
AD4S
AD5S
AD6S
AD7S
PF7
PF6
PF5
PF4
PF3
PF2
PF1
PF0
Vdd
GND
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
PD2
65
C232
C233
R377
GND
S G
S G
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5
I/O6
I/O7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
R479
14
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
AD0S
AD1S
AD2S
AD3S
AD4S
AD5S
AD6S
AD7S
AD0S
AD1S
AD2S
AD3S
AD4S
AD5S
AD6S
AD7S
A0S
A1S
A2S
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
26
23
25
4
28
29
3
2
30
31
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
AD0S
AD1S
AD2S
AD3S
AD4S
AD5S
AD6S
AD7S
_RD S
_WR S
S G
_ASIC2
R361
_CE
_OE
Vpp
Vcc
GND
_ROM S
_RD S
L177
PA5
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
6
R480
S G
CN1134
CN1104
CN1105
CN1106
CN1107
CN1130
CN1131
CN1132
BYPPFCL REM
FCL 3 REM
FCL 2 REM
FCL 1 REM
FCL 5 REM
FCL 4 REM
PFCLL REM
PFCLU REM
CN139
CN140
CN141
CN142
MC ALARM
TC/AC ALARM
PCM LOCK
DM LOCK
S G
S G
C228
R370
PD1
PD0
_Y3
PE7
PE6
PE5
PE4
PE3
PE2
PE1
PE0
GND
PC7
PC6
PC5
PC4
PC3
PC2
PC1
PC0
INITD
PA7
PA6
IC60
L197
22
24
1
32
16
C229
MODE
_RESET
SELECT
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
GND
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
ALE
_RD
_WR
CS
PD2
28
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
Vcc
PF7
_OE
_CE
_WE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
PF6
PF5
PF4
PF3
PF2
PF1
PF0
Vdd
GND
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
22
20
27
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
1
IC57
A0S
A1S
A2S
A3S
A4S
A5S
A6S
A7S
A8S
A9S
A10S
A11S
A12S
A13S
A14S
A15S
A16S
A17S
A18S
R488
R487
R486
R485
R484
R365
R364
R362
R363
R358
R366
R367
R359
R360
R368
R369
L LIM
U LIM
C280
CN151
CN152
CN153
CN154
CLML
DIG2
DIG1
DIG0
LENGTH
CN194
DESK SOUT
A0S
A1S
A2S
A3S
A4S
A5S
A6S
A7S
A8S
A9S
A10S
A11S
A12S
A13S
A14S
C225
TR2
DESK SCLK
R376
IC55
C224
CN1118
SSW1
STKSW
DUPRSW
DUPRSW
DUPESW
DUPPCSW
SBESW
FSSW
_CS
PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
PB2
PB1
GND
Vdd
PB0
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
L205
_WR S
E
CN1103
L206
_WR S
_RD S
DESK RESET
L207
_RD S
R478
S G
11
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
C265
S G
SSW1SOURCE
2
IC62
S G
_RES I/O
CN113
C255
S G
PRY REM
CN181
S G
L175
CN115
TNS CONT
C256
CN180
10
U LIM
R463
_WR S
_RD S
_RAM S
TC CONT
XT8
A0S
A1S
CN114
LD
DACLK
DI
R430
SC CONT
8
7
6
5
R432
R433
R431
1
A01
LD
2
A02 CLK
3
A03
DI
4
Vcc GND
2C 4
F.C SW
CN111
CN128
CN129
CN130
CN131
CN15
CN16
CN17
CN155
CN156
CN157
CN158
CN159
CN160
CN161
CN162
R434
S G
IC64
1C 5
[AD0SAD7S]
S G
_RES ENG
L201
12
S G
[A0SA7S]
IC65
3 2B
13
L LIM
_ASIC1
[A0SA5S]
TR23
1 1B
2
C278
R435
IC63
DB REM
MC REM
R464
C270
RA96
PD0
_Y3
PE7
PE6
PE5
PE4
PE3
PE2
PE1
PE0
GND
PC7
PC6
PC5
PC4
PC3
PC2
PC1
PC0
INITD
PA7
PA6
PA5
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
SC REM
TC REM
CN185
CN186
1
H.ALM
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
RA95
R471
_ROM S
PD1
CN183
CN184
_CS
PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
PB2
PB1
GND
Vdd
PB0
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
R440
R458
_RDY
RA94
A0S
A1S
A2S
A3S
A4S
A5S
A6S
A7S
A8S
A9S
A10S
A11S
A12S
A13S
A14S
A15S
A16S
A17S
A18S
A19S
IC73
C260
C261
R436
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
RA93
_RESET
SELECT
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
GND
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
ALE
_RD
_WR
CS
CN146
CN145
CN144
CN143
CN150
CN149
CN148
CN147
CN174
CN1120
CN1121
CN1122
CN1123
CN1102
IC66
AD0S
AD1S
AD2S
AD3S
AD4S
AD5S
AD6S
AD7S
MODE
LENGTH
DIG0
DIG1
DIG2
LENGTH
DIG0
DIG1
DIG2
IMAGE UNIT SIG

DUP _B
SIDE _A
REGIST B
MOTOR A
FINISHER RESET
CN173
CN176
CN175
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
PSWL
PSWU
BYPPSW
LICSWL
LICSWU
BYPEDSW
BYPPWSW
BYPPLSW
R456
1
80
2
79
3
78
4
77
1
76
2
75
3
74
4
73
1
72
2
71
3
70
4
69
1
68
2
67
3
66
4
65
1
64
2
63
3
62
4
61
60
1
59
2
58 RA98 3
57
4
56
1
55
2
54 RA99 3
53
4
52
51
S G
_RES I/O
S G
IC62
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
DCS
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P110
R465
C279
S G
_IPC
_682
_VTC
_SCC2
_ASIC2
_ASIC1
_MAIL S
R472
C273
TONER CLK
TRM REM
TFM REM
AN0
P95
P94
A22
A21
A20
P90
P67/TB2in
P66/TB1in
P65/TB0in
INT2
INT1
INT0
P61/TA4in
P60/TA4out
P57/TA3in
P56/TA3out
P55/TA2in
P54/TA2out
RTPC3
RTPC2
RTPC1
RTPC0
P47
P46
P45
P44
P43
1
BYTE
CNVss
_RESET
Xin
Xout
_RD
Vss
Vcc
_HL DA
ALE
_BHE
_WR
P117
P116
P115
P114
P113
P112
CN105
3
C
2
B
1
A
A22S
A21S
A20S
_LDON
C272
R496
R441
R442
R443
R444
R445
R446
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
R473
1
R459 2
R460 3
4
5
6
R451 7
13
12
R452 8
R453 9
10
IPC SET
11
12
INT SCC2
13
MACK ENG
R455 14
15
16
17
18
_BD
19
RA100
1
8 20
2
7 21
3
6 22
4
5 23
EXBV8V101J
24
25
_RES I/O
26
_RES SCC2
R437
27
_RES VTC
28
EACK MAIN
29
30
_WAIT S
S G
A22S
A21S
IC61 A20S
_Y7
_Y6
_Y5
_Y4
_Y3
_Y2
_Y1
_Y0
_G2B
_G2A
G1
S G
PPST
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
AN1
C264
R475
_HOL D
C262
C263
CN18
R474
5
4
6
_LDEN
S G
ZERO CROSS SIG
CONT G
S G
2
FTH
CONT DB
CN117
R439
R438
CN11
CN12
CN116
R450
R449
R448
TNS
C271
IC67
C266
CN118
DACLK
LD
DI
CN119
ETTH
R457
EHUMSENS
L202
C267
CN14
CN13
CN132
R461
TLS
TLDS
PFM LOCK
H2 REM
H1 REM
IFFM REM
CL REM
FSSOL 2 REM
FSSOL 1 REM
PCFM REM
RCL REM
S G
3-7-22
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
1/1/32, 19:05
Main PCB 7/9
2A3/4
IC70
L236
L237
L238
L239
RA106
L240
CN15-7
D0_IPC
CN15-22
D1_IPC
CN15-8
D2_IPC
CN15-23
D3_IPC
CN15-9
D4_IPC
CN15-24
D5_IPC
CN15-10
D6_IPC
CN15-25
D7_IPC
10
16
14
IC39
IC24
R117
S G
C115
C114
R97
S G
L15
14
L254
IC10
7
R260
7
R66
S G
L58
S G
IC6
14
IC2
7
R332
IC3
5
IC73
3
R82
S G
3
R104
S G
R500
S G
S G
8
S G
IC59
8
R447
S G
IC61
7
R356
S G
IC62
IC1
IC65
R109
S G
7
R476
S G
L203
L14
L199
14
R477
S G
S G
R462
A0S
A1S
A2S
A3S
A4S
A5S
A6S
A7S
L176
(A0S _ A7S)
L198
14
C268
IC67
4
R224
L179
16
C92
R221
16
C276
IC19
7
7
S G
8
IC27
C277
IC18
L204
25 V
6
C269
L98
25 V
C91
L97
C275
_RESET_IPC
C274
_RD_IPC
CN15-28
C226
_CS_IPC
CN15-27
C227
CN15-13
C259
L244
C258
L243
C152
L242
4
3
2
1
25 V
RA107
C150
5
6
7
8
S G
S G
C151
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
_WR_IPC
25 V
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
CN15-12
C147
_RES SCC2
R396
10
L136
14
14
IC11
L9
L23
20
L241
C148
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
_IPC
5
IC43
8
S G
R482
S G
_DE1
_DE2
L155
R179
S G
L64
R428
S G
L145
L196
7
IC72
1
19
IC69
10
R146
S G
IC52
20
C96
L235
C95
L234
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
C197
RA105
C198
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
C245
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
C244
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
L209
C105
L233
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
C285
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
IC17
C286
AD0S
AD1S
AD2S
AD3S
AD4S
AD5S
AD6S
AD7S
_DE
T_R
C106
L70
19
1
7
R322
S G
C297
20
IC71
10
R273
S G
C296
8
R176
C194
S G
S G
C193
R67
7
R493
S G
IC22
C82
R492
S G
R491
IC46
C81
10
10
10
IC32
L130
14
C88
A7_IPC
IC21
20
C89
A6_IPC
CN15-21
IC12
16
C165
A5_IPC
CN15-6
16
C164
CN15-20
S G
L232
14
L158
C70
A4_IPC
20
L131
C69
CN15-5
20
20
L107
C113
A3_IPC
L65
C112
A2_IPC
CN15-19
L247
C74
L231
CN15-4
L245
L246
C252
L230
RA104
A1_IPC
C251
L229
A0_IPC
CN15-18
C160
L228
CN15-3
C159
L227
C72
L226
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
C291
RA103
C292
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
C298
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
C290
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
C73
L225
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
C287
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
C71
_DE1
_DE2
S G
A0S
A1S
A2S
A3S
A4S
A5S
A6S
A7S
C288
1
19
C231
S G
10
R96
S G
C178
IC48
C177
C54
IC16
C55
C80
C79
C76
C75
C78
C77
C254
C253
20
10
R26
S G
R292
S G
H.ALM
10
IC26
8
R252
S G
S G
16
IC34
L167
8
R130
S G
16
IC50
L166
8
R254
S G
16
IC49
L168
8
R344
S G
16
IC51
L109
8
R293
S G
16
IC25
C104
L137
L110
16
C103
IC35
C223
20
C180
L138
_MSYNC
8
R345
S G
R140
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
R380
5
R382
S G
R378
S G
R381
R379
R466
S G
COIN VENDER
T D
LCF TD
COIN ENABLE
KCARD ENABLE
KC SET
TC SET
MMB SET
FINISHER SET
IC7
10
R86
S G
C221
CN1-27
4
IC61
H.ALARM
CN1-22
CN1-63
CN1-64
CN1-23
CN1-24
CN1-25
IC9
10
R95
S G
L164
20
C220
COIN VENDER
R D
LCF RD
3
R467
S G
CN1-21
IC8
10
R429
S G
C158
CN1-90
CN1-89
R375
IC68
10
S G
L68
20
C157
MMD RD
MMD TD
L25
20
C102
R373
KCARD REM
KCARD REM
TC REM
COIN COPYING
COIN EJECT
COIN FEED
MMD COUNT
20
C101
R374
IC61
S G
CN1-140
CN1-139
CN1-101
CN1-100
CN1-99
CN1-98
CN1-97
C154
CN1-91
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
C153
FINISHER
T D
1
R468
D0
_W
_R
_S
BM
INTR
RD3
TD3
RD2
TD2
RD1
TD1
P16
P15
P14
P13
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
CN1-92
L57
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
S G
FINISHER
R D
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
_SCC2
INT SCC2
P12
CNVss
_RESET
P11
P10
Xin
Xout
Vss
P07
P06
P05
P04
P03
P02
P01
P00
20
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
Vcc
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
_RD S
L165
C179
C56
L56
C181
R372
R371
L69
L208
S G
_WR S
C222
C230
AD0S
AD1S
AD2S
AD3S
AD4S
AD5S
AD6S
AD7S
(AD0S _ AD7S)
S G
IC61
CN1-26
3
XT6
_RES SCC2
C234 S G
_RES SCC2
R494
R495
IPC SET
CN15-26
GND
CN15-1
GND
L248
CN15-2
CN15-14
CN15-17
CN15-29
L249
5V
CN15-11
L250
L251
L252
CN15-15
CN15-16
CN15-30
S G
3-7-23
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
10
1/1/32, 19:05
Main PCB 8/9
2A3/4
IC16
RA5
MCPCLK M2
CN3A11
MCPMREW M2
CN3A12
MCPIDA M2
CN3A14
MCPIDB M2
CN3A16
4 3 2 1
L78
CN2A12
CN2A14
MCPIDB M1
CN2A16
CN3A9
CN3A10
CN3A1
C156
4 3
RA37
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
L221
L222
L223
L224
IC36
18
PVSYNC M2
PHSYNC M2
_MCPSEL M2
R253
1 2
S G
24
23
22
21
16
15
14
13
RA38
1
2
4
3
S G
L71
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
L187
L185
S G
1
1
2
RA39
4
3
L20
IC4
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
R40
R398
R406
L192
L189
L220
CN2A9
CN2A10
CN2A1
PVSYNC M1
PHSYNC M1
_MCPSEL M1
_BD
C87
_BD
C86
R251
RA36
8
7
6
5
1
RI
Vcc
2
_RI
RC
3
DO
DI
4
GND _DO
R100
S G
_1G
_2G
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
5
20
6
19
8
17
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
_RE
_WE
_RRES
_WRES
RCK
GND
WCK
Q0
D0
Q1
D1
Q2
D2
Q3
D3
Q4
D4
Q5
D5
D6
Q6
D7
Q7
VCC
C155
IC48
1
19
RA65
MCPIDA M1
L82
L80
L96
RA4
L73
4 3 2 1
MCPMREW M1
R16
R14
R128
L76
5 6 7 8
CN2A11
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
S G
MCPCLK M1
L139
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
L18
R101
CN83
BD_+
CN82
BD_
L17
L16
CN81
CN84
S G
S G
1
2
3
4
L169
L170
L171
L172
8
7
6
5
R250
S G
RA35
1
2
4
3
S G
RA40
S G
_RES VTC
L182
_RES VTC
IC1
4 3
RA63
L180
R108
C184
R294 C183
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
FLDON
VDD
S G
CN170
R307
R301
R309
R308
D5S
D6S
D7S
[A0SA5S]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
_LDON
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
R321
R320
R319
R318
R317
R316
R315
R314
D7S
D6S
D5S
D4S
D3S
D2S
D1S
D0S
IC2
F.C SW
PVSYNC_
10 13
4
LSU5 V
12
L26
CN71
SLEEP
SELMCP2_
SELMCP1_
L31
CN76
13
L33
12
CN78
L35
IC22
CN710
R299
L161
R298
R297
L37
11
CN712
S G
IC6
9
L12
CN93
START
IC5
4
12
1
7
9
15
16
8
L22
R306
_BD
C85
C84
R98
EN
EN
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
VCC
GND
DO1+
DO1
DO2+
DO2
DO3+
DO3
DO4+
DO4
L30
2
3
6
5
10
11
14
13
CN75
_VD1+
CN74
_VD1
CN73
_VD2+
L29
L28
L27
CN72
_VD2
CN79
_ADJUST2
CN711
_ADJUST1
CN77
_EN
S G
L34
11
10
13
12
L36
L163
L32
XT4
R310
ST
1
IC6
GND
2
TR8
S G
R302
5 2B
R303
SLEEP_
VDD OUT
S G
[AD0SAD7S]
CN713
CN85
IC2
11
_LDEN
C187
PPST
_DE
T_R
C188
AD7S
AD6S
AD5S
AD4S
AD3S
AD2S
AD1S
AD0S
_MSYNC
IC46
19
1
S
L19
PHSYNC_
R296
R305
_VTC
_RD S
TR3
G
R295
S G
READY
CN92
C186
VSS
VDD
CN94
L11
3
S G
R300
R313
C192
L162
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
VSS
D3S
D4S
IC47
_LDOUTB
VDD
VSS
_PVDBO
_PVPAO
VSS
_PHSYNC
VDD
AMC
_PVSYNC
PVSYNC
VSS
_SEL0
_SEL1
VDD
_SEL2
_SEL3
_SEL4
_SEL5
_SEL6
VSS
P2
P1
P0
C185
D0S
D1S
D2S
TEST3
TEST2
TEST1
VSS
TEST0
P7
VDD
P6
P5
P4
P3
VSS
_RESET
VSS
_NSCLE
_SCLE
_NSCDE
_SCDE
VDD
N.C
LSUOUT
VSS
PVCLK
VSS
C190
_VTC
_RD S
_WR S
A0
A1
A2
A3
VSS
A4
A5
_VTCCS
_IORD
_IOWR
VDD
D0
D1
D2
VSS
SMC
SIN
SOT
VSS
D3
D4
VSS
SCK
D5
D6
D7
VSS
VDD
PPST
_LDON
_LDEN
N.C
XI
XO
VSS
CLK
VSS
MSYNC
PMCLK
VDD
_BD
_FLDEN
_ADJUST
VSS
_LDOUTA
R312
A4S
A5S
VDD
VSS
C191
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
L13
S G
S G
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
R311
C189
L159
R106
C90
_MSYNC
1 2 3 4
A0S
A1S
A2S
A3S
R107
D1
L160
1 2
R304
_MSYNC
RA64
8 7 6 5
R105
5 6 7 8
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
R99
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
PVSYNC_
PHSYNC_
_1G
_2G
R103 R102
1
19
SELMCP2_
SELMCP1_
_RES VTC
4
2E
2C 3
1C 6
2 1B
1E
1
S G
TR7
S G
5 2B
4
2E
2C 3
8
1C 6
2 1B
L10
CN91
CLOCK
1E
1
S G
3-7-24
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
11
1/1/32, 19:05
Main PCB 9/9
2A3/4
SLEEP
S
1
1
2
3
4
8 7 6 5
RA19
1 2 3 4
SID 0
SID 1
SID 2
SID 3
SID 4
SID 5
SID 6
SID 7
RA20
8
7
6
5
IC25
15
1
2
3
5
6
11
10
14
13
SID0M
SID1M
SID2M
SID3M
IC35
1
19
R129
_M2OE
M2SEL
SID0M
SID1M
SID2M
SID3M
_1G
_2G
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
_1Y1
_1Y2
_1Y3
_1Y4
_2Y1
_2Y2
_2Y3
_2Y4
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
PID0
PID1
PID2
PID3
8 7 6 5
1
2
3
4
1 2 3 4
R18
L84
CN3-B8
2Y 7
R17
L83
3Y 9
R15
L81
4Y 12
R13
L79
M2 DATA0
SLEEP
CN3-B9
M2 DATA1
TMCP2
CN3-B10
M2 DATA2
MACK MCP2
CN3-B11
R131
RA22
8
7
6
5
SID4M
SID5M
SID6M
SID7M
MCP2 ACK
CN3-A3
R132
C98
2
3
5
6
11
10
14
13
R133
1
19
1 2 3
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
L95
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
1Y 4
R12
L77
2Y 7
R11
L75
3Y 9
R10
L74
4Y 12
R9
L72
CN3-B12
M2 DATA4
CN3-B13
M2 DATA5
SEMCP MCP2
CN3-B1
W RDY MCP2
CN3-A8
R136
R20
M2 DATA6
CN3-B15
M2 DATA7
L86
R RDY MCP2
SOVSYNC
SCNCLK
1
2
3
8
7
6
SMRE M
2
PMRE
3
SOVSYNC_M 5
POVSYNC_
6
SCNCLK M 11
10
PRTCLK
14
13
SMRE M
SOVSYNC M
SCNCLK M
R25
C53
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
1Y 4
R125
2Y 7
R126
L90
3Y 9
R127
L91
CN3-B5
MRE M2
CN3-B4
OVSYNC M2
RD MCP1
CN2-A5
MCP1 ACK
CN2-A3
SEMCP MCP1
CN2-B1
R413
R423
C248
R415
CN3-B3
L216
R414
R424
C249
R416
WCK M2
L219
4Y 12
L211
L217
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
L213
_1G
_2G
S G
_RES M1
R412
L88
L218
IC69
1
19
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
CN2-A8
R RDY MCP1
CN2-A7
L53
_M1OE
M1SEL
R90
R89
R88
R87
R91
R92
R93
R94
CN4-22
PID 1
CN4-23
PID 2
CN4-24
PID 3
CN4-25
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
L47
L46
L45
L43
PID 4
CN4-27
PID 5
CN4-28
PID 6
CN4-29
_1G
_2G
S G
L48
PID 0
15
1
2
3
5
6
11
10
14
13
PID0
PID1
PID2
PID3
IC8
1
19
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
RA1
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
PID0
PID1
PID2
PID3
PID4
PID5
PID6
PID7
4
CN2-A4
CN2-A13
CN2-A15
CN2-B6
CN2-B7
CN2-B16
R421
C246
S G
_G
S
IC11
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
1Y 4
R402
L193
2Y 7
R400
L191
R399
L190
3Y 9
R397
4Y 12
CN2-B8
M1 DATA0
CN2-B9
M1 DATA1
CN2-B10
M1 DATA2
CN2-B11
M1 DATA 3
L188
R77
RD PRT
L59
1
19
R60
2
3
5
6
11
10
14
13
CN4-6
_PRINT
CN4-8
R69
R61
C65
R79
L61
R70
R62
C66
RA2
PID4
PID5
PID6
PID7
R71
CN4-9
R63
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
R76
R75
R74
R73
R59
5
RPRT
PATACK
_PRINT
_SETPRT
_P1
S G
C67
R81
_G
S
L63
_P1
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
C64
R78
PRTACK
_1G
_2G
S
R68
CN4-2
L60
_SETPRT
SID4M
SID5M
SID6M
SID7M
CN4-30
R422
R80
L41
PID 7
R410
C247
IC49
L38
RESET MCP1
C250
L62
15
1
L39
CN2-B2
IC50
SID0M
SID1M
SID2M
SID3M
L55
ENCACK MCP1
R425
R417
R409
S G
R343
TD MCP1
CN2-A6
RMCP1
MCP1ACK
_SET M1
_WRDY M1
_RRDY M1
R408
L194
W RDY MCP1
CN2-A2
R427
R418
R419
R420
R426
R411
CN4-17
CN4-19
CN4-21
CN4-26
S G
S G
L210
RESET MCP2
CN3-A4
CN3-A13
CN3-A15
CN3-B6
CN3-B7
CN3-B16
R24
R23
CN3-A7
_G
S
S G
S G
ENCACK MCP2
CN3-B2
S G
CN4-1
CN4-4
CN4-7
CN4-13
CN4-15
TD MCP2
CN3-A6
RMCP2
MCP2ACK
_SET M2
_WRDY M2
_RRDY M2
C52
MACK MCP1
RA102
R145
R141
R142
R143
R144
R22
CN3-B14
CN3-A2
R21
L85
IC34
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
R139
SLEEP
15
1
_1Y1
_1Y2
_1Y3
_1Y4
_2Y1
_2Y2
_2Y3
_2Y4
L87
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
C100
TMCP1
_1G
_2G
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
R138
C99
R135
_G
S
IC68
SMRE
R137
R134
SID4M
SID5M
SID6M
SID7M
CN3-A5
_1G
_2G
L93
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
L87
RD MCP2
L94
IC17
1
19
S G
_RES M2
M2 DATA3
L92
PID4
PID5
PID6
PID7
8 7 6
1
1Y 4
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
IC26
15
1
RA21
RA101
_G
S
1Y 4
R349
L186
2Y 7
R348
L184
3Y 9
R347
L183
R346
4Y 12
L181
CN2-B12
M1 DATA4
CN2-B13
M1 DATA5
CN2-B14
M1 DATA6
CN2-B15
M1 DATA7
CN4-11
R72
R64
C68
S G
IC7
1
19
_1G
_2G
L49
L51
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
TPRT
MACK PRT
_MRDY
_P2
_PRTRST
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
L44
L42
L40
CN4-5
TD PRT
CN4-3
ENCACK PRT
CN4-10
_MRDY
CN4-12
_P2
CN4-14
_PRTRST
S G
IC51
15
1
_G
S
IC9
R85
R84
R83
1
19
L50
PMRE
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
CN4-20
L52
_POVSYNC
CN4-18
PRTCLK
CN4-16
L54
SMRE M
2
PMRE
3
SOVSYNC_M 5
POVSYNC_
6
SCNCLK M 11
10
PRTCLK
14
13
_1G
_2G
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
1
2
3
RA3
PMRE
POVSYNC_
PRTCLK
8
7
6
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
1Y 4
R403
L212
2Y 7
R404
L214
3Y 9
R405
L215
CN2-B5
MRE M1
CN2-B4
OVSYNC M1
CN2-B3
WCK M1
4Y 12
S G
S G
3-7-25
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
12
1/1/32, 19:05
Memory copy PCB 1/12

A
2A3/4
VCC3
PCN12A-32P-2.54DS
CN1 a1
L25
1
_MCPSEL
CN1 a9
_RVST
R7
2
1
R8
L32
3
4
RA6
CN1 a10
_PHSYNC
2
4
6
8
C11
R9
L33
TXDMCP
CN1 a5
L28
ACKMCP
CN1 a3
L27
_R_READY
CN1 a7
L30
_W_READY
CN1 a8
L31
A1
A2
A3
A4
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
18
16
14
12
iMCPSEL_
47
R41
iPVST_
51
R42
iPHSYNC_
59
iACKMCP
71
U8
RA4
1
2
3
4
RCK
CN1 a11
L34
R10
MREVD
_VD1
CN1 a12
L35
R11
CN1 a14
L36
R12
_VD2
CN1 a16
L37
R13
CN1 b1
L9
_SETMCP
_G
(003-15A)
GPL5
GPL5
MCP2AC(304:1)
U10
_G
8
7
6
5
9
7
5
3
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
9
7
5
3
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
A1
A2
A3
A4
U10
_G
A1
A2
A3
A4
19
11
13
15
17
iRREADY_
69
iWREADY_
68
iMREVDOUT
49
iVD1
43
iVD2
44
iSETMCP_
72
iACKENG
70
GPL5
19
R49
11
13
15
17
3
4
2
1
RA19
iTXDMCP
(002-15I)
iRCK2
(011-13F)
VPL5
ACKENG
CN1 a6
L29
TXDENG
CN1 a2
L26
CN1 b2
L10
R22
2
1
R18
2
1
3
4
RA5
RA1
_RESET
2
1
R5
C13
2
4
6
8
3
4
RA2
VCC3
C14
3
4
U8
R27
_G
A1
A2
A3
A4
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
18
16
14
12
iTXDENG
iRESET_
R31
(002-15I)
(011-14D)
C9
GPL5
WCK
CN1 b3
L11
R19
_WVST
CN1 b4
L12
R20
2
1
3
4
RA3
L13
GND1
GND2
CN1 a4
CN1 a13
L6
GND3
CN1 a15
L8
GND4
CN1 b6
L14
GND5
CN1 b7
L15
GND6
CN1 b16
L24
C10
R21
2
4
6
8
GPL5
VCC3
U7
_G
A1
A2
A3
A4
Y1 18
Y2 16
Y3 14
Y4 12
GPL5
RA9
RA10
8
7
6
5
GPL5
8
7
6
5
L7
0 1
7 2
1 3
6 4
MREID
CN1 b5
GPL5
21
52
33
44
U9
_ID0
CN1 b8
L16
_ID1
CN1 b9
L17
_ID2
CN1 b10
L18
_ID3
CN1 b11
L19
_ID4
CN1 b12
L20
_ID5
CN1 b13
L21
_ID6
CN1 b14
L22
_ID7
CN1 b15
L23
1
2
4
6
8
0
1
2
3
ID0(7:0)
iWCK
64
R36
iWVST_
67
R38
iMREID
66
VCC3
0
7
1
6
RA12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
iID0_
iID7_
iID1_
iID6_
53
62
54
61
2
5
3
4
RA11
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
iID2_
iID5_
iID3_
iID4_
55
60
56
59
R24
19
11
13
15
17
U7
_G
A1
A2
A3
A4
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
9
7
5
3
GPL5
_G
A1
A2
A3
A4
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
18 0
16 1
14 2
12 3
U9
19
4
5
6
7
R26
IDP(7:0)
_G
11 A1
13 A2
15 A3
17 A4
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
9 4
7 5
5 6
3 7
GPL5
3-7-26
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
13
1/1/32, 19:05
2A3/4
3
4
5
6
RW
SIZE1
SIZE0
AS
302
DSACY
8
7
6
5
TP8 TP7 TP9
RA24
1
2
3
4
(003-15A)
VPL5
8
7
6
5
MCP 2AC (304:1)
RA23
1
2
3
4
VPL5
1
U12
VPL5
VPL5
LD1
1
4
R52
2
VPL5
R50
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
VPL5
1
2
3
4
CPUCLK
C48
VPL5
R54
RST_
0
31
30
29
28
RA35
15 1
14 2
13 3
12 4
8
7
6
5
15
14
13
12
RA43
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
11
10
9
8
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
RA47
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RA50
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
27
26
25
24
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
U17
CPUD (15:0)
MD (15:0)
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
L65
L64
C45
C59
C60
R59
C44
FC3
FC2
FC1
FC0
VCC7
GND8
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
VCC6
GND7
A16
A15
A14
GND6
A13
A12
A11
VCC5
GND5
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
VCC4
GND4
A3
A2
A1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
GPL5
4
A (31:0)
16
15
14
$001
13
12
11
RA29
28 1
29 2
30 3
31 4
8
7
6
5
28
29
30
31
RA41
15 1
14 2
13 3
12 4
8
7
6
5
15
14
13
12
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
24
25
26
27
RA32
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
24
25
26
27
11
10
9
8
RA45
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
11
10
9
8
23
22
21
20
RA31
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
23
22
21
20
7
6
5
4
RA49
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
7
6
5
4
19
18
17
16
RA34
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
19
18
17
16
3
2
1
0
RA53
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
$002
3
2
1
0
GND12
VCC12
DSACK1_
DSACK0_
A0
A31
A30
A29
A28
GND13
VCC13
A27
A26
A25
A24
D15
D14
D13
GND14
D12
GND15
VCC14
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
GND16
VCC15
D3
D2
D1
D0
CS0_
IRO1_
IRO2_
IRO3_
IRO4_
GND1
VCC1
IRO5_
IRO6_
IRO7_
DONE2_
DACK2_
DREO2_
DONE1_
DACK1_
DREO1_
X1
GND2
VCC2
X2
SCLK
CTSB_
RTSB_
TXDB
RXDB
TXRAYA_
RARDYA_
CTSA_
RTSA_
GND3
VCC3
TXDA
RXDA
TIN2
TOUT2
TGATE2
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
C52
RMC_
W_R
SIZ1
SIZ0
DS_
AS_
BGACK_
BG_
BR_
BERR_
HALT_
RESET_
GND11
CLKOUT
VCC11
XFC
VCC10
EXTAL
VCCSYN
XTAL
GND10
MODCK
VCC9
IPIPE_
IFEICH
BKPT_
FREEZE
TIN1
TOUT1
TGATEL
TCK
TMS
TDI
TDO
VCC8
GND9
L62
GPL5
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
(011-13C)
2
VPL5
R53
L61
(011-13I)
C47
RA26
C46
RA22
1
2
3
4
A0 (31:0)
iTXDENG
VPL5
VPL5
(001-13F)
VPL5
VPL5
TP10
RA27
R63
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
RA58
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
RA54
1
2
3
4
RA59
IRO1
IRO2
IRO3
IRO4
1
2
3
4
260
259
258
257
8
7
6
5
R61
8
7
6
5
261 CS0
R65
CN3 2
CN3 3
R62
R69
B4B-PH-KL NONE
CN3 1
VCCMON
CN3 4
iTXDMCP
(001-13C)
TXDMON
RXDMON
GNDMON
GPL5
256 IRO5
$001
$002
A
CPUD
R64
C64
(004-03B) (008-01G) (009-01G)

(004-03A) (008-01D) (009-01D)
(010-12B)
C65
8
GPL5
X3
GPL5
3-7-27
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
14
1/1/32, 19:05
2A3/4
$004
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
170
169
168
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
184
186
188
193
195
197
199
201
204
206
208
214
213
212
211
219
218
217
216
226
224
223
222
221
MCP2AC (304:1)
VCC3
233
234
235
249
251
252
253
256
257
258
259
260
261
263
264
269
270
272
273
276
277
280
281
283
284
287
288
290
291
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
VDD26
VDD27
SMLLD
SMLDEB
SMGHDEB
SMGLDEB
SMGDIP
VDD28
SRAS30B
SRAS31B
SRAS32B
SRAS33B
SCAS30B
SCAS31B
GND47
RAMCSHB
RAMCSLB
RAMDEB
GND48
GND49
CLK
GND50
RAMWEB
RDMCSB
RDEMCEB
VDD29
IRDALLB
IRD5B
IRD4B
IRD3B
IRD2B
IRD1B
CS0B
GND51
CPUD0
CPUD1
VDD30
VDD31
GND52
GND53
CPUD2
CPUD3
GND54
CPUD4
CPUD5
VDD32
GND55
CPUD6
CPUD7
VDD33
GND56
CPUD8
CPUD9
GND57
CPUD10
CPUD11
GND58
GND59
CPUD12
CPUD13
GND60
CPUD14
CPUD15
GND61
A24
A25
A26
A27
A28
A29
A30
A31
A0
DSACKB
VDD34
VDD35
U16
C62
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
C61
150
149
148
147
2
L69
C43
144
143
142
141
C41
138
137
136
135
L68
C63
132
131
130
129
C51
127
126
125
124
123
122
L60
C42
120
119
118
117
C50
4
R58
112
111
110
109
108
107
C49
GPL5
105
104
103
102
100
99
98
97
94
93
92
91
88
87
86
85
82
81
80
79
$001 MCP2AC
74
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
64
59
60
61
62
53
54
55
56
50
51
46
47
48
43
44
41
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
15
16
17
18
13
8
9
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
VDD17
VDD16
DRAMD24
DRAMD23
DRAMD25
DRAMD22
GND26
VDD15
DRAMD26
DRAMD21
DRAMD27
DRAMD20
GND25
VDD14
DRAMD28
DRAMD19
DRAMD29
DRAMD18
GND24
GND23
DRAMD30
DRAMD17
DRAMD31
DRAMD16
GND22
DRAS5B
DRAS4B
DRAS3B
DRAS2B
DRAS1B
DRAS6B
GND21
DA4
DA3
DA5
DA2
GND20
GND19
VDD13
VDD12
DA6
DA1
DA7
DA0
DA8
DA9
GND18
DOEB
DWEB
DCASHB
DCASLB
GND17
DRAMD8
DRAMD7
DRAMD9
DRAMD6
GND16
GND15
DRAMD10
DRAMD5
DRAMD11
DRAMD4
GND14
VDD11
DRAMD12
DRAMD3
DRAMD13
DRAMD2
GND13
VDD10
DRAMD14
DRAMD1
DRAMD15
DRAMD0
VDD9
VDD8
GND1
GND2
RDBWR
SIZE1
SIZE0
ASB
VDD1
A1
A2
SMC
AMC
SIN
A3
SOUT
A4
A5
A6
A7
VDD2
GND3
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
VDD3
VDD4
GND4
GND5
RCK
GND6
VD1
VD2
VDD5
RCKENB
MCPSELB
MREVDIN
MREVDOUT
PWSYNCB
RVSIB
GND7
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
VDD6
GND8
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
GND9
WCK
GND10
MRE10
WVS1B
WREADYB
RREADYB
ACKENG
ACKMCP
SETMCPB
VDD7
RESETB
GND11
GND12
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
GND46
GND45
SWEB
GND44
SRAS21B
SRAS11B
SRAS20B
SRAS10B
VDD25
SCAS21B
SCAS11B
SCAS20B
SCAS10B
GND43
SRAS22B
SRAS12B
SRAS23B
SRAS13B
GND42
VDD24
SA9
GND41
SA8
GND40
SA7
GND39
VDD23
SA10
GND38
SA6
GND37
SA5
GND36
SA4
GND35
SA3
GND34
GND33
VDD22
VDD21
SA2
GND32
SA1
GND31
SA0
GND30
VDD20
Q2CDWRB
Q2CDRDB
Q2CDACKB
Q2CDRD
Q2PDWRB
Q2PDRDB
Q2DACKB
Q2PDRQ
Q2HINTR
GND29
VDD19
Q2HWRB
Q2HRDB
Q2HCSB
VDD18
Q1CDWRB
Q1CDRDB
Q1CDACKB
Q1CDRQ
Q1PDWRB
Q1PDRDB
Q1PDACKB
Q1PORQ
Q1HINTR
Q1HWRB
Q1WRDB
Q1MCSB
GND28
GND27
228
227
226
225
224
223
222
221
220
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
212
211
210
209
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
L59
(001-13B) (002-02A) (004-03B)

(005-03B) (006-03B) (007-01B)
(008-01B) (009-01B) (010-02H)
(011-04F) (011-13I) (011-13F)
3-7-28
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
15
1/1/32, 19:05

A
2A3/4
1
$001
(002-15F)
(003-15A)
CPUD (15:0)
SD (15:0)
A (31:0)
MCP2AC (304:1)
301
8
9
13
15
16
17
18
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
A26
A27
A28
A29
A30
A31
VPL5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
VPL5
L38
0
1
2
3
RA17
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RA18
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
4
5
6
7
R17
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
RA7
RA8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
13
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
8
7
9
6 10
5 .11
8
7
6
5
L39
C7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
C6
R15
C12
VCC
WE_
A13
A8
A9
A11
OE_
A10
CE_
IO8
IO7
IO6
IO5
IO4
A14
A12
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
IO1
IO2
IO3
GND
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
9
10
12
11
15
14
13
12
11
U4
GPL5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
C8
VCC
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
GND2
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
VPP
CE0
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
GND1
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
OE0
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
U1
VPL5
GPL5
GPL5
L47
263
264
269
270
CPUD0
CPUD1
CPUD2
CPUD3
0
1
2
3
272
273
276
277
CPUD4
CPUD5
CPUD6
CPUD7
4
5
6
7
280
281
283
284
CPUD8
CPUD9
CPUD10
CPUD11
8
9
10
11
287
288
290
291
CPUD12
CPUD13
CPUD14
CPUD15
12
13
14
15
C30
R43
15
13
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
2
6
TP4
244 RAMCSH_
245 RAMCSL_
246 RAMOE_
251 RAMWF_
RA52
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
252 ROMCS
253 ROMOF
RA46
1
2
4
3
TP5
TP3
$001 CPUD
C33
VCC
WE_
A13
A8
A9
A11
OE_
A10
CE_
IO8
IO7
IO6
IO5
IO4
A14
A12
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
IO1
IO2
IO3
GND
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
5
14
9
10
12
11
7
6
5
4
3
U11
TP1
GPL5
TP2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
TP6
(002-02H) (008-01D) (009-01D)

(010-12B)
3-7-29
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
16
1/1/32, 19:05

A
2A3/4
1
(003-15A)
MCP2AC (304:1)
208 SA9
206 SA8
204 SA7
201 SA10
199 SA6
197 SA5
195 SA4
193 SA3
188 SA2
186 SA1
184 SA0
RA63
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
RA62
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
RA61
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
LSA1 (10:0)
9
8
7
10
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
223 SRAS11_
221 SRAS10_
213 SRAS12_
211 SRAS13_
CN5 12
0
1
CN5 13
CN5 14
CN5 15
CN5 16
CN5 17
CN5 18
CN5 28
CN5 31
CN5 32
10
CN5 19
CN5 44
CN5 45
CN5 34
CN5 33
CN5 40
SRAS1 (3:0)
RA64
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
0
2
3
RA71
216 SCAS10_ 1
218 SCAS11_ 2
3
4
0
1
SCAS1 (1:0)
CN5 43
CN5 41
5
CN5 42
R66
226 SWE_
CN5 47
CN5 10
CN5 30
VPL5
L5
CN5 59
6
CN5 1
C88
C86
C85
C87
F3
CE11
CN5 72
R80
CE10
CE9
CN5 39
CN5 49
SM1A0
24 CN5 50
SM1A1
9
CN5 51
SM1A2
25 CN5 52
SM1A3
10 CN5 53
SM1A4
26 CN5 54
SM1A5
11 CN5 55
SM1A6
27 CN5 56
SM1A7
12 CN5 57
SM1A8
28 CN5 58
SM1A9
29 CN5 60
SM1A10
13 CN5 61
SM1RAS0_
30 CN5 62
SM1RAS1_
14 CN5 63
SM1RAS2_
31 CN5 64
SM1RAS3_
15 CN5 65
SM1CAS0_
SM1D8
SM1D24
SM1D9
SM1D25
SM1D10
SM1D26
SM1D11
SM1D27
SM1D12
SM1D28
SM1D29
SM1D13
SM1D30
SM1D14
SM1D31
SM1D15
CN5 2
16 CN5 3
1
CN5 4
17 CN5 5
2
CN5 6
18 CN5 7
3
CN5 8
19 CN5 9
4
CN5 20
20 CN5 21
5
CN5 22
21 CN5 23
6
CN5 24
22 CN5 25
7
CN5 26
23 CN5 27
SM1D0
SM1D16
SM1D1
SM1D17
SM1D2
SM1D18
SM1D3
SM1D19
SM1D4
SM1D20
SM1D5
SM1D21
SM1D6
SM1D22
SM1D7
SM1D23
SM1CAS0_
SM1CAS1_
SM1CAS1_
SM1WE_
SIMMD (31:0)
$001
SM1VCC
SM1VCC
SM1VCC
SIMM SLOT1
SM1GND
SM1GND
SM1GND
GPL5
$001
SIMMD
(006-14H) (008-16B) (010-02B)
3-7-30
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
17
1/1/32, 19:05

A
2A3/4
1
(003-15A)
MCP2AC (304:1)
208 SA9
205 SA8
204 SA7
201 SA10
199 SA6
197 SA5
195 SA4
193 SA3
188 SA2
186 SA1
184 SA0
RA85
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
RA84
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
RA83
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
LSA2 (10:0)
9
8
7
CN4 12
10
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CN4 13
CN4 14
CN4 15
CN4 16
CN4 17
CN4 18
CN4 28
CN4 31
CN4 32
10
CN4 19
CN4 44
CN4 45
CN4 34
CN4 33
CN4 40
SRAS2 (3:0)
RA65
224 SRAS21_ 1
222 SRAS20_ 2
214 SRAS22_ 3
212 SRAS23_ 4
8
7
6
5
1
0
2
3
RA70
217 SCAS20_ 1
219 SCAS21_ 2
4
3
SCAS2 (1:0)
0
1
CN4 43
CN4 41
5
CN4 42
R67
SWE_
CN4 47
CN4 10
CN4 30
VPL5
L4
CN4 59
6
CN4 1
C82
C80
C79
C81
F2
CE8
CN4 72
R79
CE7
CE6
CN4 39
CN4 49
SM2A0
24 CN4 50
SM2A1
9
CN4 51
SM2A2
25 CN4 52
SM2A3
10 CN4 53
SM2A4
26 CN4 54
SM2A5
11 CN4 55
SM2A6
27 CN4 56
SM2A7
12 CN4 57
SM2A8
28 CN4 58
SM2A9
29 CN4 60
SM2A10
13 CN4 61
SM2RAS0_
30 CN4 62
SM2RAS1_
14 CN4 63
SM2RAS2_
31 CN4 64
SM2RAS3_
15 CN4 65
SM2CAS0_
SM2D8
SM2D24
SM2D9
SM2D25
SM2D10
SM2D26
SM2D11
SM2D27
SM2D12
SM2D28
SM2D29
SM2D13
SM2D30
SM2D14
SM2D31
SM2D15
CN4 2
16 CN4 3
1
CN4 4
17 CN4 5
2
CN4 6
18 CN4 7
3
CN4 8
19 CN4 9
4
CN4 20
20 CN4 21
5
CN4 22
21 CN4 23
6
CN4 24
22 CN4 25
7
CN4 26
23 CN4 27
SM2D0
SM2D16
SM2D1
SM2D17
SM2D2
SM2D18
SM2D3
SM2D19
SM2D4
SM2D20
SM2D5
SM2D21
SM2D6
SM2D22
SM2D7
SM2D23
SM2CAS0_
SM2CAS1_
SM2CAS1_
SM2WE_
SIMMD (31:0)
$001
SM2VCC
SM2VCC
SM2VCC
SIMM SLOT2
SM2GND
SM2GND
SM2GND
GPL5
$001
SIMMD
(005-14H) (008-16B) (010-02B)
3-7-31
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
18
1/1/32, 19:05
2A3/4
150
149
148
147
DRAMD24
DRAMD23
DRAMD25
DRAMD22
RA60
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
24
23
25
22
144
143
142
141
DRAMD26
DRAMD21
DRAMD27
DRAMD20
RA57
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
26
21
27
20
138
137
136
135
DRAMD28
DRAMD19
DRAMD29
DRAMD18
RA55
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
28
19
29
18
132 DRAMD30
131 DRAMD17
130 DRAMD31
129 DRAMD16
RA51
1
2
3
4
8 30
7 17
6 31
5 16
100 DRAMD8
99 DRAMD7
98 DRAMD9
97 DRAMD6
RA28
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
94
93
92
91
DRAMD10
DRAMD5
DRAMD11
DRAMD4
RA25
1
2
3
4
8 10
7 5
6 11
5 4
88
87
86
85
DRAMD12
DRAMD3
DRAMD13
DRAMD2
RA21
1
2
3
4
8 12
7 3
6 13
5 2
82
81
80
79
DRAMD14
DRAMD1
DRAMD15
DRAMD0
RA20
1
2
3
4
8 14
7 1
6 15
5 0
127 DRAS5
126 DRAS4
1
2
4
3
5
4
125
124
123
122
RA44
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
8
7
9
6
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
33
34
35
36
38
39
40
41
31
30
14
29
13
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
RA39
1
2
3
4
RA40
1
2
3
4
RA13
1
2
3
4
RA14
1
2
3
4
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RA15
7 1
6 2
5 3
4 4
RA16
3 1
2 2
1 3
0 4
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
LCAS0
UCAS0
RAS0
OE0
W0
DRAS3
DRAS2
DRAS1
DRAS0
VSS1
VCC1
VSS2
VCC2
VSS3
VCC3
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
NC1
NC2
NC3
NC4
NC5
42
1
37
6
22
21
28
27
26
25
24
23
20
19
18
17
11
12
15
16
32
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
3
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
33
34
35
36
38
39
40
41
31
30
14
29
13
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
LCAS0
UCAS0
RAS0
OE0
W0
VSS1
VCC1
VSS2
VCC2
VSS3
VCC3
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
NC1
NC2
NC3
NC4
NC5
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
LCAS0
UCAS0
RAS0
OE0
W0
42
1
37
6
22
21
28
27
26
25
24
23
20
19
18
17
11
12
15
16
32
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
VSS1
VCC1
VSS2
VCC2
VSS3
VCC3
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
NC1
NC2
NC3
NC4
NC5
42
1
37
6
22
21
28
27
26
25
24
23
20
19
18
17
11
12
15
16
32
8
7
6
5
110 DRAMA7
109 DRAMA0
108 DRAMA8
107 DRAMA9
RA33
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
7
0
8
9
112 DRAMA6
111 DRAMA1
RA36
1
2
4
3
6
1
120
119
118
117
RA42
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
4
3
5
2
VSS1
VCC1
VSS2
VCC2
VSS3
VCC3
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
NC1
NC2
NC3
NC4
NC5
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
2
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
33
34
35
36
38
39
40
41
31
30
14
29
13
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
LCAS0
UCAS0
RAS0
OE0
W0
42
1
37
6
22
21
28
27
26
25
24
23
20
19
18
17
11
12
15
16
32
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPL5
L56
C37
R48
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
8
7
6
5
RA72
1
2
3
4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
8
7
6
5
RA73
1
2
3
4
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
8
7
6
5
RA74
1
2
3
4
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
8
7
6
5
RA75
1
2
3
4
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
8
7
6
5
RA76
1
2
3
4
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
8
7
6
5
RA77
1
2
3
4
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
8
7
6
5
RA78
1
2
3
4
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
8
7
6
5
RA79
1
2
3
4
3
2
1
0
U18
R46
C36
VSS1
VCC1
VSS2
VCC2
VSS3
VCC3
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
NC1
NC2
NC3
NC4
NC5
42
1
37
6
22
21
28
27
26
25
24
23
20
19
18
17
11
12
15
16
32
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
U14
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
33
34
35
36
38
39
40
41
31
30
14
29
13
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
LCAS0
UCAS0
RAS0
OE0
W0
C34
VSS1
VCC1
VSS2
VCC2
VSS3
VCC3
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
NC1
NC2
NC3
NC4
NC5
42
1
37
6
22
21
28
27
26
25
24
23
20
19
18
17
11
12
15
16
32
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
U13
GPL5
RA30
1
2
3
4
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
LCAS0
UCAS0
RAS0
OE0
W0
C39
C35
31
30
29
28
C53
GPL5
L57
GPL5
GPL5
DRAS_ (5:0)
DOE_
DWE_
DCASH_
DCASL_
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
33
34
35
36
38
39
40
41
31
30
14
29
13
U19
C38
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
33
34
35
36
38
39
40
41
31
30
14
29
13
R55
C54
GPL5
L58
U15
105
104
103
102
C56
R56
C55
U20
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
L63
C57
R57
RA48
L66
R47
VPL5
QDD (31:0)
L67
C58
VPL5
DD (31:0)
MCP2AC (304:1)
VPL5
RA38
1
2
3
4
VPL5
27
26
25
24
VPL5
8
7
6
5
VPL5
RA37
1
2
3
4
VPL5
31
30
29
28
VPL5
LDA (9:0)
L3
CE5
CE4
F1
DRAMA4
DRAMA3
DRAMA5
DRAMA2
7
VPL5
CE3
8
GPL5
3-7-32
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
19
1/1/32, 19:05
2A3/4
1
(009-15B)
163
Q1CDRQ
12
11
10
9
8
17
16
15
14
13
22
21
20
19
18
27
26
25
24
23
SIMMD (31:0)
R78
Q1CDWR_
Q1CDRD_
Q1CDACK_
158
Q1HINTR
31
30
29
28
8
7
6
5
RA105
1
2
3
4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
8
7
6
5
RA103
1
2
3
4
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
8
7
6
5
RA101
1
2
3
4
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
8
7
6
5
RA98
1
2
3
4
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
8
7
6
5
RA104
1 15
2 14
3 13
4 12
11
10
9
8
8
7
6
5
RA102
1 11
2 10
3
9
4
8
VPL5
7
6
5
4
8
7
6
5
RA100
1
2
3
4
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
8
7
6
5
RA99
1
2
3
4
3
2
1
0
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
RA69
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R77
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4
(001-13C)
RST_
157
156
155
(002-15F)
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
A (31:0)
CDAK
CDRD
CDWR
INTR
VDD17
GND18
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
VDD18
GND19
HD5
HD6
HD7
TEST0
TEST1
VDD19
GND20
MCLK
VDD20
GND21
RESET
HRD
HWR
HCS
VDD21
GND22
HA0
HA1
HA2
HA3
TOUT1
TOUT2
VDD22
VDD11
CD7
CD6
CD5
CD4
GND11
VDD10
CD3
CD2
CD1
CD0
GND10
VDD9
RXCKD
RVID
SVID
PXCK
PTIM
PRDY
GND9
VDD8
PDWR
PDRD
PDAK
PDRQ
GND8
VDD7
PD31
PD30
PD29
GND7
VDD6
PD28
PD27
PD26
PD25
U25
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
VPL5
R76
$002
R74
R69
RA80
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
169
161
160
Q1PDWR_
Q1PDRD_
Q1PDACK_
159
Q1PDRD
R68
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
L76
L77
L70
C77
C78
C66
(007-16B) (009:01H)
20
21
22
23
24
15
16
17
18
19
10
11
12
13
14
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
C76
L75
C71
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
GND1
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
VDD1
GND2
PD5
PD6
PD7
PD8
PD9
VDD2
GND3
PD10
PD11
PD12
PD13
PD14
VDD3
GND4
PD15
PD16
PD17
PD18
PD19
VDD4
GND5
PD20
PD21
PD22
PD23
PD24
VDD5
GND6
Q1HWR_
Q1HRD_
Q1HCS_
RA68
1
2
3
4
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
CDRQ
GND17
VDD16
CD31
CD30
CD29
CD28
GND16
VDD15
CD27
CD26
CD25
CD24
CD23
GND15
VDD14
CD22
CD21
CD20
CD19
CD18
GND14
VDD13
CD17
CD16
CD15
CD14
CD13
GND13
VDD12
CD12
CD11
CD10
CD9
CD8
GND12
166
165
164
CPUD (15:0)
$001
QSD (31:0)
MCP2AC (304:1)
31
30
29
28
(003-15A)
QDD (31:0)
R75
6
VPL5
L80
VCC
GND
OUT
X4
GPL5
L82
QMCLK
(009-01J)
C90
DE
C91
R82
GPL5
$001
CPUD
$002
SIMMD
(002-02H) (004-03A) (009-01D)

(010-12B)
(005-14H) (006-14H) (010-02B)
3-7-33
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
20
1/1/32, 19:05
2A3/4
MCP 2AC (304:1)
12
11
10
9
8
17
16
15
14
13
22
21
20
19
18
SIMMD (31:0)
VPL5
R88
27
26
25
24
23
178 Q2CDRQ
31
30
29
28
(003-15A)
RA66
173 Q2HINTR
$001
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
RA82
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R86
CPUD (15:0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4
(011-13C)
RST_
170 Q2HWR_
169 Q2HRD_
168 Q2HCS_
(002-15F)
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
A (31:0)
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
CDAK
CDRD
CDWR
INTR
VDD17
GND18
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
VDD18
GND19
HD5
HD6
HD7
TEST0
TEST1
VDD19
GND20
MCLK
VDD20
GND21
RESET
HRD
HWR
HCS
VDD21
GND22
HA0
HA1
HA2
HA3
TOUT1
TOUT2
VDD22
VDD11
CD7
CD6
CD5
CD4
GND11
VDD10
CD3
CD2
CD1
CD0
GND10
VDD9
PXCKD
RVID
SVID
PXCK
PTIM
PRDY
GND9
VDD8
PDWR
PDRD
PDAK
PDRQ
GND8
VDD7
PD31
PD30
PD29
GND7
VDD6
PD28
PD27
PD26
PD25
U26
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
173
174
178
Q2HINTR
Q2PDRD
Q2CDRD
8
7
6
5
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
VPL5
R87
R85
RA67
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
Q2PDWR_
Q2PDRD_
Q2PDACK_
Q2PDRD
R81
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
177
176
175
174
VPL5
8 31
7 30
6 29
5 28
27
26
25
24
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
27
26
25
24
23 1
22 2
21 3
20 4
8 23
7 22
6 21
5 20
19
18
17
16
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
1
2
3
4
8 11
7 10
6 9
5 8
7
6
5
4
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
C89
L79
R84
C84
L81
L83
C92
QDD (31:0)
C93
C83
20
21
22
23
24
15
16
17
18
19
10
11
12
13
14
5
6
7
8
9
L78
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
0
1
2
3
4
31 1
30 2
29 3
28 4
R83
GND1
PDO
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
VDD1
GND2
PD5
PD6
PD7
PD8
PD9
VDD2
GND3
PD10
PD11
PD12
PD13
PD14
VDD3
GND4
PD15
PD16
PD17
PD18
PD19
VDD4
GND5
PD20
PD21
PD22
PD23
PD24
VDD5
GND6
RA81
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
CDRQ
GND17
VDD16
CD31
CD30
CD29
CD28
GND16
VDD15
CD27
CD26
CD25
CD24
CD23
GND15
VDD14
CD22
CD21
CD20
CD19
CD18
GND14
VDD13
CD17
CD16
CD15
CD14
CD13
GND13
VDD12
CD12
CD11
CD10
CD9
CD8
GND12
181 Q2CDWR_
180 Q2CDRD_
179 Q2CDACK_
(008-09A)
VPL5
GPL5
(008-15J)
QMCLK
$001 CPUD
(002-02H) (004-03A) (008-01D)

(010-12B)
3-7-34
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
21
1/1/32, 19:05

A
2A3/4
VPL5
L74
C70
R73
$001
BSD (31:0)
SIMMD (31:0)
8
7
6
5
RA97
1 31
2 30
3 29
4 28
8
7
6
5
RA95
1 27
2 26
3 25
4 24
23 8
22 7
21 6
20 5
RA92
1 23
2 22
3 21
4 20
19 8
18 7
17 6
16 5
RA90
1 19
2 18
3 17
4 16
15
14
13
12
8
7
6
5
RA96
1 15
2 14
3 13
4 12
11
10
9
8
8
7
6
5
RA94
1 11
2 10
3 9
4 8
8
7
6
5
RA93
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
RA91
1 3
2 2
3 1
4 0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(003-15A)
19
1
RA56
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
10
Vcc
_OE
T_R
BCD (15:0)
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
CPUD (15:0)
20
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
GND
15
14
13
12
8
7
6
5
RA86
1
2
3
4
11
10
9
8
8
7
6
5
RA89
1 11
2 10
3 9
4 8
7
6
5
4
1
2
3
4
RA87
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
RA88
8 3
7 2
6 1
5 0
L71
C68
R70
C72
U21
19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
10
_OE
T_R
Vcc
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
20
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
10
8
7
6
5
_OE
T_R
Vcc
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
10
20
5
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
L72
C73
U22
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
7
6
5
4
L73
C67
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GND
R71
19
1
15
14
13
12
C74
U23
19
1
$002
GND
C69
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
R72
MCP 2AC (304:1)

235 SMGDIR
234 SMGLOE_
233 SMGHOE_
C75
U24
_OE
T_R
Vcc
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
20
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GND
GPL5
$001 SIMMD
$002 CPUD
(005-14H) (006-14H) (008-16B)

(002-02H) (004-03A) (008-01D)
(009-01D)
3-7-35
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
22
1/1/32, 19:05

A
2A3/4
1
VPL5
R6
CT3
CLK
_CLR
GPL5
GPL5
R16
1
(001-13F)
RST_
8
7
6
5
U3
_Q
CT
RES_
VSC
VS
OUTC VSB-RI_
GND
VCC
R23
iRESET_
U5
reset at 2.07V
GPL5
$001
VCC3
1
R29
1
2
3
4
4 U6
R25
S1
_PRE
(003-15A)
R14
R28
MCP 2AC (304:1)
RST_ 74
VPL5
3
VCC3
L49
VPL5
VCC3
L51
1
DE
VCC
GND
OUT
X2
4
C32
RCKEN
C29
(003-15A)
C27
R51
MCP 2AC (304:1)

46
L55
R45
L54
R44
RCK 41
MCP 2AC (304:1)
iRCK2
(003-15A)
(001-13D)
R40
GPL5
5
VCC3
VPL5
L48
R30
VPL5
L50
U6
GND
OUT
12
4
L53
X1
11
L46
CPUCLK
(002-02C)
CLK
_CLR
VCC
C31
DE
C28
_PRE
10
_Q
13
R39
TP11
L52
MCP 2AC (304:1)

CLK
249
(003-15A)
GPL5
$001 RST_
(002-02C) (008-01F) (009-01F)
3-7-36
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
23
1/1/32, 19:05
2A3/4
L40
VCC3
3 GND
U8
3 GND
U12
GPL5
L45
C26
C18
C16
10 GND
U5
GPL5
20 VCC
10 GND
U7
GPL5
R35
R34
R37
10 GND
GPL5
20 VCC
C25
20 VCC
C20
C40
C17
U6
L44
5 VCC
C24
5 VCC
R32
C19
R33
7 GND
GPL5
VCC3
L43
VCC3
C21
20 VCC
C23
14 VCC
VPL5
C15
VPL5
L41
L42
VPL5
C22
VPL5
10 GND
U9
GPL5
GPL5
U10
GPL5
4
VPL5
VCC3
C3
CT1
CT2
CE2
R2
C94
C5
CE1
VOUT 2
GND
1
R4
C2
C1
3 VIN
C4
L2
G (5 V)
VPL5
U2
B2P-VH
1 CN2
E 5.1 V
L1
2 CN2
GPL5
GPL5
6
GND1 GND2 GND3 GND4
GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5

R89
R1
FG1
GMI5
GPL5
GPL5
R90
FG4
GMI5
R3
FG2
GMI5
GPL5
FG3
GMI5
GPL5
3-7-37
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
24
1/1/32, 19:05
Scanner motor PCB
2A3/4
C15
C16
L2
IC1
SM Vref
SM M1
SM M2
SM M3
SM M4
SM M5
SM CLK
SM CWB
R7
R6
R5
R4
JP2
JP1
R3
R2
CN1-13
CN1-12
CN1-11
CN1-10
CN1-9
CN1-8
CN1-7
CN1-6
C12
C11
C10
SG
R10
C22
R1
SM RET
CN1-5
C7
R9
+
SG
SG
SG
SHPSW
TP1
NO MOUNT
SG
6
5
2
1
CN2-4
CN2-6
CN2-3
CN2-1
CN4-2
SM A
SM _A
SM B
SM _B
CN1-2
SHPSW
CN1-14
ODSW
CN1-16
OSD1
C4
SG
SG
19
20
21
L4
ODSW
CN5-2
C20
3
4
CN2-5
CN2-2
D1
JP5 C9
JP4 C8
SG
7
8
Vref VDD A
9
M1
_A
10
M2
B
11
M3
_B
12
M4
13
M5
MOI
14
CLK
MO1
15
CWB
MO2
16
_RES
17
RET
PG
18
EN
PG
SG
22
SM COM
SM COM
C14
SG
C23
P G(M)
R8
SM ENABLE
CN1-4
L1
SG
OSD1
CN7-3
DT1
C6
SG
SG
S
5V
5V
5V
5V
CN4-1
CN7-2
CN7-5
CN5-3
CN1-15
OSD2
C13
CN6-6
5
SG
C17 +
C18
C21
C19
L6
G (5 V)
CN7-6
L5
5.1 V
L3
OSD2
CN6-5
SG
JP3
SG
CN7-1
CN7-4
CN4-3
CN5-1
CN1-1
G
G
G
G
G
DT2
EL ON REM
CN1-3
L7
CN3-1
CN3-2
EL ON
EL ON
P G(L)
L24V
JP7
24 V
C24 C27
JP10
C25
24 V
CN6-4
+
JP6
JP11
C26
C31
CN3-3
CN3-4
G (24 V)
CN6-3
P G(M)
P G(M)
C34
JP14
P G(M)
C35
CN3-5
CN3-6
CN6-1
P G(L)
24 V
24 V
JP12
JP9
JP13
C30
CN6-2
JP8
G (24 V)
C29 C32
P G(L)
G
G
JP15
C36
C1
SG
C33
C2
C3
7
C5
C28
F G(1)
F G(2)
P G(L)
F G(2)
3-7-38
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
25
1/1/32, 19:05
E
2A3/4
CCD PCB
C
E
F4
F1
IC1
A G
A G
18
10
20
9
26
3
27
2
28
1
12
F3
IC2
14
13
11
12
16
1
9
15
10
R16
F2
R15
A G
R5
CK_in
2B_in
R20
4
12
3
5
11
13
16
8
R19
R21
R11
R10
8
RS_in 3
CP_in 7
SH_in
F8
EN
EN
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO4
VCC
GND
DI1+
DI1
DI2+
DI2
DI3+
DI3
DI4+
DI4
F7
2
1
6
7
10
9
14
15
R18
F9
F10
R22
F11
F12
R23
F13
F14
R24
F15
F16
R6
A G
F17
R12
A G
C16
A G
IC3
CK_out
_CK_out
CK_out
_CK_out
2B_out
_2B_out
RS_out
CP_out
SH_out
R7
7
8
13
14
15
21
22
R17
R13
F18
C18
C5
CP1_EVEN
CP1_ODD
CP2_EVEN
CP2_ODD
CP_LH_EVEN
CP_LH_ODD
VGG CP_RS_EVEN
CP_RS_ODD
CP_CLP_EVEN
CP_CLP_ODD
CP_ROC
VOUT_EVEN
NC
VOUT_ODD
NC
NC
NC
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
NC
R14
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
C1
R8
C4
C3
C7
F5
C17
C14
C15
CN1-1
CLK +
CN1-2
CLK
CN1-3
RS +
CN1-4
RS
CN1-5
CLP +
CN1-6
CLP
CN1-7
SHIFT +
CN1-8
SHIFT
CN1-9
5V
CN1-10
5V
CN1-11
5V
A G
R3
TR1
C1
A G
R29
4
R2
A G
R32
C6
1
2
3
4
RA1
4
IC5
FBP
VIN
VREF
FBN
R33
R34
CN2-1
VO_O+
CN2-2
VO_O
CN2-3
VO_E+
CN2-4
VO_E
CN2-5
+12V
CN2-6
G(Analog)
CN2-7
G(Analog)
R31
R1
TR2
R35
C10 A GA G C8
R36
A G
R25
IC4
1
2
R28
A G
3
4
FBP
VIN
VREF
FBN
8
5
6
C9
R27
C23
R9
F19
A G
R37
A G
C12
C13
R4
A G
C11
IC2
C19
C20
4,5
R26
IC4
C21
IC5
7
R30
C22
F6
A G
3-7-14
3-7-39
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
14
1/1/32, 20:25
E
2A3/4
DF driver PCB
A
S
OSSW
SBFSSOL
CN6-B2
1 1B
1C 5
S
S G 3 2B
2C 4
S G
S
OFSW
CN3-1
OSSW
CN3-2
OFSW
CN2-17
CN5-B8
SBFSSOL
CN5-A7
EFSSOL
*
EFSSOL
CN2-19
OFCL
S G
14
P G
CN5-A5
CN2-20
COM
CN6-B5
OFCL
S G
S G
S
OSBSW
CN6-A5
1 1B
1C 5
S
S G 3 2B
2C 4
S G
S
OFTSW
CN3-3
OSBSW
CN3-4
DFTSW
SBPSOL1
CN2-21
1 1B
S
CN6-A14
CN2-22
OFSOL 1
CN2-15
S
B
CN6-A11
CN3-5
OSLSW
S G
OFSOL2
CN3-9
1 1B
S
S G
S G
CN5-B13
OFSOL2
P G
CN6-B9
OSLEDPCB (GN)
CN6-B7
OSLEDPCB (RED)
CN2-16
P G
1C 5
DFSSW2
2C 4
CN4-3
S
1 1B
CN3-10
P G
OSWSW
OFSOL1
3 2B
OSLEDPCB (RED)
CN5-B12
S G
OSLEDPCB (GN)
SBPSOL2
P G
CN5-A3
2C 4
S G
OSLSW
SBPSOL1
P G
3 2B
SBPSOL2
CN5-A2
1C 5
CN3-8
CN6-A8
S G
1C 5
CN3-7
DFSSW2
CN3-6
DFSSW1
3 2B
P G
2C 4
S G
OSWSW
DFSSW1
CN4-4
P G
S G
F G
S G
*
F G
F G
*
F G
S G
S G
5
24 V
24 V
CN1-1
CN1-2
PG
PG
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN4-2
24 V(VEN)
CN1-5
CN1-6
N.C.
N.C.
VIN
+
VOUT
OCM M1
OCM M2
OCM M3
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN2-8
CN2-7
OCM CLK
OCM CWB
ADJ
N.C.
N.C.
S G
S G
CN1-7
CN1-8
Vref VDD
A
_A
M1
B
M2
_B
M3
M4
MO1
M5
MO1
CLK
MO2
CWB
_RES
RET
PG
EN SG PG
22
6
5
2
1
S G
19
20
21
CN5-A10
CN5-A12
CN5-A11
CN5-A13
OCM A
OCM A
OCM B
OCM B
CN5-A9
CN5-A8
OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN)

OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN)
3
4
* Not installed
S G
P G
S G
OCM ENABLE
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN2-10
C
E
S G
S G
S G
S G
CN6-A9
CN6-A12
CN6-A15
CN6-B1
CN6-B4
CN6-A6
CN6-B10
CN6-B13
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
CN6-B8
CN6-A7
CN6-A10
CN6-A13
CN6-B3
CN6-B6
CN6-A4
CN6-B12
CN6-B15
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
OFM CLK
OFM RET
OFM CWB
10
VDD
9
CLK
8
MODE
7
A
CWB
6
RST B
AB
B
BB
24 (VEN)
CN4-1
CN5-A1
CN5-A4
CN5-A6
CN5-B7
CN5-B9
CN5-B11
CN2-12
CN2-13
CN2-11
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
+
S G
12
Vref
S G
5
4
3
2
11
SP
1
GND
OFM ENABLE
CN2-14
CN5-B3
CN5-B5
CN5-B4
CN5-B6
OFM A
OFM A
OFM B
OFM B
CN5-B1
CN5-B2
OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN)

OFM BCOM 24 V (VEN)
S G
+
S G
S G
S G
CN2-9
+
SG
SG
S G
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
*
OCM RET
5V
5V
S G
CN2-6
N.C.
N.C.
*
*
*
P G
OCM Vref
C
P G
E
S G
CN6-A1
CN6-A2
CN6-A3
CN3-14
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
DF SHORT
CN3-11
S G
S G
3-7-15
3-7-40
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
15
1/1/32, 20:25
Operation unit main PCB 1/2
2A3/4
S
TR3
R111
S
L47
D5
R8
R7 11
R6
R5
IC15
C47
S G
IC13
CN3-1
R86
R88
R42
R153
R44
R151 A21
R152 A20
R87
S G
SCAN_L3
CN2-10
SCAN_L2
CN2-9
SCAN_L1
CN2-8
SCAN_R4
CN3-8
SCAN_R3
CN3-7
SCAN_R2
CN3-6
SCAN_R1
CN3-5
R85
IC18
15
R84
IC18
14
R83
IC18
13
R1
IC18
12
R37
IC18
17
R38
IC18
18
R39
IC18
16
BUZZER
IC15
10
11
R2
L1
S
5V
CN2-17
5V
CN3-14
5V
MPUCLK
MPUCLK
L34
L2
_RDY
IC1
TR1
R3
1
Vdd
2
GND
3
OUT
S G
R165
L51
R163
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
AN0
P95/_INT3
P94
A22
A21
A20
P90
P67/TB2in
P66/TB1in
P65/TB0in
P64/_INT2
P63/_INT1
P62/_INT0
P61/TA4in
P60/TA4out
P57/TA3in
P56/TA3out
P55/TA2in
P54/TA2out
P53/TA1in
P52/TA1out
P51/TA0in
P50/TA0out
P47
P46
P45
P44
P43
I
_RDY
C1
S G
IC19
IC19
X1
RA2
RA1
RA3
RA4
RA5
RA6
RA7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
R121
S
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
14
IC10
DIGLED_R4
CN3-12
DIGLED_R3
CN3-11
L4
15
IC10
L5
16
IC10
DIGLED_R2
CN3-10
DIGLED_R1
CN3-9
L6
18
IC10
11
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
_RD
L35
1
Vpp
32
Vcc
16
GND
L24
R34
R168
C18
C17
R63
R123
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
IC16
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
S
22 R45
_CE
24
_ROM2
_OE
_RD
L36
1
Vpp
32
Vcc
16
GND
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
26
23
25
4
28
29
3
2
30
31
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
R55
R54
R53
R46
R47
R48
R49
R50
S
22 R59
_CE
24
_ROM3
_OE
_RD
L39
1
Vpp
32
Vcc
16
GND
S G
_WR
5
IC4
LED L2
6
4
5
_O0
_O1
_O2
_O3
_O4
_O5
_O6
_O7
E3
_E1
_E2
IC7
_E
6
LED L1
MPUCLK
IC6
5
CLK
R73
_Q
LED R4
LED R3
IC6
_READY
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
11
IC4
IC2
R26
R76 9
6
IC3
R71
11
_RAM
R31
12
5
9
R28
IC3
4
_ROM1
R24
R68
_ROM2
_ROM3
R29
2
R20
R32
IC2
R27
R25
_LCD
1
12
13
7
IC2
IC4
_VRAM
_E
10
10
IC6
R72
13
10
8 R33
IC3
R67
1
A0
2
A1
3
A2
S G
_PRE
D
Q
9
13
11
A20
A21
R66
R65
12
S R62
_WR
LED L3
_RD
LED L4
3 R70
IC3
_RDY
R61
S
D
LED R2
LCD CLK
CLK
8
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
26
23
25
4
28
29
3
2
30
31
S G
R22
6
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
S
22 R45
_CE
24
_ROM1
_OE
R77
_Q
LED R1
S
R140
IC14
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
10
L3
CN2-11
G (5 V)
D_BUS
L25
L29
13
IC10
CN2-12
G (5 V)
CN6-11
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
_CLR
L30
12
IC10
G (5 V)
CN6-8
_CLR
DIGLED_L1
CN2-13
S G
S G
2
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
26
23
25
4
28
29
3
2
30
31
A19
R64
DIGLED_L2
17
IC10
CN6-2
A15
A16
A17
A18
_E
DIGLED_L3
IC10
L31
TXD MMI
S G
C52
_RD
L32
CN6-7
IC12
S
R56
R57
R58
R94
R95
R96
R97
R98
R91
R90
R52
R89
R99
R92
R93
R100
R114
R101
R102
C6
CN2-14
R143
L14
S G
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
RXD MMI
L11
IC15
S G
R19
C53
DIGLED_L4
S G
R164
E
S G
C5
S G
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A23
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P110
CN6-10
_OE
_CE
_WE
A0
GND 14
A1
S G
A2
I/O0 11
A3
I/O1 12
A4
I/O2 13
A5
I/O3 15
A6
I/O4 16
A7
I/O5 17
A8
I/O6 18
A9
I/O7 19
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A_BUS
VCC
R17
C4
S G
9
L13
Vcc 28
P111
_HOLD
D1
CN6-3
R18
CN2-18
L7
RESET MMI
R4
N.C
R154
R155
R156
R158
R159 S G
R161
CN3-13
CN2-16
L40
AN0
EY
S EX
IC13
R13
IC9
C39
CN3-2
DIGKEY_R1
R40
S
R14
13
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
22
20
27
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
1
R116
DIGKEY_R2
R35
_RD
_RAM
_WR
S G
LED R1
CN3-3
R41
R43
IC13
12
C40
DIGKEY_R3
R79
AN1
S G
C41
CN3-4
S G
R36
S G
R146
R122
CN2-5
S G
R82
R166
CN2-6
DIGKEY_L1
R80
AN1
P72 100
P73 99
P74 98
P75 97
P76 96
P77 95
Vss 94
AVss 93
Vref 92
AVcc 91
Vcc 90
P80/CTS0 89
P81 88 R120
P82/RD0 87
P83/TD0 86 R119
P84/_INT4 85 R118
P85 84
RD1 83 R117
TD1 82
81
DIGKEY_L2
DIGKEY_R4
R81
BYTE
CNVss
_RESET
Xin
Xout
_RD
Vss
Vcc
_HLDA
ALE
_BHE
_WR
P117
P116
P115
P114
P113
P112
CN2-7
C50
R150
R148
R149
E
S
DIGKEY_L3
L48
S G
4
S G
R160 31
32
33
R162 34
35
36
37
38
R167 L42
39
40
41
42
L41
43
44
R124 LED L4
45
LED L3
46
LED L2
47
LED L1
48
LED R4
49
LED R3
50
LED R2
VCC
R157
C51
HRESET
S
S G
AN1
C49
CN2-15
B
C
C
E
C48
S G S G
IC13
S
D6
TR4
C38
IC13
EY
C33
C3
E TR7
S G
S G
TR2
L33
CFL REM
X1 (OUT)
S
L49
C32
2 9
R141
R11 1
D4
R9
R16
CN4-2
R15
CN6-1
D3
R10
N.C
TR5
S
R12
L10
CN6-6
X2 (IN)
S
R147
ENG ACK MMI
CN4-4
S G
D7
Y1 (OUT)
R144
S G
CN6-9
IC13
S G
Y2 (IN)
CN4-3
AN0
R145
MMI ACK
C2
R142
CN4-1
L50
R112
S G
L12
10 5
B
C
C
E
C46
S G S G
S
D2
L8
S G
C31
CN6-4
EX
D8
TR6
C30
ENG ERROR MMI
E TR8
R110
CN6-5
_PRE
MMI ERROR
IC15
L9
IC7
3-7-41
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
26
1/1/32, 19:05
E
2A3/4
Operation unit main PCB 2/2

A
G
10
H
10
SG
SG
G (24 V)
CN5-1
XD0
CN1-6
XD1
CN1-5
IC17
10
XD2
CN1-4
XD3
CN1-3
G (5 V)
CN1-8
C12
C13
L21
_LCD
L38
L37
C37
C35
GND
GND
_WR _RD _VRAM
R115
C24
C57
C45
C8
L28
L53
GND
GND
GND
Vcc
LS07
C36
R113
L44
L15
GND
GND
14
14
Vcc
HC14
C34
Vcc
F74
R75
GND
Vcc
F32
C23
Vcc
F32
14
14
14
14
Vcc
F32
R170
GND
Vcc
F32
C56
Vcc
F138
C10
Vcc
F08
14
14
14
14
Vcc
F02
SG
12
11
IC17
R171
R173
CNT. VR
SG
9
8
R172
G (24 V)
CN2-4
GND
CN2-3
PG
13
IC17
R132
R174
CN1-1
4
6
R138
CN1-7
VLCD
R127
R139
23 V
C44
IC17
R133
CN1-2
R23
12
11
CN1-12
4
SG
VEE(23 V)
C7
R129
R135
DIN
23 V
C25
R30
10
9
8
GND
R78
L16
IC17
R130
R136
Vin
C19
CN1-11
IC17
Vset
7
24 V
CN2-2
C9
LP
C26
CN2-1
L22
R69
CN1-10
Vout
IC8
L26
XSCL
Filter
_Control
C16
R137
Vin+
C20
1
IC17
R131
C14
3
9
R60
CN1-14
L23
LCD. REM
SG
R74
R128
R134
L19
C22
CN1-9
CN5-2
C15
SG
G (5 V)
L27
5V
C43 C29
L45
CN5-3
C21
Vdd
IC11
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14 S
S G R103 S
13
R104 S
12
HRESET
11
MPUCLK
10
_READY
9 R105
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
S
1
Vdd
5.1 V
R106
R126
C42
DB0
AB15
AB14
AB13
AB12
AB11
AB10
AB9
AB8
AB7
AB6
AB5
AB4
AB3
AB2
AB1
AB0
_BHE
MPUSEL
RESET
MPUCLK
READY
_MEMRD
_MEMWR
_MEMCS
_IORD
_IOWR
_IOCS
Vdd
Vss
R107
RA13
L43
C27
VA4
VA5
VA6
VA7
VA8
VA9
VA10
VA11
VA12
VA13
VA14
VA15
_VCS4
_VCS3
_VCS2
_VCS1
_VCS0
VD0
VD1
VD2
VD3
VD4
VD5
VD6
VD7
VD8
VD9
VD10
Vdd
Vss
C28
RA12
O0
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
D0
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
R108
RA9
RA11
R125
RA8
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
VA4
VA5
VA6
VA7
VA8
VA9
VA10
VA11
VA12
VA13
VA14
R109
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5
I/O6
I/O7
VA0
VA1
VA2
VA3
VA4
VA5
VA6
VA7
VA8
VA9
VA10
VA11
VA12
VA13
VA14
C11
FUSE1
L18
LCD CLK
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
VA3
VA2
VA1
VA0
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
PG
VA3
VA2
VA1
VA0
__VME
DB15
DB14
DB13
DB12
DB11
DB10
DB9
DB8
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
O0
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
SG
VD11
VD12
VD13
VD14
VD15
LCDENB
XSCL
LP
WF
YD
UD0
UD1
UD2
UD3
LD0
LD1
LD2
LD3
OSC1
OSC2
CN5-4
L20
S
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
14
SG
_OE
_CE
_WE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
22
20
27
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
1
RA10
Vcc
C54
C55
28
R169
L17
24 V
A_BUS
L52
D_BUS
13
1
IC17
L46
SG
NC
CN1-13
3-7-16
3-7-42
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
16
1/1/32, 20:25
E
2A3/4
Operation unit right PCB

A
N.C.
TB
2
DIG KEY_R1
CNB-1
DIG KEY_R2
CNB-2
DIG KEY_R3
CNB-3
DIG KEY_R4
CNB-4
KEY8
KEY12
KEY16
KEY20
KEY9
KEY13
KEY17
KEY21
KEY10
KEY14
KEY18
KEY22
KEY11
KEY15
KEY19
KEY23
3
D4
SCAN_R1
CNB-5
SCAN_R2
CNB-6
SCAN_R3
CNB-7
SCAN_R4
CNB-8
D5
D6
D7
R7
R8
BZ1
5
TR4
LED20
CNB-14
LED19
5V
LED17
CNB-13
LED18
6
BUZZER
DIG LED_R1
CNB-9
DIG LED_R2
CNB-10
DIG LED_R3
CNB-11
DIG LED_R4
CNB-12
R17
R18
R19
R20
3-7-17
3-7-43
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
17
1/1/32, 20:25
E
2A3/4
Operation unit left PCB

A
TA
1
KEY5
KEY7
R4
R13
LED5
R15
L1
B1
R21
R30
C1
CNT. VR
23 V
CNC-4
C2
1
5
TR7
R24
CNC-1
TR8
VR1
12
R29
CNA-4
CNA-2
R23
T1
TR5
R25
R14
R22
TR3
R9
R10
R11
R12
R28
CNA-17
LED4
5V
LED3
CNA-11
CNA-12
CNA-13
CNA-14
LED2
DIG LED_L1
DIG LED_L2
DIG LED_L3
DIG LED_L4
LED1
CNA-16
CNA-18
TH1
5V
N.C
R6
TR2
TR1
R5
LED16
R3
LED15
R2
LED14
R1
LED13
D3
LED12
D2
LED11
D1
LED9
LED10
CNA-8
CNA-9
CNA-10
KEY2
KEY3
LED8
SCAN_L1
SCAN_L2
SCAN_L3
KEY6
LED7
CNA-5
CNA-6
CNA-7
KEY4
LED6
DIG KEY_L1
DIG KEY_L2
DIG KEY_L3
KEY1
7
TR6
R26
B2
24 V
CNA-1
CFL REM
G (24 V)
CNA-15
CNA-3
R27
3-7-18
3-7-44
E
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
18
1/1/32, 20:25
2A3/4
Deck main PCB

A
+5 V
+5 V
1
1
2
R63
DLSW1
CN1-8
UPSW1
CN1-9
DLSW2
CN1-10 UPSW2
CN4-7
CN4-8
5V
SG
2
R62
2
R61
UPSW1
R65
2
R60
UPSW2
R11
R36
IC6.6
13 A Y 12
Y A
IC6.1
IC6.4
9A Y 8
Y A
R35
1 1
R64
2 2
C 2
IC9.3
5A Y 6
PDMSENS2
R34
1
B
+5 V
PDMSENS1
R37
IC6.5
11 A Y 10
IC6.3
5A Y 6
7
R33
11
R42
R16
GROUND
C4
+5 V
1
R3
2
1 R20 2
C18
PPSENS2
R40
61
62
63
+5 V 64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
GROUND 72
73
PFSW*
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
IC9.1
1A Y 2
R47 1 R46 1 R44 1

2
CN4-9
PPSENS1
9 GROUND
R39
IC9.5
11 A Y 10
4
CN4-10 N.C
CN1-1
LED CLK
R38
10
1
1
R48
2
R45 1
+5 V
R53 R54 R59 R58

1
1
1
1 GROUND
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN2-6
+5 V
SG
PLDSENS1
+5 V
SG
PLDSENS2
CN9-1
CN9-2
CN9-3
CN9-4
CN9-5
DECK TXD
G (5 V)
DECK RXD
G (5 V)
PFSW4*
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
1 R50 2
IC9.6
2 13 A Y 12
IC5.6
13 A Y 12
IC5.5
11 A Y 10
C 2
1
Q14
B
E 3
1 R43 2 6
1
R15
2
1 R51 2
+5 V
IC5.3
+5 V
+5 V
R6 1
R7 1
GROUND GROUND
R28
GROUND
1
2
3
4
5
Y A
DA2 3
1 R31 2
2
1
1 R32 2
1
2
3
DA1
2
1
1
R29
2
C 2
1 8
9
Y A
B
IC5.4
Q7
1 R30 2
P74/ANI4
P73/ANI3
P72/ANI2
P71/ANI1
P70/ANI0
P17
P16
P15
P14
P13
P12
P11/PWM1
P10/PWM0
MODE
ASTB
P40/AD0
P41/AD1
P42/AD2
IC9.2
3A Y 4
P75/ANI5
P76/ANI6
P77/ANI7
AVdd
AVref1
AVss
ANO0
ANO1
AVref2
AVref3
P20/NMI
P21/INTP0
P22/INTP1
P23/INTP2/CI
P24/INTP3
P25/INTP4/ASCK
P26/INTP5
P27/SI
P30/RxD
P31/TxD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
GROUND
IC5.1
1A Y 2
R1
CN1-4
DOSSW
CN4-11 SCSW
1
B
+5 V
SG
+24 V
PG
R9 1
WDT
2
1
2
3
4
K 1
ZD1
C15
A 2
+24 V
2
RES
R2
3
8
1 C1
+ 1
CN3-1
CN3-2
CN3-3
CN3-4
Q9
+5 V
CK
Vcc
RES
IC1
COUNT
1
4
CT
GND
1 R23 2 6 VREF
VS
GROUND
7
+ 1
C17
1
2
K 1
C2
2
D5
A 2 SIG
C7
C14
B
IC8.4
A
3
B
C 2
B
IC8.1
N.C
CN1-2
N.C
CN4-3
D1
A 2 SIG
+24 V
PDMSENS1
1
Y
B
IC8.2
+5 V
Q5
1
R27
E 3
C 2
GROUND
1
B
2 3
B
C 2
Q2 C 2
3
D2 B
E 1
1 2
K A
K 1
D3
A 2 SIG
PDMSENS2
1
R55
2
1
PDM1
2
+24 V
3
+24 V
4
PDM2
5
+5 V
6
SG
7
PDMSENS1
8
+5 V
9
SG
10
PDMSENS2
CN7-1
CN7-2
CN7-3
CN7-4
CN7-5
CN7-6
CN7-7
CN7-8
CN7-9
CN7-10
2
C8
GROUND
IC2
1
2
C9
IC3
1
2
C10
IC5
1
2
C13
IC8
04
E 1
Q6
AGROUND
E 3
2
C12
IC7
1
2
C11
IC6
IC9
2
C19
GROUND
GROUND
1
N.C
K 1
Q3 C 2
3
D4 B
E 1
1 2
K A
Q1
AGROUND
C 2
A
+5 V
8 1
Y
9
B
B
IC8.3
UPSW2
LED
1
+5 V
+ 1
+24 V
UPSW1
2
+5 V
GROUND
FUSE1
1
2
+5 V
R5
E 3
11
+5 V
R49
+24 V
R25
11 10
CN4-4
+5 V
1
R10
2
CN4-5
PFCL1
R22
1 R21 2
N.C
R26
A
PFCL2
E 1
13
CN4-12
CN4-1
CN4-2
CN4-6
+5 V
GROUND
12
+5 V
+5 V
12
N.C
1
+24 V
2
+24 V
6
CCL
N.C
C6
+5 V
C 2
GROUND
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
GROUND
1 R52 2
2
ZD2
2
1
K
A
2
5
6
9
12
15
16
19
R24
+5 V
+5 V
R8 1 GROUND
GROUND
2
AGROUND
9
16
COM1 COM2
3 IN1
01 2
6
02 7
11 IN2
03 10
15
14 IN3
IN4
04
IC4
R4
C3 1
GROUND
IC2
CE
OE
A0
A1
A2
A3
O0
A4
O1
A5
O2
A6
O3
A7
O4
A8
O5
A9
A10 O6
A11 O7
A12
A13
A14
20
22
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
27
+5 V
OSO1
IC5.2
3A Y 4
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
E 3
PFSW*
P43/AD3
P44/AD4
P45/AD5
P46/AD6
P47/AD7
P50/A8
P51/A9
P52/A10
P53/A11
P54/A12
P55/A13
P56/A14
P57/A15
P60/A16
P61/A17
P62/A18
P63/A19
P64/RD
P65/WR
P66/WAIT
IC3
0C
G
1D 1Q
2D 2Q
3D 3Q
4D 4Q
5D 5Q
6D 6Q
7D 7Q
8D 8Q
1
11
3
4
7
8
13
14
17
18
10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
IC7
X1
PO0
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
P67/REFRO
CN1-6
PESENS
R41
+24 V
P32/SCK
P33/SO/SB0
P34/TO0
P35/TO1
P36/TO2
P37/TO3
RESET
X2
CN1-5
CN12-1
CN12-2
CN12-3
CN12-4
CN12-5
+ 1
2
GROUND
60 59 58 57 56 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 44 43 42 41
+24 V
PG
CM PWM
+5 V
CM CLK
C16
+ 1
GROUND
IC9.4
9A Y 8
1
2
3
4
5
GROUND
CN1-11 PPSENS3
+24 V
+5V
E 3
R17
2
10
+5 V
Q13
IC6.2
DSW0
DSW1
PESENS
WDT
CN1-7
1
2
C5
GROUND
8
AGROUND
GROUND
* Switch on the copier
3-7-45
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
27
1/1/32, 19:05
2A3/4
Interface PCB
A
+5 V
CN3-1
+5 V
CN3-2
SG
CN3-3
DLSW1
CN3-4
+5 V
CN3-5
SG
CN3-6
UPSW1
CN3-7
+5 V
CN3-8
SG
CN3-9
DLSW2
CN3-10
+5 V
CN3-11
SG
CN3-12
UPSW2
R5
R4
R3
R2
+24 V
R1
+5 V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
CN4-1
+5 V
CN4-2
PPSENS3
CN4-3
LED CLK
CN4-4
+5 V
CN4-5
PESENS
CN4-6
LED CLK
CN4-7
+5 V
CN4-8
PPSENS2
CN4-9
LED CLK
CN5-1
+24 V
2
1 R6 2
7
1 R7 2
10
1 R8 2
11
CN5-2
CCL
CN5-3
+24 V
CN5-4
PFCL2
CN5-5
+24 V
CN5-6
PFCL1
CN5-7
N.C
CN5-8
N.C
9
10
11
CN6-1
+5 V
CN6-2
SG
CN6-3
SCSW
CN6-4
DOSSW
CN6-5
+24 V
CN8-1
N.C
CN8-2
N.C
CN8-3
N.C
CN7-1
+5 V
12
13
3
+24 V
CN1-1
+24 V
CN1-2
N.C
CN1-3
PFCL1
CN1-4
PFCL2
CN1-5
CCL
CN1-6
+5 V
CN1-7
SG
CN1-8
PPSENS1
CN1-9
N.C
CN1-10
SCSW
CN1-11
LED CLK
CN2-1
N.C
CN2-2
N.C
CN2-3
DOSSW
CN2-4
PESENS
CN2-5
PPSENS2
CN2-6
DLSW1
CN2-7
UPSW1
CN2-8
DLSW2
CN2-9
UPSW2
CN2-10
PPSENS3
CN2-11
N.C
CN2-12
N.C
CN2-13
3
4
5
1
2
GROUND
CN7-2
PPSENS1
CN7-3
LED CLK
CN7-4
N.C
1
2
3
1 R9 2
8
1 R10 2
3-7-46
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
28
1/1/32, 19:05
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A4
CN A-1
CN A-2
CN A-3
CN A-4
CN A-5
CN A-6
CN A-7
CN A-8
CN A-9
CN A-10
CN A-11
CN A-12
CN A-13
CN A-14
CN A-15
CN A-16
CN A-17
CN A-18
CN A-19
CN A-20
CN A-21
CN A-22
CN A-23
CN B-1
CN B-2
CN B-3
CN B-4
CN B-5
CN B-6
CN B-7
CN B-8
CN B-9
CN B-10
CN B-11
CN B-12
CN B-13
CN B-14
CN B-15
CN B-16
CN B-17
CN B-18
CN B-19
CN B-20
CN B-21
CN B-22
CN B-23
A
B
19
C
D
E
F
1/1/32, 20:25
OSW
SW
OSL
SW
DFT
SW
OSB
SW
OFSW
5V
OSSW
SG
CN6-B1
CN6-B2
CN6-B3
CN4-4
CN4-3
DFSSW1
DFSSW2
24 V
24 V (VEN)
DFSSW2
DFSSW1
CN6-B4
CN6-B5
CN6-B6
CN4-2
CN4-1
OFM
CN6-A6
CN6-A5
CN6-A4
CN6-A15
CN6-A14
CN6-A13
CN6-A12
CN6-A11
CN6-A10
5V
OFSW
SG
5V
OSBSW
SG
OSLED
PCB
5V
DFTSW
SG
Mi2 (11P) White

Mi2 (12P) White
Mi2 (11P) Red
Mi2 (11P) Red
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5V
OSLSW
SG
OCM
CN6-A9
CN6-A8
CN6-A7
OFM B
OFM A
OFM B
OFM A
OFM BCOM 24 V (VEN)
OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN)
5V
OSWSW
SG
CN5-B6
CN5-B5
CN5-B4
CN5-B3
CN5-B2
CN5-B1
OFSOL
CN6-B9
CN6-B8
CN6-B7
OSLEDPCB (GN)
SG
OSLEDPCB (RED)
OCM B
OCM A
OCM B
OCM A
OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN)
OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN)
CN5-A13
CN5-A12
CN5-A11
CN5-A10
CN5-A9
CN5-A8
OFSOL2
CN5-B13
OFSOL1
CN5-B12
24 V
CN5-B11
SB
FS
SOL
EFSSOL
OFCL
SBPSOL1
SBPSOL2
OSLED PCB (GN)
OSLED PCB (RED)
EFS
SOL
SBFSSOL
24 V
CN5-B8
CN5-B7
OFCL
EFSSOL
24 V
OFCL
24 V
SBPSOL2
SBPSOL1
24 V
CN5-A7
CN5-A6
CN5-A5
CN5-A4
CN5-A3
CN5-A2
CN5-A1
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-6
CN2-7
CN2-8
CN2-9
CN2-10
CN2-11
CN2-12
CN2-13
CN2-14
CN2-15
CN2-16
CN2-17
CN2-18
CN2-19
CN2-20
CN2-21
CN2-22
CN3-9
CN3-10
CN6-A1
CN6-A2
CN6-A3
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN3-14
SBPSOL
OCM M1
OCM M2
OCM M3
OCM Vref
OCM CWB
OCM CLK
OCM RET
OCM ENABLE
OFM CWB
OFM CLK
OFM RET
OFM ENABLE
OFSOL1
OFSOL2
SBFSSOL
FG
FG
CN3-4
CN3-5
CN3-6
CN3-7
CN3-8
CN3-11
CN3-12
CN3-13
CN3-1
CN3-2
CN3-3
5
Unused pins
OSSW
OFSW
OSBSW
6
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN1-9
CN1-10
FG
FG
DFTSW
OSLSW
DFSSW1
DFSSW2
OSWSW
DF SHORT
24 V
24 V
PG
PG
5V
5V
SG
SG
E
2A3/4
SRDF connection diagram

I
J
1
3
2
1
2
3
4
4
DFDPCB
5
OSSW
3-7-19
3-7-47
E
A
2A3/4
General connection diagram (42 ppm copier)

A
EL
Fixing unit
102
8
8
850W
21
TH
SM
1
1
93
G(5 V)
5-1
(Option)
4 3 2 1
1 6
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
N.C
N.C
OSSW
OFSW
OSBSW
DFTSW
OSLSW
DFSSW1
DFSSW2
OSWSW
DF SHORT
1411
1410
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
1
1
3 2
14 13 5 4
7 6
9 8
3 2
14 13 5 4
7 6
9 8
MCPCB2
(Option)
MCPCB1
CN 1
26
N.C
25
24
TXD
12 11 10
12 11 10
N. C
27
N.C
Printer boad
(Option)
G(24 V)
28
N.C
G(5 V)
CN 1
24 V
N.C
CN 17
24 V
24 V
N.C
Booklet stitcher (Option)
24 V
6
N.C
N.C
CN 1
N. C
N. C
5
N. C
23
G(5 V)
22
RXD
21
g
*1 For 120 V specifications only.
*2 For inch specifications only.
5B1
5B2
5B3
5B4
5B5
5B6
5B7
5B8
5B9
5B10
5B11
5B12
5B13
5B14
2B1
2A2
2A1
2A4
2A3
2A6
2A5
2A8
2A7
2A9
2A10
2A11
2A12
2B8
2B7
2B5
2B6
2B10
2B11
2B12
2B9
2B4
2B3
19 20 21 22 23 24
10
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
2
2
PCM
Cleaning
earth
TLS
TRM
TFM
MC
IFFM
164
167
N.C
169
163
1610
N.C
1611
162
1612
5 12 11 10 9
9 10
MMD*1
SC
(Option)
GRID
CL
TNS
TC
161
166
1
TLDS
168
165
SC CONT
SC REM
TC CONT
TC REM
DB CONT
HVTPCB
G(5 V)
RXD
TXD
CN2
REM (METER PULSE)
17 18
R24 V (METER PULSE)
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SET SIG
G(5 V)
TXD
G( 5V)
RXD
G(24 V)
24 V
R24 V
GND(24 V)
113
112
11 10
111
13 12
ST ALM
19 20 21 22 23 24
110
17 18
1 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 8
1 7
1 6
1 5
GND(5 V)
DB REM
1 4
1 3
MC ALM
TB
GRID CONT
1 2
1 1
ESCL
MC REM
CL REM
+
TFM
R24 V
TFM
IFFM REM
+
TRM
R24 V
TRM
5V
TLS
GND
GND
TNS SIG
R24 V
TNS CONT
5V
N.C
PCM CLK
PCM LOCK
PCM REM
5V
G(5 V)
G(24 V)
10
PFM
TLDS
GND
5A6
5A7
5A8
5A9
5A10
5A11
5A14
111
5A12
112
5A13
G(24 V)
R24 V
R24 V
113
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9
N.C
114
PFM CLK
115
PFM LOCK
116
PFM REM
117
5V
118
G(5 V)
119
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
R24 V
N.C
DM CLK
DM LOCK
R24 V
12B2
12B3
12B4
DM REM
5V
G(5 V)
13B11
13B10
13B9
13B8
13B7
13B6
13B5
13B4
13B3
13B2
13B1
516
515
514
513
512
511
510
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213
214
213
212
211
215
216
E 5.1 V
N. C
G(24 V)
2B2
FCL3
12B5
12B6
12B8
12B9
12B10
12B1
12A5
8A11
12A6
8A6
8A1
3A11
12B7
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
R24 V
R24 V
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9
R24 V
FCL2
FCL2
N.C
71
72
73
74
75
76
53
N.C
GND
5V
OSD1
GND
GND
5V
ODSW
OSD2
5V
GND
43
52
SHPSW
42
51
41
5V
31
EL
EL
32
24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
SM A_
24 V
33
34
35
3 6
24 V
SM A
SM B
26
6 1
6 2
6 3
6 4
6 5
6 6
6 7
6 8
6 9
610
611
Key counter
G(5 V)
N. C
RESET
SET SIG
RESET
214
N. C
SET SIG
213
N. C
212
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14
N.C
R24 V
2
1
REM
FCL1
1
2
R24 V
R24 V
2
1
N.C(5 V)
FCL5
1
2
N.C
R24 V
2
1
A6 A5 B10
N.C
FCL4
1
2
ESCL
R24 V
2
1
3A10
12A10
12A9
RCL
1
2
FCL3
R24 V
2
1
A2 A1
R24 V
12A8
12A7
12A4
12A3
12A2
12A1
8B9
8B8
8B11
8B10
8A5
CLML
8A3
8A2
8A4
R24 V
CLMU
R24 V
CN 1
(Option)
Key card*1
Finisher (Option)
211
N.C
1
2
5V
BUZZER
N.C
DIG LED_R3
DIG LED_R2
DIG LED_R1
SCAN_R4
SCAN_R3
SCAN_R2
SCAN_R1
DIG KEY_R4
DIG KEY_R3
DIG KEY_R2
DIG KEY_R1
G(24 V)
CNT.VR
DIG KEY_L1
DIG KEY_L2
DIG KEY_L3
SCAN_L1
SCAN_L2
SCAN_L3
DIG LED_L1
DIG LED_L2
DIG LED_L3
DIG LED_L4
CFL REM
5V
5V
N.C
24 V
23 V
G(5 V)
TXD MMI
MMIACK
G(5 V)
RXD MMI
ENGACK MMI
MMI ERROR
ENG ERROR MMI
RESET MMI
G(5 V)
N. C
1713
176
175
174
173
177
1717
2B6
2B7
3B7
3B8
3B9
3B10
3B11
A2 A3 A4 A5
7 8 9
4 5 6
1 2 3
A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
A9 A10 A11
B6 B7
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8
7 8
1
3 2 1
3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
PFCLL
PSWL
10 11 12 13 14 15
A2 A4 A3 A5 A6 A7 A8
A9
A1
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5
B8 B9
7 8
7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1
QR/P15(40P) DF11(18P)
2
1
3 2 1
3 2 1
B10 B11
5 9 6 10 8 4 3 1
QR/P15(40P) DF11(22P)
5 4 3 2 1
17 18 12 14 16 11 13 15 7
9 7 3 4 2
18 17 11 13 15 12 14 16 8 6 10 5
PFCLU
PSWU
LICSWU
A10 A11 A12 A13 A14
5 6 3 4 1 2
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
3 1
6 3 4 1 2
3 2 1 3 2 1
3 2 1
2 1 3
17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5
3 2 1 3 2 1
STKSW
SRHPSW
DUPESW
DUPRSW
LICSWL
FRXD
215
CN 4
2
1
FCL1
G(5 V)
713
712
711
710
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
CN 3
G(5 V)
216
CN 1
1
2
FCL5
E 5.1 V
22
R5 V
G(5 V)
/ADJUST 1
G(5 V)
/ADJUST 2
G(5 V)
/EN
G(5 V)
/VD1 +
/VD1
/VD2 +
/VD2
G(5 V)
IPC boad
(Option)
3
1
FCL4
21
29
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
110
111
112
113
85
84
83
82
81
CN 2
FTXD
1 2 3 4 5 6
A2 A1
1
3
RCL
210
R5 V
G(5 V)
/BD +
/BD
G(5 V)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213
G(5 V)
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
SBESW
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
FSSOL
3 2 1
A4 A3
2
1
CLML
G(5 V)
21
22
23
24
25
91
92
93
94
1 2 3 4 5
RESET
1 2 3 4 5 6
SET SIG
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
FSSW
3 2 1
GND
5V
SBESW
FSSOL2
152
DM
CLMU
E 5.1 V
22
PM CLOK
G(5 V)
PM START
PM READY
156
5V
A8 A7
21
185
1 2 3
1 2 3
FSSOL1
1
2
A10 A9
G(5 V)
31
32
33
34
4 3 2 1
1810
PFSW4
R24 V
2
1
B4 B3
E 5.1 V
22
189
5.1 V
21
35
LD circuit
188
G(5 V)
+12 V
107
36
186
PFSW3
GND
1
2
B2 B1
G(24 V)
SLEEP SIG
Z CROSS SIG
G(12 V)
183
EPCB
A8 A7
71
72
E 5.1 V
FG
A10 A9
106
R24 V
LSU
2 1
105
N.C
DUPPCSW
101
184
PFSW2
SBFSSOL
DUPFWDSOL
DUPPTSOL
103
BD circuit
PFSW1
SRM
102
PM
PLSWL
FSW
5V
3A3
FSSW
Upper primary Paper feed unit
PLSWU
GND
Lower primary Paper feed unit
PWSWL*2
104
181
154
G(5 V)
CN 1
PWSWU*2
5V
3A2
158
LICSWL
PFSW4
3B6
CFM2 REM
GND
5V
3B5
5V
1512
3A1
R24 V
MPCB
1812
PFSW3
3 2 1
G(5 V)
3A9
CFM2
1510
2 1
1 2
PSWL
3B4
GND
3 2 1
1514
CFM1 REM
5V
1 2 3
RSW
1 2 3
3 2 1
3A7
CFM1
PFCLL
3B3
2 1
1 2
1516
PFSW2
CCM
1 2
2 1
3A6
3A8
R24 V
HUMPCB
PCFM
R24 V
5V
3A5
5
1
8B1
1314
3A4
4
2
151
RSW
7
1
8B2
6
2
5V
8B3
155
G(5 V)
3
3
153
G(5 V)
CCM FWD
5
3
LICSWU
8B4
CCM REV
2
4
157
1313
1315
1
5
1511
5V
R24 V
4
4
G(5 V)
8B5
1312
PCFM REM
19B10
19A10
19B9
19A9
19B8
19A8
19B7
19A7
19B6
19A6
19B5
19A5
19B4
19A4
19B3
19A3
19B2
19A2
19B1
19A1
1811
1310
N.C
3
5
159
8B6
139
1311
2
6
PSWU
8B7
5V
2 1
1 2
1513
EHUMSENS
1
7
1515
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
R24 V
G(5 V)
5A4
138
3 2 1
5A3
102
202
KC SET SIG 203
SET G
204
182
3 2 1
5A2
101
SRM A_
3 2 1
104
SRM B_
3 2 1
SRM A
GND
CCDPCB
KC COUNT
187
137
ETTH
5A1
136
5V
3 2 1
103
TC
PFSW1
1 2 3
SRM B
R24 V
GND
3 2 1
106
5V
1 2 3
3B2
105
R24 V
FSW
PLSWL
201
TC
3B1
108
R24 V
1
2
107
DUPFWDSOL
2
1
R24 V
134
133
G(5 V)
R24 V
132
131
G(5 V)
OMPCB
N.C
DESK OE
5-2
G(24 V)
N.C
DESK SIN
179
N.C
DESK SOUT
1712
N.C
DESK SCLK
1711
5-3
G(5 V)
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BYPPWSW DIG 2
8A10
135
5A5
BYPPWSW DIG 1
8A9
1010
PFCLU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 1415 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
DECK TXD
DESK RESET
1710
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
178
DECK RXD
G(24 V)
171
PFSW4
5V
1718
24 V
172
GND
SET SIG
FTH 5 V
FTH
ESW
ESW 5 V
ESW GND
SSW3
SSW3 SOURCE
43
SSW2 SOURCE
SSW2
48
46
PRY REM
SSW1 SOURCE
PRY SOURCE
MSW OFF REM

410
49
44
45
65
24 V
R24 V
H2 REM
68
H1 REM
67
66
G(24 V)
E 5.1 V
G(24 V)
24 V
G(5 V)
64
63
5-4
5.1 V
109
14B1
BYPPWSW DIG 0
6 5 4 3 2 1
14B2
BYPEDSW
1 2 3 4 5 6
14B3
1011
G(5 V)
1
4
1014
1012
SBFSSOL1
14B4
PLSWU
2
3
N.C(R24 V)
R24 V
14B5
BYPPWSW
1013
8A8
G(5 V)
3
2
1016
G(5 V)
4
1
14B6
1015
N.C
PWSWL DIG 2
8
2
1018
N.C
SBFSSOL2
PWSWL DIG 1
DF11(8P)
5 6 7
3 4 1
N.C
G(5 V)
8
2
14B7
DUPPTSOL
PWSWL DIG 0
8A7
DF11(8P)
5 6 7
3 4 1
1017
BYPPLSW BYPEDSW
N.C
BYPPLSW
3 2 1
14B8
5V
4 3 2 1
SRM A_
91
R24 V
G(5 V)
926
2 1
SRM B_
14B9
92
GND
PWSWU DIG 2
921
925
1 2 3
3 2 1
SRM A
98
PWSWU DIG 1
920
922
9
1
R24 V
SRM B
DUPPCSW
PWSWU DIG 0
919
924
14A9
N.C(GND)
8
2
R24 V
96
N.C(5 V)
7
3
DUPFWDSOL
5V
SET SIG
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
B5 B4 B3 B2 B1
923
14A1
6
4
R24 V
94
5
5
SBFSSOL1
97
GND
BYPSOL
4
6
R24 V
95
DUPRSW
R24 V
3
7
SBFSSOL2
93
5V
14A8
2
8
DUPPTSOL
GND
14A6
1
9
R24 V
911
BYPPFCL
BYPSOL
DUPPCSW
913
DUPESW
R24 V
BYPPFCL
5V
99
5V
BYPPSW
BYPPSW
GND
14A7
3 2 1
DUPRSW
14A5
914
GND
G(5 V)
1 3
1 3
5V
910
5V
5V
1 2
1 2
GND
GND
14A2
1
7
DUPESW
14A4
14A3
3
5
5V
912
2
6
GND
916
SRHPSW
4
4
5V
915
STKSW
5
3
GND
917
5V
6
2
SRHPSW
GND
7
1
STKSW
A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 B19 A20 A21 A22 A23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
62
24 V
N.C(G) 918
5V
A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23
B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
111
110
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
61
a
Shield box
3
3
1
1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
314
313
312
311
310
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
110
111
112
113
114
1 15 14 13 12 11
2 1
2 1
16 8
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11
611
610
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
Large paper deck

(Option)
9 10 11 12 13 14
GND
25
ORPCB
OLPCB
Touch panel
41 Y2(OUT)
X1(IN)
42
Y1(IN)
43 X2(OUT)
44
(Option)
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11
EFSSOL
OFCL
SBPSOL1
SBPSOL2
OSLED(GN)
OSLED(RED)
CFL
LCD
VLCD
VEE(23 V)
XD3
XD2
XD1
XD0
23 V
G(5 V)
5V
XSCL
LP
DIN
N.C
LCD.REM
45
44
17
37
27
16
13
51
52
53
54
61
62
63
64
75
71
Finisher
2
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CH
Paper feed desk
SSW3
3
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
G(5 V)
E 5.1 V
24 V
5.1 V
G(24 V)
G(5 V)
N. C
G(12 V)
+12 V
G(5 V)
5.1 V
G(5 V)
E 5.1 V
G(5 V)
E 5.1 V
Z CROSS SIG
E 5.1 V
G(5 V)
G (Analog)
G (Analog)
+12 V
VO_E
VO_E+
VO_O
VO_O+
SLEEP SIG
SMPCB
65
(Service part)
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
OMPCB
5V
5V
5V
SHIFT
SHIFT +
CLP
CLP +
RS
RS +
CLK
CLK +
OFM ENABLE
OFSOL1
OFSOL2
SBFSSOL
13A11
13A10
13A9
13A8
13A7
13A6
13A5
13A4
13A3
13A2
13A1
FG
FG
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
1110
1111
5.1 V
SSW2
3
11
21
15
32
39
31
41
34
23
36
26
35
25
43
24
22
33
42
78
SRDF
M1
M2
M3
Vref
CWB
CLK
RET
ENABLE
CWB
CLK
RET
9 10
SSW1
47
74
42
N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
SSW1
57
41
N.C
OCM
OCM
OCM
OCM
OCM
OCM
OCM
OCM
OFM
OFM
OFM
OSD1
24 V
24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
E 5V
E 5V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
N.C
12
G(5 V)
G(24 V) 61
E 5.1 V 66
HSW (Service part)
24 V OUT
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
OPH
(Service part)
64
G(24 V) 63
24 V
62
24 V
SM B_
2 1
2 1
G(5 V)
SHPSW
EL ON REM
SM ENABLE
SM RET
SM CWB
SW CLK
SM M5
SM M4
SM M3
SM M2
SM M1
SM Vref
ODSW
OSD1
OSD2*2
1
5
A1orA2
N.C
14
18
58
65
79
38
5 4 3 2
1 2 3 4
43or44
4
A1orA2
1716
24 V
G(24 V)
24 V
G(24 V)
E 5.1 V
G(5 V)
43or44
MSW
81
1715
55
56
66
67
76
77
72
73
1714
SRDF
SMPCB
24 V
24
33or34
23
23or24
24 V
24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
E 5.1 V
E 5.1 V
22
33or34
82
N.C
21
23or24
LIVE
PSPCB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NEUTRAL
ESW
9 1
TB 3
1
3
3 2 1
TB 1
11 10 9 12 13
11 10 9 12 13
TB 2
BLACK
2
2
WHITE
LIVE
NEUTRAL
NF
NEUTRAL
TB 4
OSD2*
ODSW
FTH
120 V
1 5
BROWN
1 4
1
LIVE
1 3
3
3
1 2
1 1
PRY
220-240 V
SHPSW
INPCB
L. BLUE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NEUTRAL
850W
H2
24
101
7
7
Phase control circuit
H1
DB
3-7-48
E
A
A
E
A
E
E
A
A
E
2A3/4
General connection diagram (52 ppm copier)

A
EL
Fixing unit
850W
850W
21
TH
16
11
15
14
12
13
FCL3
13B11
13B10
13B9
13B8
13B7
13B6
13B5
13B4
13B3
13B2
13B1
516
515
514
513
512
511
510
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
G(24 V)
N.C
2 7
N.C
2 6
N.C
2 5
G(5 V)
2 4
TXD
N.C
OSSW
OFSW
OSBSW
DFTSW
OSLSW
DFSSW1
DFSSW2
OSWSW
DF SHORT
1
1
3 2
14 13 5 4
7 6
9 8
3 2
14 13 5 4
7 6
9 8
MCPCB1
CN 1
CN 1
12 11 10
12 11 10
2 8
N.C
Printer boad
(Option)
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
N.C
CN 17
24 V
MCPCB2
214
212
215
211
216
213
N. C
6
N.C
Booklet stitcher (Option)
24 V
CN 1
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213
4 3 2 1
24 V
2 3
G(5 V)
2 2
RXD
2 1
g
*1 For 120 V specifications only.
*2 For inch specifications only.
5B1
5B2
5B3
5B4
5B6
5B7
5B8
5B9
5B10
5B11
5B12
5B13
5B14
2B1
2A2
2A1
2A4
2A3
2A6
2A5
2A8
2A7
2A9
2A10
2A11
2A12
2B8
2B7
2B5
2B6
2B10
2B11
2B12
2B9
2B4
2B3
10 9
10 9
10
10
10
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
1
1
Cleaning
earth
1
TLDS
TLS
TRM
TFM
MC
164
163
162
161
168
167
3 4
N.C
169
9 10
MMD*1
SC
(Option)
GRID
CL
TNS
TC
N.C
1610
HVTPCB
PCM
5 12 11 10 9
G(5 V)
TXD
1611
G( 5V)
166
1612
113
RXD
112
165
R24 V
1
G(24 V)
GND(24 V)
2
24 V
ST ALM
3
SC CONT
4
111
110
TC CONT
DB CONT
GND(5 V)
DB REM
MC ALM
GRID CONT
TC REM
REM (METER PULSE)
R24 V (METER PULSE)
SET SIG
G(5 V)
13 12 11 10
19
19 20 21 22 23 24
18
19 20 21 22 23 24
17 18
17
17 18
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
16
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
15
14
RXD
ESCL
MC REM
11
13
12
CL REM
+
TFM
R24 V
TFM
IFFM REM
+
TRM
R24 V
TRM
5V
TLS
GND
TNS SIG
GND
R24 V
TNS CONT
5V
TXD
CN2
TB
PFM
N.C
PCM CLK
PCM LOCK
PCM REM
G(5 V)
5V
10 9
2
TLDS
GND
5A6
5A8
5A7
5A9
5A10
5A14
5A13
5A12
111
5A11
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
R24 V
R24 V
112
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9
N.C
113
PFM LOCK
114
PFM CLK
116
115
117
PFM REM
5V
G(5 V)
G(24 V)
118
G(24 V)
119
R24 V
N.C
R24 V
12B4
12B3
12B2
DM CLK
DM LOCK
5V
DM REM
G(5 V)
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
R24 V
R24 V
IFFM
N.C
71
72
73
74
75
N.C
5V
GND
OSD1
GND
GND
5V
ODSW
5V
GND
SHPSW
OSD2
76
52
53
43
51
42
EL
5V
41
31
24 V
24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
SM A_
EL
32
33
35
34
24 V
SM A
36
SM B
N.C
G(5 V)
2 1
(Option)
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
610
611
2 1
E 5.1 V
2 2
N. C
N. C
N. C
N. C
SET SIG
RESET
N. C
RESET
N. C
N. C
SET SIG
FCL2
12B5
12B6
12B7
12B9
12B8
12B1
12A6
12B10
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9
FCL1
CN 1
(Option)
Key counter
Key card*1
Finisher (Option)
A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
2B2
FCL5
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14
N.C
A6 A5 B10
REM
2
1
R24 V
1
2
N.C
2
1
N.C(5 V)
1
2
N.C
A2 A1
2
1
12A5
8A11
8A6
8A1
3A11
3A10
12A8
12A10
A2 A1
ESCL
1
2
R24 V
2
1
12A9
12A7
R24 V
1
2
FCL3
FCL1
2
1
FCL2
R24 V
1
2
R24 V
12A4
12A3
12A2
FCL5
R24 V
12A1
8B9
8B8
RCL
FCL4
R24 V
R24 V
8B11
8B10
8A5
8A3
8A4
R24 V
CLML
8A2
R24 V
CLMU
A4 A3
2
1
FCL4
26
611
610
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
G(5 V)
TXD MMI
MMIACK
G(5 V)
RXD MMI
ENGACK MMI
MMI ERROR
ENG ERROR MMI
RESET MMI
G(5 V)
N. C
1716
1715
1713
1714
176
175
174
173
177
179
1712
1710
1711
178
171
1718
172
2B6
2B7
1717
3B7
3B8
3B9
3B10
3B11
A2 A3 A4 A5
7 8 9
A9 A10 A11
B8 B9
B6 B7
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8
7 8
1
3 2 1
3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
PFCLL
10 11 12 13 14 15
A2 A4 A3 A5 A6 A7 A8
A9
A1
B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1
B10 B11
4 5 6
1 2 3
7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5
7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
3 2 1
3 2 1
A11 A12 A13 A14
9 7 3 4 2
5 9 6 10 8 4 3 1
QR/P15(40P) DF11(22P)
18 17 11 13 15 12 14 16 8 6 10 5
17 18 12 14 16 11 13 15 7
5 4 3 2 1
6 3 4 1 2
QR/P15(40P) DF11(18P)
PFCLU
PSWU
LICSWU
A10
5 6 3 4 1 2
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
DUPESW
3 2 1 3 2 1
3 2 1
DUPPCSW
3 1
17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5
STKSW
3 2 1 3 2 1
SRHPSW
DUPRSW
PSWL
24 V
N.C
RCL
N.C
N.C
N.C
CLML
CN 4
LICSWL
214
CN 3
212
213
CN 2
211
G(24 V)
152
DM
CLMU
2 1
2 9
713
712
711
710
7 9
7 8
7 7
7 6
7 5
7 4
7 3
7 2
7 1
156
5V
A8 A7
210
8 5
8 4
8 3
8 2
8 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213
A10 A9
G(5 V)
R5 V
G(5 V)
/ADJUST 1
G(5 V)
/ADJUST 2
G(5 V)
/EN
G(5 V)
/VD1 +
/VD1
/VD2 +
/VD2
G(5 V)
9 1
9 2
9 3
9 4
1 2 3 4 5
1
2
E 5.1 V
2 2
1 1
1 2
1 3
1 4
1 5
1 6
1 7
1 8
1 9
110
111
112
113
CN 1
3
1
2 1
R5 V
G(5 V)
/BD +
/BD
G(5 V)
IPC boad
(Option)
B4 B3
1
3
G(5 V)
PM CLOK
G(5 V)
PM START
PM READY
2 1
2 2
2 3
2 4
2 5
4 3 2 1
FRXD
G(5 V)
E 5.1 V
1 2 3 4 5 6
B2 B1
2
1
E 5.1 V
2 2
31
3 2
3 3
3 4
LD circuit
G(5 V)
215
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
SBESW
1
2
2 1
3 5
LSU
G(5 V)
FTXD
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
FSSOL
3 2 1
GND
5V
FSSOL2
FSSOL1
FSSW
R24 V
RESET
G(5 V)
5.1 V
G(12 V)
216
SLEEP SIG
+12 V
107
3 6
185
1 2 3
1 2 3
A8 A7
7 2
189
PFSW4
GND
SBESW
5V
3A3
FSSW
2
1
R24 V
G(24 V)
1810
EPCB
1
2
71
E 5.1 V
Z CROSS SIG
FG
A10 A9
106
BD circuit
2 1 3
101
105
PM
2 1
103
188
PFSW3
GND
Upper primary Paper feed unit
102
186
PFSW2
5V
Lower primary Paper feed unit
104
184
154
G(5 V)
MPCB
183
SET SIG
CCDPCB
19B10
19A10
19B9
19A9
19B8
19A8
19B7
19A7
19B6
19A6
19B5
19A5
19B4
19A4
19B3
19A3
19B2
19A2
19B1
19A1
PLSWL
PFSW1
SBFSSOL
DUPFWDSOL
DUPPTSOL
PLSWU
FSW
SRM
PWSWL*2
CN 1
PWSWU*2
PFSW4
3A2
158
LICSWL
201
KC COUNT
202
KC SET SIG 203
SET G
204
181
3 2 1
R24 V
CFM2 REM
GND
3A9
3A1
CFM2
3B6
CFM1
1512
5V
3B5
R24 V
CFM1 REM
5V
5
1
1510
3B4
R24 V
1812
PFSW3
3 2 1
3A6
3A7
2 1
1 2
PSWL
G(5 V)
3B3
2 1
1 2
1516
1514
RSW
3A5
3A8
R24 V
PFCLL
GND
CCM
1 2
4
2
1 2 3
3 2 1
5V
1314
3A4
3
3
RSW
5V
3 2 1
1313
1315
G(5 V)
PFSW2
1 2 3
CCM FWD
2
4
8B1
1
5
8B2
151
CCM REV
7
1
155
R24 V
2 1
8B3
PCFM REM
PCFM
8B4
6
2
5V
8B5
5
3
G(5 V)
8B6
4
4
153
8B7
1310
1312
3
5
1511
157
OMPCB
1811
1311
2
6
159
5V
2 1
1 2
1513
N.C
EHUMSENS
1
7
1515
LICSWU
24 V
5V
BUZZER
N.C
DIG LED_R3
DIG LED_R2
DIG LED_R1
SCAN_R4
SCAN_R3
SCAN_R2
SCAN_R1
DIG KEY_R4
DIG KEY_R3
DIG KEY_R2
DIG KEY_R1
314
313
312
311
310
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
110
111
112
113
114
5-1
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
PFSW4
G(5 V)
5-2
G(24 V)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
DECK TXD
DECK RXD
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
5V
G(24 V)
GND
SET SIG
24 V
FTH 5 V
FTH
ESW
ESW 5 V
ESW GND
SSW3
SSW3 SOURCE
43
SSW2 SOURCE
PRY REM
SSW2
48
47
42
41
46
SSW1
SSW1 SOURCE
PRY SOURCE
44
49
MSW OFF REM

410
45
65
24 V
R24 V
H2 REM
68
H1 REM
67
G(24 V)
E 5.1 V
G(24 V)
24 V
G(5 V)
64
66
63
5-3
G(5 V)
182
3 2 1
5A5
139
3 2 1
5A4
GND
1 2 3
5A3
102
5V
3 2 1
101
PFSW1
3 2 1
SRM B_
SRM A_
138
G(5 V)
HUMPCB
5A2
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
5A1
104
R24 V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 1415 16
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
62
5-4
5.1 V
187
137
106
103
SRM A
5V
ETTH
TC
136
5V
GND
3B2
R24 V
3B1
SRM B
PSWU
134
135
R24 V
G(5 V)
133
FSW
PLSWL
1 2 3
105
132
3 2 1
108
R24 V
131
3 2 1
DUPFWDSOL
G(5 V)
8A10
6 5 4 3 2 1
107
14B1
BYPPWSW DIG 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
R24 V
PFCLU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
111
110
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
61
24 V
TC
1010
BYPPWSW DIG 1
1
2
109
SBFSSOL1
BYPPWSW DIG 0
1
4
1012
R24 V
BYPEDSW
G(5 V)
2
3
14B2
BYPPWSW
14B3
PLSWU
3
2
14B4
4
1
14B5
1011
4 3 2 1
1013
1014
G(5 V)
1016
8A9
8
2
1015
N.C
G(5 V)
8A8
N.C
14B6
G(5 V)
1018
G(5 V)
N.C
PWSWL DIG 2
8A7
DF11(8P)
5 6 7
3 4 1
14B7
BYPPLSW BYPEDSW
1017
2 1
N.C
BYPPLSW
3 2 1
14B9
14B8
926
1 2 3
3 2 1
92
925
N.C(GND)
5V
8
2
14A9
91
SBFSSOL2
PWSWL DIG 1
924
N.C(5 V)
14A1
GND
N.C(R24 V)
PWSWL DIG 0
923
SET SIG
DUPPTSOL
A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23
A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 B19 A20 A21 A22 A23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
98
G(5 V)
96
DUPPCSW
R24 V
25
ORPCB
OLPCB
Touch panel
45
44
37
17
27
16
13
51
52
53
54
61
62
63
64
75
71
11
21
15
32
N. C
24 V
5.1 V
G(24 V)
G(5 V)
G(12 V)
+12 V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
5.1 V
E 5.1 V
G(5 V)
E 5.1 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
G(5 V)
E 5.1 V
39
31
41
23
34
36
26
35
43
25
22
33
42
24
Z CROSS SIG
G(5 V)
E 5.1 V
SLEEP SIG
5.1 V
CFL
LCD
94
5V
PWSWU DIG 2
922
DF11(8P)
5 6 7
3 4 1
97
GND
PWSWU DIG 1
921
95
DUPRSW
PWSWU DIG 0
920
BYPSOL
BYPSOL
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23
B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
B5 B4 B3 B2 B1
919
BYPPFCL
R24 V
2
1
SRM B_
SRM A_
5V
14A8
BYPPFCL
9
1
SRM A
93
R24 V
8
2
R24 V
R24 V
SRM B
911
GND
BYPPSW
7
3
DUPFWDSOL
DUPESW
14A6
6
4
R24 V
913
5
5
SBFSSOL1
99
5V
G(5 V)
4
6
R24 V
14A7
3
7
SBFSSOL2
914
2
8
DUPPTSOL
5V
GND
5V
1
9
R24 V
14A5
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1411
1410
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
2
2
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11
EFSSOL
OFCL
SBPSOL1
SBPSOL2
OSLED(GN)
OSLED(RED)
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CH
(Service part)
SMPCB
65
OFM ENABLE
OFSOL1
OFSOL2
SBFSSOL
BYPPSW
DUPPCSW
14A4
910
1 3
1 3
5V
13A11
13A10
13A9
13A8
13A7
13A6
13A5
13A4
13A3
13A2
13A1
1
1
3
3
1 2
1 2
GND
FG
FG
1
1
3 2 1
5V
DUPRSW
14A2
14A3
916
912
GND
1
7
GND
915
SRHPSW
3
5
DUPESW
917
5V
STKSW
2
6
5V
GND
4
4
5V
GND
G (Analog)
G (Analog)
+12 V
VO_E
VO_E+
VO_O
VO_O+
1
1
5
3
GND
6
2
SRHPSW
7
1
5V
STKSW
M1
M2
M3
Vref
CWB
CLK
RET
ENABLE
CWB
CLK
RET
SSW3
3
1
1
9 10 11 12 13 14
GND
SRDF
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
SSW2
3
Finisher
OCM
OCM
OCM
OCM
OCM
OCM
OCM
OCM
OFM
OFM
OFM
N.C(G) 918
OSD1
24 V
24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
E 5V
E 5V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
N.C
9 10
SSW1
G(5 V)
SHPSW
EL ON REM
SM ENABLE
SM RET
SM CWB
SW CLK
SM M5
SM M4
SM M3
SM M2
SM M1
SM Vref
ODSW
OSD1
OSD2*2
OMPCB
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
G(5 V)
5B5
7 8
62
G(24 V) 61
E 5.1 V 66
(Service part)
HSW (Service part)
SC REM
7 4
N.C
24 V
23 V
G(24 V)
CNT.VR
DIG KEY_L1
DIG KEY_L2
DIG KEY_L3
SCAN_L1
SCAN_L2
SCAN_L3
DIG LED_L1
DIG LED_L2
DIG LED_L3
DIG LED_L4
CFL REM
5V
5V
N.C
N.C
24
SM B_
A1orA2
24 V OUT
1 2
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
5 7
OPH
2
A1orA2
41 Y2(OUT)
X1(IN)
42
Y1(IN)
43 X2(OUT)
44
N.C
24 V
Shield box
64
G(24 V) 63
2 1
2 1
VLCD
VEE(23 V)
XD3
XD2
XD1
XD0
23 V
G(5 V)
5V
XSCL
LP
DIN
N.C
LCD.REM
SRDF
1 4
1 8
5 8
6 5
7 9
3 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
24 V
G(24 V)
24 V
G(24 V)
E 5.1 V
G(5 V)
24 V
5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5
43or44
4
8 1
OSD2*
ODSW
5V
5V
5V
SHIFT
SHIFT +
CLP
CLP +
RS
RS +
CLK
CLK +
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
1110
1111
22
33or34
43or44
MSW
5 5
5 6
6 6
6 7
7 6
7 7
7 2
7 3
21
33or34
LIVE
TB 3
8 2
24 V
24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
E 5.1 V
E 5.1 V
Large paper deck
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
TB 1
BLACK
ESW
23or24
PSPCB
23
1
23or24
3 2 1
NEUTRAL
NEUTRAL
9 1
NF
LIVE
1
FTH
TB 4
TB 2
120 V
WHITE
11 10 9 12 13
11 10 9 12 13
BROWN
NEUTRAL
2
2
LIVE
3
3
PRY
SHPSW
INPCB
L. BLUE
220-240 V
SMPCB
SM
1
1
9 3
24
102
H2
NEUTRAL
H1
101
8
8
Phase control circuit
7
7
DB
3-7-49
E
A
A
E
A
E
SRDF wiring diagram

A
2A3/4
BN
GN
3
1
YW
BE
C30
1 5V
2 OFSW
3 SG
1
2
SG
OSLED (RED)
(CN1)
C7-4
C7-5
C7-6
C7-7
C6-B4 GY
C6-B5 GY
C6-B6 GY
C7-8
C7-9
C7-10
C7-11
C6-B9 GY
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SG
SG
5V
5V
4
3
2
1
DFSSW1
DFSSW2
24 V
24 V (VEN)
OE
OSSW
EFSSOL
BE
BE
SBSFSOL
BE
BE
LB
BE
C27
1 24 V
2 EFSSOL
C29
1 24 V
2 SBSFSOL
24 V
24 V (VEN)
DFSSW2
C25
C4-2 RD
OCM M1
A-23
A-22 OSBSW
A-21 OFSW
A-20 OSSW
A-19
A-18
A-17 DF SHORT
A-16 OSWSW
A-15 DFSSW2
A-14 DFSSW1
A-13 OSLSW
A-12 DFTSW
A-11 FG
A-10 FG
A-9
A-8 G (5 V)
A-7 G (5 V)
A-6 E 5 V
A-5 E 5 V
A-4 G (24 V)
A-3 G (24 V)
A-2 24 V
A-1 24 V
C1-10
C1-9
C1-8
C1-7
C1-4
C1-3
C1-2
C1-1
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
C3-8
C3-7
C3-6
C3-5
C3-4
M1 GN
M1 GN
C3-13
C3-12
C3-11
C3-3
C3-2
C3-1
3
4
5
OCM ENABLE
OCM Vref
OCM M3
OCM M2
B-3
B-2
B-1
11
1
2
C2-2
C2-1
8
9
10
C2-7
C2-6
C2-3
OFM CWB
OCM RET
OCM CLK
OCM CWB
B-6
B-5
B-4
B-12 OFM ENABLE

B-11 OFM RET
B-10 OFM CLK
B-15 SBSFSOL
B-14 OFSOL2
B-13 OFSOL1
B-9
B-8
B-7
5
6
7
C2-8
2
3
C2-10
C2-9
C2-11
C2-13
C2-12
Mi2 (11P) WHITE
EFSSOL
OFCL
SBPSOL (A)
SBPSOL (R)
OCM CLK
OCM RET
OCM ENABLE
OFM CWB
OFM CLK
OFM RET
OFM ENABLE
OFSOL (A)
OFSOL (R)
SBSFSOL
OCM Vref
OCM CWB
C9-8
6
C9-7
7
8 C9-6
9 C9-5
C9-4
10
11 C9-3
12 C9-2
13 C9-1
14 C10-12
C10-11
15
C10-10
16
17 C10-9
18 C10-8
19 C10-7
20 C10-6
C10-5
21
C10-4
22
1 C9-11
2 C9-10
C9-9
3
4
OCM M1
OCM M2
OCM M3
9 C10-3
C10-2
10
11 C8-7
12 C8-6
C8-5
13
14
OSLED (GN)
OSLED (RED)
OSWSW
C19-3 GY
C19-2 GY
C19-1 GY
C10-6 GY
C10-5 GY
C10-4 GY
C10-3 GY
C10-2 GY
C10-1 GY
C20-3 GY
C20-2 GY
C20-1 RD
PG
PG
24 V
24 V
C4
P1-3 RD
P2-3 RD
P2-1 RD
P1-2 RD
3 SG
C5-A6 GY
C5-A7 GY
(CN2)
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A-8
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12
A-13
A-14
A-15
SG
SG
DSBSW
5V
SG
OSWSW
5V
SG
OSLSW
5V
SG
DFTSW
5V
5V
SG
5V
OSLED (GN)
SG
OSLED (RED)
SG
OFSW
5V
SG
OSSW
5V
B-15
B-14
B-13
B-12
B-11
B-10
B-9
B-8
B-7
B-6
B-5
B-4
B-3
B-2
B-1
C5
(CN5)
C15-3 GY
C15-2 GY
C15-1 GY
C13-2 GY
C13-1 GY
C26-2 GY
C26-1 GY
C17-6 GY
C17-5 GY
C17-4 GY
C17-3 GY
C17-2 GY
C17-1 RD
C32-1 GY
C32-2 GY
C32-3 GY
C30-1 GY
C30-2 GY
C30-3 GY
C24-1 GY
C24-2 GY
C24-3 RD
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A-8
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12
A-13
24 V
SBPSOL (A)
SBPSOL (R)
24 V
OFCL
24 V
EFSSOL
OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN)
OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN)
OCM A
OCM _
B
OCM A
_
OCM B
OFSOL (R)
OFSOL (A)
24 V
B-13
B-12
B-11
B-10
24 V
B-9
SBSFSOL
B-8
24 V _
B-7
OFM B
B-6
_
OFM A
B-5
OFM B
B-4
OFM A
B-3
OFM BCOM 24 V (VEM) B-2
OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN) B-1
P1
C24
C26
DFDPCB
C2
C6
(CN6)
C22-1 GY
C22-2 GY
C-22-3 GY
C28-1 GY
C28-2 GY
C11-1 GY
C11-2 GY
C11-3 GY
C11-4 GY
C11-5 GY
C11-6 RD
C4-3 RD
Mi2 (12P) WHITE
P1-1 RD
1 5V
2 OSSW
11
12
C3
(CN3)
C6-B8 GY
C6-B7 GY
DFSSW1
DFSSW2
OSLSW
OFSW
OSBSW
DFTSW
C8-4
1
2 C8-3
C8-2
3
C8-12
4
5 C8-11
C8-10
6
C8-9
7
8 C8-8
C1
C5-B13 GY
(CN4)
DFSSW2
C2-14
7
8
9
10
C2-17
C2-16
C2-15
C2-20
C2-19
C2-18
4
5
6
1
2
3
C5-B12 GY
P2
OSLED (GN)
C7
M1
C5-B11 GY
C32
OSLED
PCB
Wire color
Mark
BK
Black
BN
Brown
YW
Yellow
GN
Green
BE
Blue
WE
White
PK
Pink
RD
Red
OE
Orange
LB
Light blue
PE
Purple
GY
Gray
Green/yellow GN/YW
B-16
B-22 OSLED (RED)

B-21 OSLED (GN)
B-20 SBPSOL2
B-19 SBPSOL1
B-18 OFCL
B-17 EFSSOL
B-23
C5-B5 GY
C5-B4 GY
C5-B3 GY
C5-B2 GY
C22
3 OFSOL2
C31
OE
OFSW
C3-9
C2-22
C2-21
C3-10
C7-1 GN
C7-2 GN
OFM
1 24 V
2 OFSOL1
C8
Mi2 (11P) RED
OSSW
C23
RD
OFSOL
C9
Mi2 (12P) RED
OE
YW
C5-B1 RD
C5-B6 GY
1
4 OFM B
_
5 OFM A
_
6 OFM B
2 OFM BCOM 24 V (VEN) 5
1 OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN) 6
3 OFM A
BE
RD
BK
WE
C5-A5 GY
C5-A4 GY
C11
C12
1 24 V
2 OFCL
BK
C5-A3 GY
C13
C14
BK
C5-A1 GY
C5-A2 GY
2
1
3 SBPSOL2
1 24 V
2 SBPSOL1
BN
RD
GN
C5-A13 RD
C16
C5-A12 GY
C15
1
6 OCM B
2
5 OCM A
_
OE
3
4 OCM B
_
YW
C17
2 OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN) 5
1 OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN) 6
C18
C6-A14 GY
3 OCM A
BE
RD
WE
BK
C6-A5 GY
OF
CL
C10
C6-A4 GY
OSBSW
C6-A6 GY
OSBSW
SG
5V
C19
C6-A13 GY
C6-A15 RD
1
C20
DFT
SW
SBP
SOL
OCM
3 5V
C21
1 SG
2 DFTSW
OE
BE
LB
C5-A11 GY
C5-A10 GY
2
C5-A9 GY
C5-A8 RD
P2-2 RD
C4-1 RD
C4-4 RD
C6-B1 RD
C6-B2 GY
C6-B3 GY
C10
C6-A12 GY
C6-A11 GY
C6-A10 GY
C6-A9 GY
C6-A8 GY
C6-A7 GY
1
2
3
4
5
6
5V
OSLSW
SG
5V
OSWSW
SG
DFSSW1
1 24 V
2 24 V (VEN)
3 DFSSW1
C9
6
5
4
3
2
1
C7-1 OE
C7-2 GY
C7-3 BE
C8-1 OE
C8-2 YW
C8-3 BE
Original table
C7
C8
C9-3 OE
C9-2 YW
C9-1 BE
1 5V
2 OSWSW
3 SG
OE
YW
BE
OSWSW
C9-6 OE
C9-5 GY
C9-4 BE
OSLSW
1 5V
2 OSLSW
3 SG
C28
2
1
C5-B7 GY
C5-B8 GY
3-7-50
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
29
1/1/32, 19:05
Large paper deck wiring diagram

A
2A3/4
CN-1
CN-2
CN-3
CN-4
CN-5
CN-6
CN-7
CN-8
CN-9
CN-10
CN-11
CN-12
CN-13
CN-14
CN-15
CN-16
INTERFACE
G (5 V)
G (24 V)
5V
24 V
DECK RXD
G (5 V)
DECK TXD
G (5 V)
ACIN-L
ACIN-N
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
PFSW4*
RD
BE
OE
GN
LB
GY
PK
BN
PL
BK
CN-1
WE
CN-2
(Service part)
DH2
(Service part)
DH1
AC-N
AC-L
RD
CN-1
RD
CN-2
AC-N
AC-L
5V
G (5 V)
24 V
G (24 V)
CN9-1
CN9-2
CN9-3
CN9-4
CN9-5
DECK TXD
G (5 V)
DECK RXD
G (5 V)
PFSW4*
RD
RD
AC-L
AC-N
RD
CN-1
RD
CN-2
CN3-1
CN3-2
CN3-3
CN3-4
+24 V
+24 V
N.C
PFCL1
PFCL2
CCL
+5 V
SGND
PPSENS1
N.C
SCSW
N.C
RD
RD
PDM1
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
WE
WE
RD
RD
WE
WE
WE
RD
RD
RD
+5 V
SGND
PDMSENS1
CN-2
CN-1
CN4-1
CN4-2
CN4-3
CN4-4
CN4-5
CN4-6
CN4-7
CN4-8
CN4-9
CN4-10
CN4-11
CN4-12
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
DCNJ-11
DCNJ-10
DCNJ-9
DCNJ-8
DCNJ-7
DCNJ-6
DCNJ-5
DCNJ-4
DCNJ-3
DCNJ-2
DCNJ-1
DCNJ-22
DCNJ-21
DCNJ-20
DCNJ-19
DCNJ-18
DCNJ-17
DCNJ-16
DCNJ-15
DCNJ-14
DCNJ-13
DCNJ-12
LED CLK
N.C
N.C
DOSSW
PESENS
PPSENS2
DLSW1
UPSW1
DLSW2
UPSW2
PPSENS3
+24 V
+24 V
N.C
PFCL1
PFCL2
CCL
+5 V
SGND
PPSENS1
N.C
SCSW
DCNP-11
DCNP-10
DCNP-9
DCNP-8
DCNP-7
DCNP-6
DCNP-5
DCNP-4
DCNP-3
DCNP-2
DCNP-1
DCNP-22
DCNP-21
DCNP-20
DCNP-19
DCNP-18
DCNP-17
DCNP-16
DCNP-15
DCNP-14
DCNP-13
DCNP-12
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LED CLK
N.C
N.C
DOSSW
PESENS
PPSENS2
DLSW1
UPSW1
DLSW2
UPSW2
PPSENS3
N.C
N.C
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN2-6
CN2-7
CN2-8
CN2-9
CN2-10
CN2-11
CN2-12
CN2-13
+24 V
+24 V
N.C
PFCL1
PFCL2
CCL
+5 V
SGND
PPSENS1
N.C
SCSW
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-11
+24 V
PDM2
CN7-1
CN7-2
CN7-3
CN7-4
CN7-5
CN7-6
CN7-7
CN7-8
CN7-9
CN7-10
PDM1
+24 V
+24 V
PDM2
+5 V
SGND
PDMSENS1
+5 V
SGND
PDMSENS2
+5 V
SGND
PLDSENS1
+5 V
SGND
PLDSENS2
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN2-6
+5 V
CN-3
SGND
CN-2
PLDSENS1 CN-1
WE
WE
WE
LB
LB
LB
+5 V
CN-3
SGND
CN-2
PLDSENS2 CN-1
PLDSENS1
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
+5 V
SGND
PDMSENS2
Wire color
BLACK
BROWN
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
WHITE
PINK
RED
ORANGE
LIGHT BLUE
PURPLE
CM
+5 V
DLSW1
SGND
+5 V
UPSW1
SGND
+5 V
DLSW2
SGND
+5 V
UPSW2
SGND
CN3-1
CN3-3
CN3-2
CN3-4
CN3-6
CN3-5
CN3-7
CN3-9
CN3-8
CN3-10
CN3-12
CN3-11
+5 V
PPSENS3
LED CLK
+5 V
PESENS
LED CLK
+5 V
PPSENS2
LED CLK
CN4-1
CN4-2
CN4-3
CN4-4
CN4-5
CN4-6
CN4-7
CN4-8
CN4-9
+5 V
PPSENS1
LED CLK
N.C
CN7-1
CN7-2
CN7-3
CN7-4
+24 V
CCL
+24 V
PFCL2
+24 V
PFCL1
N. C
N. C
CN5-1
CN5-2
CN5-3
CN5-4
CN5-5
CN5-6
CN5-7
CN5-8
+5 V
SGND
SCSW
DOSSW
+24 V
CN6-1
CN6-2
CN6-3
CN6-4
CN6-5
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
OE
OE
OE
OE
OE
+24 V
PGND
CM PWM
+5 V
CM CLK
CN-5
CN-4
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
CN12-1
CN12-2
CN12-3
CN12-4
CN12-5
+24 V
PGND
CM PWM
+5 V
CM CLK
+5 V
DLSW1
SGND
CN-1
CN-3
CN-2
DLSW1
+5 V
UPSW1
SGND
CN-1
CN-3
CN-2
UPSW1
+5 V
DLSW2
SGND
CN-1
CN-3
CN-2
DLSW2
+5 V
UPSW2
SGND
CN-1
CN-3
CN-2
UPSW2
+5 V
PPSENS3
LED CLK
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
PPSENS3
+5 V
PESENS
LED CLK
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
PESENS
+5 V
PPSENS2
LED CLK
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
PPSENS2
+5 V
PPSENS1
LED CLK
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
PPSENS1
WE
WE
WE
+24 V
CCL
OE
OE
OE
OE
OE
OE
+24 V
PFCL2
+24 V
PFCL1
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
+24 V
CCL
CN-1
CN-2
CCL
+24 V
PFCL2
CN-1
CN-2
PFCL2
+24 V
PFCL1
CN-1
CN-2
PFCL1
PLDSENS2
PDM2
PDMSENS2
PDM1
+24 V
CN-2
CN-1
PDMSENS1
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-11
RD
RD
LED CLK
N.C
N.C
DOSSW
PESENS
PPSENS2
DLSW1
UPSW1
DLSW2
UPSW2
PPSENS3
Mark
BK
BN
YW
GN
BE
WE
PK
RD
OE
LB
PL
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
+5 V
SGND
SCSW
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
DOSSW
+24 V
CN-1
CN-2
SCSW
DOSSW
N. C
N. C
N. C
CN8-1
CN8-2
CN8-3
8
PDMPCB
I/FPCB
* Switch on the copier
3-7-51
3-7 (2A3/4/MCE) A3
30
1/1/32, 19:05
KYOCERA MITA EUROPE B.V.

Hoeksteen 40, 2132 MS Hoofddorp,
The Netherlands
Phone: (020) 6540000
Home page: http://www.kyoceramita-europe.com
Email: info@kyoceramita-europe.com
KYOCERA MITA NEDERLAND B.V.

Hoeksteen 40, 2132 MS Hoofddorp,
The Netherlands
Phone: (020) 5877200
KYOCERA MITA (U.K.) LTD.

Mita House, Hamm Moor Lane,
Addlestone, Weybridge,
Surrey KT15 2SB, U.K.
Phone: (01932) 858266
KYOCERA MITA ITALIA S.P.A.

Via Marconi 8, 20041 Agrate Brianza,
Milano, Italy
Phone: (039) 65641
S.A. KYOCERA MITA BELGIUM N.V.

Hermesstraat 8A 1930 Zaventem, Belgium
Phone: (02) 7209270
KYOCERA MITA FRANCE S.A.R.L.

1 Rue Pelloutier,
77183 Croissy Beaubourg, France
Phone: (1) 60175152
KYOCERA MITA ESPAA S.A.

Edificio Mita, Avda. De Manacor N 2,
Urb. Parque Rozas, Apartado De Correos 76,
28230 Las Rozas, Madrid, Spain
Phone: 34-91-631-8392
KYOCERA MITA FINLAND OY

Kirvesmiehenkatu 4, 00810 Helsinki,
Finland
Phone: (09) 478 05200
KYOCERA MITA PORTUGAL LDA.

CASCAISTOCK-Armazem n8,
Rua das Fisgas, Alcoit o,
2765 Estoril, Portugal
Phone: 1-4602221
KYOCERA MITA SOUTH AFRICA

(PTY) LTD.
Unit 3, "KYALAMI CRESCENT",
KYALAMI BUSINESS PARK,
1685 Midrand, South Africa
Phone: (011) 4663290
KYOCERA MITA
AMERICA, INC.
Headquarters:
225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008
Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008
U.S.A.
Phone: (973) 808-8444
KYOCERA MITA ASIA

OCEANIA SALES DIVISION
2-28, 1-chome, Tamatsukuri, Chuo-ku,
Osaka 540-8585, Japan
Phone: (06) 6764-3668
KYOCERA MITA AUSTRALIA PTY.

LTD.
P.O. Box 211,
Regents Park Estate Unit 2,
Block V 391 Park Road,
Regents Park N.S.W. 2143, Australia
Phone: 61-2-9645-5100
KYOCERA MITA NEW ZEALAND LTD.

5 Howe Street, Newton, Auckland 1,
P.O. Box 68343,
Auckland, New Zealand
Phone: (09) 377-2088
KYOCERA MITA (SCHWEIZ) AG
KYOCERA MITA (THAILAND) CORP.,

LTD.
H lzliwisen Industriestrasse 28,

8604 Volketswil, Switzerland
Phone: (01) 9084949
9/209 Ratchada-Prachacheun Road,

Bang Sue, Bangkok 10800, Thailand
Phone: (02) 586-0333
KYOCERA MITA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
KYOCERA MITA SINGAPORE

PTE LTD.
Industriestrasse 17, D-61449 Steinbach/TS,

Germany
Phone: (06171) 7005-0
KYOCERA MITA GMBH AUSTRIA

Eduard Kittenberger Gasse 95
A-1230 Wien, Austria
Phone: (01) 86338 210
KYOCERA MITA SVENSKA AB

Siktgatan 2
162 26 V llingby, Sweden
Phone: (08) 4719999
KYOCERA MITA DANMARK A/S

Industrivej 11, DK-4632 Bj verskov,
Denmark
Phone: 56871100
121 Genting Lane, 3rd. Level,

Singapore 349572
Phone: 65-7418733
KYOCERA MITA HONG KONG

LIMITED.
11/F., Mita Centre,
552-566 Castle Peak Road,
Tsuen Wan, New Territories,
Hong Kong
Phone: 852-2423-2163
KYOCERA MITA
CORPORATION
2-28, 1-chome, Tamatsukuri, Chuo-ku,

Osaka 540-8585, Japan
Phone: (06) 6764-3555
Fax:
(06) 6764-3981
2000 KYOCERA MITA CORPORATION

is a registered trademark of KYOCERA Corporation
is a registered trademark of KYOCERA MITA CORPORATION

Service Manual KM 4230-5230 SM

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual KM 4230-5230 SM

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE

KM-4230/5230 (MCE) S/M

Safety precautions (MCE)

Safety warnings and precautions

High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from

WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient

Warning of risk of electric shock.

Warning of high temperature.

Safety precautions (MCE)

indicates that action is required. The specific action

Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.

Always ground the copier.

Safety precautions (MCE)

2. Precautions for Maintenance

Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................

Safety precautions (MCE)

Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................

Safety precautions (MCE)

Safety precautions (MCE)

THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION

III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION

4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

Large paper deck

4230/5230 (MCA) S/M

1-2-2 Developer and toner

PointSource Vi500 (MCE) S/M

Parts names and their functions ......................................................... 1-3-1

1-3-1 Part names and their functions

Duplex unit cover

Original ejection cover

Paper feed section knob

Paper feed section knob

Punch mode key

Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel

1-3-2 Machine cross section

Large paper deck

Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross sectioncopier and SRDF

Paper feed section (page 1-3-8)

1-3-3 Drive system

As viewed from the machine front

Drive motor gear

Figure 1-3-6 Drive systemSRDF (inside front of machine)

Lower original conveying pulley 25/18

As viewed from machine rear

Figure 1-3-7 Drive systemSRDF (inside rear of machine)

Original feed motor pulley

DF registration pulley 28/18

Duplex joint gear

As viewed from machine front

Pulley 20, gear 32

1-3-4 Mechanical construction

Feed clutch 2 (FCL2)

Drawer paper feed section block diagram

Timing chart 1-3-1

Paper feed from the upper drawer

Figure 1-3-12 Bypass paper feed section

9 Bypass paper feed clutch

Bypass paper feed section block diagram

Timing chart 1-3-2